[go: up one dir, main page]

TW201247603A - β -hydroxylalkyl amide and resin composition - Google Patents

β -hydroxylalkyl amide and resin composition Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201247603A
TW201247603A TW101107286A TW101107286A TW201247603A TW 201247603 A TW201247603 A TW 201247603A TW 101107286 A TW101107286 A TW 101107286A TW 101107286 A TW101107286 A TW 101107286A TW 201247603 A TW201247603 A TW 201247603A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
acid
compound
formula
parts
Prior art date
Application number
TW101107286A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI545106B (en
Inventor
Naohiro Hamada
Masaki Kanno
Junpei Hayakawa
Ayako Miyamoto
Susumu Shiratori
Tomo Miyashita
Masanori Yashiro
Takashi Kanoh
Keiichi Kondo
Akifumi Kuwabara
Ayako Tomita
Kanako Mizuno
Katsuhiko Mizushima
Original Assignee
Toyo Ink Sc Holdings Co Ltd
Toyochem Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Toyo Ink Sc Holdings Co Ltd, Toyochem Co Ltd filed Critical Toyo Ink Sc Holdings Co Ltd
Publication of TW201247603A publication Critical patent/TW201247603A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI545106B publication Critical patent/TWI545106B/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C235/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms
    • C07C235/70—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and doubly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C235/72—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and doubly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with the carbon atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C235/74—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and doubly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with the carbon atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of a saturated carbon skeleton
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C271/00—Derivatives of carbamic acids, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atom not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C271/06—Esters of carbamic acids
    • C07C271/08—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C271/10—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C271/12—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms to hydrogen atoms or to carbon atoms of unsubstituted hydrocarbon radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C231/00—Preparation of carboxylic acid amides
    • C07C231/02—Preparation of carboxylic acid amides from carboxylic acids or from esters, anhydrides, or halides thereof by reaction with ammonia or amines
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C233/00—Carboxylic acid amides
    • C07C233/01—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C233/16—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
    • C07C233/17—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom
    • C07C233/18—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom having the carbon atom of the carboxamide group bound to a hydrogen atom or to a carbon atom of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C233/00—Carboxylic acid amides
    • C07C233/01—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C233/16—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
    • C07C233/17—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom
    • C07C233/20—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom having the carbon atom of the carboxamide group bound to a carbon atom of an acyclic unsaturated carbon skeleton
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C233/00—Carboxylic acid amides
    • C07C233/01—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C233/16—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
    • C07C233/17—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom
    • C07C233/21—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom having the carbon atom of the carboxamide group bound to an acyclic carbon atom of an unsaturated carbon skeleton containing rings other than six-membered aromatic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C233/00—Carboxylic acid amides
    • C07C233/57—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of rings other than six-membered aromatic rings
    • C07C233/60—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of rings other than six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C233/00—Carboxylic acid amides
    • C07C233/64—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
    • C07C233/67—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
    • C07C233/68—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom
    • C07C233/69—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C235/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms
    • C07C235/02—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C235/04—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated
    • C07C235/08—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to an acyclic carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C235/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms
    • C07C235/70—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and doubly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C235/84—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and doubly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with the carbon atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C271/00—Derivatives of carbamic acids, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atom not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C271/06—Esters of carbamic acids
    • C07C271/08—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C271/26—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carbamate groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C271/28—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carbamate groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring to a carbon atom of a non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08J—WORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J3/00—Processes of treating or compounding macromolecular substances
    • C08J3/24—Crosslinking, e.g. vulcanising, of macromolecules
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08K—Use of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00—Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16—Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/20—Carboxylic acid amides
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L101/00—Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • C08L101/02—Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds characterised by the presence of specified groups, e.g. terminal or pendant functional groups
    • C08L101/06—Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds characterised by the presence of specified groups, e.g. terminal or pendant functional groups containing oxygen atoms
    • C08L101/08—Carboxyl groups
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2601/00—Systems containing only non-condensed rings
    • C07C2601/06—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a five-membered ring
    • C07C2601/08—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a five-membered ring the ring being saturated
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2601/00—Systems containing only non-condensed rings
    • C07C2601/12—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a six-membered ring
    • C07C2601/14—The ring being saturated
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2601/00—Systems containing only non-condensed rings
    • C07C2601/12—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a six-membered ring
    • C07C2601/16—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a six-membered ring the ring being unsaturated
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2602/00—Systems containing two condensed rings
    • C07C2602/02—Systems containing two condensed rings the rings having only two atoms in common
    • C07C2602/14—All rings being cycloaliphatic
    • C07C2602/26—All rings being cycloaliphatic the ring system containing ten carbon atoms
    • C07C2602/28—Hydrogenated naphthalenes
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2602/00—Systems containing two condensed rings
    • C07C2602/36—Systems containing two condensed rings the rings having more than two atoms in common
    • C07C2602/42—Systems containing two condensed rings the rings having more than two atoms in common the bicyclo ring system containing seven carbon atoms

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a compound represented by formula (1), wherein X represents an n-valent group comprising C, H, N, O, S or halogen, n is an integer of 1 to 6, R1 and R2 represent H, a group represented by formula (2) or formula (3), or an aliphatic group, an alicyclic group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group; among one or more of R1 and R2 bound to one or more N, at least one is the group represented by formula (2), and at least one represented by formula (3); R3 to R6 represent H or aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and R7 is a residual group of a compound having a functional group being capable of reacting with OH.

Description

201247603 六、發明說明： 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明有關於/3 ~羥基烷基醯胺，以及含有其之樹脂組 成物。又，本發明與感光性樹脂組成物有關。加之，本發 明也有關於彩色液晶顯表示裝置、彩色攝像管元件等所使 用之濾色器、黑色矩陣、濾色器保護膜、光墊片、液晶配 向用突起、微透鏡、觸控板絕緣膜、撓性印刷電路板周邊 等電子材料用黏合劑或黏合片等所用之電子零件用樹脂組 鲁成物。 【先前技術】 目前，藉由使用交聯劑使樹脂組成物硬化，而提升樹 脂之耐熱性、機械特性、密著性、耐濕性、耐藥物性等， 並在各種用途上廣為利用。 當使用具有叛基之樹脂作為樹脂時，利用具有能與叛 基反應之官能基的交聯劑。該官能基之例如異氰酸酯基、 φ 封端（block)異氰酸酯基、環氧基、冷-羥基烷基醯胺基等。 當使用具有異氰酸酯基之交聯劑時，據說異氰酸醢基 和致基係在130°C以上反應。但是，異氰酸酯基和樹脂中 之羥基或水、醇之間之反應性較高，所以調配時，使用醇 為溶劑時，或使用含水之溶劑時，與羧基起反應之前，已 和水或醇反應，所以無法使用。又，調配後之長期 會與空氣中之水分起反應，所以作成液化有困難。 為解決上述問題亦有使用封端異氰酸酯之例，然 端化劑會殘存於硬化物而給予物性以不良影響。另二，封 324024 4 201247603 些封端化劑在加熱硬化時會飛散於空氣巾，對於工作者或 環境有^影響之虞。❹㈣魏劑之硬化溫度為更高 _之㈣_時，相較於樹賴含縣，更會提前與醇 系溶劑起反應，所以這種溶劑也無法使用。 又’具有環氧基之交聯劑和具有異氰酸醋基之交聯基 同樣地f用在具有絲之樹脂之交聯用途，且有多種類已 市售。環氧基和絲之反應不會有職物存在，被認為不 會引起像使用封端異級g旨之封端化劑那種不良影響。無 觸媒之情形下，雖然反應不會快速進行，然㈣加三級胺、 四級敍鹽等為觸媒，就可在15代以下的溫度硬化。但是 受到所添加觸狀雜，在室溫搞慢崎反應，尚有保 存穩定性不良之問題。 石-羥基烷基醯胺也是能與羧基反應之交聯劑之一種 (參·…、專利文獻1)。反應時之副產物僅係水，所以對於硬 化物之影響也少，具有對於工作者或環境也完全沒有影響 之好處又，可以在150 C硬化。現在市售之点_經基燒基 醯胺之例如愛姆士化學公司製造之商品Primid乩_552 等，主要作為粉末狀塗料之交聯劑使用（參照專利文獻2)。 然而’目前市售之；3-羥基烷基醯胺之溶解性非常不 良，作為液狀塗料使用之例少。推測具有很多羥基之化合 物’由於向結晶性和高極性致使溶解性劣化。雖然，由於 羥基多，可看到在水性塗料之若干應用例（參照專利文獻 3)，但是不見應用在溶劑系塗料之例。溶解性不良不能混 合均勻之塗料中，發生膜之物性之局部劣化，或其物性不 324024 5 201247603 安定等問題。 另外，尚有組合含有光聚合性官能基之樹脂作為感光 性組成物之例（參照專利文獻4)，或yS-羥基烷基醯胺附加 光聚合性官能基作為感光性組成物之例（參照專利文獻 5)，無論那一種情形，皆由於羥基烷基醯胺在組成物中之 溶解性不良，無法成為均勻之塗布劑，所以膜之耐性局部 降低，圖案之平滑性下降，光學特性低劣等問題存在。 [先前技術文獻]201247603 VI. Description of the Invention: [Technical Field of the Invention] The present invention relates to /3-hydroxyalkylguanamine, and a resin composition containing the same. Further, the present invention relates to a photosensitive resin composition. In addition, the present invention also relates to a color filter used for a color liquid crystal display device, a color image sensor device, a black matrix, a color filter protective film, a photo spacer, a liquid crystal alignment protrusion, a microlens, and a touch panel insulating film. A resin group for electronic parts used for an electronic material such as a flexible printed circuit board or the like. [Prior Art] At present, the resin composition is cured by using a crosslinking agent to enhance heat resistance, mechanical properties, adhesion, moisture resistance, drug resistance, and the like of the resin, and is widely used in various applications. When a repellent resin is used as the resin, a crosslinking agent having a functional group reactive with a thio group is used. The functional group is, for example, an isocyanate group, a φ block isocyanate group, an epoxy group, a cold-hydroxyalkylguanamine group or the like. When a crosslinking agent having an isocyanate group is used, it is said that the isocyanato group and the caustic group are reacted at 130 ° C or higher. However, since the isocyanate group and the hydroxyl group in the resin or the reactivity between water and alcohol are high, when the alcohol is used as a solvent or when a solvent containing water is used, it reacts with water or an alcohol before reacting with a carboxyl group. , so it can't be used. Further, since it is reacted with moisture in the air for a long period after the preparation, it is difficult to liquefy. In order to solve the above problems, there is also an example in which a blocked isocyanate is used, and the terminalizing agent remains in the cured product to impart adverse effects to the physical properties. The other two, seal 324024 4 201247603 Some of the blocking agent will fly to the air towel when it is hardened by heat, which has a problem for workers or the environment. ❹ (4) The hardening temperature of the Wei agent is higher _ (4) _, compared with the tree Lai County, it will react with the alcohol solvent in advance, so this solvent can not be used. Further, the crosslinking agent having an epoxy group and the crosslinking group having an isocyanate group are similarly used for crosslinking of a resin having a silk, and various types are commercially available. The reaction of the epoxy group and the silk does not have a presence, and it is considered that it does not cause the adverse effect of the blocking agent as the blocking end. In the absence of a catalyst, although the reaction does not proceed rapidly, (4) addition of a tertiary amine, a four-stage salt, etc. as a catalyst, it can be hardened at a temperature of 15 generations or less. However, due to the addition of the contact, the slow reaction at room temperature has a problem of poor stability. The stone-hydroxyalkylguanamine is also one of the crosslinking agents capable of reacting with a carboxyl group (refer to Patent Document 1). The by-products in the reaction are only water, so the effect on the hardener is small, and there is no benefit to the worker or the environment at all, and it can be hardened at 150 C. In the case of a commercially available product, a product such as Primid乩_552 manufactured by Ames Chemical Co., Ltd., which is based on a mercapto group, is mainly used as a crosslinking agent for a powder coating material (see Patent Document 2). However, it is currently commercially available; the solubility of 3-hydroxyalkylguanamine is very poor, and it is rarely used as a liquid coating. It is presumed that the compound having a large number of hydroxyl groups deteriorates solubility due to crystallinity and high polarity. Although there are many application examples in water-based paints due to the large number of hydroxyl groups (refer to Patent Document 3), it is not seen in the case of solvent-based paints. Poor solubility cannot be mixed in a uniform coating, local degradation of the physical properties of the film occurs, or its physical properties are not 324024 5 201247603 stability and other issues. In addition, there are examples in which a resin containing a photopolymerizable functional group is combined as a photosensitive composition (see Patent Document 4), or a photopolymerizable functional group is added as a photosensitive composition of yS-hydroxyalkylguanamine (see Patent Document 5) In either case, since the solubility of the hydroxyalkylguanamine in the composition is poor and it is not a uniform coating agent, the resistance of the film is locally lowered, the smoothness of the pattern is lowered, and the optical characteristics are inferior. The problem exists. [Previous Technical Literature]

專利文獻1:日本特開昭51-17970號公報。 專利文獻2 :日本特開2008-255197號公報。 專利文獻3 :日本特開2009-108299號公報。 專利文獻4:日本2005-512116號公報。 專利文獻5 :日本特表2001-509200號公報。 【發明内容】 本發明有鑑於上述問題而研發，以提供可溶於有機溶 劑之/3-羥基烷基醯胺為其目的。另外，尚提供含有其之樹 脂組成物以及感光性樹脂組成物為目的。 本發明之實施形態和下式（1)所表示化合物有關。 J9 μΛ \ N R2/ η 式⑴ 上式中，X表示碳、氫、氮、氧、硫或鹵素原子所成η 價之基， 324024 6 201247603 η表示2至6之整數， R1及R2各自獨立地表示氫原子、下式（2)所代表之基、 下式（3)所代表之基、脂肪族烴基、脂環式烴基、或芳香族 烴基，結合於1個以上之氮原子的1個以上之R1及R2中， 至少一個為下式（2)所代表之基，至少一個為下式（3)所代 表之基。Patent Document 1: Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 51-17970. Patent Document 2: Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2008-255197. Patent Document 3: Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2009-108299. Patent Document 4: Japanese Patent Publication No. 2005-512116. Patent Document 5: Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2001-509200. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention has been made in view of the above problems in order to provide a 3-hydroxyalkylguanamine which is soluble in an organic solvent. Further, it is also intended to provide a resin composition containing the same and a photosensitive resin composition. The embodiment of the present invention relates to a compound represented by the following formula (1). J9 μΛ \ N R2/ η (1) In the above formula, X represents a valence group of carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur or a halogen atom, 324024 6 201247603 η represents an integer from 2 to 6, and R1 and R2 are independent The ground represents a hydrogen atom, a group represented by the following formula (2), a group represented by the following formula (3), an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and is bonded to one or more nitrogen atoms. At least one of R1 and R2 above is a group represented by the following formula (2), and at least one is a group represented by the following formula (3).

式 Ηο 5 ί 6 R'-c-丨 R 3 14 RIC—RΗο 5 ί 6 R'-c-丨 R 3 14 RIC-R

1% I R'fc-IR 3 14 RIC—R 7 Rο 式 上式中，R3至R6各自獨立地表示氫原子、烴基、或以 羥基取代之烴基，R7表示具有能與羥基反應之官能基之化 合物之殘基。 該具有能與羥基反應之官能基之化合物之例如異氰酸 酯、羧酸、羧酸鹵化物、或羧酸酐。 該具有能與羥基反應之官能基之化合物，可為單官能 異氰酸酯或單官能羧酸。 上式（3)中之R7可以下式（9)或下式（10)代表之。 —C一N一R1-II 〇 P1 m1 式（9) 上式中，R16表示單鍵結合；（mkl)價之烴基；或胺酯 鍵結、脲鍵結、脲基曱酸酯鍵結、縮二脲鍵結及三聚異氰 酸酯環中至少其一、碳原子與氫原子所成（mWl)價之基， A1表示單鍵、胺酯鍵結或脲鍵結， 324024 7 201247603 R表示2價之烴基， A表不醚鍵結或酯鍵結， R表示1仏之烴基，m1表示1至5之整數， P表示〇至1〇〇之整數。 ~好-十如2。一知21. Ο P m2 式（1 0) 产上式中’ Rl9表示單鍵；（m2+l)償之烴基；或碳原子、 馨氫原子及氧原子所成之（m2+i)價之基， A3表示單鍵或酯鍵結， R2°表示2價之烴基， A表示轉鍵結或醋鍵結， R21表示1價之烴基， m2表示1至5之整數， P2表示0至1〇〇之整數。 φ 又’具有能與上述羥基反應之官能基之化合物也可為 下式（4)、式（5)或式（6)所表示之化合物。1% I R'fc-IR 3 14 RIC-R 7 Rο wherein R 3 to R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group or a hydrocarbon group substituted with a hydroxyl group, and R 7 represents a functional group capable of reacting with a hydroxyl group. The residue of the compound. The compound having a functional group reactive with a hydroxyl group is, for example, an isocyanate, a carboxylic acid, a carboxylic acid halide, or a carboxylic anhydride. The compound having a functional group reactive with a hydroxyl group may be a monofunctional isocyanate or a monofunctional carboxylic acid. R7 in the above formula (3) can be represented by the following formula (9) or the following formula (10). —C—N—R1-II 〇P1 m1 Formula (9) In the above formula, R16 represents a single bond; (mkl) valence hydrocarbon group; or amine ester bond, urea bond, urea phthalate bond, At least one of a biuret bond and a trimeric isocyanate ring, a (mWl) valence of a carbon atom and a hydrogen atom, and A1 represents a single bond, an amine ester bond or a urea bond, 324024 7 201247603 R represents a 2 valence The hydrocarbon group, A represents no ether linkage or ester linkage, R represents a hydrocarbon group of 1 fluorene, m1 represents an integer of 1 to 5, and P represents an integer of 〇 to 1〇〇. ~ Good - ten as 2. I know 21. Ο P m2 Formula (1 0) In the above formula, 'Rl9 represents a single bond; (m2+l) compensates for a hydrocarbon group; or a carbon atom, a hydrogen atom and an oxygen atom (m2+i) A3 represents a single bond or an ester bond, R2° represents a divalent hydrocarbon group, A represents a transbond or vinegar bond, R21 represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group, m2 represents an integer from 1 to 5, and P2 represents 0 to 1. The integer of 〇〇. The compound having φ and a functional group capable of reacting with the above hydroxyl group may also be a compound represented by the following formula (4), formula (5) or formula (6).

R OH式⑷ 上式中，R8表示碳數為2至18之直鏈狀、環狀或歧鏈 狀之飽和或不飽和烴基。 324024 8 201247603 t9 R 〇V°v V-R 〇 R1^〇R OH Formula (4) In the above formula, R8 represents a linear or cyclic or heterocyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms. 324024 8 201247603 t9 R 〇V°v V-R 〇 R1^〇

O)r0H 式（5) 上式中，R9表示氫原子或甲基’ R1。表示碳數 之直鏈狀或歧鏈狀之伸烷基、 .、，、至8 族烴基，r表示碳數為2至8二賈，族煙基、或芳香 数為2至8之直鏈狀或歧鏈狀之伸产其 2價之脂環族烴基、或芳香族煙基。 之伸絲、 R12O) r0H Formula (5) In the above formula, R9 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group 'R1. a linear or skeletal alkyl group representing a carbon number, a series of alkyl groups, and a group of 8 hydrocarbons, and r is a linear chain having a carbon number of 2 to 8 bis, a group of sulphur groups, or a aryl group of 2 to 8. The bivalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group or the aromatic smog group is produced by a shape or a sinuous chain. Stretch, R12

R^NCO Θ 式（6) 表示下式（7)或式 上式中’ R12表示氫原子或甲基，f (8)所代表之基。 式（7) 上式中，η1表示1至2之整數 式（8) 〇 八 ν 〇' 上式中’ R14表示碳數為2至8 …價之脂環族烴基、或芳香族==之 =基鏈狀或歧鍵狀之伸院基、2價之脂環心為 324024 9 201247603 式（1)中與羰基直接結合之X中之原子可為不含於芳 香環之碳原子。 式（1)令之X可為碳數6以上之η價之脂肪族烴基或脂 環式烴基。 又，本發明之另一實施形態乃含有式（1)所表示之化合 物，具有羧基之樹脂以及有機溶劑之樹脂組成物有關。R^NCO 式 Formula (6) represents a formula (7) or a formula: wherein R12 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and a group represented by f(8). In the above formula, η1 represents an integer formula of 1 to 2 (8) 〇 八 ν 〇 ' In the above formula, R 14 represents an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 2 to 8 ..., or an aromatic == = base chain or crypto-bonded excipient, bivalent alicyclic ring is 324024 9 201247603 The atom in X of formula (1) which is directly bonded to a carbonyl group may be a carbon atom not contained in an aromatic ring. The formula (1) may be such that X may be an n-valent aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 6 or more. Further, another embodiment of the present invention relates to a compound represented by the formula (1), a resin having a carboxyl group, and a resin composition of an organic solvent.

加之，樹脂組成物也可為含有光聚合起始劑及/或光 聚合性單體之具備感光性之樹脂組成物。 式（1)所表示化合物尚可具有光聚合性雙鍵結。 又，本發明之又一實施形態乃含有下式（1)所表示之化 合物及具有絲之樹脂而成之電子零件用樹脂組成 關。Further, the resin composition may be a photosensitive resin composition containing a photopolymerization initiator and/or a photopolymerizable monomer. The compound represented by the formula (1) may have a photopolymerizable double bond. Furthermore, in another embodiment of the present invention, a composition comprising a compound represented by the following formula (1) and a resin having a silk resin is used.

式⑴ 價之ί式中’Χ表示破、氫、氮、氧、硫或錢原子所成η η表示2至6之整數， ^及R2各自獨立地表示氫原子、下式⑵所表示之基、 烴^所表示之基、脂肪族煙基、脂環式烴基、或芳香族 結合在1個以上之氮原子之1個以上！ 2 少1為下式⑵所代表之基，至少i個為下式⑶所= 324024 10 201247603 之基。 甲3甲5—9一 c—〇hR4R6 式（2) 一C 一 0-OR7 r4r6 式（3) 上式中’ R3至R6各自獨立地表示氣原子、烴基、或經 基所取代之烴基，R7表示能與羥基反應之化合物之殘基或 氣原子。In the formula (1), the formula "1" indicates that η η of the breaking, hydrogen, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur or money atom represents an integer of 2 to 6, and ^ and R2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a group represented by the following formula (2) A group represented by a hydrocarbon, an aliphatic smog group, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, or an aromatic group is bonded to one or more nitrogen atoms of one or more! 2 Less than 1 is the base represented by the following formula (2), and at least i are the basis of the following formula (3) = 324024 10 201247603. A3A5-9-c-〇hR4R6 Formula (2)-C-0-OR7 r4r6 Formula (3) In the above formula, R3 to R6 each independently represent a gas atom, a hydrocarbon group, or a hydrocarbyl group substituted by a group, R7 represents a residue or a gas atom of a compound which is reactive with a hydroxyl group.

又，上述實施形態中，尚包含下述實施形態（丨）至（4) (1)下式（a)所表示（B)yg-羥基烷基醯胺。 ,(OH)m (Χί 、(OR}n 式 a [式中，R表示可與羥基反應之化合物之殘基，χ表示 冷經基院基醯胺中除去經基之（m+n)價之基，m、n分別表 示1以上之整數]Further, in the above embodiment, the following embodiments (丨) to (4) (1) (B) yg-hydroxyalkylguanamine represented by the following formula (a) are included. , (OH)m (Χί , (OR}n formula a [wherein, R represents a residue of a compound reactive with a hydroxyl group, and χ represents a (m+n) valence of a mercapto removed by a thiol amine Based on m, n represents an integer of 1 or more respectively]

(2) (b-l)2價以上之羧酸或其衍生物，與（b_2)/3_位置具 有 1 4固 ^ 基之一級胺或二級胺反應而成之化合物， trt有機溶劑為其特徵之⑻經基烧基酿胺。 平人於有機溶劑之沒-羥基烷基醯胺（a)和含有羧基之 I合物（B)及朵取人^ 為誃組 氟s起始劑（C)所成感光性組成物，其特徵 勿中必須含有光聚合性官能基之感光性組成物。 )下式(b)所表示化合物。. 201247603(2) (bl) a carboxylic acid or a derivative thereof having a valence of 2 or more, and a compound having a tetra- or higher-order amine or a secondary amine at a position (b_2)/3_, wherein the trt organic solvent is characterized. (8) a base-burning amine. a photosensitive composition of a non-hydroxyalkyl decylamine (a) and a carboxyl group-containing compound (B) in an organic solvent, and a fluorinated s initiator (C). A photosensitive composition which must contain a photopolymerizable functional group. A compound represented by the following formula (b). . 201247603

式（b) (式中，X表示η價之碳數為6以上之直鏈脂肪族烴、 或脂環式烴基，η表示2至6之整數，R1及R2各自獨立地 表示氫原子、式（c)所表示基、脂肪族烴基、脂環式烴基、 或芳香族烴基，R1及R2中，至少一個為式（(：）所表示基）。In the formula, X represents a linear aliphatic hydrocarbon having a carbon number of η or more, or an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and η represents an integer of 2 to 6, and R1 and R2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom. (c) a group represented by an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and at least one of R1 and R2 is a group represented by the formula ((:)).

式（c) (式中，R3至R6各自獨立地表示氫原子或脂肪族烴基）。 依據本發明之實施形態，可提供可溶解於有機溶劑之 万-經基燒基醯胺。又’藉由含有上述化合物之樹脂組成物 及感光性組成物，可形成能滿足耐熱性、耐藥物性、平滑 φ 性及光學特性之膜或微細圖案。 本發明之主題有關於2011年3月4日在日本申請之發 明專利申請案2011-047648號’ 2011年3月4日在日本申 請之發明專利申請案2011-047649號，2011年3月4日在 曰本申請之發明專利申請案2011-047650號，2011年12 月28日在日本申請之發明專利申請案2〇11_288275號， 2012年2月3曰在曰本申請之發明專利申請案2〇12- 021478號，2012年2月3日在日本申請之發明專利申請案 2012-021479號等，並將其全部放入本發明專利說明書中 324024 12 201247603 以供參考之用。 【實施方式】 本發明之實施形態詳細說明如下。又，文中（曱基）丙 烯酸酯乃指丙烯酸酯及/或曱基丙烯酸酯，同樣地，（曱基） 丙烯酸乃指丙烯酸及/或甲基丙烯酸。 <經基院基酿胺（A)> /3-羥基烷基醯胺（A)乃式（1)所表示化合物，式中，X 表示碳、氳、氮、氧、硫或鹵素原子等所成η價之基。η # 表示2至6之整數。具體而言，X之例如碳數為2以上之η 價之脂肪族烴基、脂環式烴基、芳香族烴基及具有雜原子 之基。 鹵素之例如氟、氯、溴、碘等，就透明性之觀點而言， 以氟為較佳。就賦與難燃性之觀點而言，以氯、溴為較佳。 η價之基乃指從化合物去除η個氫原子所得之基。下 文中將其稱為源於化合物之η價之基。 ^ η價之脂肪族烴基乃源於烷、烯、炔之η價之基。 烧之例如乙烧、丙烧、丁烧、戊院、己烧、庚炫、辛 烧、壬烧、癸烧、十一碳烧、十二碳烧、十三碳烧、十四 碳烧、十五碳烧、十七碳烧、十六碳烧、十八碳·烧、十九 碳烷、二十碳烷、二十一碳烷、二十二碳烷、異丁烷、異 戊烷、新戊烷、曱基戊烷、二曱基戊烷、乙基曱基戊烷、 二乙基戊烷、曱基己垸、四曱基庚烷等。源於烷之η價之 基之例如1，6-己基、1,7-庚基、1,8-辛基、1,9-壬基、1，10-癸基、1，1卜十一烷基、1，12-十二烷基、1，13-十三烷基、 324024 13 201247603 1，14-十四烷基、 十七烧基、1,18-十八户烏燒基、1，16-十六院基、1，17- 1，4, 7-庚基、1，2,8〜^基' ^ 19~十九烷基、L3,6-己基、 烯之例如乙烯、’内烯7、〜庚基、1，2, 3, 4, 5, 6_己基等。 烯、壬烯、癸烯、十一、☆ 丁烯、戊烯、己烯、庚烯、辛 碳烯、十五碳烯、十七=烯、十二碳烯、十三碳烯、十四 碳稀、二十碳稀、二十 十/、奴稀、十八石反稀、十九 源於稀之η價之基之例=、二十二碳烯、甲基戊烯等。 基、u_(2-辛稀）基己稀）基、^(2-庚稀） 基、1，1卜（2-十D其，2~壬烯）基、1，10-(2-癸烯） 十三烯）基、1，14-(2-^ 1 祕12 (2-十二稀）基、U 13_(2一 1，16-(2-十六烯）基、l ^(2)^、L 15-(2_十五稀）基、 稀)基、1，19-(2-十九埽)基 ： 庚烯）基、1，2,8-(4-辛缔）其、】（&婦）基“，以3— (2-己婦）基、i，4, 6, 7—(3;稀 壬…基' ^ 3’ 4’ 6_ 基等。 庚烯）基、1，4, 5, 6, 7-(3-庚烯） 辛 炔之例如乙炔、丙块、丁块、戊炔、己炔、庚炔 壬炔、癸炔、十—碳炔、十二碳炔、十三碳炔、二十 反、、、—十—碳炔、二十二碳块等。源於炔之η價之基之 j列如ΐι(2-己炔）基、丨，7_(2_庚炔）基、丨，8_(2_辛块）基、 Ά ''壬快）基、U 10一（2—癸炔）基、1，1卜（2-十一碳快： 土、1,12-(2-十二碳炔）基、113令十三碳块）基、 H(2-十四碳炔）基、丨，15_(2_十五碳炔）基、i，.⑵ 324024 14 201247603 十六碳炔）基、1，Π-(2-十七碳炔）基、丨，18_(2_十八碳炔） 基、1，19-(2-十九碳炔）基、13, 6_(2—己炔）基、14, 7_(3_ 庚炔）基、1，2, 8-(4-辛炔）基、i，3, 9_(5_壬快）基、u j k (2-己炔）基、ι，4,6,7-(3-庚炔）基、1，4,5, 6,7_(3_庚块） 基等。 η價之脂環式烴基之例如環丙烷、環丁烷、環戊烷、 甲基環戊烷、二甲基環戊烷、三曱基環戊烷、環己烷、甲 基環己烷、二曱基環己烷、環己烯、曱基環己烯、降萡烷、 •降宿稀、雙環辛婦、十氫化萘、金剛烧、二曱基金剛烧等 為來源之η價之基。例如丨，卜環己基、丨，2_環己基、丨，3_ 裱己基、1,4-環己基、1，2, 4-環己基、1，3, 5-環己基、 1’ 2’ 4, 5-環己基、1，2, 3, 4, 5, 6-環己基、2, 6-十氫化萘基、 1，3-金剛烷基、1，3, 5-金剛烷基等。 η價之芳香族烴基之例如苯、萘、聯苯、蒽、甲苯、 一曱笨、乙苯、第三丁苯、二苯基乙烷、二苯基乙炔、9, 9一 φ 二苯基芴等為來源之η價之基。例如芳香環中含有結合於 羰基之碳原子之基之例如亞苯基、曱次苯基等。芳香環中 不含結合於羰基之碳原子之基之例如甲苯_α，α_二基、乙 苯二基、乙苯U-二基、1,2-二苯基乙烧-1,2-二基等。 具有雜原子（氧、硫、氮、鹵素原子）之η價之基之例 如源於乙醇、乙二醇、二乙酸伸乙酯、二（三甲基乙酸）伸 乙酯、二苯曱酸伸乙酯、（曱基苯甲酸）伸乙酯、雙（甲氧基 笨甲酸）伸乙酯、丙醇、異丙醇、乙酸乙酯、赤蘚醇、環氧 324024 15 201247603 乙炫、乙醛、丙酮、二丙基 環己烷、τ-丁内酯、乙胺、其十五烷基内酯、1，2— 胺、乙硫醇、乙二硫醇、四龜：曱胺、丙胺、卜丙基乙醯 八氟丁烷、十二氟己烷、十六」元、二溴乙烷、六氟丙烷、 降宿烯、苯甲醚、氟笨、四*辛烷"1,2,3,4,7,7~六氣 苯、四敗笨、漠苯、四漠笨、=:氟甲笨、氣苯、二氣 酸、蒽酿、丁續酸、三乙基=卩、土本本紛、笨胺、苯續 酸三乙自旨、三聚異級三丙三丙基三哄、三聚異氰 鍵、二苯石風、2,2-二笨基曰〜求曱酮、嗟吩、二乙硫 等之η價之基。 ，，，3, 3, 3~·六氟丙烷、二苯醚 其中，就反應性之觀點而言， 中之原子為不含於芳香環中之妒以直接結合於羰基之X 6至18之直鏈的脂肪族煙基 1子為較佳’更以碳數為 數為6至12之直鏈的脂肪銜/月9%<式絲為佳’並以碳 ，6至'之直鍵的心; 式中’R及R各自獨立表示气 式（3)所W基、麟频基、、糊麻示基、 結7 曰乂式烴基或芳香族烴基、 個以上之氮原子上之1個以上之…中、至少 „所表示基、至少1個為式⑶所表示基。 曰肪族烴基之例如烷基、烯基、炔基。 丁基甲基'乙基ni丙基、丁基、異 辛基、^丁基、第三丁基、戊基、異戊基、己基、庚基、 讀缔基之例如乙稀基、卜丙c基。 324024 N碲基、2-丙烯基、異丙烯 201247603 基、1了丁烯基、2-丁烯基、3-丁稀基、1-辛稀基、1-癸烯 基、1-十八碳稀基。 該炔基之例如乙炔基、1-丙炔基、2-丙烯基、卜丁炔 基、2-丁炔基、3-丁炔基、1-辛炔基、1-癸炔基、1-十八 碳快基。 脂環式烴基之例如環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、 環庚基、環辛基、環十八烷基、2-二氫茚基、十氫萘基、 金剛烧基、二環戊烧基等環烧基。 芳香族烴基之例如單環、縮合環、多環芳香族烴基。 單環芳香族烴基之例如苯基、苯甲基、鄰-甲苯基、間 -曱苯基、對-曱苯基、2,4-二曱苯基、對-異丙苯基、三甲 苯基等單環芳香族烴基。 縮合環芳香族烴基之例如1-萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、 2-蒽基、5-蒽基、1-菲基、9-菲基、1-苊基、2-奠基、1-芘基、2-聯伸三苯基等縮合環芳香族烴基。 多環芳香族烴基之例如鄰-聯苯基、間-聯苯基、對-聯苯基等多環芳香族烴基。 其中，式（2)及式（3)以外之R1及R2，以脂肪族烴基、 脂環式烴基或單環芳香族烴基為佳，並以脂肪族烴基、脂 環式烴基為較佳，尤以碳數4以上之脂肪族烴基為更佳。 式（2)及式（3)所表示基之R3至R6，各自獨立表示氫原 子、烴基、或以羥基取代之烴基，R7表示具有可與羥基反 應之官能基的化合物殘基或氫原子。 烴基在R1及R2中與前述者相同。以羥基取代之烴基之 324024 17 201247603 例如羥曱基、羥乙基、# 基等。 “I &丁基、鮮基、經環己 ㈣Λ有丨:，基反應之官能基之化合物殘基，雖無特別 制夕=異處〜侧 ，; 1曰其石夕=、烧氧基外、德_、胺基樹脂、具^ 乳土之口物等，其中，以異氛酸醋'幾酸 ^ 佳。 尤乂早官能異錢醋或單官能緩酸為更 所表其容易製造之觀點而言，以式（3)中之R7為式（9) 以使= 父佳。又’就光硬化性成為良好之觀點而言， 乂使用式（6)所表不化合物為較佳。 所表-之觀點而言，以式（3)中之R7為式（10) 賦讀錢溶狀轉以 式⑷所表錢合物為佳。$ 好之觀點而言，以使用式⑸所表示化合物為佳。成為良 將含式⑴所表示化合物之樹脂組成物，例如使 控板層間絕緣膜用塗布劑或滤色諸感 時，為提升耐藥物性、耐熱性、硬度，在x、Rl = 一種中含有光聚合性官能基為宜。 … 膜之1 生感光性耐焊接油墨使用時，為使硬化塗 兼顧，上述式=與焊接耐熱性、塗膜耐性、難燃性得以 〈式（1)所^之X以碳數為6以上之烴基為佳。 式⑴所表不化合物之製造方法> 式⑴所表示化合物可用各種方法製造，其主要製造方 324024 18 201247603 法陳述如下之[1]至[4]。 當R7為具有可與羥基反應之官能基之化合物之情形： [1] 將（a-l)2價以上之羧酸或其衍生物和（a-2)在位 置具有1個以上之羥基而成一級胺或二級胺加以醯胺化而 成之（a-3)；8-羥基烷基醯胺之羥基之一部分，與（a-4)具有 能與羥基反應之官能基1個以上之化合物反應而製造之。 [2] 將（a-2)在/3位置具有1個以上之羥基而成一級胺 或二級胺之羥基之一部分，與（a-4)具有1個以上之能與羥 # 基反應之官能基之化合物反應之後，再與（a-l)2價以上之 叛酸或其衍生物隨胺化而製造之。 [3] 將（a-2)在^位置具有1個以上之羥基而成一級胺 或二級胺之羥基予以保護，再與（a-4)具有1個以上之能與 羥基反應之官能基之化合物反應之後，除去該化合物之保 護基，然後，與（a-l)2價以上之羧酸或其衍生物醯胺化而 製造之。 ^ 就製造成本，反應之難易性之觀點而言，以上述[1] 之製造方法為較佳。 當（a-3)/3-羥基烷基醯胺可藉由市場取得時，不必經 過將（a-l)2價以上之羧酸或其衍生物與（a-2)在/3位置具 有1個以上之羥基而成一級胺或二級胺之間之反應，直接 將（a-3)yS-羥基烷基醯胺之羥基之一部分，與（a-4)具有1 個以上之能與羥基反應之官能基之化合物反應而製造亦為. 可行方法。 當R7為氫原子之情形： 324024 19 201247603 [4]將（a-l)2價以上之羧酸或其衍生物，與（a-2)在/9 位置具有1個以上之羥基而成一級胺或二級胺醯胺化而製 造之方法。 冷-羥基烷基醯胺（A)可含光聚合性官能基，亦可不含 光聚合性官能基。藉由使用含有光聚合性官能基之化合 物，可將光聚合性官能基導入於（a-l)2價以上之羧酸或其 衍生物、（a-2)在/3位置具有1個以上之羥基而成一級胺或 二級胺、或（a-4)具有1個以上之能與羥基反應之官能基之 • 化合物等。就合成時之安定性而言，以（a-4)具有1個以上 之能與羥基反應之官能基之化合物中含有光聚合性官能基 為佳。 (a-l)2價以上之羧酸或其衍生物中，2價以上之羧酸 如下述（下文中，以符號《》代表同一化合物之別名）。 直鏈狀飽和脂肪族二羧酸：乙二酸、丙二酸、丁二酸、 戊二酸、已二酸、庚二酸、辛二酸、壬二酸、癸二酸、十 ^ 一烧二酸、十二院二酸、十三烧二酸、十四烧二酸、十五 院二酸、十六烧二酸、十七烧二酸、十八烧二酸、十九院 二酸、二十烷二酸， 歧鏈狀和脂肪族二羧酸：曱基丙二酸、二曱基丙二酸、 乙基丙二酸、二丙基丙二酸、異丙基丙二酸、曱基丁二酸、 二曱基丁二酸、丁基丁二酸、辛基丁二酸、癸基丁二酸、 十二烧基丁二酸、十四烧基丁二酸、十六烧基丁二酸、十 八烷基丁二酸、甲基戊二酸、二甲基戊二酸、乙基甲基戊 二酸、二乙基戊二酸、曱基己二酸、四曱基庚二酸， 324024 20 201247603 不飽和脂肪族二叛酸：稀丙基丁二酸、曱基稀丙基丁 二酸、己烯基丁二酸、辛烯基丁二酸、十二碳烯基丁二酸、 一十一奴稀基丁二酸、癸二烯_1，2-二叛酸、反式丁稀二 酸、順式丁烯二酸、乙炔二羧酸、黏醣酸、衣康酸、檸康 酸、中康酸， 脂環式二叛酸：環丙烧二叛酸、環丁烧二羧酸、環戊 院一幾·酸、樟腦酸、環己烧二緩酸、甲基環己烧二敌酸、 環己烯二羧酸、甲基環己烯二羧酸、降萡烷二羧酸、降范 婦二缓酸、雙環[2· 2. 2]辛-5-烯-2, 3-二敌酸、金剛烧二敌 酸、環戊烷丙二酸、環戊烷二乙酸、環己烷二乙酸、金剛 烷二乙酸， 具有芳香環之脂肪族二鼓酸（結合於緩基之碳原子不 形成方香％)_本基丙二酸、笨甲基丙二酸、β塞吩基丙二酸、 苯基丁二酸、二苯基丁二酸， 叛基之外尚含有氧原子之脂肪族或脂環式敌酸：酒石 酸、一乙酿基酒石酸、雙（二甲基乙酿基）酒石酸、二（笨甲 醯基）酒石酸、二甲苯醯基酒石酸、二（對-曱氧基苯甲醯基） 酒石酸、羥基丁二酸、乙醯基羥基丁二酸、抗壞血酸、擰 蘋酸、羥基曱基戊二酸、半乳糖酸、環氧基丁二酸、草醯 基乙酸、酮基戊二酸、酮基壬二酸、4, 5-二敌基-十五 烧内酯、3, 6-環氧基-1，2, 3, 6-六氫酜酸、丁内酯二竣酸， 含有氮原子之脂肪族或脂環式二叛酸.：氨基丁二酸、 Ν甲基氣基丁 一酸、Ν-(第二丁氧基獄基）-氨基丁二酸、 Ν-(笨曱氧基羰基）氨基丁二酸、Ν-氨曱醯基氨基丁二酸、 324024 21 201247603 N-[(9H-芴-9-基曱氧基）羰基]氨基丁二酸、氨基乙醯基氨 基丁二酸、3-羥基氨基丁二酸、2-氨基戊二酸、N-乙醯基 2-氨基戊二酸、(第三丁氧基幾_基）-2-氨基戊二酸、N-(苯 甲氧基羰基）-2-氨基戊二酸、N-苯曱醯基-2-氨基戊二酸、 N-(4-胺基笨甲醯基）-2-氨基戊二酸、N-[(9H-芴-9-基曱氧 基）羰基]-2-氨基戊二酸、曱基-2-氨基戊二酸、氨基乙醯 基-2-氨基戊二酸、胍基戊二酸、N-酞醯基-2-氨基戊二酸、 胺基己二酸、胺基庚二酸'二胺基庚二酸、胺基辛二酸、 葉酸、曱胺蝶呤， 含有硫原子之脂肪族或脂環式二羧酸：二甲硫基丁二 酸、毓基丁二酸， 含有鹵素原子之脂肪族或脂環式二羧酸：四氟丁二 酸、二漠丁二酸、六氟戊二酸、八氟己二酸、十二氣辛二 酸、十六氟癸二酸、氯菌酸《海特酸》， 芳香族二羧酸：酞酸、甲基酞酸、第三丁基酞酸、乙 ^ 炔基酞酸、（苯基乙炔基）酞基、曱氧基酞酸、氟酞酸、四 氟酞^酸、三氟曱基欧酸、氯駄酸、二氯欧酸、四氯欧酸、 溴酞酸、四溴酞酸、硝基酞酸、羥基酞酸、胺基酞酸、磺 基酞酸、異酞酸、曱基異酞酸、第三丁基異酞酸、曱氧基 異酞酸、四氟異酞酸、溴異酞酸、硝基異酞酸、羥基異酞 酸、胺基異酞酸、胺基三碘異酞酸、磺基異酞酸、對酞酸、 二曱基對酞酸、四氟對酞酸、二氯對酞酸、四氯對酞酸、 溴對酞酸、四溴對酞酸、硝基對酞酸、二羥基對酞酸、胺 基對酜酸、續基對酜酸、 324024 22 201247603 萘基二羧酸、慧基二羧酸、蒽醌基二羧酸、丨，3-二苯 甲基-2-酮基-4, 5-咪唑啶二缓酸、嗔吩基二缓酸， 脂肪族或脂環式三羧酸：1，2, 3-丙烷三酸《丙三曱 酸》、安尼克特酸、丁烯三羧酸、環己烷三酸、2-磺基丁烷 -1，2, 4-三羧酸、3-丁烯-1，2, 3-三羧酸、環己烷三羧酸、 戊烷三酸、三（2-羧乙基）-1，3,5-三畊、三（3-羧丙基）-1，3, 5-三畊、三聚異氰酸三（2-羧乙基）酯、三聚異氰酸三 (3-叛丙基）醋， 芳香族三羧酸：偏苯三酸、連苯三酸、苯_1，3, 5-三羧 酸、三苯曱酮三羧酸， 脂肪族或脂環式四羧酸：丁烷四羧酸、環丁烷四羧酸、 環戊烧四羧酸、環己烧四緩酸、硫撐二丁二酸、四氫咬喃 四叛酸、二環[2. 2. 2]辛-7-烯-2, 3, 5, 6-四羧酸、5-(1,2-二叛基乙基）-3-甲基-3-環己烯-1，2-二羧酸、4-(1，2-二羧 基乙基）-1，2, 3, 4-四氫萘-1，2-二羧酸， 芳香族四羧酸：均苯四曱酸、二苯甲酮四羧酸、聯苯 四叛目文、一苯基硬四叛酸、經基二酜酸、六氟異丙叉二醜 酸、萘四幾酸、芴-9, 9-雙献酸， 脂肪族或脂環式五羧酸或六羧酸：環己烷六酸， 芳香族五羧酸或六羧酸：苯五甲酸、苯六曱酸， 又’做為2價以上之羧酸之具有羧酸在末端及/或側 鍵之聚S旨、聚丁二烯、聚異戊二烯、丙烯基低聚物 > 或聚 鍵聚醇、聚酯聚醇、聚碳酸酯聚醇、聚丁二烯聚醇、聚異 戍二稀聚醇、聚丙烯聚孽等聚醇以例如丁二酸酐、丙二酸 324024 23 201247603 酐、酞酸酐、四氫酞酸酐、六氫酞酸酐、偏苯三酸酐、均 苯三曱酸酐等酸酐加以改質而得化合物亦包括在例舉中。 羧酸之衍生物之例如上述羧酸之酸酐、酸氣化物、酸 >臭化物、甲醋、乙酯、苯酯、第三丁 g旨等。 (a-2M位置具有i個以上之經基之—級胺或二級胺 之例舉如下。 一級胺.乙醇胺、1-胺基_2-丙醇《異丙醇胺》、2_胺 基丙醇、2—胺基―1 —丁醇、2-胺基-2-苯基-乙醇、2一胺 •基-2-曱基-卜丙醇、異閃白醇《2-胺基-3-甲基-1-戊醇》、 2-異丙胺基-3-甲基-1-丁醇、閃白醇《2_胺基_4_曱基_丄_ 戊醇》、第三閃白醇《2-胺基-3, 3一二甲基^一 丁醇》、苯基 丙氨酸醇《2-胺基-3-苯基—丨_丙醇》、卜胺基_2_丁醇、2_ 胺基-1-苯基乙醇、2-胺基-1 —苯基_丨_丙醇。 氮原子上之取代基之一方為烴基，而另一方為式（2) 所表不之二級胺：甲基乙醇胺、N_乙基乙醇胺、n_丁基 φ 乙醇胺、第三丁基乙醇胺、3-第三丁基胺基-i，2-丙二 醇、N-環己基乙醇胺、N_苯基乙醇胺、卜苯甲基乙醇胺， 氮原子上之取代基之雙方皆為式（2)所表示之二級 胺··二乙醇胺、二異丙醇胺， R至R6中羥基取代烴基含有者：2_[(羥甲基）胺基]乙 醇、2-胺基-1，3-丙二醇、2_胺基_2_甲基」，3_丙二醇、三 (沒甲基）胺基甲燒、3_胺基4 2—丙二醇、3_(甲胺基）_ I 2’丙二醇、Ν'"甲基葡萄糖胺《6-(甲胺基)-1，2,3,4,5-己院五醇》、1，3-雙[三（經甲基）甲胺基]丙烧、2_胺基+ 324024 24 201247603 苯基-1，3-丙二醇、脫羥腎上腺素《1-(3-羥苯基）-2-(曱胺 基）乙醇》、乙苯福林《2 -乙胺基-1-(3 -經苯基）乙酵》， 上述之外：2-(2-胺基曱基胺基乙醇）、2-胺基-1-(4-硝基苯基）-1，3-丙二醇、絲胺酸、絲胺酸甲酯、N-(2, 4-二石肖基苯基）絲胺酸、蛋胺酸醇《2_胺基-4-曱硫基_ 1 - 丁 醇》、N-(5-硝基-2-吼啶基）丙氨酸醇、°比咯啉醇《2-(羥基 曱基）哌啶》、4-胺基-3-羥基丁酸、3-羥基哌啶、異絲胺酸、 2-胺基環己醇、蘇胺酸、卜胺基-2-茚滿醇、葡糖胺、1, 3-Φ 二胺基-2-丙醇、阿特諾羅爾、腎上腺素、α, α-二苯基-2- 0比嘻烧曱醇。 (a-4)具有1個以上之可與羥基反應之官能基之化合 物之例如異氰酸酯、羧酸、羧酸鹵化物、羧酸酐、羧酸酯、 矽烷醇、烷氧基矽烷、矽烷醇酯、胺基樹脂、含有環氧基 之化合物。其中，就反應性之觀點而言，以異氰酸酯基、 羧基、羧酸酐基、羧酸鹵化物基為佳，尤以羧基及異氰酸 ^ 酯基為更佳。 異氰酸酯之例舉如下： 單官能異氰酸酯：異氰酸甲酯、異氰酸丁酯、異氰酸 己酯、異氰酸庚酯、異氰酸月桂酯、異氰酸硬脂酯、異氰 酸苯酯、異氰酸環丙酯、異氰酸苯乙酯、異氰酸對曱苯磺 醯酯、異氰酸丙烯醯氧基乙酯、異氰酸曱基丙烯醯氧基乙 酯、異氰酸乙烯酯、異氰酸烯丙酯、異氰酸2-(2-丙烯醯 氧基乙基氧基）乙酯、異氰酸2-(2-曱基丙烯醯氧基乙基氧 基）乙酯、異氰酸1,1-雙（丙烯醯氧基甲基）乙酯、異氰酸 324024 25 201247603 1，1-雙（甲基丙烯醯氧基曱基）乙酯， 二官能異氰酸酯：二異氰酸伸曱苯酯、二苯基曱烷二 異氰酸酯、萘二異氰酸酯、二異氰酸苯二曱酯、二異氰酸 伸己酯、異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯、二異氰酸伸笨酯、二異氰 酸聯甲苯酯、二異氰酸三曱基伸乙酯、賴胺酸二異氰酸酯、 雙（異氰酸根合曱基）環己烷、二環己基甲烷二異氰酸酯、 異丙撐雙（環己基異氰酸酯）、3-(2’-異氰酸根合環己基） 丙基異氰酸酯、聯茴香胺異氰酸酯、二苯基醚二異氰酸酯、 • 二異氰酸酯二聚物、四甲基苯二曱基二異氰酸酯， 三官能異氰酸酯：賴胺酸三異氰酸酯、三（異氰酸根合 苯基）曱烷、三（異氰酸根合苯基）硫基磷酸酯， 又，上述多官能異氰酸酯之縮二脲、脲二酮、三聚異 氰酸酯，加成物也在例舉範圍。 亦可列舉從上述多官能異氰酸酯，該多官能異氰酸酯 之縮二脲、脲二酮、三聚異氰酸酯，加成物選擇之異氰酸 ^ 酯，與下列活性氫化物反應而得之化合物：曱醇、乙醇、 丙醇、丁醇、戊醇、苯酚、苯曱醇、2-羥基乙基（曱基）丙 烯酸酯、2-羥基丙基（甲基）丙烯酸酯、（甲基）丙烯酸2-羥 基丁基酯、（曱基）丙烯酸4-羥基丁基酯、1，4_環己烷二曱 醇單（曱基）丙烯酸酯、（曱基）丙烯酸4-羥基苯基酯、曱胺、 乙胺、二丁胺、聚乙二醇單烷基醚、聚丙二醇單烷基醚、 聚己内S旨等。 上述中，當考慮溶解性、保存安定性、製造難易等時， 以使用上述單官能之異氰酸酯，或多官能異氰酸酯、或多 324024 26 201247603 官能異氰酸酯之縮二脲、脲二酮、三聚異氰酸酯，加成物 中留存1個異氰酸酯基，其餘藉由活性氫化物反應而得單 官能之異氰酸酯為較佳。 緩酸’也就是具有幾基之化合物之例舉如下。 脂肪族飽和單官能羧酸：甲酸、乙酸、丙酸、丁酸、 異丁酸、纈草酸《戊酸》、2-甲基丁酸、異纈草酸《3-甲基 丁酸》、三甲基乙酸《2, 2-二甲基丙酸》、己酸《己烷酸》、 曱基纈草酸、二甲基丁酸、乙基丁酸、葡萄花酸《庚酸》、 Φ 羊脂酸《辛酸》、2-乙基己酸、天竺葵酸《壬酸》、癸酸《十 碳酸》、十一烷酸、月桂酸《十二烷酸》、十三烷酸、肉苴 謹酸《十四烧酸》、十五烧酸、椋櫚酸《十六烧酸》、珠光 脂酸《十七烧酸》、硬脂酸《十八烧酸》、異硬脂酸《2-庚 基十一烷酸》、十九烷酸、花生酸《二十烷酸》、二十一烷 酸、山窬酸《二十二烷酸》、二十三烷酸、巴西棕櫚酸《二 十四酸》、二十五烷酸、臘酸《二十六烷酸》、二十七烷酸、 褐酸《二十八烧酸》、二十九院酸、蜂花酸《三十烧酸》’ ® 脂肪族不飽和單官能羧酸：丙烯酸、曱基丙烯酸、丁 稀酸、十一碳烯酸、棕櫚烯酸《9-十六碳烯酸》、岩芹酸《6一 十八碳烯酸》、油酸《9-十八碳烯酸》、反油酸《9-十八银 稀酸》、反式十八碳-II-烯酸、亞油酸《9, 12-十八碳二彿 酸》、亞麻酸《9, 12, 15-十八碳三烯酸》、r -亞麻酸《6, 9, 12-十八碳三烯酸》、桐酸、花生四烯酸《5, 8,丨1，14_二十碳四 烯酸》、5, 8, 11，14,17-二十碳五烯酸、芥酸《13-二十二碳 烯酸》、二十六碳烯酸、二十三碳―22-烯酸、二十四碳一15一 324024 27 201247603 烯酸、神經酸， 芳香族單官能羧酸：苯甲酸、曱苯曱酸、二曱基苯曱 酸、三曱基苯曱酸、乙基苯曱酸、丙基苯曱酸、異丙基苯 曱酸、丁基苯曱酸、第三丁基苯曱酸、乙烯基苯甲酸、氟 苯甲酸、氯苯曱酸、溴苯曱酸、碘苯曱酸、三氟曱基苯曱 酸、氰基苯曱酸、羥基苯甲酸、羥曱基苯曱酸、胺基苯曱 酸、氫硫基苯甲酸、萘甲酸、甲基萘甲酸、羥基萘甲酸、 蒽酸《蒽曱酸》、非哪酮酸， 脂環式單官能羧酸：環丙烷羧酸、二曱基環丙烷羧酸、 四甲基環丙烷羧酸、氫硫基環丙烷羧酸、環丁烷基羧酸、 環戊烷基羧酸、環戊烷基乙酸、胺基環戊烷基羧酸、環戊 烯羧酸、環己烷羧酸、環己烷基乙酸、環己烷基丙酸、環 己烷基丁酸、曱基環己烷羧酸、丙基環己烷羧酸、異丙基 環己烷羧酸、丁基環己烷羧酸、第三丁基環己烷羧酸、羥 基環己烷羧酸、（羥曱基）環己烷羧酸、環己烯羧酸、降萡 烯羧酸、降萡烷羧酸、降金剛烷羧酸、金剛烷羧酸， 羧基之外具有氧原子之單官能羧酸：乙二醇酸、乳酸、 羥基棕櫚酸、蓖麻酸、羥基硬脂酸、；油桐酸《三羥基十六 烷酸》、茉莉酸《3-酮基-2-(2-戊烯基）環戊基乙酸》、葫蘆 素酸《3-羥基-2-(2-戊烯基）環戊基乙酸》、3-酮基丁烷酸 等1價羧酸，以及上述（a-Ι)項之2價以上之羧酸中所列舉 之化合物等。 (a-4)具有可與羥基反應之官能基1個以上之化合物 中具有羧基之化合物，可列舉2價以上之羧酸或其衍生物 324024 28 201247603 所列舉之化合物之一部分藉由醇或胺加以酯化，醯胺化而 得化合物。例如使用甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、丁醇、戊醇、苯 酚、苯曱醇、（甲基）丙烯酸2-羥基乙基酯、（甲基）丙稀酸 2-羥基丙基酯、（曱基）丙烯酸2-羥基丁基酯、（曱基）丙稀 酸4-羥基丁基酯、1，4-環己炫二曱醇單（甲基）丙稀酸醋、 (曱基）丙稀酸4-經基苯基醋、曱胺、乙胺、二丁胺、聚乙 二醇單烷基醚、聚丙二醇單烷基醚、聚己内酯等之醇、胺， 與上述（a-1) 2價以上之羧酸所列舉之化合物加以部分酉旨 ® 化’在分子内僅留下一個羥基而得單官能羧酸等。特別是 使用2價羧酸之環狀羧酸時，羥基或胺基加以以丨：丨之比 率反應之後，可生成1個羧基而較佳。 更加之’可列舉具有上述羧基之化合物所成之酸肝 酸鹵化物、甲酯、乙g旨、苯醋、第三丁 g旨等。Formula (c) (wherein R3 to R6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group). According to an embodiment of the present invention, a ketone-based decylamine which is soluble in an organic solvent can be provided. Further, by the resin composition containing the above compound and the photosensitive composition, a film or a fine pattern which satisfies heat resistance, drug resistance, smoothness, and optical properties can be formed. The subject matter of the present invention is related to the invention patent application No. 2011-047648 filed on March 4, 2011 in Japan, and the patent application No. 2011-047649 filed in Japan on March 4, 2011, March 4, 2011 In the invention patent application No. 2011-047650 of the present application, the invention patent application filed on December 28, 2011 in Japan, No. 2, No. 11-288275, February 2, 2012, the invention patent application filed in the present application. Patent Application No. 2012-021479, filed on Jan. 3, 2012, filed on Jan. 3,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, [Embodiment] An embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail below. Further, in the above, (mercapto) acrylate refers to acrylate and/or methacrylate, and similarly, (fluorenyl) acrylate means acrylic acid and/or methacrylic acid. <Based base amine (A)> /3-hydroxyalkylguanamine (A) is a compound represented by the formula (1), wherein X represents a carbon, a hydrazine, a nitrogen, an oxygen, a sulfur or a halogen atom. The basis of the η price. η # represents an integer from 2 to 6. Specifically, X is, for example, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having an η value of 2 or more, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and a group having a hetero atom. Halogen such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine or the like is preferably fluorine from the viewpoint of transparency. From the viewpoint of imparting flame retardancy, chlorine or bromine is preferred. The basis of the η valence refers to a group obtained by removing n hydrogen atoms from the compound. This is referred to below as the base derived from the η valence of the compound. ^ The η-valent aliphatic hydrocarbon group is derived from the η valence of the alkane, alkene, and alkyne. Such as burning, such as B-burning, C-burning, Ding-sing, Wuyuan, hexane, Gengxuan, Xinzhuo, simmering, simmering, eleven carbon burning, twelve carbon burning, thirteen carbon burning, fourteen carbon burning, Fifteen carbon burn, seventeen carbon burn, sixteen carbon burn, eighteen carbon burn, nineteen naphthene, eicosane, hexadecane, docosane, isobutane, isopentane , neopentane, decylpentane, didecylpentane, ethyldecylpentane, diethylpentane, decylhexanyl, tetradecyl heptane, and the like. The group derived from the η valence of the alkene such as 1,6-hexyl, 1,7-heptyl, 1,8-octyl, 1,9-fluorenyl, 1,10-fluorenyl, 1,1 b Alkyl, 1,12-dodecyl, 1,13-tridecyl, 324024 13 201247603 1,14-tetradecyl, heptadecyl, 1,18-octadecene, 1 , 16-sixteenth base, 1,17- 1,4,7-heptyl, 1,2,8~^yl '^19-nonadecyl, L3,6-hexyl, alkene such as ethylene, ' Internal olefin 7, ~ heptyl, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6-hexyl and the like. Alkene, decene, decene, eleven, ☆ butene, pentene, hexene, heptene, octene, heptadecene, heptadecene, dodecene, tridecene, fourteen Examples of carbon thin, twenty carbon thin, twenty-tenth, slave, eight-stone anti-dilute, nineteen-derived bases of rare η, = docosarene, methylpentene, and the like. Base, u_(2-octyl) hexyl), ^(2-heptyl), 1,1 (2-10D, 2~nonene), 1,10-(2-癸Alkene, tridecene), 1,14-(2-^ 1 secret 12 (2-dilute), U 13_(2 -1,16-(2-hexadecenyl), l ^(2 ), L 15-(2_15-thick), dilute), 1,19-(2-nonyl)yl: heptene, 1,2,8-(4-octane) , (& women) base, to 3 - (2-self) base, i, 4, 6, 7 - (3; dilute ... base '^ 3' 4' 6_ base, etc.. Heptene) 1,4, 5, 6, 7-(3-heptene) octyne such as acetylene, propyl, butadiene, pentyne, hexyne, heptyne acetylene, decyne, deca- alkyne, twelve a carbon alkyne, a thirteen carbon alkyne, a twenty-anti-, a --deca- alkyne, a twenty-two carbon block, etc. The column derived from the η valence of the alkyne is, for example, ΐι(2-hexyne) group, hydrazine, 7_(2_heptyne) group, fluorene, 8_(2_octyl) group, Ά ''壬 fast) group, U 10 -(2- acetylene) group, 1,1 b (2-11 carbon fast) : soil, 1,12-(2-dodecenyl), 113, thirteen carbon blocks, H(2-tetradecynyl), anthracene, 15-(2-pentadecanyl), i,.(2) 324024 14 201247603 Hexadecanyl), 1, fluorene-(2-heptadecane), anthracene, 18-(2-leocyl-alkynyl), 1,19-(2-non-nonanoyl), 13 , 6_(2-hexyne)yl, 14, 7-(3-heptyne), 1,2, 8-(4-octyne), i,3, 9_(5_壬), ujk (2 -hexyne), i, 4,6,7-(3-heptynyl), 1,4,5, 6,7-(3-heptyl), etc. N-valent alicyclic hydrocarbon groups such as rings Propane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, methylcyclopentane, dimethylcyclopentane, trimethylcyclopentane, cyclohexane, methylcyclohexane, dimercaptocyclohexane, cyclohexene , fluorenylcyclohexene, norbornane, deciduous, bicyclophanyl, decahydronaphthalene, diamond, and bismuth fund, etc. are the base of the η price of the source. For example, 丨, 卜cyclohexyl, 丨, 2_cyclohexyl, anthracene, 3_decyl, 1,4-cyclohexyl, 1,2,4-cyclohexyl, 1,3,5-cyclohexyl, 1' 2' 4, 5-cyclohexyl, 1,2 , 3, 4, 5, 6-cyclohexyl, 2,6-decalinyl, 1,3-adamantyl, 1,3, 5-adamantyl, etc. η-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group such as benzene, Naphthalene, biphenyl, anthracene, toluene, a stupid, ethylbenzene, Tributylbenzene, diphenylethane, diphenylacetylene, 9,9-φ diphenylphosphonium, etc. are the valence groups of the source, for example, an aromatic ring containing, for example, a phenylene group bonded to a carbon atom of a carbonyl group. a group such as toluene_α,α-diyl, ethylbenzenediyl, ethylbenzene U-diyl, 1,2-diphenyl, which does not contain a carbon atom bonded to a carbonyl group. Ethyl bromide-1,2-diyl and the like. The valence group having a hetero atom (oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, halogen atom) is derived, for example, from ethanol, ethylene glycol, ethyl diacetate, ethyl bis(trimethylacetate), diphenyl phthalate Ethyl ester, (mercaptobenzoic acid) ethyl ester, bis(methoxy benzoic acid) ethyl ester, propanol, isopropanol, ethyl acetate, erythritol, epoxy 324024 15 201247603 Ethyl, acetaldehyde Acetone, dipropylcyclohexane, τ-butyrolactone, ethylamine, pentadecyl lactone, 1,2-amine, ethanethiol, ethanedithiol, tetrator: guanamine, propylamine, Bupropyl ethane octafluorobutane, dodecafluorohexane, hexadecane, dibromoethane, hexafluoropropane, borneol, anisole, fluorobenzene, tetra-octane "1,2,3 , 4,7,7~6 gas benzene, 4 defeated stupid, desert benzene, 4 desert, =: fluoromethyl stupid, gas benzene, diqi acid, brewing, butan acid, triethyl = 卩, soil book 、, stupid amine, benzoic acid triethyl succinct, trimeric heterotripropyltripropyl triterpene, trimeric isocyanate, diphenyl stone, 2,2-diphenyl hydrazine ~ fluorenone, hydrazine The base of the η valence of phenanthrene, diethyl sulphide, etc. ,,, 3, 3, 3~·hexafluoropropane, diphenyl ether, wherein, in terms of reactivity, the atom in the middle is not contained in the aromatic ring to directly bond to the carbonyl group X 6 to 18 The linear aliphatic nicotine 1 is preferably 'more linear fat with a carbon number of 6 to 12/month 9% < silk is better' and carbon, 6 to 'straight bond In the formula, 'R and R each independently represent a gas group (3), a W group, a lining group, a mushy ring group, a 7-mercaptohydrocarbyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and one of more than one nitrogen atom. In the above, at least one of the groups represented by the formula (3) is a group represented by the formula (3). The aliphatic hydrocarbon group is, for example, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an alkynyl group. Butylmethyl 'ethyl nipropyl group, butyl group, isooctyl group Base, butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, hexyl, heptyl, readylene such as ethyl, propyl, propyl, propylene, propylene, propylene, propylene, propylene, propylene a butenyl group, a 2-butenyl group, a 3-butenyl group, a 1-octyl group, a 1-decenyl group, a 1-octadecylcarboyl group. The alkynyl group is, for example, an ethynyl group, 1- Propynyl, 2-propenyl, butynyl, 2-butynyl 3-butynyl, 1-octynyl, 1-decynyl, 1-octadecyl fast radical. Examples of alicyclic hydrocarbon radicals such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl a cycloalkyl group such as a cyclooctyl group, a cyclooctyl group, a 2-dihydroindenyl group, a decahydronaphthyl group, an adamantyl group or a dicyclopentanyl group. The aromatic hydrocarbon group is, for example, a monocyclic ring, a condensed ring or a polycyclic ring. Aromatic hydrocarbon group. Monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group such as phenyl, benzyl, o-tolyl, m-nonylphenyl, p-nonylphenyl, 2,4-diphenylphenyl, p-isopropylphenyl a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group such as a trimethylphenyl group. The condensed ring aromatic hydrocarbon group is, for example, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-indenyl, 2-indenyl, 5-indenyl, 1-phenanthryl, 9- a condensed cyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group such as phenanthryl, 1-indenyl, 2-founding, 1-indenyl, 2-terminated triphenyl, etc. Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon groups such as o-biphenyl, m-biphenyl, a polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group such as a biphenyl group. Among them, R1 and R2 other than the formula (2) and the formula (3) are preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group or a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group, and are aliphatic. a hydrocarbon group or an alicyclic hydrocarbon group is preferred, especially a fat having a carbon number of 4 or more. The group of the hydrocarbon group is more preferably R3 to R6 represented by the formula (2) and the formula (3), each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, or a hydrocarbon group substituted with a hydroxyl group, and R7 represents a compound having a functional group reactive with a hydroxyl group. a residue or a hydrogen atom. The hydrocarbon group is the same as the above in R1 and R2. The hydrocarbon group substituted with a hydroxy group is 324024 17 201247603, for example, a hydroxymethyl group, a hydroxyethyl group, a # group, etc. "I & butyl, fresh base, Cyclohexyl (4) Λ has: 化合物: the compound residue of the functional group of the base reaction, although there is no special eve = the opposite side ~ side; 1 曰 石 石 = =, alkoxy, _, amine resin, with ^ The mouth of the milk, etc., among which, the acidity of the vinegar is good. In view of the fact that it is easier to manufacture, the R7 in the formula (3) is represented by the formula (9) so that the parent is good. Further, from the viewpoint that photocurability is good, it is preferred to use a compound represented by the formula (6). From the viewpoint of Table--, it is preferable to use R7 in the formula (3) as the formula (10) to read the money solution and to convert the compound represented by the formula (4). From a good point of view, it is preferred to use a compound represented by the formula (5). When the resin composition containing the compound represented by the formula (1) is used, for example, when the coating agent for the interlayer insulating film or the color filter is used, the chemical resistance, the heat resistance and the hardness are improved, and it is contained in x, R1 = one type. A photopolymerizable functional group is preferred. In the case of using a photosensitive solder resist ink, in order to achieve both hardening and coating, the above formula = solder heat resistance, coating film resistance, and flame retardancy can be obtained by the formula X (X) having a carbon number of 6 or more. The hydrocarbon group is preferred. The method for producing the compound represented by the formula (1) > The compound represented by the formula (1) can be produced by various methods, and the main production method is 324024 18 201247603, which is as follows [1] to [4]. When R7 is a compound having a functional group reactive with a hydroxyl group: [1] A (1) carboxylic acid or a derivative thereof having a valence of 2 or more and (a-2) having 1 or more hydroxyl groups at a position is first-ordered. (a-3); a part of the hydroxyl group of 8-hydroxyalkylguanamine, reacted with one or more compounds having a functional group capable of reacting with a hydroxyl group (a-4) And made it. [2] (a-2) having one or more hydroxyl groups at the /3 position to form a hydroxyl group of a primary or secondary amine, and having one or more of (a-4) capable of reacting with a hydroxyl group; After the reaction of the functional group compound, it is produced by amination with (al) a divalent or higher carboxylic acid or a derivative thereof. [3] (a-2) having one or more hydroxyl groups at the position of ^ to form a hydroxyl group of a primary or secondary amine, and (a-4) having one or more functional groups capable of reacting with a hydroxyl group After the reaction of the compound, the protecting group of the compound is removed, and then it is produced by amidation with (al) a divalent or higher carboxylic acid or a derivative thereof. In terms of manufacturing cost and ease of reaction, the production method of the above [1] is preferable. When (a-3)/3-hydroxyalkylguanamine can be obtained by the market, it is not necessary to pass (al) a carboxylic acid or a derivative thereof having a valence of 2 or more and (a-2) at a position of /3. The above hydroxyl group is a reaction between a primary amine or a secondary amine, and directly reacts one of the hydroxyl groups of (a-3) yS-hydroxyalkylguanamine with one or more of (a-4) to react with a hydroxyl group. The reaction of the functional group of the compound is also a feasible method. When R7 is a hydrogen atom: 324024 19 201247603 [4] (al) a carboxylic acid or a derivative thereof having a valence of 2 or more, and (a-2) having one or more hydroxyl groups at a /9 position to form a primary amine or A method of producing a secondary amine by amidization. The cold-hydroxyalkylguanamine (A) may contain a photopolymerizable functional group or may not contain a photopolymerizable functional group. By using a compound containing a photopolymerizable functional group, a photopolymerizable functional group can be introduced into (al) a divalent or higher carboxylic acid or a derivative thereof, and (a-2) has one or more hydroxyl groups at a /3 position. A primary or secondary amine or (a-4) a compound having one or more functional groups capable of reacting with a hydroxyl group. In the case of the stability at the time of the synthesis, it is preferred that the compound having one or more functional groups capable of reacting with a hydroxyl group (a-4) contains a photopolymerizable functional group. (a-1) In the carboxylic acid or a derivative thereof having a valence of 2 or more, the carboxylic acid having a valence of 2 or more is as follows (hereinafter, the symbol "" represents an alias of the same compound). Linear saturated aliphatic dicarboxylic acid: oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, suberic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, ten ^ one burning Diacid, 12th hospital diacid, 13th burned diacid, 14th burned diacid, fifteen yard diacid, hexadecandhidioic acid, seventeen burned diacid, eighteen burned diacid, nineteen yard diacid , eicosanedioic acid, hetero chain and aliphatic dicarboxylic acid: mercaptomalonic acid, dimercaptomalonic acid, ethylmalonic acid, dipropylmalonic acid, isopropylmalonic acid, Mercaptosuccinic acid, dimercaptosuccinic acid, butyl succinic acid, octyl succinic acid, decyl succinic acid, dodecyl succinic acid, tetradecyl succinic acid, hexadecand Butyric acid, octadecyl succinic acid, methyl glutaric acid, dimethyl glutaric acid, ethyl methyl glutaric acid, diethyl glutaric acid, decyl adipate, tetradecyl Pimelic acid, 324024 20 201247603 Unsaturated aliphatic diteric acid: dipropyl succinic acid, decyl succinic acid, hexenyl succinic acid, octenyl succinic acid, dodecenyl Succinic acid, eleven succinyl succinic acid, decadiene 1,2-di Acid, trans-succinic acid, maleic acid, acetylene dicarboxylic acid, viscous acid, itaconic acid, citraconic acid, mesaconic acid, alicyclic ditinoic acid: ciprofloxacin Cyclobutane dicarboxylic acid, cyclopentanol acid, camphoric acid, cyclohexanal acid, methylcyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, cyclohexene dicarboxylic acid, methylcyclohexene dicarboxylic acid , norbornane dicarboxylic acid, dioxin, acid, bicyclo [2· 2. 2] oct-5-ene-2, 3-dicarboxylic acid, adamantane dicarboxylic acid, cyclopentane malonic acid, Cyclopentane diacetic acid, cyclohexane diacetic acid, adamantane diacetic acid, aliphatic dibromide acid having an aromatic ring (the carbon atom bonded to the slow group does not form a square fragrance %) - the local malonic acid, the methyl group Malonic acid, β-sepromyl malonic acid, phenyl succinic acid, diphenyl succinic acid, aliphatic or alicyclic diacids containing oxygen atoms in addition to tick: tartaric acid, ethinoic acid , bis(dimethylethyl) tartaric acid, bis(stupyl) tartaric acid, xylyl tartaric acid, bis(p-decyloxybenzylidene) tartaric acid, hydroxysuccinic acid, acetyl hydroxy group Succinic acid, ascorbic acid Acid, citric acid, hydroxy glutaric acid, galactonic acid, epoxy succinic acid, oxalyl acetic acid, ketoglutaric acid, keto sebacic acid, 4, 5-dione-ten Eclipidol, 3,6-epoxy-1,2,3,6-hexahydrononanoic acid, butyrolactone diterpenic acid, aliphatic or alicyclic ditinoic acid containing a nitrogen atom. Diacid, hydrazine methyl carbonitrile, hydrazine-(second butoxy), amino succinic acid, hydrazine-(crackoxycarbonyl) aminosuccinic acid, hydrazine-aminodecylamino Succinic acid, 324024 21 201247603 N-[(9H-芴-9-yloxy)carbonyl]aminosuccinic acid, aminoethylaminosuccinic acid, 3-hydroxyaminosuccinic acid, 2-aminopentyl Diacid, N-acetamido 2-aminoglutaric acid, (t-butoxy-yl)-2-aminoglutaric acid, N-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-2-aminoglutaric acid, N-phenylmercapto-2-aminoglutaric acid, N-(4-aminopicolinyl)-2-aminoglutaric acid, N-[(9H-fluoren-9-yloxy)carbonyl ]-2-aminoglutaric acid, decyl-2-aminoglutaric acid, aminoethyl hydrazino-2-aminoglutaric acid, decyl glutaric acid, N-mercapto-2-aminoglutaric acid, Amino Acid, amino pimelic acid 'diamine pimelic acid, amino octanedioic acid, folic acid, guanamine pterin, aliphatic or alicyclic dicarboxylic acid containing sulfur atom: dimethylthiosuccinic acid, Mercaptosuccinic acid, an aliphatic or alicyclic dicarboxylic acid containing a halogen atom: tetrafluorosuccinic acid, dioxa succinic acid, hexafluoroglutaric acid, octafluoroadipate, dodecahydroeric acid , hexadecafluorosebacic acid, chloric acid "Hett acid", aromatic dicarboxylic acid: decanoic acid, methyl decanoic acid, tert-butyl decanoic acid, ethyl acetyl decanoic acid, (phenyl ethynyl group) a mercapto group, an anthranilic acid, a fluoroantimonic acid, a tetrafluoroantimonic acid, a trifluoromethyl carboxylic acid, a chlorodecanoic acid, a dichloroauric acid, a tetrachloroethylene acid, a bromodecanoic acid, a tetrabromodecanoic acid, Nitrodecanoic acid, hydroxydecanoic acid, amino decanoic acid, sulfonic acid, isodecanoic acid, mercaptoisophthalic acid, tert-butyl isophthalic acid, nonyloxyisophthalic acid, tetrafluoroisodecanoic acid, Bromoisophthalic acid, nitroisodecanoic acid, hydroxyisodecanoic acid, aminoisodecanoic acid, aminotriiodoisophthalic acid, sulfisoisophthalic acid, p-nonanoic acid, dimercaptopurine, tetrafluoro Tannic acid, dichloro-p-citric acid, tetrachloro-p-citric acid, bromine Acid, tetrabromo-p-citric acid, nitro-p-citric acid, dihydroxy-p-citric acid, amino-p-nonanoic acid, contigyl-p-citric acid, 324024 22 201247603 naphthyl dicarboxylic acid, thiodicarboxylic acid, mercapto Dicarboxylic acid, hydrazine, 3-benzhydryl-2-keto-4, 5-imidazolidinic acid, porphinyl diacid, aliphatic or alicyclic tricarboxylic acid: 1,2, 3 -propane triacid "propionic acid", Annickic acid, butene tricarboxylic acid, cyclohexanetricarboxylic acid, 2-sulfobutane-1,2,4-tricarboxylic acid, 3-butene- 1,2,3-tricarboxylic acid, cyclohexanetricarboxylic acid, pentanetricarboxylic acid, tris(2-carboxyethyl)-1,3,5-trin, tris(3-carboxypropyl)-1 , 3, 5-three tillage, tris(2-carboxyethyl) isocyanate, tris(3-propoxy) vinegar, aromatic tricarboxylic acid: trimellitic acid, Trimellitic acid, benzene_1,3,5-tricarboxylic acid, benzophenone tricarboxylic acid, aliphatic or alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid: butane tetracarboxylic acid, cyclobutane tetracarboxylic acid, cyclopentene Tetracarboxylic acid, cyclohexene, tetrazoic acid, sulphuric acid disuccinic acid, tetrahydrotetramine tetracarboxylic acid, bicyclo [2. 2. 2] oct-7-ene-2, 3, 5, 6-four Carboxylic acid, 5-(1,2-di-redentyl)-3-methyl-3- Hexene-1,2-dicarboxylic acid, 4-(1,2-dicarboxyethyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-1,2-dicarboxylic acid, aromatic tetracarboxylic acid: Pyromellitic acid, benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid, biphenyl tetra-rebellion, monophenyl hard tetra-rebel, transbasic acid, hexafluoroisopropylidene, naphthalene tetracarboxylic acid, hydrazine -9, 9-di-acid, aliphatic or alicyclic pentacarboxylic acid or hexacarboxylic acid: cyclohexane hexacarboxylic acid, aromatic pentacarboxylic acid or hexacarboxylic acid: benzene pentanecarboxylic acid, benzoic acid, and As a carboxylic acid having a valence of 2 or more, a polycarboxylic acid having a carboxylic acid at a terminal and/or a side bond, a polybutadiene, a polyisoprene, a propylene oligomer, or a polyalcohol or polyester Polyols such as polyalcohols, polycarbonate polyalcohols, polybutadiene polyalcohols, polyisodecene di-polyols, polypropylene polyfluorenes, for example, succinic anhydride, malonic acid 324024 23 201247603 anhydride, phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrogen Compounds obtained by upgrading anhydrides such as phthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, and trimesic anhydride are also included in the examples. Examples of the carboxylic acid derivative include an acid anhydride, an acid gas, an acid > a odor, a methyl ketone, an ethyl ester, a phenyl ester, and a third butyl group. (The a-2M position has i or more of the radicals - the secondary amine or the secondary amine is exemplified below. Primary amine. Ethanolamine, 1-amino-2-propanol "isopropanolamine", 2-amino group Propanol, 2-amino-1-butanol, 2-amino-2-phenyl-ethanol, 2-amine-yl-2-mercapto-propanol, iso-white alcohol 2-amino-3 -methyl-1-pentanol, 2-isopropylamino-3-methyl-1-butanol, leuco-alcohol "2-amino- 4-mercapto-indole-pentanol", third flash alcohol 2-Amino-3,3-dimethyl-butanol, phenylalanine alcohol 2-amino-3-phenyl-indole-propanol, amidino-2-butanol, 2_Amino-1-phenylethanol, 2-amino-1-phenyl-indole-propanol. One of the substituents on the nitrogen atom is a hydrocarbon group, and the other is a secondary one represented by formula (2) Amine: methylethanolamine, N_ethylethanolamine, n-butyl φ ethanolamine, tert-butylethanolamine, 3-tert-butylamino-i, 2-propanediol, N-cyclohexylethanolamine, N-phenyl Ethanolamine, benzhydrylethanolamine, and the substituents on the nitrogen atom are both a secondary amine represented by the formula (2), diethanolamine, diisopropanolamine, and a hydroxy-substituted hydrocarbon group in R to R6. Included: 2_[(hydroxymethyl)amino]ethanol, 2-amino-1,3-propanediol, 2-amino-2_methyl", 3-propylene glycol, tris(methyl)aminocarbamate Burning, 3-amino-4-dipropanediol, 3-(methylamino)_I 2'propanediol, Ν'"methylglucosamine "6-(methylamino)-1,2,3,4,5-院院五醇》, 1,3-double [tris(methyl)methylamino]propane, 2_amine + 324024 24 201247603 phenyl-1,3-propanediol, phenylephrine "1-( 3-hydroxyphenyl)-2-(decylamino)ethanol, ethylphenanthrene "2-ethylamino-1-(3-phenyl)ethyl lactate", except for the above: 2-(2- Amino mercaptoaminoethanol), 2-amino-1-(4-nitrophenyl)-1,3-propanediol, serine, methyl serine, N-(2, 4-distone Phenyl)serine, methionine "2-amino-4-sulfoyl-1-butanol", N-(5-nitro-2-acridinyl)alanine, ° ratio Roporol alcohol "2-(hydroxyindenyl) piperidine", 4-amino-3-hydroxybutyric acid, 3-hydroxypiperidine, isose acid, 2-aminocyclohexanol, threonine, Amino-2-indanol, glucosamine, 1, 3-Φ diamino-2-propanol, atenolol, adrenal gland , α, α-diphenyl-2- 0 is a decyl alcohol. (a-4) A compound having one or more functional groups reactive with a hydroxyl group such as an isocyanate, a carboxylic acid, a carboxylic acid halide, or a carboxy group. An acid anhydride, a carboxylic acid ester, a stanol, an alkoxy decane, a stanol ester, an amine-based resin, or an epoxy group-containing compound, wherein, in terms of reactivity, an isocyanate group, a carboxyl group, a carboxylic anhydride group, or a carboxy group is used. The acid halide group is preferred, and a carboxyl group and an isocyanate group are more preferred. Examples of isocyanates are as follows: Monofunctional isocyanates: methyl isocyanate, butyl isocyanate, hexyl isocyanate, heptyl isocyanate, lauryl isocyanate, stearyl isocyanate, isocyanic acid Phenyl ester, cyclopropyl isocyanate, phenylethyl isocyanate, p-toluene sulfonate, propylene methoxyethyl isocyanate, decyl propylene hydroxy ethoxylate Vinyl cyanate, allyl isocyanate, 2-(2-propenyloxyethyloxy)ethyl isocyanate, 2-(2-mercaptopropenyloxyethyloxy) isocyanate Ethyl ester, 1,1-bis(acryloxymethyl)ethyl isocyanate, isocyanate 324024 25 201247603 1,1-bis(methacryloxyfluorenyl)ethyl ester, difunctional isocyanate : Diphenyl phthalate diphenyl phthalate, diphenyl decane diisocyanate, naphthalene diisocyanate, phenyl diisocyanate, dihexyl hexanoate, isophorone diisocyanate, diisocyanate Stretching ester, di-toluene diisocyanate, tridecyl diethyl isocyanate, lysine diisocyanate, bis(isocyanatoinyl)cyclohexane, dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate , isopropyl bis(cyclohexyl isocyanate), 3-(2'-isocyanatocyclohexyl) propyl isocyanate, dianisidine isocyanate, diphenyl ether diisocyanate, • diisocyanate dimer, tetramethyl Benzoyl diisocyanate, trifunctional isocyanate: lysine triisocyanate, tris(isocyanatophenyl)decane, tris(isocyanatophenyl)thiophosphate, further, the above polyfunctional isocyanate Biuret, uretdione, trimeric isocyanate, adducts are also exemplified. Further, a compound obtained by reacting the polyfunctional isocyanate, the biuret of the polyfunctional isocyanate, the uretdione, the trimer isocyanate, the isocyanate selected from the adduct, and the following active hydride: decyl alcohol , ethanol, propanol, butanol, pentanol, phenol, benzofuran, 2-hydroxyethyl (mercapto) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyl (meth) acrylate Butyl ester, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 1,4-cyclohexanedonol mono(indenyl) acrylate, 4-hydroxyphenyl (meth) acrylate, decylamine, B Amine, dibutylamine, polyethylene glycol monoalkyl ether, polypropylene glycol monoalkyl ether, polyhexene S, etc. In the above, when solubility, storage stability, ease of manufacture, and the like are considered, the above-mentioned monofunctional isocyanate, or polyfunctional isocyanate, or polyurea, uretdione, or trimeric isocyanate of 324024 26 201247603 functional isocyanate may be used. It is preferred that one isocyanate group remains in the adduct, and the other is obtained by reacting an active hydride to obtain a monofunctional isocyanate. Examples of the retarding acid, that is, the compound having a few groups, are as follows. Aliphatic saturated monofunctional carboxylic acids: formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, isobutyric acid, shikimic acid "pentanoic acid", 2-methylbutyric acid, isohumulic acid "3-methylbutyric acid", top three Acetic acid "2,2-dimethylpropionic acid", hexanoic acid "hexane acid", mercapto shikimic acid, dimethyl butyric acid, ethyl butyric acid, gluconic acid "heptanoic acid", Φ fatty acid "Cinamic acid", 2-ethylhexanoic acid, geranium acid "tannic acid", tannic acid "decenoic acid", undecanoic acid, lauric acid "dodecanoic acid", tridecanoic acid, meat and acid "10 Four-burning acid, fifteen-burning acid, palmitic acid "sixteen-burning acid", pearlic acid "seventeen-burning acid", stearic acid "eighteen-burning acid", isostearic acid "2-heptyl ten Monoalkanoic acid, nonadecanic acid, arachidic acid "eicosanic acid", behenic acid, behenic acid "docosalic acid", becosic acid, carnaubalic acid "tetracosic acid 》,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ® Aliphatic unsaturated monofunctional carboxylic acids: acrylic acid, hydrazine Acrylic acid, butyric acid, undecylenic acid, palmitic acid "9-hexadecenoic acid", petrose acid "6-octadecenoic acid", oleic acid "9-octadecenoic acid" , anti-oleic acid "9-eighteen silver dilute acid", trans-eighteen carbon-II-enoic acid, linoleic acid "9, 12-octadecaic acid", linolenic acid "9, 12, 15- Octadecatrienoic acid, r-linolenic acid 6,6,9-octadecatrienoic acid, tungstic acid, arachidonic acid 5, 8,丨1,14_eicosatetraenoic acid 》,5, 8, 11,14,17- eicosapentaenoic acid, erucic acid "13-docosaenoic acid", hexadecenoic acid, twenty-three carbon-22-enoic acid, two Fourteen carbon one 15 one 324024 27 201247603 enoic acid, nervonic acid, aromatic monofunctional carboxylic acid: benzoic acid, pyromellitic acid, dimercaptobenzoic acid, tridecyl benzoic acid, ethyl benzoic acid, Propyl benzoic acid, isopropyl benzoic acid, butyl benzoic acid, tert-butyl benzoic acid, vinyl benzoic acid, fluorobenzoic acid, chlorobenzoic acid, bromobenzoic acid, iodobenzoic acid , trifluoromercaptobenzoic acid, cyanobenzoic acid, hydroxybenzoic acid, hydroxymercaptobenzoic acid, aminobenzoic acid, thiophenyl Formic acid, naphthoic acid, methylnaphthoic acid, hydroxynaphthoic acid, citric acid "tannic acid", non-keto acid, alicyclic monofunctional carboxylic acid: cyclopropanecarboxylic acid, dimercaptocyclopropanecarboxylic acid, tetramethyl Base cyclopropanecarboxylic acid, hydrothiocyclopropanecarboxylic acid, cyclobutanecarboxylic acid, cyclopentanecarboxylic acid, cyclopentylacetic acid, aminocyclopentanecarboxylic acid, cyclopentenecarboxylic acid, ring Hexanecarboxylic acid, cyclohexane acetic acid, cyclohexanepropionic acid, cyclohexane butyric acid, nonylcyclohexanecarboxylic acid, propylcyclohexanecarboxylic acid, isopropylcyclohexanecarboxylic acid, Butylcyclohexanecarboxylic acid, tert-butylcyclohexanecarboxylic acid, hydroxycyclohexanecarboxylic acid, (hydroxyindole)cyclohexanecarboxylic acid, cyclohexenecarboxylic acid, norbornenecarboxylic acid, halo Alkanecarboxylic acid, noradamantanecarboxylic acid, adamantanecarboxylic acid, monofunctional carboxylic acid having an oxygen atom other than a carboxyl group: glycolic acid, lactic acid, hydroxypalmitic acid, ricinoleic acid, hydroxystearic acid, tung oil Acid "trihydroxyhexadecanoic acid", jasmonic acid "3-keto-2-(2-pentenyl)cyclopentyl acetic acid", cucurbitacic acid "3-hydroxy-2-(2-pentenyl) Cyclopentyl acetic acid, 3-ketobutane A monovalent carboxylic acid such as an acid, and a compound exemplified as a carboxylic acid having two or more valences of the above (a-Ι). (a-4) A compound having a carboxyl group in one or more compounds having a functional group reactive with a hydroxyl group, and a carboxylic acid or a derivative thereof having a valence of 2 or more is 324,024. One of the compounds listed in 201247603 is partially an alcohol or an amine. It is esterified and amided to give a compound. For example, methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, pentanol, phenol, benzofuran, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, (mercapto) ) 2-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (mercapto) acrylate, 1,4-cyclohexanol mono(methyl) acrylate vinegar, (mercapto) acrylic acid 4-aminophenyl vinegar, decylamine, ethylamine, dibutylamine, polyethylene glycol monoalkyl ether, polypropylene glycol monoalkyl ether, polycaprolactone, etc., alcohol, amine, and the above (a-1 The compound exemplified by the carboxylic acid having a valence of two or more is partially purified by the fact that only one hydroxyl group is left in the molecule to obtain a monofunctional carboxylic acid or the like. In particular, when a cyclic carboxylic acid of a divalent carboxylic acid is used, a hydroxyl group or an amine group is preferably reacted with a ruthenium: ruthenium to form one carboxyl group. Further, the acid hale acid halide, the methyl ester, the ethyl ketone, the phenyl vinegar, and the third butyl group which are the compounds having the above carboxyl group can be mentioned.

上述中，考慮溶解性、保存安定性、製造之難易等時， 以使用藉由上述單官能之羧酸、酸齒化物、酸酐，或多官 能之羧酸或其衍生物中，將其一部分與醇或胺反應，^留 下1倾基之單官能誠或其衍生物，單官能^或胺血 2價紐之環狀酸針反應而得之單官能之_為較佳。’、 石夕烧醇係分子内具有Si，構造之化合物，石夕 之〇H㈣基會生成反應。又，烧氧基残、魏醇: 或確酸S旨、_切烧（下文中，合起來簡稱為「錢^ 物」）經水解就能生成㈣醇，所以 竹 用。就保存安定枓而士，顼^古隹I* 7院知问樣地 讦女疋性而&，現在市售者為矽烷 矽烷醇衍生物之例舉如下： 醉仃生物。 324024 29 201247603 單官能矽烷醇衍生物：三氟曱磺酸三曱基矽矽基酯、 三氟曱磺酸三乙基矽矽基酯、三氟曱磺酸第三丁基二甲基 矽矽基酯、三氟曱磺酸二乙基異丙基矽矽基酯、三氟甲磺 酸三丙基矽矽基酯、硫酸雙（三曱基矽基酯）、氯三曱基矽 烷、氯三乙基矽烷、三曱基甲氧基矽烷， 多官能矽烷醇衍生物：二甲基二曱氧基矽烷、曱基三 曱氧基矽烷、四甲氧基矽烷、三甲基乙氧基矽烷、二甲基 二乙氧基矽烷、曱基三乙氧基矽烷、四乙氧基矽烷、苯基 Μ 三乙氧基矽烷、己基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、 乙烯三曱氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧基環己基）乙基三曱氧基 矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三曱氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙 基曱基二乙氧基石夕烧、3 -環氧丙氧基丙基三乙氧基石夕烧、 對-苯乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、3-曱基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧 基梦院、3 -曱基丙稀酿氧基丙基三乙氧基碎烧、3-曱基丙 烯醯氧基丙基曱基二曱氧基矽烷、3-曱基丙烯醯氧基丙基 曱基二乙氧基珍烧、3_丙稀酿氧基丙基三曱氧基碎烧、 琴 N-(2-胺甲基）-3-胺基丙基曱基二甲氧基矽烷、N-(2-胺甲 基）-3 -胺基丙基三曱氧基石夕烧、N-(2_胺曱基）_3_胺基丙基 三乙氧基石夕烧、3-胺基丙基三曱氧基碎焼》、3_胺基丙基三 乙氧基碎烧、3_三乙氧基梦基_N-(1，3_二甲基丁叉基）丙 胺、N-苯基-3-胺基丙基三曱氧基砍烧、N-(乙稀基苯曱基） -2 -胺基乙基-3-胺基丙基三曱氧基梦烧、3_腺基丙基三乙 氧基矽烷、3-氯丙基三曱氧基矽烷、3-氫硫基丙基三甲氧 基矽烷、3-氫硫基丙基曱基二甲氧基矽烷、雙（三乙氧基矽 324024 30 201247603 石夕基丙基）四硫化物、3-異氣酸根合丙基三乙氧基石夕烧， 上述中’當考慮溶解性、保存安定性、製造難易等問 題時’以使用上述單官能矽燒醇衍生物為較佳。 月女基樹月曰乃電子吸引基具有結合於氮原子及經甲基胺 基之化合物，與減反應而形朗結合。該電子吸引性基 之例如絲、韻基、㈣料。具有餘基冠以醇之烧 乳基甲基胺基之化合物’經水解可生祕基故可利用。 胺基樹脂之例舉如下。In the above, in consideration of solubility, storage stability, difficulty in production, and the like, a part of the above-mentioned monofunctional carboxylic acid, acid dentate, acid anhydride, or polyfunctional carboxylic acid or a derivative thereof is used. The reaction of an alcohol or an amine, leaving a monofunctional monofunctional group or a derivative thereof, a monofunctional or a monovalent group of amine blood and a cyclic acid needle reaction is preferred. In the case of Shixia, the alcohol-based molecule has Si, a compound of the structure, and the H(tetra) group of Shixia is formed. Further, an alkoxy group, a thiol group, or a sulphuric acid, or a sinter (hereinafter, collectively referred to as "money") can be hydrolyzed to form a (tetra) alcohol, so that it is used as a bamboo. In order to preserve the stability of the 枓 顼 顼 顼 隹 隹 隹 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , 324024 29 201247603 Monofunctional stanol derivatives: tridecyl decyl sulfonate, triethyl decyl trifluorosulfonate, tert-butyl dimethyl sulfonate Base ester, diethyl isopropyl decyl sulfonate, tripropyl decyl trifluoromethanesulfonate, bis(tridecyl decyl sulphate), chlorotridecyl decane, chlorine Triethyl decane, tridecyl methoxy decane, polyfunctional stanol derivative: dimethyl dimethoxy decane, decyl tridecyl decane, tetramethoxy decane, trimethyl ethoxy decane , dimethyl diethoxy decane, decyl triethoxy decane, tetraethoxy decane, phenyl hydrazine triethoxy decane, hexyl trimethoxy decane, vinyl triethoxy decane, ethylene triterpenoid Oxydecane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxy decane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxy decane, 3-glycidoxypropyl hydrazine Diethoxylate, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxylate, p-styryltriethoxydecane, 3-mercaptopropoxypropyltrimethoxylate , 3 - mercapto propylene oxide oxypropyl triethoxy pulverization, 3-mercapto propylene methoxy propyl decyl decyl decane, 3-mercapto propylene methoxy propyl fluorenyl diethoxy吉珍烧, 3_ propylene oxypropyltrimethoxy ketone, N-(2-aminomethyl)-3-aminopropyl decyl dimethoxy decane, N-(2- Aminomethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxy oxalate, N-(2-aminofluorenyl)-3-ylaminopropyltriethoxylate, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxy Broken 焼, 3_Aminopropyl triethoxy pulverization, 3_triethoxymethyl _N-(1,3-dimethyl butylidene) propylamine, N-phenyl-3-amine Propyl tridecyloxy chopping, N-(ethenylphenylhydrazino)-2-aminoethyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxyoxy, 3-glycolylpropyltriethoxy Base decane, 3-chloropropyltrimethoxy decane, 3-hydrothiopropyltrimethoxy decane, 3-hydrothiopropyl decyl dimethoxy decane, bis (triethoxy 矽 324024 30 201247603 Shi Xiji propyl) tetrasulfide, 3-isoxanthate propyl triethoxylate, in the above 'when considering solubility, preservation stability, ease of manufacture, etc.' Burning the monofunctional alcohol derivative of silicon is preferred. The monthly female genus, the electron attracting group, has a compound bonded to a nitrogen atom and a methylamine group, and is combined with a reduced reaction. The electron attracting group is, for example, a silk, a rhyme, or a (four) material. A compound having a residual base and an alcohol-based calamine methylamino group can be utilized by hydrolysis. Examples of the amine based resin are as follows.

單吕月匕胺基樹月曰· N-經基甲基丙稀酿胺、N一經基甲基 曱丙烯醯胺、N甲氧基曱基丙烯醯胺、卜甲氧基曱基甲基 丙_胺、N-丁氧基甲基丙烯醯胺、卜丁氧基甲基甲基丙 烯醢胺、N，基甲基乙酿胺、基甲基脲、i侧基) -5, 5-二曱基海因、N_(羥曱基）菸醯胺， 多官能胺基樹脂 ……lN’1N _二羥曱基脲、1，3-雙（羥基甲 tt[1，3—雙（《甲基 甲基三聚氰胺、六甲氧基曱基三聚氰胺、 二丁乳基甲基三聚氰胺等在氮原子藉由祕、甲氧基甲 L丁氧基曱基等複數個取代而成之脲、三聚氰胺 鳥糞胺、甘脲等。 上述中，考慮溶解性、保存安定性、製造難易等問題 時，以使用上述單官能胺基樹脂為較佳。 具有環氧基之化合物之例舉如下： 、2-乙基己基環氧 丙基醚、苯基紛環 單官能環氧基：烯丙基環氧丙基醚 丙基鍵、月桂基環氧丙基醚、苯基環氧 324024 31 201247603 氧丙基醚、第二丁基酚單環氧丙基醚、聚乙二醇單苯基醚 單環氧丙基醚、N-環氧丙基酞醯亞胺、苯基環氧乙烷、1，2-環氧基-4-乙烯基環己烷、3, 4-環氧基環己烷-1-羧酸酯、 3, 4-環氧基環己烷-1-曱醇、3,4-環氧基環己烷-1-曱醛、 4, 5-環氧基-1，2-二羧酸酯， 多官能環氧基：山梨糖醇聚環氧丙基醚、聚甘油聚環 氧丙基醚、五赤蘚醇聚環氧丙基醚、二甘油聚環氧丙基醚、 甘油聚環氧丙基醚、三羥曱基丙烷聚環氧丙基醚、間苯二 酚二環氧丙基醚、新戊二醇二環氧丙基醚、1，6-己二醇聚 環氧丙基醚、雙（羥基環丙基）丙烷二環氧丙基醚、聚乙二 醇二環氧丙基醚、聚丙二醇二環氧丙基醚、第三丁基酚環 氧丙基醚、聚丁二烯二環氧丙基醚、酞酸二環氧丙基酯、 環己烷二羧酸二環氧丙基酯、鄰苯二曱酸環氧丙基酯、氫 醌二環氧丙基醚、二溴酚二環氧丙基醚、二溴新戊二醇二 環氧丙基_、雙齡A和表氯醇之縮合物、雙紛A和表氣醇 φ 之縮合物、酚酚醛清漆聚環氧丙基醚、曱酚酚醛清漆聚環 氧丙基醚、漠化雙紛A和表氯醇之縮合物、N，N，Ν’，Ν’ -四 環氧丙基雙（胺基苯基）曱烷、二聚酸二環氧丙基酯、氫化 雙酚Α及表氯醇之縮合物、二-第三丁基氫醌二環氧丙基 醚、四甲基雙酚F二環氧丙基醚、雙（N，N-二環氧丙基胺基 甲基）苯、雙（N，N-二環氧丙基胺基甲基）環己烷等。 上述中，考慮溶解性、保存安定性、製造難易等問題 時，以使用上述單官能環氧基為較佳。 (醯胺化） 324024 32 201247603 (a-l)2價以上之羧酸或其衍生物，與（a-2)0位置具 有1個以上之羥基之一級胺或二級胺予以醯胺化有種種方 法，但是（a-l)2價以上之羧酸或其衍生物為羧酸時以水， 為羧酸酯時以醇、為酸酐或鹵化物時可去除酸而使反應進 行。當水或醇之情形時，可用加熱而容易排除於反應系之 外。酸之情形時，可以藉由三乙胺、三丁胺、二甲基苯甲 胺、吡啶、二甲基胺基吡啶、1,8-二氮雜雙環[5. 4.0]-7-十一碳烯、氳氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸鉀等鹼性 ® 化合物而去除之。 上述醯胺化反應之際，可使用觸媒劑。該觸媒劑之例 如硫酸、鹽酸、甲磺酸、對-甲苯磺酸等酸觸媒，氫氧化鈉、 碳酸鈉、曱醇鈉等鹼觸媒（下文中，總稱為「鹼性觸媒」）， 三乙胺、三丁胺、三辛胺、四曱基乙二胺、N，N-二曱基乙 醇胺、N，N-二曱基苯曱胺、吡啶、4-(二甲基胺基）吡啶、 咪唑、N-曱基咪唑等胺觸媒（下文中，總稱為「胺觸媒」）， _ 含鐵（III)、锆（IV)、銃（III)、鈦（IV)、錫（IV)、铪（IV) 等金屬離子之鹽或配位化合物，二苯銨三氟曱磺酸鹽、五 氟苯基銨三氟曱磺酸鹽等銨鹽等。 上述醯胺化反應之際，可使用溶劑。該溶劑之例如除 了與醇、胺、羧酸等反應基質反應之溶劑以外，其他皆可 使用。例如己烧、庚烧、辛院、環己烧、苯、曱苯、乙苯、 二曱苯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、曱基乙基酮、 曱基異丁基酮、環己酮、二氯曱烷、氯仿、二曱亞砜、二 曱基曱醯胺、二曱基乙醯胺等。 324024 33 201247603 特別在與羧酸之醯胺化中，可使用縮合劑。該縮合劑 之例如可使羧酸或胺活化，在溫和條件下能進行酯化反 應’同時’副生成物之水與縮合劑結合成為另一種化合物， 可視為兼有觸媒作用及去水作用之化合物。該縮合劑之例 如二環己基碳二亞胺、二異丙基碳二亞胺、對-甲笨磺醯 氯、1-乙基-3-(N，N-二甲基胺基丙基）碳二亞胺鹽酸鹽、羰 基二咪唑、氯曱酸乙酯、氯曱酸異丁酯、2, 4, 6-三氯苯甲 酉篮氣、2-甲基-6-硝基苯曱酸if、0-(7-氣雜苯並三唾-1-• 基）-N，N，Ν’，N-四甲基脲鑌六氟填酸鹽等。 (改質） 將（a-3)；5-羥基烷基醯胺之羥基之一部分，和（a-4) 具有1個以上之可與羥基反應之官能基之化合物進行反應 之際，以對於分別之官能基而言，用適當條件進行反應就 行。 當（a-4)具有1個以上之可與羥基反應之官能基之化 φ 合物係異氰酸酯時，在無觸媒下或加以適當觸媒加熱而進 行反應。該適當觸媒之例如三乙胺、三丁胺、1，8-二氮雜 雙環[5.4.0]-7-十一碳烯等胺類或其鹽，四丁基鈦酸鹽、 二丁基錫二月桂酸鹽、辛酸錫等之金屬鹽或配位化合物等。 當（a-4)具有1個以上之玎與羥基反應之官能基之化 合物係羧酸時，在無觸媒下於l〇〇°C以上，較佳於140Ϊ以 上加熱，進行脫水縮合反應。或添加適當觸媒在更低溫度 進行反應。在上述醯胺化反應中所記載之觸媒、縮合劑等 可提供本反應之用途。 324024 34 201247603 一备具有1個以上之可與羥基反應之官能基之化 &物係g欠酐或酸齒化物時，在驗觸媒或胺觸媒之存在下以 外於〇至丨0(rc反應為較佳。此此時，鹼觸媒或胺觸媒之 用量=於酸酐或酸鹵化物1莫耳計，使用1莫耳以上為宜。 人* (a~4)具有1個以上之可與羥基反應之官能基之化 〇物係發燒醇時’加入鹼觸媒或胺觸媒在0至10(TC反應 為佳此時，鹼觸媒或胺基觸媒之用量，對於酸酐或酸鹵 •化物^莫耳計，使用1莫耳以上為佳。 人s(a-4)具有丨個以上之可與羥基反應之官能基之化 。物係胺基樹脂時’使用甲續酸或對一甲笨績酸或其錢鹽或 胺鹽=為觸媒，在0至20(TC反應為佳。 W(a~4)具有1個以上之可與羥基反應之官能基之化 #物係％氧基化合物時’可使用氫氧化卸、氫氧化納、甲 、 醇鈉、氫化鈉等強驗觸媒，或四氟硼酸、氣化錫 (lv):金屬觸媒，在0至2〇rc反應為佳。 • μ胃式（1)所表示化合物係含有光聚合性官能基時，在上 H應中’導人聚合抑制效果之氣體於反應系中，或添加 抑制劑亦可行。藉由導入聚合抑制效果之氣體於反應 田' 或添力σ聚合抑制劑’可防止加成反應時之凝膠化作 用0 @二有自由基聚合抑制效果之氣體例如含有不使系内物 貿在爆炸範圍程居> € = Τ斤之虱軋之氣體，例如空氣等可供其用途。 該自由基聚合抑制劑可採用周知者，其種類並無 限制，例如氫靦、料田@w f 對甲氧基紛（1^1:11(^111111〇116)、2,6-二第 324024 35 201247603Single sulphate, sulphate, sulphate, N-methyl propyl amide, N-methyl hydrazide amide, N methoxy decyl acrylamide, methoxy methoxymethyl propyl amine N-butoxymethyl acrylamide, butyloxymethyl methacrylamide, N, benzyl ethanoamine, methyl urea, i-based group - 5, 5-dimercapto , N_(hydroxyindole) nicotinamide, polyfunctional amine-based resin...lN'1N_dihydroxyindoleure, 1,3-bis(hydroxymethyl tt[1,3-di(methylmethyl) Urea, melamine guanamine, glycoluril, such as melamine, hexamethoxymercapto melamine, dibutyl butyl melamine, etc., which are substituted by a plurality of nitrogen atoms, such as methoxyl L-butoxy fluorenyl group, etc. In the above, in consideration of problems such as solubility, storage stability, and ease of production, it is preferred to use the above-mentioned monofunctional amine-based resin. Examples of the compound having an epoxy group are as follows: 2-ethylhexyl epoxy Propyl ether, phenyl cyclone monofunctional epoxy: allyl epoxypropyl ether propyl bond, lauryl epoxypropyl ether, phenyl epoxy 324024 31 201247603 oxypropyl ether Second butyl phenol monoepoxypropyl ether, polyethylene glycol monophenyl ether monoepoxypropyl ether, N-epoxypropyl quinone imine, phenyl oxirane, 1,2-ring Oxy-4-vinylcyclohexane, 3,4-epoxycyclohexane-1-carboxylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexane-1-nonanol, 3,4-epoxy Cyclohexane-1-furfural, 4,5-epoxy-1,2-dicarboxylate, polyfunctional epoxy: sorbitol polyepoxypropyl ether, polyglycerol polyepoxypropyl Ether, pentaerythritol polyepoxypropyl ether, diglycerol polyepoxypropyl ether, glycerol polyepoxypropyl ether, trishydroxypropyl propane polyepoxypropyl ether, resorcinol diepoxypropyl Ether, neopentyl glycol diepoxypropyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol polyepoxypropyl ether, bis(hydroxycyclopropyl)propane diepoxypropyl ether, polyethylene glycol diepoxide Propyl ether, polypropylene glycol diepoxypropyl ether, tert-butylphenol epoxypropyl ether, polybutadiene diepoxypropyl ether, diepoxypropyl phthalate, cyclohexane dicarboxylic acid Diepoxypropyl ester, butyl propyl phthalate, hydroquinone diepoxypropyl ether, dibromophenol diepoxypropyl ether, dibromo neopentyl glycol Epoxypropyl _, condensate of double age A and epichlorohydrin, condensate of bisphenol A and surface alcohol φ, phenol novolac polyepoxypropyl ether, nonylphenol phenolic varnish polyepoxypropyl ether, The condensate of A and epichlorohydrin, N,N,Ν',Ν'-tetraepoxypropyl bis(aminophenyl)decane, dimer acid diepoxypropyl ester, hydrogenation double Condensation of phenolphthalein and epichlorohydrin, di-t-butylhydroquinone diepoxypropyl ether, tetramethylbisphenol F diglycidyl ether, bis(N,N-diepoxypropylamine) Methyl)benzene, bis(N,N-diepoxypropylaminomethyl)cyclohexane, etc. In the above, in consideration of problems such as solubility, storage stability, and ease of production, the above-mentioned monofunctional ring is used. The oxy group is preferred. (Amidoxime) 324024 32 201247603 (al) A carboxylic acid or a derivative thereof having a valence of 2 or more, and a monoamine or a secondary amine having one or more hydroxyl groups at the (a-2)-position There are various methods for the amide amination, but the reaction is carried out when (al) a carboxylic acid having a divalent or higher valence or a derivative thereof is a carboxylic acid, and when the carboxylic acid ester is an alcohol, an acid anhydride or a halide, the acid can be removed. In the case of water or alcohol, it can be easily excluded from the reaction system by heating. In the case of an acid, it may be obtained by triethylamine, tributylamine, dimethylbenzylamine, pyridine, dimethylaminopyridine, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5. 4.0]-7- It is removed by alkaline compounds such as carbene, sodium bismuth oxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, and potassium carbonate. At the time of the above amide amination reaction, a catalyst can be used. The catalyst is an acid catalyst such as sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid, methanesulfonic acid or p-toluenesulfonic acid, or an alkali catalyst such as sodium hydroxide, sodium carbonate or sodium decoxide (hereinafter, collectively referred to as "alkaline catalyst"). ), triethylamine, tributylamine, trioctylamine, tetradecylethylenediamine, N,N-dimercaptoethanolamine, N,N-dimercaptobenzamine, pyridine, 4-(dimethylamine) An amine catalyst such as pyridine, imidazole or N-mercaptoimidazole (hereinafter, collectively referred to as "amine catalyst"), _ containing iron (III), zirconium (IV), cerium (III), titanium (IV), a salt or a complex compound of a metal ion such as tin (IV) or cerium (IV); an ammonium salt such as diphenylammonium trifluorosulfonate or pentafluorophenyl ammonium trifluorosulfonate; and the like. A solvent can be used at the time of the above amidation reaction. The solvent can be used, for example, in addition to a solvent which reacts with a reaction substrate such as an alcohol, an amine or a carboxylic acid. For example, hexane, geng, Xinyuan, cyclohexane, benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, diphenylbenzene, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, mercaptoethyl ketone, decyl isobutyl Ketone, cyclohexanone, dichlorodecane, chloroform, disulfoxide, dimercaptoamine, dimercaptoacetamide, and the like. 324024 33 201247603 In particular, in the amide amination with a carboxylic acid, a condensing agent can be used. The condensing agent can, for example, activate a carboxylic acid or an amine, and can carry out an esterification reaction under mild conditions. At the same time, the water of the by-product is combined with a condensing agent to form another compound, which can be regarded as having both a catalytic action and a dehydration action. Compound. The condensing agent is, for example, dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, diisopropylcarbodiimide, p-methylsulfonium chloride, 1-ethyl-3-(N,N-dimethylaminopropyl) Carbodiimide hydrochloride, carbonyl diimidazole, ethyl chlorofurate, isobutyl chloroformate, 2, 4, 6-trichlorobenzidine basket, 2-methyl-6-nitrophenylhydrazine Acid if, 0-(7-azabenzotris-l-l-yl)-N,N,Ν', N-tetramethyluronium hexafluoro-saltate, and the like. (modification) when (a-3); a part of the hydroxyl group of 5-hydroxyalkylguanamine, and (a-4) a compound having one or more functional groups reactive with a hydroxyl group, For the respective functional groups, the reaction can be carried out under appropriate conditions. When (a-4) has one or more functional groups which are reactive with a hydroxyl group, the reaction is carried out without a catalyst or by heating with a suitable catalyst. The suitable catalyst is an amine such as triethylamine, tributylamine or 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene or a salt thereof, tetrabutyl titanate or dibutyltin. a metal salt such as dilaurate or tin octylate or a coordination compound. When (a-4) has a carboxylic acid having one or more functional groups in which a hydrazine reacts with a hydroxyl group, the dehydration condensation reaction is carried out by heating at a temperature of not more than 10 °C, preferably 140 Torr or more, without a catalyst. Or add the appropriate catalyst to react at a lower temperature. The catalyst, the condensing agent and the like described in the above guanidation reaction can provide the use of the present reaction. 324024 34 201247603 When a compound having more than one functional group capable of reacting with a hydroxyl group is used, the acid anhydride or the acid dentate is present in the presence of a test catalyst or an amine catalyst. The rc reaction is preferred. In this case, the amount of the base catalyst or the amine catalyst is preferably 1 mol or more in terms of an acid anhydride or an acid halide. The person * (a~4) has one or more. When the chemical group capable of reacting with a hydroxyl group is a calorific alcohol, 'adding a base catalyst or an amine catalyst at 0 to 10 (the TC reaction is preferably at this time, the amount of the base catalyst or the amine catalyst, for the acid anhydride) Or acid halide / compound Mo Mometer, preferably more than 1 mol. Human s (a-4) has more than one functional group that can react with hydroxyl groups. When using amine-based resin Acid or benzoic acid or its money salt or amine salt = catalyst, 0 to 20 (TC reaction is better. W (a ~ 4) has more than one functional group that can react with hydroxyl groups #物系%oxy compound' can use strong catalyst such as hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, sodium alkoxide, sodium hydride, or tetrafluoroboric acid, tin oxide (lv): metal catalyst, at 0 To 2〇rc Preferably, when the compound represented by the formula (1) contains a photopolymerizable functional group, a gas which induces a polymerization inhibitory effect in the upper H should be added to the reaction system or an inhibitor may be added. The gas into which the polymerization inhibitory effect is introduced can prevent the gelation at the time of the addition reaction in the reaction field' or the addition of the σ polymerization inhibitor. The gas having the effect of suppressing the radical polymerization, for example, does not cause the in-house trade to explode. Scope of the program> € = 气体 虱 虱 之 之 , , , , 气体 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该Oxygen (1^1:11 (^111111〇116), 2,6-two 324024 35 201247603

三丁基笨酚、2,2，_亞曱基雙（4一肀基-6-第三丁基笨酚）、 啡噻哄等。該聚合抑制劑可單獨椽用，或兩種以上併用。 所使用聚合抑制劑之量，以反應糸中之固形物總量為100 重I份計，使用0. 〇〇5至5重量份為佳，其中以〇· 03至3 量知為更佳，尤以〇.〇5至1.5重量份為最佳。當聚合抑 制劑之用量在〇. 005重量份以上，就有充分之聚合抑制效 另一方面，在1.5重量份以下，曝光感度就良好。又， 併用具有聚合抑制效果之氣體和聚合抑制劑時，可減低所 使用聚合抑制劑之用量，或提开聚合抑制效果而較佳。 ^^$1)所表示化合物之化舉如下。____Tributyl phenol, 2,2, y-indenyl bis(4-indolyl-6-t-butyl phenol), morphine, and the like. The polymerization inhibitor may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The amount of the polymerization inhibitor to be used is preferably from 0.5 to 5 parts by weight based on the total amount of the solid matter in the reaction crucible, and preferably from 〇· 03 to 3, more preferably, In particular, 〇. 5 to 1.5 parts by weight is most preferred. When the amount of the polymerization inhibitor is 005 parts by weight or more, sufficient polymerization inhibition effect is obtained. On the other hand, when the amount is less than 1.5 parts by weight, the exposure sensitivity is good. Further, when a gas having a polymerization inhibiting effect and a polymerization inhibitor are used in combination, the amount of the polymerization inhibitor to be used can be reduced, or the polymerization inhibiting effect can be improved. The compound represented by ^^$1) is as follows. ____

化合物 、^__ 化學構造 化合物 化學構造 (1) HOHjCHiC^X^^A^XHaCHaOH H〇H|CH,i CHiCHjOH ________ (6) HOHjCH^ CHaCHiQH (2) H〇HjCH2C^c㈦/y^iCHaOH HOHjCHji CH^OM (7) ------ ----^_____ — (3) HOH*CHii CHiCHjOH (8) 叫以 Wh _ ----- (4) ------ H〇HJCHac.f|i(CMj,1/ijiXHiCKl〇H hohW c—M (9) '—_ (5) ί 义 CMjSSw ΗΟΗάΜ,ίλ-,ΑίΟΗ^· 7 ? x CHjCHOH HjC (10) Χ^η^η,οη HOHjCHjC 324〇24 36 201247603Compound, ^__ chemical structure compound chemical structure (1) HOHjCHiC^X^^A^XHaCHaOH H〇H|CH,i CHiCHjOH ________ (6) HOHjCH^ CHaCHiQH (2) H〇HjCH2C^c(seven)/y^iCHaOH HOHjCHji CH^ OM (7) ------ ----^_____ — (3) HOH*CHii CHiCHjOH (8) Called Wh _ ----- (4) ------ H〇HJCHac.f |i(CMj,1/ijiXHiCKl〇H hohW c—M (9) '—_ (5) ί CMjSSw ΗΟΗάΜ, ίλ-, ΑίΟΗ^· 7 ? x CHjCHOH HjC (10) Χ^η^η,οη HOHjCHjC 324〇24 36 201247603

化合物 化學構造 化合物 化學構造 (11) Hg <^H2CHOH hohJh^hVS CHj HOHCHjC^^Y^I^^0 H,<^ ° H.^J%f〇Kft'CH29HOH CHzCHOH CH丨 (16) HOHICH2(Xfr5^v^^r《M|CHl〇H hohW δ W， (12) HOH2CH,C^X^?N^r^H2CHl〇H HO W 5 WH2〇H (17) H〇H2CH2<i 5 “OH HOH2CH2C人 6h2ch2oh (13) ft CHiCH2OH hohW δ Wwh (18) CH2CH2OH HOHjCHjC151^0 HOH2CH2CX HOH^i δ CH*CH*0H MOHjCHjCyJsQ ^H^CHjOH (14) HOH2CH2C i^Y^A^HaCH^CHjCH CH2CH2〇H 0 (19) ^Ach^nO HOHtCH36 CH2CH2OH (15) ff ch2ch2oh HOHfHA HOH2CH,i S —〇H (20) Q ^^'XHjCHiOH 324024 37 201247603Chemical structure of compound chemical structure (11) Hg <^H2CHOH hohJh^hVS CHj HOHCHjC^^Y^I^^0 H,<^ ° H.^J%f〇Kft'CH29HOH CHzCHOH CH丨(16) HOHICH2 (Xfr5^v^^r"M|CHl〇H hohW δ W, (12) HOH2CH, C^X^?N^r^H2CHl〇H HO W 5 WH2〇H (17) H〇H2CH2<i 5 “ OH HOH2CH2C human 6h2ch2oh (13) ft CHiCH2OH hohW δ Wwh (18) CH2CH2OH HOHjCHjC151^0 HOH2CH2CX HOH^i δ CH*CH*0H MOHjCHjCyJsQ ^H^CHjOH (14) HOH2CH2C i^Y^A^HaCH^CHjCH CH2CH2〇H 0 (19) ^Ach^nO HOHtCH36 CH2CH2OH (15) ff ch2ch2oh HOHfHA HOH2CH,i S —〇H (20) Q ^^'XHjCHiOH 324024 37 201247603

化合物 化學構造 化合物 化學構造 (21) ΗΟΗ2ΟΗΑΝ„〇Η2〇Η2〇Η,ςΗ, cyO) HjCHjCHaCHjC-H N-CHjCHjCHjCHj ΚΟΗ,ΟΗιό CH,CHjOH (26) HOH2CH2C ί) (22) CH2CHaCH2CH3 HOHjCH，*^0 <y〇Y〇 H3CH2CHzCH2C*-N M-CH2CH2CH2CHj HOK2CH2C tH2CH2OH (27) HOHjCHji (23) H4CH2CH2CXnA(CH2^An，CH2CH2CH3 HOH2CH2C 6h2CH2〇H (28) HtCHjCHzCHz^ ^Η2〇Η,ΟΗ (24) I^Ach2)AXH2CHjOH hoh2ch2c L· 0 (29) h3c ch2ch2oh (25) HOH2CH2 占 (30) HOH2CH2a^CHiJ^AN^H1CH3 HaCH26 CHjCHaOH <具有羧基之聚合物（B)> 具有羧基之聚合物（B)乃係賦予樹脂組成物以驗性顯 影性，以及與/5-羥基烷基醯胺（A)發生熱硬化反應之兩種 目的而在聚合物之末端及/或側鏈具有羧基之聚合物°該 聚合物可含有光聚合性官能基，也可以不含有光聚合官能 基。聚合物可任一為直鏈狀、歧鏈狀、星狀、又可任一為 熱可塑性或熱硬化性。 不含有光聚合官能基而具有羧基之聚合物（B)之例如 38 324024 201247603 缓基為末端之聚酷、聚酿胺、聚g旨醯胺、聚醚醋、丙稀系 樹脂、聚丁二烯、聚異戊二烯，羧基為側鏈之聚脲烷、賦 予羧酸之纖維素、含有羧基之（甲基）丙烯酸酯共聚物、苯 酚樹脂之羧酸酐加成物等。 含有光聚合性官能基而含有羧基之聚合物（B)時，可以 導入自由基聚合性、陽離子聚合性、陰離子聚合性等之光 聚合性官能基，就安定性而言，以含有自由基聚合性官能 基為較佳。其導入方法舉例如下。 (B-1)含有羧基之聚合物中導入光聚合性官能基之方 法； (B-2)不含有羧基之聚合物中導入光聚合性官能基，再 導入羧基之方法等。 又，具有這些官能之聚合物並無特別限制，例如丙晞 系、脲烷系、聚酯系、聚烯烴系、聚醚系、天然樹膠、嵌 段共聚物樹膠、聚矽氧烷系等各種聚合物均可利用。 (B-1)及（B-2)所使用光聚合性官能基之導入方法如 下： (B-11)含有羧基、羥基、氫硫基、胺基、活性亞曱基 等之聚合物中之羧基、羥基、氫硫基、胺基、活性亞曱基 等，以含有環氧基、異氰酸酯基、醛基等及光聚合性官能 基之化合物中之環氧基、異氰酸醋基、酸·基等加以反應而 製造之方法； (B-12)含有環氧基、異氰酸酯基、醛基等之聚合物中 之環氧基、異氰酸酯基、醛基等，以含有羧基、羥基、氫 324024 39 201247603 硫基、胺基、活性亞甲基等及光聚合性官能基之化合物中 之羧基、羥基、氫硫基、胺基、活性亞甲基等加以反應而 製造之方法等。 ％ (B-2)所使用導入绫基之方法如下： (B-13)含有羥基、胺基等聚合物中之羥基、胺基等， 以多元酸酐中之酸酐基加以反應而製造之方法。 (B-2)所使用時導入光聚合性官能基和羧基之方法如 下述：Chemical structure of compound chemical structure (21) ΗΟΗ2ΟΗΑΝ„〇Η2〇Η2〇Η,ςΗ, cyO) HjCHjCHaCHjC-H N-CHjCHjCHjCHj ΚΟΗ,ΟΗιό CH,CHjOH (26) HOH2CH2C ί) (22) CH2CHaCH2CH3 HOHjCH,*^0 &lt ;y〇Y〇H3CH2CHzCH2C*-N M-CH2CH2CH2CHj HOK2CH2C tH2CH2OH (27) HOHjCHji (23) H4CH2CH2CXnA(CH2^An,CH2CH2CH3 HOH2CH2C 6h2CH2〇H (28) HtCHjCHzCHz^ ^Η2〇Η,ΟΗ (24) I^Ach2) AXH2CHjOH hoh2ch2c L· 0 (29) h3c ch2ch2oh (25) HOH2CH2 (30) HOH2CH2a^CHiJ^AN^H1CH3 HaCH26 CHjCHaOH <Polymer-containing polymer (B)> Polymer having carboxyl group (B) is imparted The resin composition has a polymer having a carboxyl group at the terminal and/or side chain of the polymer for both the developability and the thermosetting reaction with the/5-hydroxyalkylguanamine (A). The photopolymerizable functional group may or may not contain a photopolymerizable functional group. The polymer may be linear, skeletal, or star-shaped, or may be either thermoplastic or thermosetting. For example, 38 3 of a polymer (B) having a carboxyl group and a carboxyl group 24024 201247603 The slow-acting is the end of the poly, polyamine, polyglycolide, polyether vinegar, propylene resin, polybutadiene, polyisoprene, carboxyl group is a side chain polyurea, given A cellulose carboxylic acid, a carboxyl group-containing (meth) acrylate copolymer, a phenol resin carboxylic anhydride adduct, etc. When a polymer (B) containing a carboxyl group having a photopolymerizable functional group is introduced, radical polymerization can be introduced. The photopolymerizable functional group such as a cationic polymerizable property or an anionic polymerizable property preferably contains a radical polymerizable functional group in terms of stability. The introduction method is as follows. (B-1) Polymerization containing a carboxyl group (B-2) A method of introducing a photopolymerizable functional group into a polymer containing no carboxyl group, and introducing a carboxyl group, etc. Further, the polymer having these functional groups is not particularly limited. For example, various polymers such as a propene system, a urethane system, a polyester system, a polyolefin system, a polyether system, a natural gum, a block copolymer gum, and a polyoxyalkylene system can be used. (B-1) and B-2) Introducer of photopolymerizable functional group used (B-11) a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, an amine group, an active fluorenylene group or the like in a polymer containing a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, an amine group, an active fluorenylene group or the like to contain an epoxy group a method of producing an epoxy group, an isocyanate group, an acid group or the like in a compound of a group, an isocyanate group, an aldehyde group or the like and a photopolymerizable functional group; (B-12) containing an epoxy group, an isocyanate An epoxy group, an isocyanate group, an aldehyde group or the like in a polymer such as a aldehyde group or an aldehyde group, and a compound containing a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, a hydrogen 324024 39 201247603 thio group, an amine group, an active methylene group or the like and a photopolymerizable functional group. A method in which a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, a hydrogenthio group, an amine group, an active methylene group or the like is reacted and produced. The method of introducing a mercapto group by using (B-2) is as follows: (B-13) A method of producing a hydroxyl group or an amine group in a polymer such as a hydroxyl group or an amine group, and reacting the acid anhydride group in the polybasic acid anhydride. (B-2) A method of introducing a photopolymerizable functional group and a carboxyl group when used is as follows:

(B-14)含有羧酸酐基之聚合物中之酸酐基，以含有 基等及光聚合性官能基之化合物中之經基等加以反應: 造之方法； & (B-15)含有羥基、胺基等聚合物中之羥基、胺基等，(B-14) An acid anhydride group in a polymer containing a carboxylic anhydride group, which is reacted with a base group or the like in a compound containing a group or the like and a photopolymerizable functional group: a method of producing; & (B-15) containing a hydroxyl group a hydroxyl group, an amine group, or the like in a polymer such as an amine group,

以含有酸if基及統合性官能基之化合物中之酸酐基 反應而製造之方法。 X 含有叛基之聚合物（B)可叫獨使用，或2種以 使用。又’含錢基之聚合物⑻中之絲和卜羥二 中之經基之間之比率，以莫耳比而言，削至mo為宜女 其中以3/1至1/3為較佳，尤以為更佳。， 當在10/1 i 1/1G範圍時，硬化後之膜或微細圖案中 基或/3-絲絲_中之經基不會殘留，耐藥物性或耐熱 性極為優異。 s有叛基之聚σ物（B)中之絲之濃度，以酸價至 25mgK0H/g為宜，其中，以9 乂 2〇至2〇〇mgKOH/g為較佳，尤 以40至100mgKOH/g為更估 勺炅隹。當10mgKOH/g以上時，yj- 324024 40 201247603 羥基烷基醯胺（A)中之羥基與可反應之官能基（綾基）充 分，而耐藥物性或耐熱性優異。又，在25〇mgK〇H/g以下時， 塗布劑之黏性適度而保存安定性優異。 又，可與/3-羥基烷基醯胺（A)反應之官能基，除羧基 以外，可使用酚性羥基、芳香族氫硫基、点-二酮等之活性 亞曱基等。含有羧基之聚合物（B)中，可導入上述官能基。 尚可於/3-羥基烷基醯胺（A)或光聚合性單體中。 樹脂組成物使用在高透明性為必要之用途時，例如作 觸控板層間絕緣膜用塗布劑、濾色器用感光性樹脂組成物 之用途時，在可見光區域4〇〇至7〇〇nm之總波長區域中， 其透過率以80%以上為佳，更佳為使用95%以上之透過率之 聚合物。就透明性之觀點而言，以使用含有羧基之（曱基） 丙烯系共聚物為佳。 又，將樹脂組成物例如作為感光性耐烊接油墨使用 時》有繞基之聚合物⑻為滿足對於活性能量線束之感光 —处或辦於稀驗性水溶液之顯影性，以使用含有光聚合性 吕此基及羧基之聚合物為佳。以雙鍵結合當量2〇〇至 之g/=q、酸價1〇至2〇〇mgK〇H/g之聚合物為佳。具體言 之雖可使用（曱基）丙烯系共聚物，也可使用脲烧樹脂或 附加型酯樹脂、苯氧基樹脂等。 作為觸控板用層間絕緣膜用塗布劑用途時，所用含羧 土之聚s物（B)就貼緊性、硬度、透過率之觀點而言，觸控 板用層間絕緣膜用塗布劑之固形物之總計議重量份中， 以使用10至60重量份之用量為佳。 324024 41 201247603 作為濾色器用感光性組成物時，所使用含有0羥基烷 基醯胺（A)和羧基之聚合物（B)，對顏料1〇〇重量份計以 使用1至400重量份為宜，較佳為使用丨至25〇重量份量。 作為感光性耐焊接油墨用途時，所使用含有羧基之聚 合物（B)，以感光性耐焊接油墨中，對於羥基烷基醯胺 (A)100重量份計，添加1〇〇至1〇〇〇重量份之比率為佳， 更佳為添加1〇〇至5〇〇重量份之比率。 (含有綾基之（曱基）丙烯系共聚物） 獲得含有羧基之（甲基）丙烯系共聚物之方法’例如將 3有（曱基）丙烯酸或羧基之（曱基）丙烯酸酯與其他單體共 聚〇而製造之方法，或含有羥基之（曱基）丙烯酸酯和其他 單體進行而知聚合物中之經基與多元酸針中之酸酐基進行 反應而製造之方法等。 又，獲得含有光聚合性官能基及羧基之（曱基）丙烯酸 酯共聚物之方法，例如有上述及（B_2)之方法，詳述 如下： (B-16)含有羧基之（曱基）丙烯基系共聚物+之羧基之 一部分，以含有環氧基之（甲基）丙烯酸酯中之環氧基加以 反應而製造之方法； (B~17)含有環氧基之（曱基）丙烯基系共聚合物中之環 氧基，以含有（甲基）丙烯酸或羧基之（曱基）丙烯酸酯中之 羧基加以反應，對於所生成羥基而言，以多元酸酐之酸酐 基進行反應而製造之方法； (B-18)含有鲮基及羥基之（甲基）丙烯基系共聚合物中 324024 42 201247603 之羥基，以含有異氰酸酯基之（甲基）丙烯酸酯或不飽和酸 酐中之異氰酸s旨基或酸軒基進行反應而製造之方法等。 該含有叛基之（曱基）丙烯酸g旨之例如丙稀酸二聚物、 酜酸2-(曱基）丙稀醯氧基乙基酯、酞酸2-(甲基）丙稀醯氧 基丙基酯、六氫酞酸2-(曱基）丙烯醯氧基乙基酯、環氧乙 烷改質丁酸（甲基）丙浠酸酯、（甲基）丙烯酸羧基乙基酯 以及ω-緩基聚己内酯（甲基）丙婦酸酯等。 亦可使用衣康酸、馬來酸、富馬酸、巴豆酸、(經 • 基甲基）丙烯酸、α-(羥基甲基）甲基丙烯酸、對_乙烯基苯 曱酸等。 就共聚合性，容易取得之觀點而言，以採用（甲基）丙 烯酸為佳。 含有環氧基之（曱基）丙烯酸酯之例如（甲基）丙烯酸環 氧丙基醋、（甲基）丙烯酸甲基環氧丙基醋、4-經丁基（甲基） 丙烯酸酯環氧丙基醚、（曱基）丙烯酸3, 4-環氧基丁基酯、 ·(甲基）丙烯酸3-甲基-3, 4-環氧基丁基酯、（甲基）丙烯酸 3-乙基-3, 4-環氧基丁基酯、（甲基）丙烯酸4-甲基一4, 5-環 氧基戊基酯、（甲基）丙烯酸5-甲基-5,6-環氧基己基酯、 α -乙基丙稀酸環氧丙酯、稀丙基環氧丙基鱗、巴豆基環氧 丙基醚、（異）巴豆酸環氧丙基醚、（甲基）丙烯酸（3, 4_環氧 基環己基）甲基等， 加之’含有環氧基之芳香族化合物之例如Ν-(3, 5-二 甲基-4-環氧丙基）苯甲基丙烯醯胺、鄰—乙烯基苯甲基環氧 丙基醚、間-乙烯基苯曱基環氧丙基醚、對-乙烯基苯甲基 324024 43 201247603 環氧丙基醚、α-甲基-鄰-乙烯基苯甲基環氧丙基醚、 甲基-間-乙烯基苯甲基環氧丙基醚、α_甲基-對-乙稀基苯 甲基環氧丙基醚、2, 3-二環氧丙基氧基甲基笨乙烯、2,4_ 二環氧丙基氧基甲基苯乙烯、2, 5-二環氧丙基氧基甲基苯 乙稀、2, 6-一環氧丙基氧基甲基苯乙烯、2, 3, 4-三環氧丙 基氧基甲基本乙婦、2, 3, 5-三環氧丙基氧基曱基苯乙埽、 2, 3, 6-三環氧丙基氧基曱基苯乙烯、3 4, 5_三環氧丙基氧 基甲基苯乙烯、2, 4, 6-三環氧丙基氧基甲基苯乙烯等。從 ' 工業上容易取得之觀點而言，以使用（甲基）丙烯酸環氧丙 基酯、4-羥丁基（甲基）丙烯酸酯環氧丙基醚為佳，就能提 升乙烯性不飽和基之濃度，由感光性組成物所形成塗膜中 容易進行紫外光硬化作用之觀點而言，以使用（甲基）丙烯 酸環氧丙基酯為更佳。 含有羥基之（甲基）丙烯酸酯之例如（曱基）丙烯酸2_羥 乙基醋、（曱基）丙稀酸2_經丙基醋、（曱基）丙烯酸2_羥丁 • 基酯、（甲基）丙烯酸4-羥丁基酯、1,4-環己烷二甲醇單（甲 基）丙烯酸酯、（曱基）酞酸2_丙烯醯氧基乙基_2_羥乙基 酯、二乙二醇單（甲基）丙烯酸酯、二丙二醇單（甲基）丙烯 酸醋、聚乙二醇單（甲基）丙稀酸醋、丙二醇單（甲基）丙烯 酸酯、聚丙二醇單（甲基）丙烯酸酯、聚丁二醇單（甲基）丙 烯酸酯、聚（乙二醇-丙二醇）單（甲基）丙稀酸醋、聚（乙二 醇-丁二醇）單（甲基）丙烯酸醋、聚（丙二醇一丁二醇）單（甲 基）丙烯酸酯，以及丙三醇（甲基）丙烯酸酯等。 由共聚合性、取得容易性等觀點而言，較佳為（〒基）丙 324024 44 201247603 烯酸2-羥乙基酯。 多元酸酐之例如馬酸酐、玻拍酸酐、依康酸酐、献酸 酐、四氫酜酸酐、曱基四氫敝酸針、六氣欧酸酐、氯菌酸 酐、偏苯三酸酐等。從溶劑溶解性之觀點而言，以使用四 氫酜酸酐、六氫献酸酐為佳。A method produced by reacting an acid anhydride group in a compound containing an acid if group and a complex functional group. The X-containing polymer (B) may be used alone or in combination. Moreover, the ratio between the silk in the polymer containing the money base (8) and the warp group in the hydroxy group 2 is, in terms of molar ratio, cut to mo, preferably 3/1 to 1/3. I think it is better. When it is in the range of 10/1 i 1/1G, the cured film or the fine layer in the fine pattern or the /3 in the filament is not left, and the chemical resistance or heat resistance is extremely excellent. The concentration of the silk in the polystyrene (B) of the rebel base is preferably from 25 mg K0H/g, preferably from 9 乂 2 〇 to 2 〇〇 mg KOH / g, especially from 40 to 100 mg KOH. /g is more estimated. When it is 10 mgKOH/g or more, yj-324024 40 201247603 The hydroxyl group in the hydroxyalkylguanamine (A) is rich in a reactive functional group (sulfhydryl group), and is excellent in chemical resistance or heat resistance. Moreover, when it is 25 〇mgK〇H/g or less, the coating agent has an appropriate viscosity and is excellent in storage stability. Further, a functional group reactive with the /3-hydroxyalkylguanamine (A) may be, in addition to the carboxyl group, an active fluorenylene group such as a phenolic hydroxyl group, an aromatic hydrogenthio group or a point-diketone. In the carboxyl group-containing polymer (B), the above functional group can be introduced. It is also possible in /3-hydroxyalkylguanamine (A) or a photopolymerizable monomer. When the resin composition is used for high transparency, for example, when it is used as a coating agent for a touch panel interlayer insulating film or a photosensitive resin composition for a color filter, it is in the visible light region of 4 〇〇 to 7 〇〇 nm. In the total wavelength region, the transmittance is preferably 80% or more, and more preferably a polymer having a transmittance of 95% or more. From the viewpoint of transparency, it is preferred to use a (fluorenyl) propylene-based copolymer having a carboxyl group. Further, when the resin composition is used as, for example, a photosensitive squeegee-resistant ink, the polymer (8) having a winding base satisfies the developability for the photosensitive energy beam or the rare aqueous solution for use in the photopolymerization. It is preferred that the polymer of the group and the carboxyl group be preferred. Preferably, a polymer having an equivalent weight of 2 Å to g/=q and an acid value of 1 Å to 2 〇〇 mg K 〇 H/g is bonded by a double bond. Specifically, a (fluorenyl) propylene-based copolymer may be used, and a urea-fired resin, an additional ester resin, a phenoxy resin or the like may be used. When it is used as a coating agent for an interlayer insulating film for a touch panel, the polys-containing material (B) using the carboxylate-containing material has a coating agent for an interlayer insulating film for a touch panel from the viewpoint of adhesion, hardness, and transmittance. The total amount by weight of the solid matter is preferably from 10 to 60 parts by weight. 324024 41 201247603 When using a photosensitive composition for a color filter, a polymer (B) containing a hydroxyalkylguanamine (A) and a carboxyl group is used, and 1 to 400 parts by weight of the pigment is used in an amount of 1 to 400 parts by weight. Preferably, it is preferably used in an amount of from 丨 to 25 parts by weight. When it is used as a photosensitive solder resist ink, the carboxyl group-containing polymer (B) is used, and in the photosensitive solder resist ink, 1 〇〇 to 1 添加 is added to 100 parts by weight of the hydroxyalkylguanamine (A). The ratio of the parts by weight is preferably, and more preferably the ratio of adding 1 to 5 parts by weight. (A method of obtaining a (meth) propylene-based copolymer containing a fluorenyl group) A method of obtaining a (meth) propylene-based copolymer containing a carboxyl group, for example, 3 (mercapto)acrylic acid or a carboxyl group (mercapto) acrylate and other monomers A method of producing a copolymerized product, or a method in which a hydroxyl group-containing (mercapto) acrylate and another monomer are reacted to form a reaction group in a polymer and an acid anhydride group in a polybasic acid needle, and the like. Further, a method of obtaining a (mercapto) acrylate copolymer containing a photopolymerizable functional group and a carboxyl group, for example, the method of the above (B_2), is described in detail as follows: (B-16) (fluorenyl) propylene having a carboxyl group a method in which a part of a carboxyl group of a base copolymer + is reacted with an epoxy group in an epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate; (B-17) a (fluorenyl) propylene group containing an epoxy group The epoxy group in the copolymer is reacted with a carboxyl group in a (meth)acrylic acid or a carboxyl group (mercapto) acrylate, and is produced by reacting an acid anhydride group of a polybasic acid anhydride with a hydroxyl group formed. (B-18) a hydroxyl group of 324024 42 201247603 in a (meth) propylene-based copolymer containing a mercapto group and a hydroxyl group, and isocyanic acid in an (meth) acrylate or unsaturated acid anhydride containing an isocyanate group A method in which a reaction is carried out by reacting with an acid group or an acid group. The mercapto-containing (mercapto)acrylic acid g is, for example, an acrylic acid dimer, 2-(mercapto) acryloxyethyl phthalate, 2-(methyl) propylene oxide a propyl ester, 2-(indenyl) propylene methoxyethyl hexahydrophthalate, an ethylene oxide modified butyric acid (meth) propyl phthalate, a carboxy ethyl (meth) acrylate, and Omega-stable polycaprolactone (methyl) propionate or the like. Itaconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, crotonic acid, (meth)methyl acrylate, α-(hydroxymethyl) methacrylic acid, p-vinyl benzoic acid, and the like can also be used. From the viewpoint of copolymerizability and easy availability, it is preferred to use (meth)acrylic acid. Epoxy-containing (fluorenyl) acrylates such as (meth)acrylic acid epoxy propyl vinegar, (meth)acrylic acid methyl epoxy propyl vinegar, 4-butyl butyl (meth) acrylate epoxy Propyl ether, 3, 4-epoxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 3-methyl-3, 4-epoxy butyl (meth) acrylate, 3-ethyl (meth) acrylate 3-, 4-epoxy butyl ester, 4-methyl-4, 5-epoxypentyl (meth) acrylate, 5-methyl-5,6-epoxy (meth) acrylate Hexyl hexyl ester, α-ethyl propylene acrylate, propyl propyl propyl sulphate, crotonyl epoxypropyl ether, (iso)crotonic acid epoxypropyl ether, (meth)acrylic acid ( 3, 4_epoxycyclohexyl)methyl, etc., and the addition of an epoxy group-containing aromatic compound such as fluorene-(3,5-dimethyl-4-epoxypropyl)benzyl decylamine , o-vinylbenzyloxypropyl ether, m-vinylbenzoinoxypropyl ether, p-vinylbenzyl 324024 43 201247603 epoxypropyl ether, α-methyl-o- Vinyl benzyl epoxy propyl ether, methyl-m-vinyl benzyl epoxy Propyl ether, α-methyl-p-ethylene benzyl epoxypropyl ether, 2, 3-diethoxypropyloxymethyl stupyl ethylene, 2,4-diepoxypropyloxy Styrene, 2,5-diepoxypropyloxymethylstyrene, 2,6-monoepoxypropyloxymethylstyrene, 2,3,4-triepoxypropyloxy Methylbenzamine, 2, 3, 5-triepoxypropyloxymercaptostyrene, 2,3,6-triepoxypropyloxydecylstyrene, 3 4, 5_ triepoxy Propyloxymethylstyrene, 2,4,6-triepoxypropyloxymethylstyrene, and the like. From the viewpoint of 'industrially easy to use, it is preferred to use ethyl methacrylate (meth) acrylate and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate epoxide propyl ether to enhance ethylenic unsaturation. The concentration of the base is preferably from the viewpoint of facilitating ultraviolet light curing in the coating film formed of the photosensitive composition, using epoxypropyl (meth)acrylate. a hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylate such as (meth)acrylic acid 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, (mercapto) acrylic acid 2 _ propyl vinegar, (mercapto) acrylic acid 2-hydroxybutyrate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 1,4-cyclohexane dimethanol mono (meth) acrylate, (mercapto) decanoic acid 2 propylene methoxyethyl 2- hydroxyethyl ester , diethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, dipropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate vinegar, polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate vinegar, propylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol single ( Methyl) acrylate, polybutylene glycol mono(meth) acrylate, poly(ethylene glycol-propylene glycol) mono(methyl) acrylate vinegar, poly(ethylene glycol-butanediol) mono (methyl) Acrylic vinegar, poly(propylene glycol monobutylene glycol) mono (meth) acrylate, and glycerol (meth) acrylate, and the like. From the viewpoints of copolymerizability, ease of availability, and the like, (hydrazino)propene 324024 44 201247603 2-hydroxyethyl enoate is preferred. Examples of the polybasic acid anhydride include a horse anhydride, a glass anhydride, an econic anhydride, an acid anhydride, a tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, a mercaptotetrahydrofuran acid needle, a hexa-gas acetic anhydride, a chloric acid anhydride, and a trimellitic anhydride. From the viewpoint of solvent solubility, it is preferred to use tetrahydrophthalic anhydride or hexahydroanhydride.

含有異氰酸酯基之（曱基）丙烯酸酯之例如異氰酸（甲 基）丙烯醯基酯、異氰酸1,1-雙（（甲基）丙烯醯基曱基）乙 基酯、異氰酸間-(曱基）丙烯醯基苯基酯、異氰酸2-(甲基） 丙烯醯氧基乙基酯、異氰酸2-(曱基）丙烯醯氧基乙基酯、 異氰酸2-(甲基）丙烯醯氧基乙氧基乙基酯等。 就能提升乙烯性不飽和基之濃度，由感光性組成物所 形成塗膜中之紫外光硬化之容易進行，且容易取得等觀點 而言，以使用異氰酸2-曱基丙烯醯氧基乙基酯為較佳。 不飽和酸之例如馬來酸酐、依康酸針等。 含有羧基之（曱基）丙烯基系共聚物中，尚可有可供共 聚合之（曱基）丙烯酸酯等之單體用以共聚合，已知產品均 可利用而無限制。 從透明性之觀點而言，以使用式（11)所表示化合物為 佳。以含有式（11)所表示化合物之（曱基）丙烯酸酯等進行 共聚合反應而得樹脂之際，與聚合同時式（11)所表示化合 物發生環化反應而形成四氫哌喃環構造。Examples of (meth) acrylates containing isocyanate groups such as (meth) propylene sulfonate isocyanate, 1,1-bis((meth)propenyl fluorenyl)ethyl isocyanate, isocyanic acid M-(indenyl)propenylphenyl ester, 2-(methyl)acryloxyethyl isophthalate, 2-(indenyl)propenyloxyethyl isocyanate, isocyanic acid 2-(Methyl) propylene methoxy ethoxyethyl ester or the like. The concentration of the ethylenically unsaturated group can be increased, and the ultraviolet light hardening in the coating film formed of the photosensitive composition can be easily carried out, and it is easy to obtain, and the 2-mercaptopropenyloxy group isocyanate is used. Ethyl ester is preferred. Examples of the unsaturated acid include maleic anhydride, anaconic acid needle, and the like. In the (fluorenyl) propylene-based copolymer having a carboxyl group, a monomer such as a copolymerizable (fluorenyl) acrylate may be used for copolymerization, and known products may be used without limitation. From the viewpoint of transparency, it is preferred to use a compound represented by the formula (11). When a resin is obtained by copolymerization of a (fluorenyl) acrylate or the like containing a compound represented by the formula (11), a cyclization reaction is carried out at the same time as the compound represented by the formula (11) to form a tetrahydropyranose ring structure.

式η 1) 324024 45 201247603 式（11)中，R22及R23各自 基之碳數1至25之烴基。 獨立表示氫原子或可具有取代Formula η 1) 324024 45 201247603 In the formula (11), each of R22 and R23 is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms. Independently represents a hydrogen atom or may have a substitution

該可具有代基之碳數丨至25之烴基，並無特別限制 例如甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基異丁基、第 三丁基、第三戊基、硬脂基、月桂基、2_乙基己基等直鏈 狀或歧鏈狀烷基等，·苯基等芳基；環己基、第三丁基環己 基、環戊二稀基、三環癸基、異麵、金剛絲、2^基 -2-金剛烷基等脂環式基；卜^氧基乙基、卜乙氧基乙基^ 經烷氧基取代之烷基；苯甲基等經芳基取代之烷基等。其 t ’特別以甲基、乙基、環己基、苯f基等不會因為酸或 熱之影響而脫離之烴基，從耐熱性之觀點而言為較佳。又， R22及R23可為相同或不同。 式（11)所表示化合物之具體例如下。 例如二甲基-2, 2’ -[氧基雙（亞甲基）]雙丙烯酸 酯、二乙基-2, 2’-[氧基雙（亞曱基）]雙_2-丙烯酸酯、二（正 丙基）2,2 -[氧基雙（亞甲基）]雙_2—丙稀酸g旨、二（異丙基） 2, 2 -[氧基雙（亞曱基）]雙一2_丙稀酸酉旨、二（正丁基）一 2’2’-[氧基雙（亞曱基）]雙一 2-丙烯酸酯、二（異丁基）_ 2,2 -[氧基雙（亞曱基）]雙_2-丙烯酸酯、二（第三丁基）_ 2,2’-[氧基雙（亞曱基）]雙_2-丙烯酸酯、二（第三戊基）一 2, 2 -[氧基雙（亞曱基）]雙_2-丙燐酸酉旨、二（硬脂基）_ 2, 2 -[氧基雙（亞曱基）]雙一2-丙烯酸酉旨、二（月桂基）_ 2’2’-[氧基雙（亞曱基）]雙_2_丙烯酸酯、二（2-乙基己基） -2, 2’-[氧基雙（亞甲基）]雙_2_丙烯酸酯、二（1-甲氧基乙 324024 46 201247603The hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of from 丨 to 25, and is not particularly limited, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl isobutyl, tert-butyl, third pentyl, a linear or sinuous alkyl group such as a stearyl group, a lauryl group or a 2-ethylhexyl group; an aryl group such as a phenyl group; a cyclohexyl group, a tert-butylcyclohexyl group, a cyclopentaylene group, and a tricyclic fluorene group; An alicyclic group such as a ruthenium group, a ruthenium group, a ruthenium group, a ruthenium group, or an alkyl group substituted with an alkoxy group; An alkyl group substituted with an aryl group or the like. The t' is particularly preferably a hydrocarbon group which is not desorbed by the influence of acid or heat, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a cyclohexyl group or a benzene group, and is preferably from the viewpoint of heat resistance. Also, R22 and R23 may be the same or different. Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (11) are as follows. For example, dimethyl-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)] diacrylate, diethyl-2,2'-[oxybis(indenyl)]bis-2-acrylate, Di(n-propyl) 2,2-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-propionic acid g, di(isopropyl) 2,2-[oxybis(indenyl)] Di- 2-acrylic acid, di(n-butyl)-2'2'-[oxybis(indenyl)]di- 2-acrylate, di(isobutyl)_ 2,2 - [oxybis(indenyl)]bis-2-acrylate, di(t-butyl)-2,2'-[oxybis(indenyl)]di_2-acrylate, di(first) Tripentyl)- 2,2-[oxybis(indenyl)]di-2-propanoic acid, bis(stearyl)-2,2-[oxybis(indenyl)] 2-2-acrylic acid, bis(lauryl)_ 2'2'-[oxybis(indenyl)]di-2-acrylate, bis(2-ethylhexyl)-2, 2'-[ Oxy-bis(methylene)]bis_2_acrylate, bis(1-methoxyethyl 324024 46 201247603

基）-2, 2’ -[氧基雙（亞曱基）]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二（1-乙氧基 乙基）-2, 2’-[氧基雙（亞甲基）]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二苯曱基一 2, 2’ -[氧基雙（亞曱基）]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二苯基-2, 2,-[氧 基雙（亞曱基）]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二環己基-2,2，-[氧基雙 (亞曱基）]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二（第三丁基環己基）一2, 2,-[氧 基雙（亞曱基）]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二（環戊二烯基）_2, 2’-[氧 基雙（亞曱基）]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二（三環癸基）-2, 2’ -[氧基 雙（亞甲基）]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二（異萡基）—2,2’-[氧基雙 (亞曱基）]-2-丙稀酸酯、二金剛烧基-2, 2’ -[氧基雙（亞甲 基）]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二（2-曱基-2-金剛烷基）-2, 2,-[氧基 雙（亞甲基）]雙-2-丙烯酸酯等。其中，就耐熱性之觀點而 言’以二曱基-2, 2’-[氧基雙（亞甲基）]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二 乙基-2, 2’-[氧基雙（亞曱基）]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二環己基 一2’2’-[氧基雙-(亞甲基）]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二苯甲基 2’2 -[氧基雙（亞曱基）]雙_2—丙稀酸g旨為較佳，上述化合 物可單獨使用，或2種以上併用。 當式（11)所表示化合物在聚合之際，所使用比率並無 特別限制’聚合之際’所使用總單體成分1〇〇重量份中， 使用2至60重量份，其中以5至55重量份為較佳，尤以 至50重量份為更佳。當式（u)所表示化合物量低於6〇 重量份以下時，共聚合之際，可得分子量低者，又不會凝 膠化，另一面，當2重量份以上時，透明性或耐熱性等塗 膜性優異。 含有羧基之聚合物（B)之重量平均分子量（]^)以2000 324024 47 201247603 至25000為佳，其中以4000至15000為較佳，當重量平均 分子量（Mw)在2000以上，其耐熱性優異，25000以下時， 塗工性優異。 (含有羧基之脲烷樹脂） 獲得含有羧基之脲烷樹脂之方法，例如將分子中具有 2個羥基之化合物與分子中具有2個羥基之羧酸化合物， 及二異氰酸酯加以反應而製造之方法等》 又，獲得含有光聚合性官能基及羧基之脲烷樹脂之方 ® 法，有上述（Β-1)(Β-2)之方法，詳述如下： (B-19)含有羧基之脲烧樹脂中之一部分羧基，以含有 環氧基之（曱基）丙稀酸酯中之環氧基加以反應而製造之方 法， (B-20)含有羧基之脲烷樹脂中之一部分羧基，以含有 環氧基之（甲基）丙烯酸酯之環氧基加以反應之後，所生成 含有羥基之脲烷樹脂中之羥基，與多元酸酐反應而製造之 方法等。 为子中含有2個羥基之化合物，只要在分子中有2個 羥基之化合物，則無特別限制，但可分為其構造中有聚合 度2以上之重複單位者（例如聚醇化合物）及無重複單位者 (例如二醇化合物）。 該聚醇化合物之例如聚氧化乙稀、聚氧化丙婦、氧化 乙烯/氧化㈣的嵌段共聚物或無規共聚物、聚四亞甲基 二醇、四亞曱基二醇和新戊基二醇之嵌段共聚物或無規共 聚物等之聚醚聚醇； 324024 48 201247603 多元醇或聚醚聚醇及多元酸之縮合物之聚酯聚醇、上 述多元酸之例如馬來酸針、馬來酸、富馬酸、依康酸軒、 依康酸、己二酸、異酞酸等。 藉由乙二醇或雙盼和碳酸酯之反應，或乙二醇或雙紛 在鹼之存在下以光氣作用等反應所得聚碳酸酯聚醇； 己内酯改質聚四亞曱基聚醇等己内酯改質聚醇、聚婦 煙系聚醇、氳化聚丁二烯聚醇等聚丁二烯系聚醇、聚石夕氧 炫•系聚醇等亦包括在例舉範圍。 其中’就對於稀鹼水溶液之顯影性、硬化塗膜之撓性 之觀點而言，以使用聚醚聚醇為較佳。 一元醇化合物之例如乙二醇、丙二醇、2-曱基-1 3-丙二醇、2-曱基-2-乙基-1，3-丙二醇、2,2-二乙基-i，3_ 丙一醇、2-甲基-2-丙基-1，3-丙二醇、2-丁基-2-甲基-13-丙一醇、2-丁基-2-乙基-1，3-丙二醇、3-曱基-1，5-戊二-2,2'-[oxybis(indenyl)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(1-ethoxyethyl)-2, 2'-[oxybis(methylene) Bis-2-acrylate, diphenylfluorenyl-2,2'-[oxybis(indenyl)]bis-2-acrylate, diphenyl-2,2,-[oxybis(Asia Mercapto)]bis-2-acrylate, dicyclohexyl-2,2,-[oxybis(indenyl)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(t-butylcyclohexyl)-2, 2 ,-[oxybis(indenyl)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(cyclopentadienyl)_2, 2'-[oxybis(indenyl)]bis-2-acrylate, two (tricyclodecyl)-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(isoindenyl)-2,2'-[oxybis(indenylene) ]-2-Acrylate, di-n-butylene-2, 2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(2-indolyl-2-adamantyl)- 2, 2,-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate. Among them, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, 'di-mercapto-2, 2'-[oxybis(methylene)] bis-2-acrylate, diethyl-2, 2'-[oxy double (fluorenylene)] bis-2-acrylate, dicyclohexyl-2'2'-[oxybis-(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, diphenylmethyl 2'2-[oxygen The bis(indenylene)]bis-2-propionic acid g is preferred, and the above compounds may be used singly or in combination of two or more. When the compound represented by the formula (11) is polymerized, the ratio used is not particularly limited to 1 to 60 parts by weight, and 5 to 55 parts by weight of the total monomer component used at the time of polymerization. The parts by weight are preferably more preferably 50 parts by weight. When the amount of the compound represented by the formula (u) is less than 6 parts by weight or less, when the copolymerization is carried out, the molecular weight is low and gelation is not obtained, and on the other hand, when it is 2 parts by weight or more, transparency or heat resistance is obtained. It is excellent in coating properties such as sex. The weight average molecular weight (?) of the carboxyl group-containing polymer (B) is preferably 2000 324024 47 201247603 to 25000, of which 4000 to 15000 is preferred, and when the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is 2000 or more, the heat resistance is excellent. When it is 25,000 or less, it is excellent in workability. (Hydrazine-containing urethane resin) A method of obtaining a urethane resin containing a carboxyl group, for example, a method of reacting a compound having two hydroxyl groups in a molecule with a carboxylic acid compound having two hydroxyl groups in a molecule, and a diisocyanate Further, a method of obtaining a urethane resin containing a photopolymerizable functional group and a carboxyl group, and the method of the above (Β-1) (Β-2), is described in detail as follows: (B-19) Urea containing a carboxyl group a method in which a part of a carboxyl group in a resin is reacted with an epoxy group in an epoxy group-containing (mercapto) acrylate, (B-20) a part of a carboxyl group in a urethane resin containing a carboxyl group to contain A method in which a hydroxyl group in a urethane resin containing a hydroxyl group is formed by reacting an epoxy group of a (meth) acrylate of an epoxy group with a polybasic acid anhydride, and the like. The compound having two hydroxyl groups in the submersible is not particularly limited as long as it has a compound having two hydroxyl groups in the molecule, but may be classified into a repeating unit having a degree of polymerization of 2 or more in the structure (for example, a polyol compound) and none. Repeat unit (eg diol compound). The polyol compound such as polyethylene oxide, polyoxypropylene, ethylene oxide/oxidized (tetra) block copolymer or random copolymer, polytetramethylene glycol, tetradecylene glycol and neopentyl a polyether polyol of a block copolymer or a random copolymer of an alcohol; 324024 48 201247603 a polyester polyol of a condensate of a polyhydric or polyether polyol and a polybasic acid, such as a maleic acid needle of the above polybasic acid, Maleic acid, fumaric acid, econic acid, isoconic acid, adipic acid, isodecanoic acid, and the like. a polycarbonate polyol obtained by a reaction of ethylene glycol or a mixture of dip and carbonate, or ethylene glycol or a mixture of phosgene in the presence of a base; a caprolactone modified polytetradecyl group Polybutadiene-based polyalcohols such as alcohols such as caprolactone modified polyalcohols, polybutanol-based polyalcohols, and polybutadiene-polyols, and polyoxadiene-based polyalcohols are also included in the scope of the examples. . Among them, from the viewpoints of developability of a dilute alkali aqueous solution and flexibility of a cured coating film, it is preferred to use a polyether polyol. Monohydric alcohol compounds such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 2-mercapto-1 3-propanediol, 2-mercapto-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol, 2,2-diethyl-i, 3_propanone Alcohol, 2-methyl-2-propyl-1,3-propanediol, 2-butyl-2-methyl-13-propanol, 2-butyl-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol, 3-mercapto-1,5-pentane

，、2, 4-二乙基-1，5-戊二醇、2-曱基-2, 4-戊二醇、1，3, 5- 三甲基-1，3-戊二醇、2-曱基-1，8-辛二醇、3, 3, _二羥曱基 庚烷、丙二醇、丨，3-丁二醇、丨，4—丁二醇、i，5_戊二醇: L 己二醇、1，9-壬二醇、新戊二醇、辛二醇、3_丁基一3一 乙基1，5-戊二醇、2-乙基-i，6-己二醇、環己烷二醇、環 ，燒—甲醇、二環癸烧二甲醇、環戊二烯二甲醇、二醇二 錢、氫化雙㈣、環乙二醇等之脂職或脂環式二醇類； 1’3-雙（2-經基乙氧基）苯、12一雙（2_經基乙氧基） 1，4-雙（2-祕乙氧基）苯、4,4,_亞甲基二紛、4, 4，— 士降宿院叉）二紛、4,4、二經基聯紛、鄰_、間_及對_二 324024 49 201247603 羥基笨、4, 4’-亞異丙基酚、1，2-二氫茚二醇、1，3-萘二醇、 1，5-萘二醇、1，7-萘二醇、9, 9-雙（4-羥基苯基）芴、9, 9’ -雙（3-曱基-4-羥苯基）芴等芳香族二元醇類等可為例舉。 其他，亦可例舉含有磷原子之二元醇、含有硫原子之 二元醇、含有溴原子之二元醇、含有氟原子之二元醇等。 分子中具有2個羥基之羧酸化合物，只要是分子中有 2個羥基和1個以上之羧基之化合物，則無特別限制，例 如二羥曱基丁酸、二羥曱基丙酸及其衍生物（己内酯加成 ® 物、氧化乙稀加成物、氧化丙稀加成物等）、3-經基水揚酸、 4-羥基水楊酸、5-羥基水揚酸、2-羧基-1, 4-環己烷二曱醇 等。 其中，就能提升樹脂中之羧基濃度之觀點而言，本發 明中以使用二羥甲基丁酸、二羥甲基丙酸為較佳。 二異氰酸酯化合物之例如芳香族二異氰酸酯、脂肪族 二異氰酸酯、芳香脂肪族二異氰酸酯、脂環式二異氰酸酯 •等。 (含有羧基之加成型酯樹脂） 獲得含有羧基之加成型酯樹脂之方法，例如將分子中 具有2個羧基之化合物和分子中具有2個環氧基之化合物 加以反應而合成含有歧鏈羥基之加成型酯樹脂之後，使用 多元酸酐將羥基變成為羧基之方法等。 又，獲得具有光聚合性官能基和羧基之加成型酯樹脂 之方法，有上述（Β-1)(Β-2)之方法，詳述如下： (B-21)將含有羧基之加成型酯樹脂中之羧基之一部 324024 50 201247603 分’以含有環氧基之（f基）__巾之環氧基加以反應 之方法， 成型g旨樹脂巾之縣之一部分 或全部，以含有環氧基之基）__旨中之環氧基加以 反應之後，戶斤生成含有經基之腺烧樹月旨中之經基與多元酸 酐反應之方法等。 分子中具有2個敌基之化合物，只要分子中有2個緩 基之化合物’其他別無限制，例如上述（a_1)2價以上之緩 馨酸中所列舉之化合物等。 刀子中具有2個環氧基之化合物，只要分子内含有2 個環氧基’則無特別限制。例如可例舉乙二醇二環氧丙基 釀、聚乙二醇二環氧丙基峻、1，6-己烧二醇二環氧丙基越、 雙表氯醇型環氧樹脂、雙紛F •表氣醇型環氧樹脂、 聯紛表氯醇型极氧樹脂、丙三醇·表氣醇型加成物之聚 %氧丙基醚、間苯二酚二環氧丙基醚、聚丁二烯二環氧丙 參基喊、氫酿二環氧丙基鱗、二漠新戊二醇二環氧丙基謎、 新戊-醇二環氧丙基趟、六氮醜酸二環氧丙基醋、氮化雙 ^型二環氧丙基越、二經基蒽魏氧樹脂、聚丙二醇二 環=丙基喊、二笨基續酸二環氧丙基鱗、二經基二苯甲酮 -衣氧丙細、聯盼二環氧丙基醚、二苯甲烧二環氧丙基 ^雙㈣二環氧丙基鱗、雙曱苯料二環氧丙基醚、雙 笨氧基乙醇氧丙基驗、丨，3 _雙（N，環氧丙基胺基 二基）環己燒、Ν’ N-二環氧丙基苯胺、N，N—二環氧丙基曱苯 胺、日本專利公報特開2004-156024號，特開2004_315595 324024 51 201247603 號公報，特開2004-323777號公報等所揭表示之富於柔軟 性之環氧基化合物，或下式（14)至（16)所表示構造之環氧 基化合物等。,, 2, 4-diethyl-1,5-pentanediol, 2-mercapto-2, 4-pentanediol, 1,3, 5-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol, 2 - mercapto-1,8-octanediol, 3,3,-dihydroxydecylheptane, propylene glycol, hydrazine, 3-butanediol, hydrazine, 4-butanediol, i,5-pentanediol: L hexanediol, 1,9-nonanediol, neopentyl glycol, octanediol, 3-butyl-1,3-ethyl 1,5-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-i, 6-hexane Alcohol, cyclohexanediol, ring, calcined-methanol, bicyclic tert-doped dimethanol, cyclopentadiene dimethanol, diol divalent, hydrogenated bis(tetra), cycloethylene glycol, etc. Alcohols; 1'3-bis(2-carbylethoxy)benzene, 12-bis(2-cyanoethoxy)1,4-1,4-bis(2-sec-ethoxy)benzene, 4,4, _ Methylene two, 4, 4, - Shijieyuan fork) two, four, four, two by the base, neighbor _, between _ and _ two 324,024 49 201247603 hydroxy stupid, 4, 4'- Isopropylphenol, 1,2-dihydrodecanediol, 1,3-naphthalenediol, 1,5-naphthalenediol, 1,7-naphthalenediol, 9,9-bis(4-hydroxybenzene An aromatic diol such as hydrazine, 9,9'-bis(3-mercapto-4-hydroxyphenyl)fluorene or the like can be exemplified. Other examples include a glycol containing a phosphorus atom, a diol containing a sulfur atom, a diol containing a bromine atom, a diol containing a fluorine atom, and the like. The carboxylic acid compound having two hydroxyl groups in the molecule is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having two hydroxyl groups and one or more carboxyl groups in the molecule, such as dihydroxyindolic acid, dihydroxymethyl propionic acid, and derivatives thereof. (caprolactone addition®, ethylene oxide adduct, propylene oxide adduct, etc.), 3-perhydric acid, 4-hydroxysalicylic acid, 5-hydroxysalicylic acid, 2- Carboxy-1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol and the like. Among them, in view of the fact that the concentration of the carboxyl group in the resin can be increased, it is preferred to use dimethylolbutanoic acid or dimethylolpropionic acid in the present invention. Examples of the diisocyanate compound include an aromatic diisocyanate, an aliphatic diisocyanate, an aromatic aliphatic diisocyanate, an alicyclic diisocyanate, and the like. (Additional ester resin containing a carboxyl group) A method of obtaining an ester-forming ester resin containing a carboxyl group, for example, a compound having two carboxyl groups in a molecule and a compound having two epoxy groups in the molecule are reacted to synthesize a compound having a branched chain hydroxyl group. After the addition of the ester resin, a method in which a hydroxyl group is changed to a carboxyl group using a polybasic acid anhydride or the like is used. Further, a method of obtaining an addition ester resin having a photopolymerizable functional group and a carboxyl group, which is the above (Β-1) (Β-2), is described in detail as follows: (B-21) An addition ester containing a carboxyl group a part of the carboxyl group in the resin 324024 50 201247603 A method of reacting an epoxy group containing an epoxy group (f group) to form a part or all of the county of the resin towel to contain an epoxy After the epoxy group of the group is reacted, the method of reacting the meridine in the group containing the base of the gland and the polybasic anhydride is formed. The compound having two sites in the molecule is not particularly limited as long as it has two slow-grouping compounds in the molecule, and examples thereof include the compounds listed in the above (a-1) divalent or more valeric acid. The compound having two epoxy groups in the knives is not particularly limited as long as it contains two epoxy groups in the molecule. For example, ethylene glycol diepoxypropyl alcohol, polyethylene glycol diepoxypropyl sulfide, 1,6-hexane diol diepoxypropyl hydride, double epichlorohydrin epoxy resin, double F • Epoxy alcohol type epoxy resin, combined with epichlorohydrin type aerobic resin, glycerol, gas alcohol type adduct, poly% oxypropyl ether, resorcinol diepoxypropyl ether , polybutadiene diepoxypropyl ginseng shunt, hydrogen brewed diepoxypropyl scale, Erqian neopentyl glycol diepoxypropyl mystery, neopentyl alcohol diepoxypropyl hydrazine, hexanitro urate Epoxypropyl vinegar, nitriding double-type diglycidyl propyl, di-based fluorene-containing oxy-oxygen resin, polypropylene glycol bicyclo ring = propyl sulphate, dipyridyl acid diepoxypropyl squaring, dipyridyl Benzophenone-acetophenone, bis-diepoxypropyl ether, dibenzoic acid diepoxypropyl^bis(tetra)diepoxypropyl scale, bisindene benzene diepoxypropyl ether, double Phenoxyethanoloxypropylate, hydrazine, 3 _bis(N,epoxypropylaminodiyl)cyclohexene, Ν'N-diepoxypropylaniline, N,N-diepoxypropyl Anthranil, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2004-156024, JP-A-2004-315595 324024 51 201247603 The epoxy group-rich compound represented by the following formulas (14) to (16) and the epoxy group-containing compound represented by the following formulas (14) to (16) are disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2004-323777.

其中’就硬化塗膜之橈性觀點而言，以使用1，6-己烷 二醇二環氧丙基醚為佳，就硬化塗膜之耐熱性觀點而言， 以使用雙酚A·表氯醇型環氧樹脂為佳。這些都可視目的 而選擇使用，不僅可單獨使用，併用複數種類亦佳。 # (含有羧基之苯氧基樹脂） 獲得含有羧基之苯氧基樹脂之方法，例如分子中具有 2個苯酚性羥基之化合物，與分子中具有2個苯氧基之化 合物反應而合成得含有侧鏈羥基之苯氧基樹脂之後，藉由 多元酸酐將羥基改質成為羧基之方法等。 又，獲得含有光聚合性官能基和羧基之加成型酯樹脂 之方法，有上述（β_1)(β_2)之方法，詳述如下： (Β-23)將含有羧基之苯氧基樹脂令之一部分羧基，以 含有％氧基之（甲基）丙烯酸酯中之環氧基反應之方法， 324024 52 201247603 (B-24)將含有羧基之苯氧基樹脂中之一部分和全部之 羧基，以含有環氧基之（甲基）丙烯酸酯中之環氧基反應之 後，所生成含有羥基之脲烷樹脂中之羥基，以多元酸酐加 以反應之方法等。 分子中具有2個苯酚性羥基之化合物，只要是分子中 含有2個苯酚性羥基，則無特別限制，例如2, 2-雙（4-羥 苯基）丙烷（別名雙酚A)為其代表例舉，其他之例如雙（4-羥苯基）曱烷（別名：雙酚F)等中心之碳原子上結合有氫原 ♦子之雙盼類； 2，2 -雙（4-經苯基）-正丁烧等_心之碳原子上結合有1 個曱基之雙酚類； 2, 2-雙（3-曱基-4-羥苯基）丙烷（一般稱為雙酚C)等中 心之碳原子上結合有2個曱基之雙酚類； 雙（4-羥苯基）-1，1-二苯基曱烷等之二苯基曱烷衍生 物之雙紛類； ^ M-雙（4-羥苯基）環己烷（一般稱為雙酚Z)等環己烷 衍生物之雙酚類； 1，雙（4-經苯基）-3, 3，5_三曱基環己院等3，3，5 -三 曱基環己烷衍生物之雙酚類； 9, 9-雙（4-羥苯基）芴、9, 9-雙（3-曱基-4-羥苯基）芴等 芴衍生物之雙酚類； 1，1-雙（4-羥苯基）-環戊烷等環烷衍生物之雙酚類； 4, 4’-聯苯酚等芳香族環直接結合之聯苯酚類； 雙（4-羥苯基）磺酸等磺酸衍生物之雙酚類； 324024 53 201247603 雙（4-絲基）叫具有喊結合鍵之雙盼類. 雙（4—經笨基）硫化物等具有硫鍵之雙紛類； 雙（4-經苯基）亞料之亞_生物之雙紛類 祕等含有雜原子脂肪族環之雙紛類；’ 氟結合 之 2, 2-雙（4-鮮基）六氟丙燒等之具 酚類等。 笨類； 他如，氫醒、間笨二盼、兒茶紛、甲基氫g昆等Among them, in view of the bismuth of the cured coating film, it is preferred to use 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, and from the viewpoint of heat resistance of the cured coating film, use bisphenol A·table A chlorohydrin type epoxy resin is preferred. These can be selected for the purpose, not only can be used alone, but also in the plural. # (phenoxy resin containing a carboxyl group) A method of obtaining a phenoxy resin having a carboxyl group, for example, a compound having two phenolic hydroxyl groups in a molecule, and reacting with a compound having two phenoxy groups in the molecule to synthesize a side containing A method of modifying a hydroxyl group into a carboxy group by a polybasic acid anhydride after a hydroxyl group-containing phenoxy resin. Further, a method of obtaining a modified ester resin containing a photopolymerizable functional group and a carboxyl group, and the above method (β_1) (β_2) is described in detail as follows: (Β-23) A part of a phenoxy resin containing a carboxyl group a method for reacting a carboxyl group with an epoxy group in a (meth) acrylate containing a oxy group, 324024 52 201247603 (B-24), a part or all of a carboxyl group of a phenoxy resin having a carboxyl group, to contain a ring After the epoxy group in the oxy (meth) acrylate is reacted, a hydroxyl group in the urethane resin containing a hydroxyl group is formed, and a method of reacting with a polybasic acid anhydride or the like is carried out. The compound having two phenolic hydroxyl groups in the molecule is not particularly limited as long as it contains two phenolic hydroxyl groups in the molecule, and for example, 2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane (alias bisphenol A) is represented. For example, other carbon atoms such as bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)decane (alias: bisphenol F) are bonded to a hydrogen atom with a hydrogen atom; 2,2 -bis (4-benzene) Base) - n-butadiene, etc. - a bisphenol with a sulfhydryl group bonded to the carbon atom of the heart; 2, 2-bis(3-mercapto-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane (generally referred to as bisphenol C) a bisphenol having two fluorenyl groups bonded to an isocenter carbon atom; a diphenyl decane derivative such as bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1,1-diphenyl decane; a bisphenol of a cyclohexane derivative such as M-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)cyclohexane (generally referred to as bisphenol Z); 1, bis(4-phenylene)-3, 3,5_3 Bisphenols of 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane derivatives such as fluorenylcyclohexyl; 9,9-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)anthracene, 9,9-bis(3-indenyl- a bisphenol of an anthracene derivative such as 4-hydroxyphenyl)anthracene; a bisphenol of a cycloalkane derivative such as 1,1-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)-cyclopentane; Bisphenols directly bonded to aromatic rings such as 4'-biphenol; bisphenols of sulfonic acid derivatives such as bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)sulfonic acid; 324024 53 201247603 Double (4-silyl) called shouting Key double-seeking class. Double (4--stupyl) sulfides and other sulfur-rich doubles; double (4-phenylene) sub-materials _ biological double-class secrets and other hetero atom aliphatic There are two types of rings; 'fluorine-bonded 2, 2-bis(4-sweet) hexafluoropropane, etc. with phenols. Stupid; he is like, hydrogen wakes up, stupidly expects, tea, methyl hydrogen g Kun, etc.

1’5-二經基萘、2H基料二祕萘類等。 其中’就製造成本、反應之難易、硬化塗膜之 等觀點而言’以使用2’2-雙（4-M苯基）丙燒為較佳 &lt;不含敌基之樹脂&gt; 不具有羧基 樹脂組成物之一種實施形態，可包括含有 之樹脂。 熱可塑性韻之例如丁縮_脂、笨㈣_馬來酸妓聚 物、氣化聚乙稀、氯化聚丙烯、聚氣乙埽、氯乙稀_乙酉复乙 烯酯共聚物、聚乙酸乙烯酯、聚脲烷系樹脂、聚酯樹脂、 丙烯系樹脂、醇酸樹脂、聚苯乙烯、聚醯胺樹脂、膠系樹 脂、環化膠系樹脂、纖維素類、聚乙烯、聚丁二烯、聚醯 亞胺樹脂等。 熱硬化性樹脂之例如環氧樹脂、苯並鳥糞胺樹脂、松 香改質馬來酸樹脂、松香改質富馬酸樹脂、蜜胺樹脂.、尿 素樹脂、苯酚樹脂等。 環氧樹脂可使用周知者，例如可使用下述光聚合性單 324024 54 201247603 體（D)中以陽離子聚合而記載之具有環氧基之化合物，具有 脂環式環氧基之化合物、脂肪族環氧樹脂、具有環丁烷基 之化合物、上述（a-4)具有可與羥基反應之官能基1個以上 之化合物中以具有環氧基之化合物而記載之化合物等均可 使用。作為濾色器用感光性組成物使用之際，適用之製品 如下。 環氧樹脂（epikote)807、環氧樹脂815、環氧樹脂825、 環氧樹脂827、環氧樹脂828、環氧樹脂190P(以上為商品 ® 名EPik〇te之環氧類樹脂，油化貝殼環氧公司製品）、環氧 樹脂 1004，環氧樹脂 1256、JER 1032H60、JER 157S65、 JER 157S70 ' JER 152、JER 154(以上為商品名，日本環氧 樹脂公司製品）’ TECHMORE VG3101LC商品名，三井化學公 司製品），EPPN-501H、502H、EPPN-501H、EPPN-201、 EOCN-102S、EOCN-103S、EOCN-104S、EOCN-1020、XD-1000、 NC-3000C商品名：日本化藥公司製品）、cer〇xISide 2011、 I EHPE-3150、EHPE-3150CE(以上為商品名，Daicel 化學工 業公司製品）、DENACOLEX-901、EX-810、EX-830、EX-851、 EX-611 、 EX-512 、 EX-421 、 EX-411 、 EX-313 、 EX-201 、 EX-11K以上為商品名，長瀨化學科技公司製品）等可為例 舉。 例如樹脂組成物作為濾色器用感光性組成物使用時， 在可見光區域400至700ηπι之整個波長範圍’其透過率以 80%以上為宜，較佳為95%以上之聚合物，必要時可併用不 含有環氧基之熱可塑性樹脂及熱硬化性樹脂。為改善微細 324024 55 201247603 圖案在顯影時之剝落或缺失，作為熱硬化性樹脂而併用環 氧樹脂為較佳。 其含量可設定在不影響本發明之效果範圍内。羥基 烷基醯胺（A)，含羧基之聚合物（B)以及不含有羧基之熱可 塑性樹脂及熱硬化性樹脂之總量乃係對於濾色器用感光性 組成物中之顏料100重量份計，以i至4〇〇重量份為佳， 並以1至2 5 0重量份為較佳。 又，感光性耐焊接油墨用途時，在不損及物性範圍下， 必要時併用不含有緩基之熱可塑性樹脂及熱硬化性樹脂。 具體而s，為滿足硬化塗膜之撓性、絕緣性、密著密著性、 焊接耐熱性、耐塗膜性、難燃性等之需求特性，併用環氧 樹月曰或含有紐化異氰酸自旨之化合物做為熱硬化性樹脂而 使用。 壞氧樹脂可適當選訂述環氧樹脂^例如為提升對於 聚酿亞胺或銅之黏接強度時，以採用三經基乙基三聚異氛 •酸醋三環氧丙細、三環氧丙基三聚異氰酸醋等含有三聚 異氰酸醋環之環氧基化合物為佳。又，為提升硬化塗膜之 難燃性時，以使用祕清漆型環氧樹脂、甲齡清漆型環氡 樹脂、聯盼•表氣醇型環氧樹脂等之多官能環氧基化合物 言名蚵墒卬丨〇邙）化異氰酸酯之化合物，只要是上 有異氰酸酯基化合物中之異旨基係含有以^己内^ 胺、MEK肪、環己赌&quot;㈣、麵基等保護之 氰酸醋基之化合物，其他難特觀制。例如為提升保; 324024 56 201247603 女疋性、或對於聚醯亞胺或銅之黏接強度或耐焊接熱性 時’以使用具有二聚異氰酸g旨環，並用臆將或吼唾而封 端之六亞甲基二異氰酸酯三聚物為較佳。 此時，不含有羧基之熱硬化性樹脂含量，對於感光性 对焊mt n!基烧基醯胺（a)和含有竣基之聚合物 (B)100重量份計，添加！至5〇重量份之比率為宜，尤以5 至30重篁份之比率而添加為更佳。 &lt;有機溶劑&gt;1'5-di-cyanophthalene, 2H base material, second naphthyl, and the like. Among them, 'in terms of manufacturing cost, ease of reaction, hardened coating film, etc.', it is preferable to use 2'2-bis(4-Mphenyl)propane. <Resin-free resin> An embodiment of the carboxy resin composition may include a resin contained therein. Thermoplastic rhyme such as condensed _ fat, stupid (four) _ maleic acid bismuth polymer, gasified polyethylene, chlorinated polypropylene, polyethylene ethoxide, vinyl chloride _ oxime ethylene copolymer, polyvinyl acetate Ester, polyurea resin, polyester resin, propylene resin, alkyd resin, polystyrene, polyamide resin, gel resin, cyclized rubber resin, cellulose, polyethylene, polybutadiene , polyimine resin, and the like. Examples of the thermosetting resin such as epoxy resin, benzoguanamine resin, rosin-modified maleic acid resin, rosin-modified fumaric acid resin, melamine resin, urea resin, phenol resin and the like. As the epoxy resin, a known compound can be used. For example, a compound having an epoxy group described by cationic polymerization in the above-mentioned photopolymerizable single 324024 54 201247603 (D), a compound having an alicyclic epoxy group, or an aliphatic group can be used. An epoxy resin, a compound having a cyclobutane group, and a compound described in the above (a-4) having one or more functional groups capable of reacting with a hydroxyl group, and a compound having an epoxy group may be used. When it is used as a photosensitive composition for a color filter, the applicable product is as follows. Epoxy resin 807, epoxy resin 815, epoxy resin 825, epoxy resin 827, epoxy resin 828, epoxy resin 190P (above is the product of the name ® EPik〇te epoxy resin, oiled shell Epoxy Co., Ltd.), Epoxy Resin 1004, Epoxy Resin 1256, JER 1032H60, JER 157S65, JER 157S70 'JER 152, JER 154 (above, trade name, Nippon Epoxy Co., Ltd.)' TECHMORE VG3101LC trade name, Mitsui Chemical company products), EPPN-501H, 502H, EPPN-501H, EPPN-201, EOCN-102S, EOCN-103S, EOCN-104S, EOCN-1020, XD-1000, NC-3000C trade name: Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd. ), cer〇xISide 2011, I EHPE-3150, EHPE-3150CE (above, trade name, Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), DENACOLEX-901, EX-810, EX-830, EX-851, EX-611, EX- 512, EX-421, EX-411, EX-313, EX-201, EX-11K and above are trade names, products of Changchun Chemical Technology Co., Ltd., etc. can be exemplified. For example, when the resin composition is used as a photosensitive composition for a color filter, the transmittance is preferably 80% or more, preferably 95% or more, in the entire wavelength range of 400 to 700 ηπ in the visible light region, and may be used in combination if necessary. A thermoplastic resin and a thermosetting resin which do not contain an epoxy group. In order to improve the fineness 324024 55 201247603 The pattern is peeled off or missing during development, and an epoxy resin is preferably used as the thermosetting resin. The content thereof can be set within a range that does not affect the effects of the present invention. The total amount of the hydroxyalkyl decylamine (A), the carboxyl group-containing polymer (B), and the thermoplastic resin containing no carboxyl group and the thermosetting resin is 100 parts by weight of the pigment in the photosensitive composition for a color filter. Preferably, it is from i to 4 parts by weight, and preferably from 1 to 250 parts by weight. Further, in the case of the photosensitive solder resist ink, a thermoplastic resin and a thermosetting resin which do not contain a slow base are used in combination as long as the physical properties are not impaired. Specifically, in order to satisfy the demand characteristics such as flexibility, insulation, adhesion, solder heat resistance, film resistance, flame retardancy, etc. of the cured coating film, the epoxy resin or the ruthenium is used. A compound of cyanic acid is used as a thermosetting resin. The bad oxygen resin may be appropriately selected as the epoxy resin. For example, in order to improve the adhesion strength to the polyaniline or copper, the trisylethyltrimerization, acid vinegar, triacetin, and tricyclic ring are used. An epoxy group containing a trimeric isocyanate ring such as oxypropyl tripoly isocyanuric acid is preferred. In addition, in order to improve the flame retardancy of the hardened coating film, a polyfunctional epoxy compound such as a secret varnish type epoxy resin, a Ageing varnish type ring-opening resin, or a Hope-Gas alcohol type epoxy resin is used.蚵墒卬丨〇邙) a compound of an isocyanate, as long as it is an isocyanate group-containing compound, which contains a cyanic acid group protected by an amine, a MEK fat, a ring gamma, a surface group, or the like. A vine-based compound, other difficult to watch. For example, for the promotion; 324024 56 201247603 Nursing, or for the adhesion strength or solder heat resistance of polyimine or copper, 'use the ring with the dimeric isocyanate g, and seal it with sputum or sputum The terminal hexamethylene diisocyanate trimer is preferred. In this case, the content of the thermosetting resin which does not contain a carboxyl group is added to 100 parts by weight of the photosensitive butt mt n-based mercaptoamine (a) and the mercapto group-containing polymer (B)! A ratio of up to 5 parts by weight is preferred, and it is preferably added in a ratio of from 5 to 30 parts by weight. &lt;Organic solvent&gt;

所使用有機溶劑並無特別限制，例如甲醇、乙醇、丙 醇、異丙醇、丁醇、異丁醇、第二丁醇、第三丁醇、丙明、 :基乙基酮、甲基異丁基銅、環己銅、乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙 醋、乙酸丙酿、乙酸丁醋、苯、甲苯、乙苯、二甲苯、環 己烷、己烷、辛烷、二氣曱烷、氣仿、二甲基甲醯胺、！ 甲基乙醯胺、乙腈、二甲亞颯等。上述可 併用。 士，:中，就對於其他構成要素之溶解性良好之觀點而 5 ’採用嗣系、酯系、醚系等溶劑為較佳。 一具體言之，例如U，3-三氣丙烷、1，3-丁二醇、L 3-丁二醇、1，3〜丁二醇二乙酸酯、1&gt;4_二嗜烷、2一庚烷綱、 -甲基:1，3-丙二醇、3,5,5_三甲基_2_環己婦+嗣、 曱氧基-3-甲基-卜丁醇、乙酸3一甲氧基_3_τ 、3~甲氧基丁醇、乙酸3_甲氧基丁基酯、4_庚尤 間-一甲苯、間-二乙基苯、間_二氯笨、n，n_二甲基之 ，’5—二甲基環己酮、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、3_甲基一丨，3 丁-醇-n m - -基丁基酯 324024 57 201247603 醢胺、N，N-二曱基曱醯胺 '正丁醇、正丁基苯、乙酸正丙 基酯、N-曱基吡咯烷酮、鄰-二曱苯、鄰-氯曱苯、鄰—二乙 基苯、鄰-二氯苯、對-氯曱苯、對-二乙基苯、第二丁基苯、 第三丁基苯、r-丁内酯、異丁醇'異佛爾酮、乙二醇二乙 醚、乙二醇二丁醚、乙二醇單異丙醚、乙二醇單乙醚、乙 二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單第三丁基醚、乙二醇單丁醚、 乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單丙醚、乙二醇單己醚、乙 二醇單曱醚、乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、二異丁基酮、二乙二 參醇二乙趟、二乙二醇二曱崎、二乙二醇單異丙基喊、二乙 二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單丁醚、二乙二醇單丁醚乙 酸醋、二乙二醇單曱轉、環己醇、環己醇乙酸醋、環己綱、 二丙二醇二甲醚、二丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯、二丙二醇單乙醚、 二丙二醇單丁醚、二丙二醇單丙醚、二丙二醇單甲醚、雙 丙酮醇、甘油三乙酸酯、三丙二醇單丁醚、三丙二醇單曱 醚、丙二醇二乙酸酯、丙二醇苯醚'丙二醇單乙醚、丙二 φ 醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單丙醚、丙二醇 單〒喊、丙二醇單甲趟乙酸、丙二醇單甲趟丙酸醋、苯 曱醇、曱基異丁基酮、甲基環己醇、乙酸正戊醋、乙酸正 丁酯、乙酸異戊酯、乙酸異丁酯、乙酸丙酯、二元酸酯等 為較佳。該等可單獨或混合使用。 特別是考慮有機溶劑之乾燥性，在模塗布法或網版印 刷法、膠版印刷法、旋轉式照相凹版印刷法等中，使用含 有160°C以上之高沸點溶劑為較佳，例如3_甲氧基_3_甲基 -1-丁醇（bp 174。〇、1，3-丁二醇（吣2〇3。〇、3-曱基-1，3- 324024 58The organic solvent to be used is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, isobutanol, second butanol, tert-butanol, propylamine, :ethyl ethyl ketone, and methyl isoform. Butyl copper, cyclohexyl copper, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, acrylic acetate, butyl acetate, benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, cyclohexane, hexane, octane, dioxane, gas Imitation, dimethylformamide,! Methylacetamide, acetonitrile, dimethyl hydrazine, and the like. The above can be used together. In the case of the above, it is preferable to use a solvent such as an anthracene, an ester or an ether in view of the fact that the solubility of other components is good. Specifically, for example, U,3-trisylpropane, 1,3-butanediol, L3-butanediol, 1,3~butanediol diacetate, 1&gt;4_diazane, 2 a heptane, -methyl: 1,3-propanediol, 3,5,5-trimethyl-2-cyclohexanone oxime, decyloxy-3-methyl-butanol, acetic acid 3-methyl Oxygen_3_τ, 3~methoxybutanol, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 4_gumex-mono-toluene, m-diethylbenzene, m-dichlorobenzene, n,n_two Methyl, '5-dimethylcyclohexanone, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methyl-anthracene, 3-butanol-nm-butylbutyl ester 324024 57 201247603 decylamine, N , N-dimercaptoamine 'n-butanol, n-butylbenzene, n-propyl acetate, N-decyl pyrrolidone, o-diphenylbenzene, o-chloropyrene, o-diethylbenzene, o-Dichlorobenzene, p-chlorophenylbenzene, p-diethylbenzene, t-butylbenzene, tert-butylbenzene, r-butyrolactone, isobutanol'isophorone, ethylene glycol Ether, ethylene glycol dibutyl ether, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol mono-telebutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, B Glycol monobutyl ether Ester, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monohexyl ether, ethylene glycol monoterpene ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diisobutyl ketone, diethylene dihydric alcohol diethyl hydrazine, two Diol bisakisaki, diethylene glycol monoisopropyl sulfonate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate vinegar, diethylene glycol monoterpene Cyclohexyl alcohol, cyclohexanol acetate vinegar, cyclohexyl, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monobutyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol single Methyl ether, diacetone alcohol, triacetin, tripropylene glycol monobutyl ether, tripropylene glycol monoterpene ether, propylene glycol diacetate, propylene glycol phenyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol, monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol Monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monoterpene, propylene glycol monomethyl hydrazine acetic acid, propylene glycol monomethyl phthalic acid vinegar, benzoquinone, decyl isobutyl ketone, methyl cyclohexanol, acetic acid pentyl vinegar, N-butyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, propyl acetate, dibasic acid ester and the like are preferred. These may be used singly or in combination. In particular, in consideration of the drying property of the organic solvent, it is preferable to use a solvent having a high boiling point of 160 ° C or higher in a die coating method, a screen printing method, an offset printing method, a rotary gravure printing method, or the like, for example, 3-A. Oxy-3_methyl-1-butanol (bp 174. 〇, 1,3-butanediol (吣2〇3.〇, 3-mercapto-1,3-324024 58

I 201247603 丁二醇（bp 203。〇、2-甲基-1，3-丙二醇（bp 213。〇、二異 丁基酮（bp 168. 1°C )、乙二醇單丁醚（bp Π1. 2°C )、乙二 醇單己醚（bp 208· ΓΟ、乙二醇單丁醚乙酯（bp 191. 5°C)、 乙二醇二丁基醚（bp 203. 3°C )、二乙二醇單曱醚（bp 194. 0 。(：）、二乙二醇單乙醚（bp 202· 0。〇、二乙二醇二乙醚（bP 188.4。〇、二乙二醇單異丙基醚（bp 207. 3°C)、丙二醇單 丁基醚（bp 170.2°C)、丙二醇二乙酸酯（bp 190.0°C)、二 丙二醇單甲基醚（bp 187. 2°C )、二丙二醇單乙基醚（bp • 197. 8°C)、二丙二醇單丙基醚（bp 212.0°C)、二丙二醇二 曱醚（bp 175°C)、三丙二醇單曱醚（bp 206.3°C)、3-乙氧 基丙酸乙酯（bp 169. 7°C)、3-曱氧基丁基乙酸酯（bp 172. 5 °C)、3-曱氧基-3-曱基丁基乙酸酯（bp 188°C)、r -丁内酯 (bp 204°C)、N，N-二曱基乙醯胺（bp 166. 1°C)、N-甲基吡 咯烷酮（bp 202°C)、對-氯曱苯（bp 162. 0。〇、鄰-二乙基 苯（bp 183· 4°C)、間-二乙基苯（bp 181. TC)、對-二乙基 參苯（bp 183.3°C)、鄰-二氯苯（bp 180.5。〇、間-二氯苯（bp 173. 0°C )、正丁基苯（bp 183.3°C )、第二丁基苯（bp 178.3 °C)、第三丁基苯（bp 169. rc)、環己醇（bp 161. rc)、乙 酸環己基酯（bp 173。〇)、甲基環己醇（bp 174°C)等，沸點 160°C以上之溶劑之用量，以溶劑總量為基準，佔5至5〇 重量％為佳。 又，式（1)所表示化合物對於有機溶劑之可溶性乃指對 於例如選擇自異丙醇、曱基乙基酮、乙酸乙酯、甲苯中至 少一種之有機溶劑而言，在25°C，溶解度為5重量％以上 324024 59 201247603 之情形。 有機=劑之用量’以樹脂組成物之固形物濃度成為^ 至50重量故用量為佳。藉由使樹脂組成物之固形物濃度 保持在上述，圍，可提供厚度更均勻、平滑性高之膜或ς 、囷案換。之，固形物濃度在50重量％以下時，塗布樹 月旨組成物之際之調平性，或所得膜或微細圖案、透明性均 可得優異性狀。固形物濃度在5重量％以上時，就可得十分 厚度之膜及圖案。 旨組成物做為觸控板層間絕緣用塗布劑或濾色器用 感光性組成物時’在玻璃基板等透明基板上容易塗布成為 乾燥膜厚〇·2至10_做為目的，可使用有機溶劑。 樹脂組成物中之較佳之有機溶量含量，隨樹脂組成物 之用途而不同，例如做為觸控板層間絕緣用塗布劑時，對 於固形物總量100重量份計，使用200至4〇〇〇重量份為佳。 又，做為濾色器用感光性組成物時，對於顏料100重 Φ 量份計’使用1〇0至10000重量份，較佳為使用500至5000 重量份。 提供感光性耐焊接油墨用途時，在保存步驟、塗布步 驟等完成基材塗布之前，處理上以溶劑不會揮散為宜，所 以樹脂合成時所使用溶劑，或油墨製造時之稀釋溶劑以使 用上述咼沸點溶劑為佳。其中，尤以採用乙酸卡比醇酯、 乙酸曱氧基丙基酯、環己嗣、二異丁基酮等為最佳。又做 為液狀耐焊接油墨用途時，考慮其保存安定性或操作方便 性，事先將硬化劑分開保存，塗布前視需要混合硬化劑使 324024 60 201247603 用之雙液型亦可行。本發明中，視需要也分別保存，而可 採用2液型。 另一方面，做為乾燥薄膜型感光性耐焊接用途時，首 先，在分離型薄膜等分離性良好之薄膜基材，塗布以溶劑 溶解之感光性組成物後，經乾燥除去溶劑而製成乾燥薄膜 型耐層。此時，所使用之溶劑不同於前述感光性耐焊接油 墨，必須在短時間完全去除溶劑，所以採用低沸點溶劑為 佳。可使用例如曱基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、乙酸乙酯、 • 乙酸丁酯、四氫呋喃、甲苯、異丙醇等為最佳。 有機溶劑之用量，對於感光性耐焊接油墨中之固形物 總量為100重量份計，使用100至1000重量份為佳。 &lt;光聚合引發劑（c)&gt; 樹脂組成物之實施形態之一中，可含有光聚合引發劑 (C)。光聚合引發劑（C)乃藉由照光而生成自由基、陽離子、 陰離子、並引發光聚合性官能基之聚合用之化合物。 Φ 光聚合引發劑（C)中生成自由基如下。例如4-苯氧基 二氯苯乙酮、4-第三丁基-二氣苯乙酮、二乙氧基苯乙酮、 對-二甲胺基苯乙酮、1-(4-異丙基苯基）-2-羥基-2-曱基丙 烷-1-酮、1-羥基環己基苯基酮、2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基） 苯基]_2_N_嗎淋基丙炫-1-嗣、2_苯曱基二曱胺基_1_ (4-N-嗎啉基苯基）-丁烷-1-酮、2-(二曱胺基）-2-[(4-曱基 苯基）曱基]_1_[ 4-(4-嗎琳基.）苯基]-1-丁嗣.等苯乙嗣系化 合物，苯偶因、笨偶因曱醚、笨偶因乙醚、苯偶因異丙醚、 苯甲基二曱基縮酮等笨偶因系化合物，二苯甲酮、苯曱醯 324024 61 201247603 基苯甲酸、苯曱醯基苯甲酸甲酯、4-苯基二苯甲酮、羥基 二苯甲酮、丙烯化二苯甲酮、4-苯甲醯基_4’一甲基二苯基 硫、3, 3，4, 4 _四（第二丁基過氧化幾基）二苯甲酮等二苯 甲酮系化合物，噻噸酮、2-氣噻噸酮、2-甲基噻噸_、異 丙基噻噸酮、2, 4-二異丙基噻噸酮、2, 4-二乙基噻噸酮等 噻噸酮系化合物，2, 4, 6-三氣-s-三哄、2-苯基-4, 6-雙（三 氯甲基）-s-三畊、2-(對-甲氧基苯基）-4,6-雙（三氣甲 基三畊、2_(對-曱苯基）-4, 6-雙（三氯甲基）-s-三畊、 ® 2_(對-曱苯基）-4,6-雙（三氣曱基）-s-三哄、2-向曰葵基 -4, 6-雙（三氯曱基）-s-三畊、2, 4-雙（三氣曱基）-6-苯乙稀 基-s-三畊、2-(萘-1-基）-4,6-雙（三氣甲基）-s-三畊、 2一（4~甲氧基-萘-1-基）-4,6-雙（三氯甲基）-s_三哄、2,4-三氯甲基-(向曰葵基）-6-三畊、2, 4-三氯甲基（4，-甲氧基 苯乙烯基）-6-三卩井等三啡系化合物，1，2-辛烷二酮、 1_[4-(苯硫基）苯基-、2-(〇-苯甲醯將）]、〇_(乙醯 • 基）苯基-2-酮基-2-(4，_曱氧基_萘基）亞乙基）羥 胺’日本專利公報特願2010-054456號所記載之苯基上具 有吸電子性取代基之N-苯基咔唑構造之肟酯等肟酯系化合 物’雙（2, 4, 6-三甲基苯甲醯基）苯基膦基氧化物等膦系化 合物，2, 2’ -雙（鄰-氣苯基）-4, 5, 4,，5,-四苯基-1，2,-聯咪 唾、2, 2,-雙（鄰-甲氧基苯基）_4, 4’，5, 5,-四苯基聯咪唑、 2, 2’ -雙（鄰-氣苯基）-4, 4’，5, 5,-四（對-甲苯基）聯咪唑等 咪唾系化合物，9, 10-菲醌、樟腦醌、乙基蒽醌等醌系化合 物’硼酸鹽系化合物’咔唑系化合物，二茂鈦系化合物等。 324024 62 201247603 光聚合引發劑（c)中生成陽離子者，例如鏽鹽系化合 物。該鑌鹽糸化合物之例如硫鏽鹽系、碘鑌鹽系、磷鏽鹽 系、重氮鏽鹽系、吡啶鏽鹽系、苯並噻唑鏽鹽系、亞砜鑌 鹽系、一茂鐵系之化合物等，唯其構造並無特別限制，可 具有二陽離子等之多價陽離子構造，相對陰離子可適當選 擇周知者使用。 鏽鹽以外之酸發生劑之例如硝基笨曱基磺酸鹽類、烷 基或芳基-N-磺醯氧基醯亞胺類、函化烷基磺酸酯類、丨，2_ ^ 二磺酸類、肟磺酸鹽類、苯偶因對曱苯磺酸鹽類、磺 酸類、/5-磺醯基磺酸類、雙（烷基磺醯基）重氮甲烷類、亞 胺基續酸鹽類、醯亞胺續酸鹽類、三鹵甲基三哄類等具有 三鹵烷基之化合物等，唯不侷限於上述範圍。 具體例如四丁銨四氟蝴酸鹽、四丁銨六氟磷酸鹽、四 丁銨硫酸氫鹽、四乙銨四氟硼酸鹽、四乙銨、對_甲笨磺酸 鹽、N，N-二甲基-N-苯甲基苯胺鑌六氟化銻、N，N_二曱基_N_ φ 苯曱基苯胺鑌四氟化硼、N，N-二曱基-N-苯曱基吡啶鑌六氣 化銻、N，N-二乙基-N-苯曱基三氟甲磺酸、N，N_二甲基一. (4-甲氧基苯曱基）吡啶鏽六氟化銻、n，N-二乙基-N-(4-甲 氧基本曱基）曱本胺錄六氣化録、乙基三苯基鱗鏽六I化 銻、四丁基磷鑌六氟化銻、三笨基磺酸鏘四氟化硼、三苯 基橫酸鐵六氟化銻、三苯基確酸鑌六氟化神、三（4_甲氧基 苯基）磺酸鑌六氟化砷、二苯基（4-苯基硫基苯基）磺酸鏽六 氟化砷、Adeka OPTOMER-SP-150(ADEKA公司製品，配對離 子：PF6)、Adeka OPTOMER-SP-170(ADEKA 公司製品，配對 324024 63 201247603 離子：SbF6)、Adeka OPTOMER-CP-66(ADEKA 公司製品，配 對離子：SbF6)、Adeka 0PT0MER-CP-77CADEKA 公司製品， 配對離子：SbF6)、San-AID SI-60LC三新化學工業公司製 品，配對離子：SbF6)、San-AID SI-80L(三新化學工業公 司製品，配對離子：SbF6)、San-AIDSI- 100L(三新化學工 業公司製品，配對離子：SbF6)、San-AID SI-150LC三新化 學工業公司製品，配對離子：SbF6)、CYRACURE UVI-6974 (Union Carbide 公司製品，配對離子：SbF6)、CYRACURE 籲 UVI-6990(Union Carbide 公司製品，配對離子：PF6)、 UVI-508(General Electric 公司製品）、UVI-509(General Electric 公司製品）、FC-508(Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing 公司製品）、FC-509(Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing 公司製品）、CD--1010(Sartomer 公司製 品）、CD-1011(Sartomer公司製品）及CI系列（日本曹達公 司製品’配對離子：PF6、SbF6)、二苯基碘鑌六氟化砷、 φ 二氣苯基碘鑌六氟化砷、二-4-溴苯基碘鏽六氟化砷、 苯基（4-曱氧基苯基）碘鏽六氟化砷、General Electric公 勹製 口〇 之 UVE 系列 Minnesata Mining and Manufacturing 公司製品之FC系列、東芝sincone公司製品之uv_931〇c (配對離子.SbF6)、及R〇dia公司製品之光引發劑2〇74(配 對離子：㈣5MB)等可為鮮，料侷限於上述例舉範圍。 光聚合引發劑（C)巾生成陰離子者例如鄰，基苯偶因 胺基甲酸醋、苯偶因胺基甲酸醋n二甲基苯曱氧基 胺基曱酿胺、鄰-酿氧基肪、曱酿苯胺衍生物、α_苯乙嗣 324024 64 201247603 銨等。 k些生成自由基、陽離子、陰離子之光聚合引發劑 可分別單獨使用或併用。又，使用i種或視需要將2種以 上以任一比率混合亦可行。光聚合引發劑（(：）之使用量，在 樹脂組成物中之固形物100重量份中以〇 . Μ至6〇重量 份為宜，其中以0· 01至10重量份為較佳，尤以0.03至7 重量份為更佳。當使用量在0.01重量以上時，可得良好之 光硬化反應性，而60重量份以下時，引發劑不致於變黃， •可得良好之透明性。 又，將樹脂組成物做為例如觸控板層間絕緣膜用塗布 劑使用時，必須兼有硬度及緊貼性，所以併用自由基聚合 性光聚合引發劑及陽離子聚合性光聚合引發劑為較佳。 自由基聚合性之引發劑已例舉如前述，唯觸控板層間 絕緣膜用塗布劑用途之際，因為苯乙酮系光聚合引發劑、 肟酯系光聚合引發劑之感應度高，可減少添加量，透過率 φ 高’所以最好採用。 又，苯乙酿1系光聚合引發劑、肟酯系光聚合引發劑中， 卜羥基環己苯基酮、2 一甲基4-(4-曱基硫基笨基）_2_N_嗎 啉基丙烷-1-酮、丨，2_辛二酮苯硫基）_、2_(鄰一苯 曱醯肟）]，特別是2-曱基-ΐ-(4-曱基硫基苯基）_2_Ν_嗎啉 基丙烷-1-酮、1，2_辛二酮(苯硫基）_、2一（鄰—苯曱 醯肟）]，由於加熱步驟時不會變黃，做為絕緣膜之透過率 冋可提供在波長400nra附近呈現高透過率之感光性樹脂 組成物，而甚為理想。 324024 65 201247603 樹脂組成物提供觸控板層間絕緣膜用塗布劑使用時， 光聚合引發劑（c)之使用量，以樹脂組成物之固形物總量 100重量份計，使用1至30重量份為佳，就透過率之觀點 而言，以使用1至10重量份為較佳。 做為濾色器用感光性組成物用途時，就反應性之觀點 而言，使用自由基聚合性光聚合引發劑為佳。光聚合引發 劑（C)之使用量，對於濾色器用感光性組成物中之顏料100 重量份計，使用1至200重量份為佳，尤以使用1至150 •重量份為更佳。 做為感光性财焊接油墨用途時，就反應性之觀點而 言，以使用自由基聚合性光聚合引發劑為佳。光聚合引發 劑（C)之使用量，對於感光性耐焊接油墨中之固形物100重 量份計，添加1至20重量份範圍為佳。 &lt;敏化劑&gt; 樹脂組成物中可含有敏化劑。敏化劑之例如查爾酮衍 ^ 生物或二苄叉丙酮等所代表之不飽和酮類，二苯基乙二酮 或樟腦基醌等所代表之1，2-二酮衍生物、苯偶因衍生物、 芴衍生物、萘酿衍生物、蒽酿衍生物、氧雜蒽衍生物、嚷 °镇衍生物、β頓酮衍生物、售頓酮衍生物、香豆素衍生物、 酮香豆素衍生物、菁衍生物、份菁（merocyanine)衍生物、 氧雜菁衍生物等聚曱炔色素、吖啶衍生物、啡衍生物、噻 哄衍生物、曙哄衍生物、吲哚滿衍生物、奠衍生物、奠鏽 衍生物、方酸菁衍生物、卟琳衍生物、四苯基卟淋衍生物、 三芳基曱院衍生物、四苯並卟琳衍生物、四D比哄並紫菜哄 324024 66 201247603 衍生物、酞菁衍生物、四氮雜紫菜畊衍生物、四喹噚啉並 紫菜哄衍生物、萘菁衍生物、次酞菁衍生物、吡喃鑌衍生 物、噻吡喃鑌衍生物、四葉夢芙靈衍生物、輪烯衍生物、 螺吡喃衍生物、螺噚畊衍生物、嘍嫘吡喃衍生物、金屬芳 烴配位化合物、有機釕配位化合物、米希拉嗣衍生物等。 更具體而言，例如大河原信等人編「色素手冊」（1986 年，講談社出版），大河原信等人編「機能性色素之化學」 (1981年，C.M.C·出版），池森忠三朗等人編「特殊機能材 ,春料」（1986年’ C.M.C.出版）等文獻所記載之敏化劑可供使 用，唯不侷限於其範圍内。另外，對於紫外光到近紅外光 之範圍之光呈顯吸收之敏化劑也可含在樹脂組成物中。敏 化劑可以任一比率含有2種以上之敏化劑。 敏化劑之使用里，對於感光性組成物中之光聚合引發 劑（CM00重量份計，使用〇· i至150重量份為佳，^ ^ 100重量份為較佳。 樹脂組成物做為例如觸控板層間絕_用塗_⑽ 時，敏化劑之使用量，對於光聚合引發雜）丨 使用0. 1至150重量份為佳。 I s W i 當作遽色器用感光性組成物使用時 記載於下《合料體〇))項+。 ϋ之使用里 做為感光性耐焊接油墨用 做為敏化劑。其使用量對 5、加周知之有機胺 計，使用丨謂崎重量份 &lt;光聚合性單體（D)&gt; 201247603 樹脂組成物之另一實施形態乃係可含有光聚合性單體 (D)。光聚合性單體係含有光聚合性官能基之化合物，其構 造可含有羧基，也可不含有羧基。 光聚合性單體（D)中，不含有叛基，而能自由基聚合者 例如（曱基）丙烯酸曱酯、（曱基）丙烯酸乙酯、（甲基）丙烯 酸乙酯、（曱基）丙烯酸2-羥乙g旨、（甲基）丙烯酸2-羥丙 酯、（曱基）丙烯酸環己酯、（曱基）丙烯酸冷-羧乙酯、（甲 基）丙烯酸三環癸酯、（曱基）丙烯酸聚乙二醇酯、（曱基） 春丙烯酸1，6-己二醇酯、二（曱基）丙烯酸三乙二醇酯、二（甲 基）丙烯酸三丙二醇酯、（曱基）丙烯酸三羥甲基丙酯、三（甲 基）丙烯酸季戊四醇酯、四（甲基）丙烯酸季戊四醇酯'五（甲 基）丙烯酸二季戊四醇酯、六（曱基）丙烯酸二季戊四醇酯、 八（甲基）丙烯酸三季戊四醇酯等丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯 類， 1，6_己一醇二$哀氧丙基鍵二（甲基）丙稀酸g旨、雙盼a • 二環氧丙基謎二（甲基）丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二環氧丙基縫 一（甲基）丙稀酸醋等環氧基（曱基）丙稀酸g旨類， 聚酉旨（甲基）丙烯酸g旨類、脲炫（曱基）丙稀酸g旨類、經 甲基化蜜胺之（甲基）丙稀酸酷類、 具有羥基、羧基、胺基、異氰酸酯基、醛基、環氧基 反應性取代基之聚合物，以具有異氰酸酯基、醛基、環氧 基、羥基、羧基、胺基等反應性取代基之（甲基）丙烯基化 合物或肉桂酸反應而成之聚合物類。 羥乙基乙烯基醚、乙二醇二乙烯基醚、季戊四醇三乙 324024 68 201247603 烯基醚等乙烯基醚類， (曱基)丙烯酸、笨乙烯、乙酸乙烯酯， :甲基)丙烯醯：、N，甲基(甲基)丙烯酿胺、N_乙烯 基曱醯胺、丙烯腈等。 光聚合性單體（D)中，不人亡私甘 例如下述： 不s有絲而能陽離子聚合者， 丙美化合物’例如雙紛A型環氧樹脂、環氧 ㈣清漆型環氧樹脂、雙Μ型環氧 :二S型環氧樹脂、甲苯崎型環氧樹脂、環氧 讀脂、萘型環氧樹脂、脂肪族環氧樹脂、脂 衣式％氧樹脂、雜環狀型環氧樹脂、多官能性環氧樹脂、 聯苯型環氧樹脂、環氧丙基醋型環氧樹脂、氯化雙齡a型 環氧樹脂⑽型環㈣㈣化環氧樹脂㈣化環氧樹脂、 膠改質環氧樹脂、脲烧改質環氧樹脂、環氧化聚丁二婦、 環氧化苯乙烯-丁二烯_苯乙烯嵌段共聚物、含有環氧基聚 酯樹脂、含有環氧基聚脲烷樹脂、含有環氧基丙烯樹 EHPE-3150(Daicel化學工業公司製品’脂環式環氣樹脂 化點71°C)等。 曰軟 這些環氧樹脂在常溫可以是液體或固體。另外，含有 環氧基之寡聚物也適用。例如雙酚A型環氧寡聚物（例如油 化 Shellepoxy 公司製品，Epikotel0(H、1002 等）。加之， 上述含有環氧基之單體或寡聚物之加成聚合物也可以利 用，例如環氧丙基化聚酯、環氧丙基化聚脲烷、環氧丙美 化丙烯等。 土 324024 69 201247603 具有脂環式環氧基之化合物之例如1，2 : 8, 9-二環氧 基檸檬烯、4-乙烯基環己烯單環氧化物、乙烯基環己烯二 氧化物、曱基化乙烯基環己烯二氧化物、（3, 4-環氧基環己 基）甲基-3, 4-環氧基環己基羧酸酯、雙-(3, 4-環氧基環己 基）己二酸酯、降萡烯單環氧化物、金剛烷單環氧化物、檸 檬烯單環氧化物、2-(3, 4-環氧基環己基-5, 5-螺-3, 4-環氧 基）環己酮-間-二噚烷、雙-(3, 4-環氧基環己亞甲基）己二 酸酯、雙-(2, 3-環氧基環戊基）醚、（2, 3-環氧基-6-曱基環 ® 己基曱基）己二酸酯、二環戊二烯二氧化物、2-(3,4-環氧 基環己基-5, 5-螺-3, 4-環氧基）環己烷-間-二噚烷、2, 2-雙[4-(2,3-環氧基丙氧基）環己基]六氟丙炫等。 脂肪族環氧樹脂之具體例如1，4_ 丁二醇二環氧丙基 醚、1，6-己二醇二環氧丙基醚、乙二醇二環氧丙基醚、乙 二醇單環氧丙基醚、丙二醇二環氧丙基醚、丙二醇單環氧 丙基醚、聚乙二醇二環氧丙基醚、丙二醇二環氧丙基醚、 φ 新戊二醇二環氧丙基醚、新戊二醇單環氧丙基醚、甘油二 環氧丙基醚、甘油三環氧丙基醚、三羥甲基丙烷二環氧丙 基醚、三羥甲基丙烷單環氧丙基醚、三羥曱基丙烷三環氧 丙基醚、二甘油三環氧丙基醚、山梨糖醇四環氧丙基醚、 烯丙基環氧丙基醚、2-乙基己基環氧丙基醚等。 具有氧雜環丁烷基之化合物之例如苯氧基甲基氧雜環 丁烷、3, 3-雙（甲氧基曱基）氧雜環丁烷、3, 3-雙（苯氧基甲 基）氧雜環丁烷、3-乙基-3-(苯氧基曱基）氧雜環丁烷、3-乙基-3-(2-乙基己氧基曱基）氧雜環丁烷、3-乙基-3-{[3- 324024 70 201247603 (乙氧基矽矽基）丙氧基]甲基丨氧雜環丁烷、二 氧雜環丁烷基)]曱醚、氧雜環丁烷矽倍二：：乙基(3-氧雜環丁烧、1，4-雙{[(3-乙基|氧 w_路清漆 甲基}苯等。 氧雜％ 丁烷基)甲氧基] 具有乙烯醚基之化合物之例如羥 二乙烯趟、季戊四醇三乙咖等 土 ’㈣、乙二醇 基、乙稀亞胺基-經基之化合物等::包:如具有表摘 光聚合性單體（D)中，不且右 匕之 者’例如具有上述環氧基之化合物等^可彳T陰離子聚合 又，光聚合性單體（D)中，且右## 酸、丙稀酸二聚物、2-(甲基)丙_有=例(甲基)丙婦 基）丙稀醯氧基丙基駄酸H(甲其基乙紐酸醋、2一（甲 賦酸輯、2-(甲基）㈣酿氧基丙/叫酿氧基乙基六氫 改質琥誠(曱基)丙烯醆‘二:、氣酞酸醋、環氧乙烷 醋、ω-赫聚己_(甲基)·基乙基(甲基)丙稀酸 基）内婦酸⑽甲基）曱基丙稀酸日等巴豆酸、α-(經甲 這些光聚合性單體（D)可單獨或 樹脂組成物使用在需要硬度和六— 此合使用。 例如觸控板層間絕緣膜用塗布：：者性兼具之用途時’ 合性光聚合性單體及陽離子聚合3 ’以併用自由基聚 光聚合性單體（D)，一般藉由势聚合性單體為較佳。 [必要時添加以光聚合引發劑…”二、/外光或電子線之照光 可[必要時添加以熱聚合弓丨發明中尚 324024 自由基聚合性之光聚合性單體二.例硬如=可但是樹 71 201247603 脂組成物使用在需求高鉛筆硬度，耐溶劑性之用途時，例 如做為觸控板層間絕緣膜用塗布劑用途時，以利用1分子 中含有7個以上之自由基聚合性之光聚合性官能基之單體 為較佳。又，從保持透過率，鉛筆硬度和緊貼性之均衡等 觀點而言，以含有7至14個光聚合性官能基之光聚合性單 體為佳，尤以含有8至10個光聚合性官能基之光聚合性單 體為更佳。 具有7個以上之聚合性不飽和結合之單體之例如三季 • 戊四醇七（甲基）丙晞酸醋、三季戊四醇八（曱基）丙稀酸 酯，以及下式（12)所表示化合物群中至少選擇1種以上為 佳。I 201247603 Butanediol (bp 203. 〇, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol (bp 213. 〇, diisobutyl ketone (bp 168. 1 ° C), ethylene glycol monobutyl ether (bp Π 1 2 ° C ), ethylene glycol monohexyl ether (bp 208 · ΓΟ, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether ethyl ester (bp 191.5 ° C), ethylene glycol dibutyl ether (bp 203. 3 ° C) Diethylene glycol monoterpene ether (bp 194. 0. (:), diethylene glycol monoethyl ether (bp 202. 0. hydrazine, diethylene glycol diethyl ether (bP 188.4. bismuth, diethylene glycol monoiso) Propyl ether (bp 207. 3 ° C), propylene glycol monobutyl ether (bp 170.2 ° C), propylene glycol diacetate (bp 190.0 ° C), dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether (bp 187. 2 ° C) , dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether (bp • 198.7 ° C), dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether (bp 212.0 ° C), dipropylene glycol dioxime ether (bp 175 ° C), tripropylene glycol monoterpene ether (bp 206.3 °C), 3-ethoxypropionic acid ethyl ester (bp 169. 7 ° C), 3-decyloxybutyl acetate (bp 172. 5 ° C), 3-decyloxy-3-hydrazine Butyl acetate (bp 188 ° C), r - butyrolactone (bp 204 ° C), N, N-dimercaptoacetamide (bp 166. 1 ° C), N-methylpyrrolidone ( Bp 202 ° C), p-chloro Benzene (bp 162. 0. 〇, o-diethylbenzene (bp 183. 4 ° C), m-diethylbenzene (bp 181. TC), p-diethyl benzene (bp 183.3 ° C) , o-dichlorobenzene (bp 180.5. hydrazine, m-dichlorobenzene (bp 173. 0 ° C), n-butylbenzene (bp 183.3 ° C), second butyl benzene (bp 178.3 ° C), Tributylbenzene (bp 169. rc), cyclohexanol (bp 161. rc), cyclohexyl acetate (bp 173. 〇), methylcyclohexanol (bp 174 ° C), etc., boiling point above 160 ° C The solvent is preferably used in an amount of 5 to 5 % by weight based on the total amount of the solvent. Further, the solubility of the compound represented by the formula (1) for an organic solvent means, for example, selection from isopropanol or mercaptoethyl. The organic solvent of at least one of ketone, ethyl acetate and toluene has a solubility of 5 wt% or more 324024 59 201247603 at 25 ° C. The amount of the organic agent is 'the solid content of the resin composition becomes ^ to 50 parts by weight is preferable. By keeping the solid content concentration of the resin composition at the above, it is possible to provide a film having a more uniform thickness and high smoothness, or a crucible or a crucible. When the amount is 0% by weight or less, the leveling property at the time of coating the composition of the tree, or the obtained film, the fine pattern, and the transparency can be excellent. When the solid content concentration is 5% by weight or more, a film and a pattern having a very large thickness can be obtained. When the composition is used as a coating agent for interlayer insulation of a touch panel or a photosensitive composition for a color filter, it is easy to apply a dry film thickness of 2 to 10 on a transparent substrate such as a glass substrate, and an organic solvent can be used. . The content of the preferred organic solvent in the resin composition varies depending on the use of the resin composition. For example, when used as a coating agent for interlayer insulation of a touch panel, 200 to 4 Å is used for 100 parts by weight of the total solid matter. 〇 The weight is preferred. Further, when it is used as a photosensitive composition for a color filter, it is preferably used in an amount of from 1 to 0 to 10,000 parts by weight, preferably from 500 to 5,000 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the pigment. When the photosensitive solder-resistant ink is used, it is preferred that the solvent is not volatilized in the treatment before the substrate coating is carried out in the storage step, the coating step, etc., so that the solvent used in the synthesis of the resin or the diluent solvent in the ink production is used. The boiling point solvent is preferred. Among them, in particular, acetic acid carbitol ester, methoxy propyl acetate, cyclohexanyl, diisobutyl ketone or the like is preferably used. When it is used as a liquid solder-resistant ink, considering the preservation stability or ease of operation, the hardener is separately stored in advance, and the hardener is required to be mixed before application. The two-liquid type used in 324024 60 201247603 is also acceptable. In the present invention, it is separately stored as needed, and a two-liquid type can be used. On the other hand, in the case of a dry film type photosensitive soldering resistance, first, a photosensitive substrate having a good separation property such as a separation type film is coated with a photosensitive composition which is dissolved in a solvent, and then dried to remove the solvent to be dried. Film type resistant layer. At this time, the solvent to be used is different from the above-mentioned photosensitive solder-resistant ink, and it is necessary to completely remove the solvent in a short time, so that a solvent having a low boiling point is preferred. For example, mercaptoethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, tetrahydrofuran, toluene, isopropanol or the like can be used. The amount of the organic solvent to be used is preferably 100 to 1000 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the total solid matter in the photosensitive solder resist ink. &lt;Photopolymerization Initiator (c)&gt; One of the embodiments of the resin composition may contain a photopolymerization initiator (C). The photopolymerization initiator (C) is a compound for generating a radical, a cation, an anion, and a polymerization of a photopolymerizable functional group by irradiation. The radical generated in the Φ photopolymerization initiator (C) is as follows. For example, 4-phenoxydichloroacetophenone, 4-tert-butyl-diacetophenone, diethoxyacetophenone, p-dimethylaminoacetophenone, 1-(4-isopropyl Phenyl)-2-hydroxy-2-mercaptopropan-1-one, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]_2_N_ Propionyl-1-pyrene, 2-phenylhydrazinyldiamine-1_(4-N-morpholinylphenyl)-butan-1-one, 2-(diguanidino)-2-[ (4-nonylphenyl)fluorenyl]_1_[ 4-(4-morphinyl.)phenyl]-1-butane. Other phenethyl phthalate compounds, benzoin, stupid oxime ether, stupid Occasionally, such as diethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzyl didecyl ketal, benzophenone, benzophenone 324024 61 201247603 benzoic acid, methyl benzoyl benzoate, 4-phenylbenzophenone, hydroxybenzophenone, propylene benzophenone, 4-benzylidene- 4'-methyldiphenylsulfide, 3, 3,4, 4 _tetra (first a benzophenone compound such as dibutyl peroxy) benzophenone, thioxanthone, 2-oxythioxanthone, 2-methylthioxanthene, isopropylthioxanthone, 2, 4- Thiol such as diisopropyl thioxanthone or 2, 4-diethyl thioxanthone Ketone compounds, 2, 4, 6-tris-s-triterpene, 2-phenyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trin, 2-(p-methoxyphenyl) )-4,6-bis (three gas methyl three tillage, 2_(p-phenylene)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-three tillage, ® 2_(p-phenylene) -4,6-double (tri-gas sulfhydryl)-s-triterpenoid, 2-to-anthracene-4,6-bis(trichloroindenyl)-s-three tillage, 2, 4-double (three gas曱-)-6-styrene-s-three-plowing, 2-(naphthalen-1-yl)-4,6-bis(trimethylmethyl)-s-three tillage, 2 one (4~methoxy -naphthalen-1-yl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2,4-trichloromethyl-(to geranium)-6-three tillage, 2, 4 - a trimorphine compound such as trichloromethyl (4,-methoxystyryl)-6-triterpenoid, 1,2-octanedione, 1_[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-, 2-(〇-benzothymidine)], 〇_(ethinyl)phenyl-2-keto-2-(4,-methoxy-naphthyl)ethylidene) Hydroxylamine 'Japanese Patent Gazette An oxime ester compound such as an oxime ester having an electron-withdrawing substituent of the N-phenylcarbazole structure described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2010-054456, which is a bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzylidene group) Phenylphosphine oxide Phosphine-based compound, 2, 2'-bis(o-p-phenyl)-4, 5, 4,5,-tetraphenyl-1,2,-bipyrene, 2, 2,-bis (o- Methoxyphenyl)_4, 4',5,5,-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2'-bis(o-phenylphenyl)-4,4',5,5,-tetra(p- A tolyl compound such as tolyl)biimidazole, an anthraquinone compound such as 9,10 phenanthrenequinone, camphorquinone or ethylhydrazine, a borate compound oxazole compound, a titanocene compound or the like. 324024 62 201247603 A person who generates a cation in the photopolymerization initiator (c), for example, a rust salt compound. Examples of the guanidine salt compound, such as a sulphur salt system, an iodonium salt system, a phosphorus rust salt system, a diazonium salt system, a pyridine rust salt system, a benzothiazole rust salt system, a sulfoxide salt system, and a ferrocene system The compound or the like is not particularly limited in its structure, and may have a polyvalent cation structure such as a dication or the like, and may be appropriately selected from known anions. An acid generator other than a rust salt such as a nitro alum sulfonate, an alkyl group or an aryl-N-sulfonyl sulfoximine, a functional alkyl sulfonate, an anthracene, 2_^ Sulfonic acid, sulfonium sulfonate, benzoin-p-toluenesulfonate, sulfonic acid,/5-sulfonylsulfonic acid, bis(alkylsulfonyl)diazomethane, imido acid The compound having a trihaloalkyl group such as a salt, a quinone hydrazine hydrochloride or a trihalomethyltriterpenoid is not limited to the above range. Specifically, for example, tetrabutylammonium tetrafluorofolate, tetrabutylammonium hexafluorophosphate, tetrabutylammonium hydrogen sulfate, tetraethylammonium tetrafluoroborate, tetraethylammonium, p-formylsulfonate, N,N- Dimethyl-N-benzylaniline bismuth hexafluoride, N,N-didecyl _N_ φ phenylnonylaniline 镔 boron tetrafluoride, N,N-dimercapto-N-phenylmercaptopyridine镔6 gasification hydrazine, N,N-diethyl-N-phenylmercaptotrifluoromethanesulfonic acid, N,N-dimethyl-(4-methoxyphenylhydrazino)pyridine rust hexafluoride , n,N-Diethyl-N-(4-methoxybenzhydryl) decylamine recorded in six gasification records, ethyl triphenyl scaly hexafluoride, tetrabutylphosphonium hexafluoride , triphenylsulfonium sulfonium tetrafluoride, triphenylphosphoric acid iron hexafluoride, triphenyl acid bismuth hexafluoride, tris(4-methoxyphenyl)sulfonate hexafluoride Arsenic, diphenyl(4-phenylthiophenyl)sulfonic acid rust arsenic hexafluoride, Adeka OPTOMER-SP-150 (product of ADEKA, paired ion: PF6), Adeka OPTOMER-SP-170 (product of ADEKA) , pairing 324024 63 201247603 Ion: SbF6), Adeka OPTOMER-CP-66 (product of ADEKA, paired ion: SbF6), Adeka 0PT0MER-C P-77CADEKA company products, paired ions: SbF6), San-AID SI-60LC Sanxin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., paired ions: SbF6), San-AID SI-80L (Sanxin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., paired ion: SbF6) , San-AIDSI-100L (Sanxin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., paired ion: SbF6), San-AID SI-150LC Sanxin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., paired ion: SbF6), CYRACURE UVI-6974 (Union Carbide products, matching Ion: SbF6), CYRACURE, UVI-6990 (product of Union Carbide, paired ion: PF6), UVI-508 (product of General Electric), UVI-509 (product of General Electric), FC-508 (Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing) Company products), FC-509 (products of Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing), CD--1010 (products of Sartomer), CD-1011 (products of Sartomer) and CI series (products of Japan's Soda Corporation 'matching ions: PF6, SbF6) , diphenyl iodonium arsenide hexafluoride, φ diphenyl phenyl iodonium hexafluoride hexafluoride, di-4-bromophenyl iodine arsenic hexafluoride, phenyl (4-decyloxyphenyl) iodine rust Arsenic hexafluoride, General Electric The FC series of the UVE series of Minnesata Mining and Manufacturing, the uv_931〇c (paired ion.SbF6) of Toshiba sincone, and the photoinitiator of R〇dia products 2〇74 (pairing ion: (4) 5MB), etc. may be fresh, and are limited to the above-mentioned examples. Photopolymerization initiator (C) towel to form an anion such as o-, phenylene methionine formic acid vinegar, benzoin amino carboxylic acid n-dimethylphenyl hydrazide amine amine, ortho-oxygen , brewing aniline derivatives, α_phenethyl 324024 64 201247603 ammonium and the like. Some photopolymerization initiators which generate radicals, cations and anions may be used singly or in combination. Further, it is also possible to use one type or two or more types in any ratio as needed. The amount of the photopolymerization initiator ((:) used is preferably 〇. Μ to 6 〇 by weight in 100 parts by weight of the solid content in the resin composition, and particularly preferably from 0.01 to 10 parts by weight, particularly preferably More preferably, it is 0.03 to 7 parts by weight. When the amount is more than 0.01 part by weight, good photohardening reactivity is obtained, and when it is 60 parts by weight or less, the initiator does not yellow, and good transparency is obtained. In addition, when the resin composition is used as a coating agent for a touch panel interlayer insulating film, it is necessary to have both hardness and adhesion. Therefore, a radical polymerizable photopolymerization initiator and a cationic polymerizable photopolymerization initiator are used in combination. The radical polymerization initiator is exemplified as described above, and the acetophenone-based photopolymerization initiator and the oxime-based photopolymerization initiator are highly sensitive at the time of use of the coating agent for the touch panel interlayer insulating film. It is possible to reduce the amount of addition and the transmittance φ is high, so it is best to use it. In addition, in the styrene-based photopolymerization initiator and the oxime ester photopolymerization initiator, hydroxycyclohexyl ketone and 2-methyl 4 -(4-mercaptothiophenyl)_2_N_morpholinylpropane-1- ,丨,2_octanedione phenylthio)_, 2_(o-phenylene)], especially 2-mercapto-indenyl-(4-mercaptothiophenyl)_2_Ν_morpholinylpropane 1-ketone, 1,2-dienedione (phenylthio)-, 2-mono(o-benzoquinone)], which does not turn yellow due to the heating step, and provides transmittance as an insulating film. A photosensitive resin composition having a high transmittance near a wavelength of 400 nra is preferable. 324024 65 201247603 When the resin composition is used as a coating agent for a touch panel interlayer insulating film, the amount of the photopolymerization initiator (c) used is 1 to 30 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the total solid content of the resin composition. Preferably, from the viewpoint of transmittance, it is preferred to use 1 to 10 parts by weight. When it is used as a photosensitive composition for a color filter, a radical polymerizable photopolymerization initiator is preferably used from the viewpoint of reactivity. The amount of the photopolymerization initiator (C) to be used is preferably from 1 to 200 parts by weight, more preferably from 1 to 150 parts by weight, per 100 parts by weight of the pigment in the photosensitive composition for a color filter. When it is used as a photosensitive chemical welding ink, it is preferred to use a radical polymerizable photopolymerization initiator from the viewpoint of reactivity. The amount of the photopolymerization initiator (C) to be used is preferably in the range of 1 to 20 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the solid content in the photosensitive solder resist ink. &lt;Sensitizer&gt; The sensitizer may be contained in the resin composition. The sensitizer is, for example, an unsaturated ketone represented by chalcone derivative or dibenzylideneacetone, a 1,2-diketone derivative represented by diphenylethylenedione or camphorylguanidine, or a benzophenone. Derivatives, anthracene derivatives, naphthalene derivatives, brewing derivatives, xanthene derivatives, oxime derivatives, beta ketone derivatives, mercapto derivatives, coumarin derivatives, ketones a polydecyne dye, a pyridinium derivative, a morphine derivative, a thiazide derivative, an anthracene derivative, or an anthracene derivative such as a soybean derivative, a cyanine derivative, a melocyanine derivative, or an oxophthalocyanine derivative. Derivatives, laid-up derivatives, rust-reducing derivatives, squaraine derivatives, quinone derivatives, tetraphenylphosphonium derivatives, triaryl broth derivatives, tetrabenzopyrene derivatives, tetra-D 哄Laver 哄324024 66 201247603 Derivative, phthalocyanine derivative, tetraaza laver cultivating derivative, tetraquinoxaline and laver quinone derivative, naphthalocyanine derivative, phthalocyanine derivative, pyryl quinone derivative, thiophene Pyryl ruthenium derivative, four-leaf montelin derivative, olefin derivative, spiropyran derivative, snail Derivatives, pyridinium derivatives, metal aromatic complexes, organic ruthenium complexes, michalazine derivatives, and the like. More specifically, for example, Okawa Shinsuke and others compiled the "Pigment Handbook" (published in 1986 by Kodansha), and Dahe Yuanxin et al. edited "Chemistry of Functional Pigments" (1981, CMC·Publishing), edited by Chisen-Sang Sanlang et al. The sensitizers described in the "Special Functional Materials, Spring Materials" (1986 CMC Publishing) and other documents are available, but are not limited to them. Further, a sensitizer which absorbs light in the range of ultraviolet light to near-infrared light may be contained in the resin composition. The sensitizer may contain two or more sensitizers in any ratio. In the use of the sensitizer, the photopolymerization initiator in the photosensitive composition (preferably, CM·i to 150 parts by weight, preferably 100 parts by weight, based on CM00 parts by weight) is preferable. 1至150重量份。 Preferably, the amount of the sensitizer used for the photopolymerization is 杂 丨 丨 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 When I s W i is used as a photosensitive composition for a color stencil, it is described in the item "Materials" below. It is used as a sensitizer for photosensitive soldering inks. The amount of use is 5, and a well-known organic amine is used, and a weight ratio of the yttrium group is used. &lt;Photopolymerizable monomer (D)&gt; 201247603 Another embodiment of the resin composition may contain a photopolymerizable monomer ( D). The photopolymerizable single system contains a photopolymerizable functional group-containing compound, and the structure may or may not contain a carboxyl group. The photopolymerizable monomer (D) does not contain a rebel group, and a radical polymerizable person such as (mercapto) decyl acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, (mercapto) 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, cold-carboxyethyl (meth) acrylate, tricyclodecyl (meth) acrylate, ( Mercapto-based poly(ethylene glycol) acrylate, (fluorenyl) 1,6-hexanediol acrylate, triethylene glycol bis(meth)acrylate, tripropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, ) Trimethylolpropyl acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetrakis(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, octa Acrylates and methacrylates such as tripentaerythritol acrylate, 1,6-hexanol, sulphuroxypropyl bis(methyl) acrylate, bis, a • diepoxypropyl Mystery II (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol diepoxypropyl slit-(meth) propylene Ethyloxy (mercapto) acrylic acid, such as vinegar, is intended for the purpose of poly(methyl)acrylic acid g, urea hydantoin, and methylated melamine. a polymer having a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an amine group, an isocyanate group, an aldehyde group, or an epoxy group-reactive substituent having an isocyanate group, an aldehyde group, an epoxy group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, and an amine. A polymer obtained by reacting a (meth) propylene compound or cinnamic acid such as a reactive substituent. Hydroxyethyl vinyl ether, ethylene glycol divinyl ether, pentaerythritol triethylene 324024 68 201247603 Vinyl ethers such as alkenyl ethers, (mercapto)acrylic acid, stupid ethylene, vinyl acetate, :methyl)acrylic acid: , N, methyl (meth) acrylamide, N-vinyl decylamine, acrylonitrile, and the like. In the photopolymerizable monomer (D), the following are not allowed: for example, those which do not have a cation and can be cationically polymerized, and a propylene compound such as a double-type A-type epoxy resin or an epoxy (four) varnish-type epoxy resin. Double-twisted epoxy: two S-type epoxy resin, toluene-type epoxy resin, epoxy-reading grease, naphthalene-type epoxy resin, aliphatic epoxy resin, fat-wearing type oxygen resin, heterocyclic ring Oxygen resin, polyfunctional epoxy resin, biphenyl type epoxy resin, epoxy propyl vinegar type epoxy resin, chlorinated double age a type epoxy resin (10) type ring (four) (four) epoxy resin (four) epoxy resin, Glue-modified epoxy resin, urea-fired modified epoxy resin, epoxidized polybutylene, epoxidized styrene-butadiene-styrene block copolymer, epoxy-containing polyester resin, epoxy group-containing Polyurea resin, EpPE-containing epoxy resin EHPE-3150 (product of 'Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.' alicyclic epoxy resinization point 71 ° C), and the like.曰 Soft These epoxy resins can be liquid or solid at room temperature. Further, an epoxy group-containing oligomer is also suitable. For example, a bisphenol A type epoxy oligomer (for example, an oiled product of Shelepoxy Co., Ltd., Epikotel 0 (H, 1002, etc.). Further, an addition polymer of the above epoxy group-containing monomer or oligomer may be used, for example. Epoxypropylated polyester, epoxypropylated polyurethane, propylene-propylene propylene, etc. Soil 324024 69 201247603 Compounds having an alicyclic epoxy group such as 1,2:8,8-diepoxy Limonene, 4-vinylcyclohexene monoepoxide, vinylcyclohexene dioxide, decyl vinylcyclohexene dioxide, (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)methyl- 3, 4-epoxycyclohexyl carboxylate, bis-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) adipate, norbornene monoepoxide, adamantane monoepoxide, limonene monoepoxy , 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl-5,5-spiro-3,4-epoxy)cyclohexanone-m-dioxane, bis-(3,4-epoxy ring Hexylmethyl) adipate, bis-(2,3-epoxycyclopentyl)ether, (2,3-epoxy-6-fluorenylcyclohexyl)hexyl adipate, Dicyclopentadiene dioxide, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl-5, 5-spiro-3, 4-epoxy)cyclohexane-m-dioxane, 2,2-bis[4-(2,3-epoxypropoxy)cyclohexyl]hexafluoropropane, etc. Aliphatic epoxy resin Specific examples include 1,4-butanediol diepoxypropyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol diepoxypropyl ether, ethylene glycol diepoxypropyl ether, ethylene glycol monoepoxypropyl ether, Propylene glycol diepoxypropyl ether, propylene glycol monoepoxypropyl ether, polyethylene glycol diepoxypropyl ether, propylene glycol diepoxypropyl ether, φ neopentyl glycol diepoxypropyl ether, neopentyl Alcohol monoepoxypropyl ether, glycerol diepoxypropyl ether, glycerol triepoxypropyl ether, trimethylolpropane diepoxypropyl ether, trimethylolpropane monoepoxypropyl ether, trihydroxyl Mercaptopropane triepoxypropyl ether, diglycerin triepoxypropyl ether, sorbitol tetraepoxypropyl ether, allyl epoxypropyl ether, 2-ethylhexyl epoxypropyl ether, and the like. Compounds having an oxetane group such as phenoxymethyloxetane, 3,3-bis(methoxyindenyl)oxetane, 3,3-bis(phenoxymethyl) Oxycyclobutane, 3-ethyl-3-(phenoxymercapto)oxybutane, 3-B 3-(2-ethylhexyloxyindenyl)oxetane, 3-ethyl-3-{[3- 324024 70 201247603 (ethoxycarbonyl)propoxy]methylhydrazine Oxetane, dioxetane) oxime ether, oxetane oxime::ethyl (3-oxetan, 1,4-double {[(3-B) Base|oxygen w_luster varnish methyl}benzene, etc. Oxygen% Butanyl)methoxy] Compounds having a vinyl ether group such as hydroxydivinyl hydrazine, pentaerythritol, triethyl ke, etc. (4), ethylene glycol group , Ethyleneimine-trans group-based compound, etc.:: package: if it has a photopolymerizable monomer (D), and does not have a right-handed compound, such as a compound having the above epoxy group, etc. Anionic polymerization, photopolymerizable monomer (D), and right ## acid, acrylic acid dimer, 2-(methyl) propyl _ have = (meth) propyl sulfoxide Propyl decanoic acid H (methyl ketone vinegar, 2 (a group of acid-added, 2-(methyl) (tetra) ethoxy propyl / called oxyethyl hexahydro modified succinct ) propylene 醆 'two:, gas vinegar, ethylene oxide vinegar, ω-he polyhexyl _ (methyl) yl ethyl (meth) acrylate acid) (4) methyl Yue acrylic group Japan, crotonic acid, α- (via A photopolymerization monomer (D) may be used alone or in the resin composition and the hardness required six - this combination. For example, when the touch panel interlayer insulating film is used: a combination of a photopolymerizable monomer and a cationic polymerization 3' in combination with a radical photopolymerizable monomer (D), generally by potential polymerization Sex monomers are preferred. [Adding a photopolymerization initiator if necessary..." II./External light or electron beam illumination. [If necessary, add thermal polymerization. 324024 Radical polymerizable photopolymerizable monomer. In the case of a high-strength pencil hardness and solvent resistance, for example, when it is used as a coating agent for a touch panel interlayer insulating film, it is used in a molecule containing 7 or more radicals. A monomer having a polymerizable photopolymerizable functional group is preferred. Further, photopolymerizability of 7 to 14 photopolymerizable functional groups is obtained from the viewpoints of maintaining transmittance, balance of pencil hardness and adhesion. A monomer is preferred, and a photopolymerizable monomer having 8 to 10 photopolymerizable functional groups is more preferable. A monomer having 7 or more polymerizable unsaturated bonds, for example, three seasons • pentaerythritol seven (A) It is preferred that at least one selected from the group consisting of propionate vinegar, tripentaerythritol octadecyl acrylate, and a compound represented by the following formula (12).

〇 、 〇 、\ 式（1 2) 式（12)中，R24表示除去氧原子以外之2價之有機基， R25表示氳原子或曱基。 該2價之有機基，例如伸曱基、伸乙基、伸丙基等伸 烷基，伸苯基、伸曱苯基、伸二曱苯基等伸芳基，醚基、 羰基、磺酸基、酯基等，唯以下式（13)所代表構造為較佳。 324024 72 201247603 ο ο〇 , 〇 , \ Formula (1 2) In the formula (12), R24 represents a divalent organic group other than an oxygen atom, and R25 represents a deuterium atom or a mercapto group. The divalent organic group, for example, an extended alkyl group such as a fluorenyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a phenyl group, a phenyl group, a phenyl group, an aryl group, an ether group, a carbonyl group or a sulfonic acid group. The ester group or the like is preferably a structure represented by the following formula (13). 324024 72 201247603 ο ο

人人 Υ V〇h 式（1 3) ο ο 式（13)中，R26表示脂肪族、脂環式或芳香族構造。 式（12)所表示化合物之例如二季戊四醇五（曱基）丙烯 φ 酸酯及多官能異氰酸酯所反應而得化合物、二季戊四醇五 (曱基）丙烯酸酯和四多元酸二酐所反應而得化合物、二季 戊四醇五（曱基）丙烯酸酯和多官能環氧基化合物所反應而 得化合物等。 該多官能異氰酸酯之具體例如曱苯撐二異氰酸酯、六 亞甲基二異氰酸酯、二苯基亞曱基二異氰酸酯、異佛爾酮 二異氰酸酯等。 又，四多元酸二酐之具體例如均苯四羧酸二酐、聯苯 • 四羧酸二酐、萘四羧酸二酐、二苯醚四羧酸二酐、丁烷四 羧酸二酐、環戊烷四羧酸二酐、羥基二酞酸酐、乙二酸雙 脫水偏苯三酸酯、甘油雙（脫水偏苯三酸酯單乙酸酯）、二 苯曱酮四羧酸二酐、曱基環己烯四羧酸二酐等。 又，多官能環氧化合物之具體例如三（環氧丙基苯基） 曱烷、三環氧丙基三聚異氰酸酯、雙（3, 4-環氧基環己基曱 基）己二酸酯、雙（3,4-環氧基-6-甲基環己基甲基）己二酸 酯、亞曱基雙（3,4-環氧基環己烷）、雙酚Α二環氧丙基醚、 324024 73 201247603 氫化雙酚A環氧丙基醚、酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂等。 觸控板層間絕緣膜用塗布劑用途之際，所使用光聚合 性單體（D)以例如三季戊四醇七（甲基）丙烯酸酯，或三季戊 四醇八（甲基）丙烯酸酯為較佳，這些可以混合含在一起亦 行。該光聚合性單體（D)之市售品，例如VISCOAT#802(三 季戊四醇八丙烯酸酯和三季戊四醇七丙烯酸酯之混合物， 大阪有機化學工業公司製品）可為例舉。 光聚合性單體（D)尚可含有具備酸性基之多官能單 • 體，例如多元醇和（曱基）丙烯酸之間之含游離羥基之聚（曱 基）丙烯酸酯類，以及二羧酸類之間之酯化物；多元酸和單 羥基烷基（甲基）丙烯酸酯類之間之酯化物等。具體例如三 羥曱基丙烷二丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷二曱基丙烯酸酯、 季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三曱基丙烯酸酯、二季戊 四醇五丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五曱基丙烯酸酯等單羥基寡 丙烯酸酯或單羥基寡曱基丙烯酸酯類和丙二酸、琥珀酸、 ^ 谷胺酸、對苯二甲酸等二元酸類之間之含有游離羧基之單 酯化物；丙烷-1，2, 3-三羧酸（均丙三羧酸）、丁烷-1，2, 4-三羧酸、苯-1，2, 3-三羧酸、苯-1，3, 4-三羧酸、苯-1，3, 5-三羧酸等三羧酸類和2-羥乙基丙烯酸酯、2-羥乙基曱基丙 烯酸酯、2-羥丙基丙烯酸酯、2-羥丙基甲基丙烯酸酯等單 羥基單丙烯酸酯或單羥基單甲基丙烯酸酯類之間之含有游 離羧基之寡酯化物等為例舉。 樹脂組成物例如做為觸控板層間絕緣膜用塗布劑用途 時，光聚合性單體（D)之含有量，以觸控板層間絕緣膜用塗 324024 74 201247603 布劑之固形物之總計100重量份中，佔5至80重量份為 佳，尤以10至50重量份為更佳。當含量在5重量份以上 時，就有充分之硬度或耐藥物性，在80重量份以下，就有 優異之透過率及緊貼性。 做為濾色器用感光性組成物時，就反應性之考量以使 用自由基聚合性光聚合性單體為佳。光聚合性單體（D)之使 用量，對於濾色器用感光性組成物中之顏料100重量份 計，使用10至300重量份為佳，尤以10至200重量份為 •更佳。 遽色器用感光性組成物中，光聚合引發劑（C)之重量 [la]和光聚合性單體（D)之重量[M]之間之比率[la/M]以 0. 03至1. 00為佳，尤以0. 04至0. 95為更佳。 再加之，當濾、色器用感光性組成物係含有敏化劑時， 光聚合引發劑（C)及敏化劑之合計重量[lb]和光聚合性單 體（D)之重量[M]之間之比率[lb/M]，以0. 04至1. 50為佳， φ 尤以0.05至1.45為更佳。 當[la/M]在0.03以上，而[lb/M]在0.04以上時，其 感應度高而優異。又，當[la/M]在1.00以下，而[lb/M] 在1. 50以下時，圖案形狀之直線性或解像性較為優異。 做為感光性耐焊接油墨用途時，就反應性之觀點而 言，使用自由基聚合性光聚合性單體為佳。其使用量對於 /3-羥基烷基醯胺（A)及含有羧基之聚合物（B)之合計100 重量份計，以10至1000重量份為佳，尤以50至800重量 份為較佳。 324024 75 201247603 &lt;顏料&gt; 樹脂組成物之實施形態之一種可含有顏料。樹脂組成 物使用在組成物需要彩色之用途時，例如做為遽色器用之 感光性組成物使用時’樹脂組成物中可含有顏料。 顏料可利用有機或無機之顏料，單獨或2種以上混合 使用。顏料中，以發色性高’且耐熱性高之顏料為佳，一 般，常用有機顏料。 有機顏料中可使用於渡色器用感光性組成物之具體例 籲以顏料索引號媽表示如下： 例如形成紅色濾色片用紅色感光性組成物中可使用 C. I.紅色顏料 7、9、14、41、48 :卜 48 : 2、48 : 3、48 : 4、81 :卜 81 : 2、81 : 3、97、122、123、146、149、168、 177 、 178 、 179 、 180 、 184 、 185 、 187 、 192 、 200 、 202 、 208 、 210 、 215 、 216 、 217 、 220 、 223 、 224 、 226 、 227 、 228 、 240 、 242 、 246 、 254 、 255 、 264 、 272 、 279 等。紅 φ 色感光性組成物中可併用黃色顏料，桔黃色顏料， 紅色感光性組成物可併用之黃色顏料，例如C. I.黃色 顏料：1、2、3、4、5、6、10、12、13、14、15、16、17、 18 、 20 、 24 、 31 、 32 、 34 、 35 、 35 :卜 36 、 36 :卜 37 、 37 :卜 40 、 42 、 43 、 53 、 55 、 60 、 6卜 62 、 63 、 65 、 73 、 74 、 77 、 81 、 83 、 86 、 93 、 94 、 95 、 97 、 98 、 100 、 101 、 104 、 106 、 108 、 109 、 110 、 113 、 114 、 115 、 116 、 117 、 118 、 119 、 120 、 123 、 125 、 126 、 127 、 128 、 129 、 137 、 138 、 139 、 147 、 148 、 150 、 15卜 152 、 153 、 154 、 155 、 76 324024 201247603 156 、 161 、 162 、 164 、 166 、 167 、 168 、 169 、 170 、 171 、 172 、 173 、 174 、 175 、 176 、 177 、 179 、 180 、 18卜 182 、 185、187、188、193、194、199、213、214 等可供使用。 又，這些黃色顏料可單獨或2種以上組合，做為形成 黃色濾色片之黃色感光性組成物中使用。 紅色感光性組成物可併用之桔黃色顏料，例如C. I.桔 黃色顏料36、43、5卜55、59、61、7卜73等。 又，上述桔黃色顏料可單獨或2種以上調配使用於形 成枯黃色滤色片之棺黃色感光性組成物用途。 形成綠色濾色片用綠色感光性組成物，可使用例如C. I. 綠色顏料7、10、36、37及58等綠色顏料。綠色感光性組 成物可併用前述黃色顏料。 形成藍色濾色片用藍色感光性組成物，可使用例如c. I. 藍色顏料 15、15: 1、15: 2、15: 3、15: 4、15: 6、16、 22、60、64、80等藍色顏料。藍色感光性組成物可併用c. I. 鲁 紫色顏料 1、19、23、27、29、30、32、37、40、42、50 等紫色顏料。 形成花青色濾色片用花青色感光性組成物，可使用例 如 C.I.藍色顏料 15:1、15:2、15:4、15:3、15 :6、 16、18等藍色顏料。 形成洋紅色滤色片用洋紅色感光性組成物，例如可使 用c. I.紫色顏料卜19、C. I.紅色顏料81、144、146、177、 169等紫色顏料及紅色顏料。又，洋紅色感光性組成物中 尚可併用黃色顏料。 324024 77 201247603 形成黑色矩陣用黑色感光性組成物，例如可使用碳 黑、苯胺黑、蒽醌系黑色顏料、茈系黑色顏料。具體而言， 可使用C· I.黑色顏料卜6、7、12、2〇、31等。里色感光 性組成物可使用紅色難、藍色顏料、綠色顧之混合物· 黑色顏料就價格、遮光性之大小而言，使用碳黑為佳。碳 黑可用樹脂等施加表面處理。又，為調整色調，黑色感光 性組成物可併用藍色顏料或紫色顏料。Everyone Υ V〇h Formula (1 3) ο ο In the formula (13), R26 represents an aliphatic, alicyclic or aromatic structure. The compound represented by the formula (12) is reacted with, for example, dipentaerythritol penta(indenyl) propylene φ acid ester and a polyfunctional isocyanate to obtain a compound, dipentaerythritol penta(indenyl) acrylate and tetrabasic acid dianhydride. The compound, dipentaerythritol penta(indenyl) acrylate, and a polyfunctional epoxy compound are reacted to obtain a compound or the like. Specific examples of the polyfunctional isocyanate include phenylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, diphenyl sulfenyl diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate and the like. Further, specific examples of the tetrabasic acid dianhydride include pyromellitic dianhydride, biphenyl tetracarboxylic dianhydride, naphthalene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, diphenyl ether tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and butane tetracarboxylic acid II. Anhydride, cyclopentane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, hydroxydiphthalic anhydride, bis-dehydrated trimellitate, glycerol bis(hydrogen trimellitate monoacetate), benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid Anhydride, nonylcyclohexene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and the like. Further, specific examples of the polyfunctional epoxy compound include, for example, tris(epoxypropylphenyl)decane, triepoxypropyl trimer isocyanate, bis(3,4-epoxycyclohexyldecyl) adipate, Bis(3,4-epoxy-6-methylcyclohexylmethyl)adipate, fluorenylene bis(3,4-epoxycyclohexane), bisphenol quinone diepoxypropyl ether 324024 73 201247603 Hydrogenated bisphenol A glycopropyl ether, novolak type epoxy resin, etc. When the application of the coating agent for the touch panel interlayer insulating film is used, the photopolymerizable monomer (D) to be used is preferably, for example, tripentaerythritol hepta (meth) acrylate or tripentaerythritol octa (meth) acrylate. It can be mixed and mixed together. A commercially available product of the photopolymerizable monomer (D), for example, VISCOAT #802 (a mixture of tripentaerythritol octaacrylate and tripentaerythritol heptaacrylate, manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) can be exemplified. The photopolymerizable monomer (D) may further contain a polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group, for example, a poly(fluorenyl) acrylate having a free hydroxyl group between a polyhydric alcohol and a (mercapto)acrylic acid, and a dicarboxylic acid. An esterified product; an esterified product between a polybasic acid and a monohydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate. Specifically, for example, monohydroxyl such as trihydroxymethyl propane diacrylate, trimethylolpropane dimercapto acrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol tridecyl acrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentadecyl acrylate, and the like Monoesters containing a free carboxyl group between an oligoacrylate or a monohydroxy oligoacrylate and a dibasic acid such as malonic acid, succinic acid, glutamic acid or terephthalic acid; propane-1, 2, 3-tricarboxylic acid (homo-propane tricarboxylic acid), butane-1,2,4-tricarboxylic acid, benzene-1,2,3-tricarboxylic acid, benzene-1,3,4-tricarboxylic acid, Tricarboxylic acids such as benzene-1,3,5-tricarboxylic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate An oligoesteride containing a free carboxyl group between a monohydroxy monoacrylate or a monohydroxy monomethacrylate such as an ester is exemplified. When the resin composition is used as a coating agent for a touch panel interlayer insulating film, for example, the content of the photopolymerizable monomer (D) is 100% of the solid content of the touch panel interlayer insulating film coated with 324024 74 201247603 cloth. The proportion by weight is preferably from 5 to 80 parts by weight, particularly preferably from 10 to 50 parts by weight. When the content is 5 parts by weight or more, sufficient hardness or chemical resistance is obtained, and when it is 80 parts by weight or less, excellent transmittance and adhesion are obtained. When it is used as a photosensitive composition for a color filter, it is preferred to use a radical polymerizable photopolymerizable monomer in consideration of reactivity. The amount of the photopolymerizable monomer (D) to be used is preferably from 10 to 300 parts by weight, particularly preferably from 10 to 200 parts by weight, per 100 parts by weight of the pigment in the photosensitive composition for a color filter.至1. The ratio of the ratio [la/M] between the weight [la] of the photopolymerization initiator (C) and the weight [M] of the photopolymerizable monomer (D) is 0.03 to 1. 00 is better, especially from 0.04 to 0.95 is more preferred. In addition, when the photosensitive composition for a filter and a color filter contains a sensitizer, the total weight of the photopolymerization initiator (C) and the sensitizer [lb] and the weight of the photopolymerizable monomer (D) [M] The ratio [lb/M] is preferably from 0.04 to 1.50, and φ is preferably from 0.05 to 1.45. When [la/M] is 0.03 or more and [lb/M] is 0.04 or more, the sensitivity is high and excellent. Further, when [la/M] is 1.00 or less and [lb/M] is 1.50 or less, the linearity or resolution of the pattern shape is excellent. When it is used as a photosensitive solder resist ink, it is preferable to use a radical polymerizable photopolymerizable monomer from the viewpoint of reactivity. The amount thereof is preferably from 10 to 1,000 parts by weight, particularly preferably from 50 to 800 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the total of the 3-hydroxyalkylguanamine (A) and the carboxyl group-containing polymer (B). . 324024 75 201247603 &lt;Pigment&gt; One of the embodiments of the resin composition may contain a pigment. When the composition of the resin is used in a color, for example, when it is used as a photosensitive composition for a color former, the resin composition may contain a pigment. The pigment may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds, using organic or inorganic pigments. Among the pigments, pigments having high color developability and high heat resistance are preferred, and generally, organic pigments are commonly used. In the organic pigment, a specific example of the photosensitive composition for a color filter can be referred to as a pigment index number, as follows: For example, a red color filter can be used. A red photosensitive composition can be used as a CI red pigment 7, 9, 14, 41. 48: 2, 48: 3, 48: 4, 81: Bu 81: 2, 81: 3, 97, 122, 123, 146, 149, 168, 177, 178, 179, 180, 184, 185 , 187 , 192 , 200 , 202 , 208 , 210 , 215 , 216 , 217 , 220 , 223 , 224 , 226 , 227 , 228 , 240 , 242 , 246 , 254 , 255 , 264 , 272 , 279 , etc . The yellow φ color photosensitive composition may be used in combination with a yellow pigment, an orange pigment, and a red photosensitive composition which may be used in combination with a yellow pigment such as CI yellow pigment: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 12, 13 , 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: Bu 36, 36: Bu 37, 37: Bu 40, 42 , 43 , 53 , 55 , 60 , 6 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 15 152, 153, 154, 155, 76 324024 201247603 156, 161, 162 , 164 , 166 , 167 , 168 , 169 , 170 , 171 , 172 , 173 , 174 , 175 , 176 , 177 , 179 , 180 , 18 182 , 185 , 187 , 188 , 193 , 194 , 199 , 213 , 214 And so on. Further, these yellow pigments may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds as a yellow photosensitive composition for forming a yellow color filter. The red photosensitive composition may be used in combination with an orange pigment such as C.I. orange pigment 36, 43, 5, 55, 59, 61, 7 and 73. Further, the orange pigment may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds to form a yellowish photosensitive composition which forms a dry yellow color filter. For forming a green photosensitive composition for a green color filter, for example, a green pigment such as C.I. green pigments 7, 10, 36, 37, and 58 can be used. The green photosensitive composition can be used in combination with the aforementioned yellow pigment. To form a blue photosensitive composition for a blue color filter, for example, c. I. blue pigment 15, 15: 1, 15: 2, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6, 16, 22, 60, 64, 80 and other blue pigments. The blue photosensitive composition can be used in combination with c. I. Lu purple pigment 1, 19, 23, 27, 29, 30, 32, 37, 40, 42, 50 and other purple pigments. A cyan color photosensitive composition for forming a cyan color filter can be used, for example, a blue pigment such as C.I. blue pigment 15:1, 15:2, 15:4, 15:3, 15:6, 16, 18 or the like. A magenta photosensitive composition for forming a magenta color filter, for example, a violet pigment such as c. I. violet pigment, 19, C. I. red pigment 81, 144, 146, 177, 169, and a red pigment can be used. Further, a yellow pigment may be used in combination with the magenta photosensitive composition. 324024 77 201247603 A black photosensitive composition for a black matrix is formed. For example, carbon black, aniline black, an anthraquinone black pigment, or an anthraquinone black pigment can be used. Specifically, C·I. black pigments 6, 6, 12, 2, 31, and the like can be used. For the color sensitive composition, it is possible to use a red hard, a blue pigment, a green mixture, a black pigment, and a carbon black. The carbon black may be surface-treated with a resin or the like. Further, in order to adjust the color tone, a blue pigment or a violet pigment may be used in combination with the black photosensitive composition.

又，無機顏料之例如硫酸鋇、鋅白、硫酸錯、黃敍、 鋅黃、氧化鐵（紅色氧化鐵（3價））、鎘紅、群青、紺青、 氧化鉻氣、姑氯、_、鈦黑、合成鐵黑、氧化鈦、四氧 化鐵等金屬氧化物粉、金屬硫化物粉、金屬粉等。無機顏 料為保持彩度和明度之平衡下，確㈣好之塗布性、感應 度、顯影性等，可組合有機顏料來利用。 據色器用感光性組成物中，為調色而在不降低时熱性 範圍内可含有顏料。 抑樹脂組成物中之顏料含量並無特別限制，例如做為渡 色器用感光性組成物時，以總不揮發性成分為基準（剛重 量份計）’較佳之顏料成分濃度，就充分獲得彩色之重現性 之觀點而言，以H)重量％以上為佳，較佳為15重量％以上， 尤以20重量％以上為最佳。又，可使用據色器用感光性組 成物之安定性變好起見，較佳顏料成分濃度宜在⑽重量％ 以下，較佳為80重量％以下，最佳為7〇重量％以下。 樹脂組成物之實施形態之-中，顏料可採用下式所表 示酞青顏料。 324024 78 201247603 換言之，本實施形態可為由yS-羥基烷基醯胺（A)和含 有羧基之聚合物（B)，以及下式（17)所表示酞青顏料所成濾 色器用感光性組成物。 依據本實施形態，藉由含有/3-羥基烷基醯胺及含有羧 基之聚合物，如同濾色器等無氧氣之狀況下，照光也不會 變色。又，/3-羥基烷基醯胺（A)在光硬化時所生成自由基 不致於失去活性，所以對於圖案形成不會有不良影響。因 此藉使用這種著色組成物，可得高品質之濾色器。 (Y4}q4 (X’)r (X4)?4Further, inorganic pigments such as barium sulfate, zinc white, sulfuric acid, yellow, zinc yellow, iron oxide (red iron oxide (trivalent)), cadmium red, ultramarine blue, indigo, chromium oxide gas, alginate, _, titanium Metal oxide powder such as black, synthetic iron black, titanium oxide, iron oxide, metal sulfide powder, metal powder, and the like. Inorganic pigments are used to maintain the balance between chroma and lightness. (4) Good coating properties, sensitivity, developability, etc., can be combined with organic pigments. In the photosensitive composition for a color filter, a pigment may be contained in the range of heat resistance for coloring without being lowered. The content of the pigment in the resin composition is not particularly limited. For example, when it is used as a photosensitive composition for a color filter, the color of the pigment component is preferably based on the total non-volatile component (in terms of the weight fraction). From the viewpoint of reproducibility, it is preferably H) by weight or more, more preferably 15% by weight or more, and particularly preferably 20% by weight or more. Further, in order to improve the stability of the photosensitive composition for a color former, the concentration of the pigment component is preferably (10)% by weight or less, preferably 80% by weight or less, and most preferably 7% by weight or less. In the embodiment of the resin composition, the pigment may be an indigo pigment represented by the following formula. 324024 78 201247603 In other words, the present embodiment may be a photosensitive composition for a color filter formed of a yS-hydroxyalkylguanamine (A), a carboxyl group-containing polymer (B), and a phthalocyanine pigment represented by the following formula (17). Things. According to this embodiment, by containing /3-hydroxyalkylguanamine and a polymer containing a carboxyl group, the light does not change color even in the absence of oxygen such as a color filter. Further, the radical generated by the /3-hydroxyalkylguanamine (A) at the time of photocuring does not lose its activity, so that it does not adversely affect the pattern formation. Therefore, by using such a coloring composition, a high quality color filter can be obtained. (Y4}q4 (X’)r (X4)?4

(V1)q1 (Y2)q2 式（1 7) [式中，X1至X4各自獨立表示可具有取代基之烷基、可 具有取代基之芳基、可具有取代基之環烷基、可具有取代 基之雜環基、可具有取代基之烷氧基、可具有取代基之芳 氧基、可具有取代基之烷硫基、或可具有取代基之芳硫基。 Y1至Y4各自獨立表示鹵素原子、硝基、可具有取代基 之酞醯亞胺曱基、或可具有取代基之胺磺醯基。 324024 79 201247603 Μ表示Zn或Al-Ζ。 Z表示-0P(=0)R27R28，R27及R28各自獨立表示氫原子、 羥基、可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之芳基、可具 有取代基之烷氧基、或可具有取代基之芳氧基，r5和Re可 互相結合而形成環狀。 q1、q2、q3、q4、r1、I*2、r3、r4 各自獨立表示 0 至 4 之 整數，qWr1、q2+r2、q3+r3、q4+r4分別為0至4，可為相同 或不同整數。] 可具有取代基之烷基中之「烷基」表示曱基、乙基、 丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、新戊基、正己 基、正辛基、硬脂基、2-乙基己基等直鏈狀或歧鏈狀烷基， 「具有取代基之烷基」之例如三氯甲基、三氟曱基、2, 2, 2-三氣乙基、2，2-二漠乙基、2，2,3,3_四氣丙基、2_乙氧基 乙基、2-丁氧基乙基、2-硝基丙基、苯曱基、4-甲基苯甲 基、4-第三丁基苯曱基、4-曱氧基苯曱基、4-硝基苯曱基、 2, 4-二氯苯曱基等。 可具有取代基之芳基中之「芳基」表示苯基、萘基、 蒽基等，「具有取代基之芳基」之例如對-曱基苯基、對_ 溴苯基、對-硝基苯基、對-曱氧基苯基、2, 4-二氯笨基、 五氟苯基、2-胺基苯基、2-甲基-4-氣苯基、4-經基-1-蔡 基、6-曱基-2-萘基、4, 5, 8-三氣-2-萘基、蒽醌基、2-胺 基-蒽酿i基等。 可具有取代基之環烷基中之「環烷基」例如環戊基、 環己基、金剛烷基等。「具有取代基之環烷基」之例如2, 5- 324024 80 201247603 二甲基環戊基、4-第三丁基環己基等。 可八有取代基之雜環基中之「雜環基」，例如吡啶基、 〇比哄基、N一六氫°比咬基、0比喊基I嗎琳基、。丫咬基等。「具 有取代基之雜環基」之例# 3一甲基n比咬基、N_甲基㈣基、 N-甲基〇比洛基等。 可具有取代基之烧氧基中之「燒氧基」，例如甲氧基、 乙f基、丙氧基、異丙氧基、正丁氧基、異丁氧基、第三 丁氧基、新戊氧基、2, 3-二甲基戊氧基、正己氧基、正 辛氧基、硬脂氧基、2-乙基己氧基等直鏈狀或歧鏈狀烧氧 基。具有取代基之烧氧基」之例如三氯甲氧基、三氣甲氧 基2,2,2 一氟乙氧基、2,2,3,3-四氟丙氧基、2,2-二（三 氣甲基）丙氧基、2-乙氧基乙氧基、2_丁氧基乙氧基、2_ 硝基丙氧基、苯曱氧基等。 可具有取代基之芳氧基中之「芳氧基」，例如苯氧基、 萘氧基、蒽氧基等。「具有取代基之芳氧基」之例如對_曱 •基苯氧基、對-硝基苯氧基、對-甲氧基苯氧基、2, 4_二氣 笨氧基、五氟苯氧基、2-甲基-4-氯苯氧基等。 可具有取代基之烷硫基中之「烷硫基」，例如曱硫基、 乙硫基、丙硫基、丁硫基、戊硫基、己硫基、辛硫基、癸 硫基、十二烷硫基、十八烷硫基等。「具有取代基之烷硫基」 之例如曱氧基乙硫基、胺基乙硫基、苯曱基乙硫基、甲基 羰基胺基乙硫基、笨基羰基胺基乙硫基等。 上述酞青顏料之較佳例如αΐ.綠色顏料58之綠色顏 料所成之鋅酞青顏料。為改善耐光性，使用呈現綠色之顏 324024 81 201247603 料為最佳。為要呈現綠色，顏料1分中有1個以上而16個 以下之鹵素原子為佳。為獲得更佳之發色性能，顏料1分 子中有4個以上而16個以下之鹵素原子為理想。(V1)q1 (Y2)q2 (1 7) wherein X1 to X4 each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent, and may have a heterocyclic group of a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, an aryloxy group which may have a substituent, an alkylthio group which may have a substituent, or an arylthio group which may have a substituent. Y1 to Y4 each independently represent a halogen atom, a nitro group, an anthracene fluorenyl group which may have a substituent, or an amine sulfonyl group which may have a substituent. 324024 79 201247603 Μ denotes Zn or Al-Ζ. Z represents -0P(=0)R27R28, and R27 and R28 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, or may have a substitution The aryloxy group, r5 and Re may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Q1, q2, q3, q4, r1, I*2, r3, r4 each independently represent an integer from 0 to 4, qWr1, q2+r2, q3+r3, q4+r4 are respectively 0 to 4, which may be the same or different Integer. The "alkyl group" in the alkyl group which may have a substituent means a decyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a tert-butyl group, a neopentyl group, a n-hexyl group, an n-octyl group. a linear or sinuous alkyl group such as a stearyl group or a 2-ethylhexyl group, and a "alkyl group having a substituent" such as trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2, 2, 2-tris. Base, 2,2-di-ethyl, 2,2,3,3_tetra-propyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, 2-butoxyethyl, 2-nitropropyl, phenyl fluorenyl , 4-methylbenzyl, 4-tert-butylphenyl fluorenyl, 4-decyloxyphenyl fluorenyl, 4-nitrophenyl fluorenyl, 2, 4-dichlorophenyl fluorenyl, and the like. The "aryl group" in the aryl group which may have a substituent means a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a fluorenyl group or the like, and the "aryl group having a substituent" such as p-nonylphenyl group, p-bromophenyl group or p-nitro group. Phenylphenyl, p-nonyloxyphenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, pentafluorophenyl, 2-aminophenyl, 2-methyl-4-phenylphenyl, 4-carbyl-1 - Caiji, 6-mercapto-2-naphthyl, 4, 5, 8-tris-2-naphthyl, anthracenyl, 2-amino-anthracene i. The "cycloalkyl group" in the cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, an adamantyl group or the like. Examples of the "cycloalkyl group having a substituent" are 2, 5-324024 80 201247603 dimethylcyclopentyl group, 4-tert-butylcyclohexyl group and the like. The "heterocyclic group" in the heterocyclic group having a substituent may be, for example, a pyridyl group, a fluorenyl group, an N-hexahydro group, a base group, and a 0 group. Bite base and so on. Examples of the "heterocyclic group having a substituent" #3-methyl n is more than a butyl group, an N-methyl(tetra)yl group, an N-methylindoleyl group or the like. "Alkoxy" in the alkoxy group which may have a substituent, such as methoxy, ethyl b, propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, isobutoxy, tert-butoxy, A linear or branched alkoxy group such as neopentyloxy, 2,3-dimethylpentyloxy, n-hexyloxy, n-octyloxy, stearyloxy or 2-ethylhexyloxy. An alkoxy group having a substituent such as trichloromethoxy, trimethoxymethoxy 2,2,2-fluoroethoxy, 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoropropoxy, 2,2- Bis(trimethylmethyl)propoxy, 2-ethoxyethoxy, 2-butoxyethoxy, 2-nitropropoxy, benzoinoxy, and the like. The "aryloxy group" in the aryloxy group which may have a substituent, for example, a phenoxy group, a naphthyloxy group, a decyloxy group or the like. The "aryloxy group having a substituent" is, for example, p-phenylphenoxy, p-nitrophenoxy, p-methoxyphenoxy, 2,4-dioxyloxy, pentafluorobenzene. Oxyl, 2-methyl-4-chlorophenoxy and the like. An "alkylthio group" in the alkylthio group which may have a substituent, such as anthracenylthio group, ethylthio group, propylthio group, butylthio group, pentylthio group, hexylthio group, octylthio group, sulfonylthio group, ten Dialkylthio, octadecylthio, and the like. The "alkylthio group having a substituent" is, for example, a decyloxyethylthio group, an aminoethylthio group, a benzoylethylthio group, a methylcarbonylaminoethylthio group, a phenylcarbonylaminoethylthio group or the like. The above indigo pigment is preferably a zinc indigo pigment formed by a green pigment such as αΐ.green pigment 58. In order to improve the light resistance, it is best to use a green color 324024 81 201247603. In order to exhibit green color, it is preferred that one or more of the pigments have one or more and 16 or less halogen atoms. In order to obtain better color development properties, it is preferred that there are four or more and 16 or less halogen atoms in the pigment 1 molecule.

鋁酞青顏料乃酞青環之中心具有3價之鋁之配位構造 之外，則無特別限制。铭献青顏料中，較之已知紹為3價， 更知與酞青之間有結合鍵之外還具有結合鍵，除單體之 外，還具有二聚物、三聚物構造。另外，酞青環也可加以 化學修飾，已知有多種構造存在。本實施形態中之鋁酞青 顏料，除單體之外，尚可有二聚物、三聚物等構造，還有 酞青環經化學修飾之各種任一形態。 其中，就彩色特性、分散性之觀點而言，以下式（18) 所表示銘酞青顏料為較佳。The aluminum indigo pigment is not particularly limited as long as it has a coordination structure of trivalent aluminum in the center of the indigo ring. In the Mingxiang pigment, it is known that it is trivalent, and it is known that there is a bond in addition to the bond with the indigo, and a dimer and a trimer structure in addition to the monomer. In addition, the indigo ring can also be chemically modified, and various structures are known to exist. The aluminum indigo pigment in the present embodiment may have a structure such as a dimer or a trimer in addition to a monomer, and any of various forms in which the indigo ring is chemically modified. Among them, the bright blue pigment represented by the following formula (18) is preferable from the viewpoint of color characteristics and dispersibility.

(Y4)q4 (XV(Y4)q4 (XV

式（18)中，X1至X4各自獨立表示可具有取代基之烷 324024 82 201247603 基、可具有取代基之芳基、可具有取伐基之環烷基、可具 有取代基之雜環基、可具有取代基之烷氧基、可具有取代 基之芳氧基、可具有取代基之烷硫基、可具有取代基之芳 硫基。 Y1至Y4各自獨立表示齒素原子、硝基、可具有取代基 之醜醯亞胺甲基、或可具有取代基之胺續醯基。 Z 表示經基、氣原子、—0p(=〇)R27R28、或_〇_SiR29R3()R3i。 此處，心至R31各自獨立表示氫原子、羥基、可具有取代基 之烷基、可具有取代基之芳基、可具有取代基之烷氧基、 或可具有取代基之芳氧基，Η2?至Rai可以互相結合而形成環 狀q至q、r至r各自獨立表示〇至4之整數。qi+r1、 Q +Γ、q +r、q 分別表示〇至4,可為相同或不同。 式（18)中，X1至X4可為相同或不同，其具體例如可具 有取代基之烧基、可具有取代基之芳基、可具有取代基之 %烧基、可具有取代基之雜環基、可具有取代基之烧氧基、 籲可具有取代基之芳氧基、可具有取代基之烧硫基、可具有 取代基之芳硫基。上述X1至X4具有取代基時，取代基可為 相同或不同，其具體例如氟、演、氯等齒素原子，胺基、 錄、硝㈣躲基之外，尚技基、綠、環烧基、烧 =基、芳氧基、烧硫基、芳硫基[又，這些取代基可為 複數個。 ^ ' *可具有取代基之芳硫基中之「芳硫基」，例如苯硫基、 卜萘硫基、2-萘硫基、9_g硫基等。「具有取代基之芳硫基」 之例如氯本硫基、三說曱基苯硫基、氰基苯硫基、硝基笨 324024 83 201247603 硫基、2-胺基苯硫基、2-羥基苯硫基等。 &lt;染料&gt; 樹脂組成物之實施形態之一種為可含有染料。又，併 用有機顏料亦佳。 依據著色組成物之一種實施形態，藉由含有/3-羥基烷 基醯胺（A)及含有羧基之聚合物，可提供具備高财熱性、耐 藥物性、平滑性、光學特性之濾色器。又，/3-羥基烷基醯 胺（A)不會使自由基失去活性，所以對於圖案之形成不會有 # 壞影響。因此，使用此類著色組成物，可得高品質之濾色 器。 一般，所說之染料並無特別限制。染料中，可使用三 苯基曱烷系染料，三苯基曱烷系色澱顏料、二苯基甲烷系 染料、二苯基曱烷系顏料、二苯基曱烷系色澱顏料、喹啉 系染料、喹啉系顏料、噻畊系染料、噻唑系染料、噸系染 料、噸系色澱顏料、二酮基吡咯並吡咯系顏料等。 其中，使甩噸系染料、噸系色澱顏料之噸系色素、噸 系色澱染料、喧淋系顏料之喧琳系色素、三苯基甲院系染 料；三苯基曱烷系色澱顏料之三苯基曱烷系色素；二酮基 °比洛並D比咯系顏料之二酮基π比p各並。比σ各系色素為佳。 特別是使用在可見光區域中發出螢光之色素時，可成 為高對比之優異效果之濾色器。 較適用之染料中，為染料形態時，只要是具有油溶性 染料、酸性染料、直接染料、鹼性染料、媒介染料、酸性 媒介染料等各種染料之任一形態之染料為佳。 324024 84 201247603 又，顏料形態者’有發螢光之顏料、或前述染料經色 澱化之色澱顏料等。 著色劑為染料時’使用油溶性染料、酸性染料、直接 染料、鹼性染料可得優異之色相而較佳。 [油溶性染料] 油溶性染料乃指染料索引所分類，分類在c. I·溶劑中 者；驗性染料指染料索引中，分類在c.丨.鹼性染料中者； 酸性染料指染料索引中’分類在c. I.酸性染料中者；直接 • 染料指染料索引中’分類在C. I.直接染料中者。此處，直 接染料乃係構造中具有磺酸基（_S〇3H、-SCbNa)，本實施形 邊中，直接染料乃視為酸性染料。 以下就較佳染料具體說明之。 (噸系） (。頓系色素.°頓糸染料及其色殿顏料） 噸系色素以透過光譜而言，在650nm之區域處，透過 φ 率為90%以上，在600nm之區域處，透過率為75%以上，在 500至550nm之區域處’透過率為5%以下，在440nm之區 域處’透過率為70%以上者為佳。更佳者乃係650nm之區 域處，透過率在95%以上，600nm之區域處，透過率在80% 以上，500至550nm之區域處，透過率在1〇%以下，4〇〇nm 之區域處，透過率在75%以上。其中，噸系鹼系顏料及噸 系酸性顏料在400至450nm處具有高透比率之分光特性。 又，噸系色素中’若丹明系色素因為具有優異之發色 性、财性而佳。 324024 85 201247603 (°镇系染料作為油溶性染料之形態） ★具體而言，«油溶性染料之例如C l.溶劑H 二劑，36、C. !•溶劑紅42、c. !.溶劑紅43、c. ι溶劑红 密.I·溶劑紅45、C. I· _紅46、α丨.溶劑紅4 ….溶劑紅膨以溶劑紅^In the formula (18), X1 to X4 each independently represent an alkane 324024 82 201247603 group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may have a declining group, a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, An alkoxy group which may have a substituent, an aryloxy group which may have a substituent, an alkylthio group which may have a substituent, and an arylthio group which may have a substituent. Y1 to Y4 each independently represent a dentate atom, a nitro group, an ugly imine methyl group which may have a substituent, or an amine fluorenyl group which may have a substituent. Z represents a radical, a gas atom, -0p(=〇)R27R28, or _〇_SiR29R3()R3i. Here, the core to R31 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, or an aryloxy group which may have a substituent, Η2 ? to Rai can be combined with each other to form a ring q to q, r to r each independently representing an integer of 〇 to 4. Qi+r1, Q +Γ, q +r, q denote 〇 to 4, respectively, which may be the same or different. In the formula (18), X1 to X4 may be the same or different, and specifically, for example, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, a % alkyl group which may have a substituent, and a heterocyclic ring which may have a substituent A group, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, an aryloxy group which may have a substituent, a sulfur-burning group which may have a substituent, and an arylthio group which may have a substituent. When the above X1 to X4 have a substituent, the substituents may be the same or different, and specifically, for example, a fluorine atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or the like, an amine group, a record, and a nitrate (tetra) group, the technical base, the green, and the ring burn. A group, a pyridyl group, an aryloxy group, a sulfur-burning group, and an arylthio group [again, these substituents may be plural. ^ ' * "Arylthio" which may have an arylthio group of a substituent, such as a phenylthio group, a naphthylthio group, a 2-naphthylthio group, a 9-g thio group or the like. "Arylthio group having a substituent" such as chlorosulfenyl, tridecylphenylthio, cyanophenylthio, nitro stupid 324024 83 201247603 thio, 2-aminophenylthio, 2-hydroxyl Phenylthio and the like. &lt;Dye&gt; One of the embodiments of the resin composition may contain a dye. Also, it is better to use organic pigments together. According to an embodiment of the coloring composition, a color filter having high heat, chemical resistance, smoothness, and optical properties can be provided by containing a /3-hydroxyalkylguanamine (A) and a carboxyl group-containing polymer. . Further, the /3-hydroxyalkylguanamine (A) does not deactivate the radicals, so there is no adverse effect on the formation of the pattern. Therefore, using such a coloring composition, a high quality color filter can be obtained. Generally, the dye is not particularly limited. Among the dyes, a triphenyl decane-based dye, a triphenyl decane-based lake pigment, a diphenylmethane-based dye, a diphenyl decane-based pigment, a diphenyl decane-based lake pigment, and a quinoline can be used. A dye, a quinoline pigment, a tidal dye, a thiazole dye, a ton dye, a ton lake pigment, a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, and the like. Among them, a xanthene-based dye, a ton-based lake pigment, a ton-based coloring dye, a ton-based coloring pigment, a quinone-based pigment, a triphenyl-based dye, a triphenyl decane-based lake a triphenyl decane-based pigment of a pigment; a diketone-based ratio of dioxo-pyrene-based diketone pi to p. It is better than σ color pigments. In particular, when a pigment which emits fluorescence in the visible light region is used, it is a color filter which is excellent in high contrast. Among the dyes which are suitable for use, in the case of a dye form, it is preferred that any dye having any form such as an oil-soluble dye, an acid dye, a direct dye, a basic dye, a medium dye, or an acid medium dye is used. 324024 84 201247603 Further, the pigment formr has a fluorescent pigment or a lake pigment obtained by laminating the dye. When the colorant is a dye, it is preferred to use an oil-soluble dye, an acid dye, a direct dye, or a basic dye to obtain an excellent hue. [Oil-soluble dye] Oil-soluble dyes are classified by dye index, classified in c. I·solvent; test dyes refer to dye index, classified in c. 丨. basic dyes; acid dyes refer to dye index In the 'classified in c. I. acid dyes; direct • dyes refer to the dye index in the classification of CI direct dyes. Here, the direct dye has a sulfonic acid group (_S〇3H, -SCbNa) in the structure, and in the present embodiment, the direct dye is regarded as an acid dye. The following is a detailed description of preferred dyes. (Tonne) (. Dynamite pigment. ° Dynamite dye and its coloring matter pigment) The ton-based pigment in the transmission spectrum, in the region of 650 nm, the transmission rate of φ is 90% or more, in the region of 600 nm, The rate is 75% or more, and the transmittance is 5% or less in the region of 500 to 550 nm, and the transmittance in the region of 440 nm is preferably 70% or more. The better one is in the region of 650 nm, the transmittance is above 95%, the region of 600 nm, the transmittance is above 80%, the region of 500 to 550 nm, the transmittance is below 1%, and the region of 4 〇〇 nm At a rate of more than 75%. Among them, the tonic base pigment and the tonic acid pigment have a high transmittance ratio of light at 400 to 450 nm. Further, the rhodamine-based dye in the tonated dye is excellent in color developability and financial property. 324024 85 201247603 (°Formation of town dyes as oil-soluble dyes) ★Specifically, «oil-soluble dyes such as C l. solvent H two, 36, C. !• Solvent Red 42, c.!. Solvent Red 43. c. ι solvent red dense. I·solvent red 45, C. I· _ red 46, α 丨. solvent red 4 .... solvent red swelling with solvent red ^

劑紫：237、“溶劑紅246、Cl.w^ 35 C其/^高發色性之若丹明系油溶性染料之C.1.溶劑紅 3j、aL溶劑紅36、αι.溶劑紅49、CI.溶劑紅⑽、^ ，劑紅237、C. I.溶劑紅246、C. I.溶劑紫2為較佳。 (°頓系染料作為酸系染料之形態） 嘲系染料之酸性染料（嘴系酸性染料）以使用C」酸性 紅51(紅黴素（食用紅色3號））、C. I.酸性紅52(酸性若丹 明）、c· I.酸性紅87(曙紅G(食用紅色1〇3號））、c. !.酸性 紅92(酸性PhloxinePB(食用紅色1〇4號））、c i•酸性紅 289、C.I·酸性紅388、晶紅氧化鐵紅B(食用紅色5號）、 酸性若丹明G、C. I.酸性紫9等為佳。 其中，就对熱性、耐光性而言’使用嘲系酸性染料之 c· I.酸性紅87、c.】.酸性紅92、c. J.酸性紅388，或若丹 明系酸性染料之C · I.酸性紅5 2 (酸性若丹明）、c. 289、酸性若丹明g、C.丨·酸性紫9為較佳。 · v 其中，尤就發色性、财熱性、耐光性等優點而言，以 使用若丹明系酸性染料之C. ί.酸性紅52、c. L酸性紅挪 324024 86 201247603 為最佳》 (噸系染料作為鹼性染料之形態） 噸系鹼性染料之例如c. I.鹼性紅1(若丹明6GCp)、c ! 驗性紅8(若丹明G)、C. I.鹼性紫ι〇(若丹明B)等。其中， 就發色性優異之觀點而言，以使用C. I·鹼性紅丨、c.丨鹼 性紫10為佳。 (噸系染料作為色澱顏料之形態） 噸系染料之金屬色澱顏料，例如C·丨.色素紅81、c. 1Agent Violet: 237, "Solvent Red 246, Cl.w^ 35 C / / high color rendering of Rhodamine oil-soluble dye C.1. Solvent Red 3j, aL Solvent Red 36, αι. Solvent Red 49, CI. Solvent red (10), ^, red 237, CI solvent red 246, CI solvent violet 2 is preferred. (° ton dye as the form of acid dye) dying acid dye (mouth acid dye) Use C" Acid Red 51 (erythromycin (Edible Red No. 3)), CI Acid Red 52 (Acid Rhodamine), c. I. Acid Red 87 (Crimson G (Edible Red No. 1)), c. !. Acid red 92 (acidic Phloxine PB (edible red 1〇4)), ci•acid red 289, CI·acid red 388, crystal red iron oxide red B (edible red No. 5), acid rhodamine G CI Acid Violet 9 is preferred. Among them, in terms of heat and light resistance, 'using c. I. acid red 87, c.. acid red 92, c. J. acid red 388, or rhodamine acid dye C · I. Acid red 5 2 (acid rhodamine), c. 289, acid rhodamine g, C. 丨 acid purple 9 is preferred. · v Among them, especially for the advantages of color development, heat, light resistance, etc., it is best to use C. ί. Acid red 52, c. L acid red 324024 86 201247603 using rhodamine acid dyes. (The form of the ton dye as a basic dye) For example, c. I. Basic red 1 (Rhodamine 6GCp), c ! Authentic red 8 (Rhodamine G), CI alkaline purple 〇 (Rhodmin B) and so on. Among them, in view of excellent color developability, it is preferred to use C.I. alkaline red quinone and c. muscarinic purple 10. (The form of the ton dye as the lake pigment) The metal lake pigment of the ton dye, such as C·丨. Pigment Red 81, c. 1

春色素紅81:卜C.I.色素紅81:2、C.I·色素紅81:3、C I 色素紅81 : 4、C. I.色素紅81 : 5、C· I.色素紅169、c L 色素紫1、C. I.色素紫1: 1、C.I.色素紫i:2、c. I.色素 紫2等。 ^ (二苯基及三苯基甲烷系色素：三苯基甲烷系料、二笨基曱 烷系染料及其色澱顏料） 一本基及二苯基曱烧系色素方面，藍色系三芳基曱烧 φ 系鹼性染料在400至440nm處具有高透過率之分光特性。 (一本基及二本基甲烧系染料作為酸性染料之形態） 二苯基及三苯基曱烷系之酸性染料以使用食用藍色 101號（C. I.酸性藍1)、酸性純藍（c. I.酸性藍3)、色澱藍 1(C. I·酸性藍5)、色澱藍11(C· I.酸性藍7)、食用藍色1 號（C. I.酸性藍9)、C. I.酸性藍22、C. I.酸性藍83、C. I. 酸性藍90、C. I.酸性藍93、C. I.酸性藍1〇〇、c. I;酸性藍 103、C· I.酸性藍104、C. I.酸性藍1〇9為佳。 (二苯基及三苯基曱烧系染料作為驗性染料之形態） 324024 87 201247603 三苯基f燒系驗性染料、二苯基甲烧系驗性染料‘乃 係藉由對於令心位置之碳原子成為對位之或〇H氧化變 成醌構造而顯色。並由於Μ” 0H之數目可分為下列3種 型。其t，以三胺基三苯基甲烷系鹼性染料之形態者具有 優美的藍色、紅色、綠色之顯色性而較佳。 a) 二胺基三苯基甲烷系鹼性染料 b) 三胺基三笨基曱烷系鹼性染料 c) 具有羥基之玫紅酸系驗性染料 籲 二胺基三苯基T烧系驗性染料、二胺基三苯基f烧系 鹼性染料由於色調鮮明，較之其他耐日光性優異而佳。又， 以二苯基萘甲錢性染料及/或三苯基甲烧㈣染料為 佳。 具體而言，例如c.丨·鹼性藍1(鹼性花青6G)、C. I.鹼 性藍5(鹼性花青EX)、c.丨.鹼性藍7(維多利亞純藍B〇)、 c· I.鹼性藍25(鹼性藍GO)、c. I.鹼性藍26(維多利亞藍B • cone·)等可為例舉。 、尚可舉例如C. I.鹼性綠1(豔綠gx)、c. I.鹼性綠4(孔 雀綠）等。亦可舉例如c. 鹼性紫U甲基紫）、C. I.鹼性紫 3(結晶紫）、C. I.鹼性紫14(洋紅）等。 (一苯基及二苯基甲烷系染料作為色澱顏料之形態） 三芳基甲烷系之色澱顏料之具體例如c. L色素藍1、 匕1.色素藍2、c.〗·色素藍9、C. I.色素藍10、C. I.色素 藍14、c. I·色素藍62、C. I.色素紫3、C. I·色素紫27、C. I. 色素紫39等。 324024 88 201247603 更佳之具體例舉如下： C· I.色素藍1。 c· I.鹼性藍 26、c. I,驗#i 7 者。 赋旺監7以磷鎢-鉬加以色幾化 c· I.色素紫3。 C· I·驗性紫丨以磷鶴_銦酸加以 C.I·色素紫39。 者 鹼f生i 3(結晶紫）以鱗媽_崎加以色殿化者。 、，以使用C. I·色素藍1為較佳。 (啥嚇系色素n系染料、ϋ系顏料） 染料索引中市售之噎琳系染料舉例如下： ιΓΙ黃33、溶劑黃98、溶劑黃157、分散黃54、分散 頁160、酸性黃3等。 欺 ㈣系顏料之例如色素黃138(β·Spring Pigment Red 81: Bu CI Pigment Red 81:2, CI·Color Red 81:3, CI Pigment Red 81: 4, CI Pigment Red 81: 5, C·I. Pigment Red 169, c L Pigment Violet 1, CI Pigment Violet 1: 1, CI Pigment Violet i: 2, c. I. Pigment Violet 2, etc. ^ (Diphenyl and triphenylmethane pigments: triphenylmethane, diphenyl decane dyes and their lake pigments) The base-burning φ-based basic dye has a high transmittance spectroscopic property at 400 to 440 nm. (One base and two base-based dyes as acid dyes) Diphenyl and triphenyldecane-based acid dyes to use Edible Blue No. 101 (CI Acid Blue 1), Acid Pure Blue (c I. Acid Blue 3), Lake Blue 1 (C. I. Acid Blue 5), Lake Blue 11 (C·I. Acid Blue 7), Edible Blue No. 1 (CI Acid Blue 9), CI Acidity Blue 22, CI Acid Blue 83, CI Acid Blue 90, CI Acid Blue 93, CI Acid Blue 1〇〇, c. I; Acid Blue 103, C·I. Acid Blue 104, CI Acid Blue 1〇9 are preferred. (Diphenyl and triphenyl fluorene dyes as the form of the test dye) 324024 87 201247603 Triphenyl f-burning dyes, diphenyl-based dyes are based on the position of the heart The carbon atom becomes a para- or 〇H oxidized to a 醌 structure and develops color. Further, since the number of Μ"0H can be classified into the following three types, it is preferable that the form of triamine-based triphenylmethane-based basic dye has a beautiful color development of blue, red, and green. a) diaminotriphenylmethane-based basic dye b) triamine-based triphenyl decane-based basic dye c) rosmarinic acid-based dye with hydroxyl group The dyes of dyes and diaminotriphenyl-f-based basic dyes are excellent in color tone and excellent in other solar resistance. Also, diphenylnaphthoquinone-based dyes and/or triphenyl-methyl-ruthenium (tetra) dyes Specifically, for example, c. 丨·Basic Blue 1 (Basic Cyanine 6G), CI Basic Blue 5 (Basic Cyanine EX), c. 丨. Basic Blue 7 (Victoria Pure Blue B) 〇), c·I. Basic Blue 25 (Basic Blue GO), c. I. Basic Blue 26 (Victoria Blue B • cone·), etc. may, for example, be CI alkaline green 1 (Bright green gx), c. I. Basic green 4 (malachite green), etc., for example, c. Basic purple U methyl violet), CI alkaline violet 3 (crystal violet), CI alkaline violet 14 (magenta), etc. (monophenyl and diphenylmethane dyes as lakes The form of the material) The specific content of the triarylmethane lake pigment, for example, c. L pigment blue 1, 匕 1. pigment blue 2, c. 〗 〖, pigment blue 9, CI pigment blue 10, CI pigment blue 14, c. I - Pigment Blue 62, CI Pigment Violet 3, C. I. Pigment Violet 27, CI Pigment Violet 39, etc. 324024 88 201247603 More specific examples are as follows: C·I. Pigment Blue 1. c· I. Basic Blue 26 , c. I, test #i 7. Fuwangjian 7 with phosphorus tungsten-molybdenum to color c. I. pigment purple 3. C · I · test purpura with phosphorus crane _ indium acid CI color Violet 39. Alkaloids f, i 3 (crystal violet), are used in the case of scales, and are used in the case of C. I. Pigment Blue 1. (Inferior dyes, n-type dyes, lanthanides) Pigments) The commercially available phthalocyanine dyes in the dye index are as follows: ι ΓΙ yellow 33, Solvent Yellow 98, Solvent Yellow 157, Disperse Yellow 54, Dispersion Page 160, Acid Yellow 3, etc. Bullying (4) pigments such as Pigment Yellow 138 ( β·

Paliotol 黃 K0961—HD)等。 a K (噻畊系染料） 。塞：系染料之例如在硫化氫之存在下，將對—伸苯基二 胺以一氣化亞鐵行氧化而得之勞氏紫、&quot;藍、亞甲綠卜 c. I.鹼性藍 9、17、24、25 ,Paliotol Yellow K0961—HD), etc. a K (thioglycine dye). Plug: a dye such as in the presence of hydrogen sulfide, which is obtained by oxidation of p-phenylenediamine with a gasified ferrous iron, and a blue, methylene green b. I. basic blue 9, 17, 24, 25,

直接紅70等。 一藍8、C.I.鹼性綠5、C.L (噻唑系染料） ，系染料乃係具輪環之染料，具體例奴 黃186、C. I.直接黃7 驗性紫“、心飞驗性藍⑴心驗性 Η、17、18、22、28、29 324024 89 201247603 30、54、59、165、C. I.直接桔黃 18、C. I.直接紅 11 等。 (成鹽化） 染料雖然具有良好的分光特性，發色性亦優異，但是 耐光性、耐熱性方面常有些問題，所以使用在需求高可靠 性之濾色器所成之影像顯表示裝置時，其特性就有不足之 處。 因此，為改善上述缺點，當鹼性染料形態時，藉由有 機酸或過氯酸進行成鹽化而成為成鹽化合物（Z)而使用為 • 較佳。該有機酸以使用有機確酸、有機叛酸為佳。其中， 尤以使用吐氏酸（tobias acid)等萘石黃酸、過氯酸就而ί性之 提升而較佳。 又，酸性染料、直接染料之形態時，可使用四級銨鹽 化合物、三級胺化合物、二級胺化合物、一級胺化合物等， 或具有這些官能基之樹脂組成分進行成鹽化而以經成鹽化 之成鹽化合物（Ζ)使用，或磺酸醯胺化而成為磺酸醯胺化合 ^ 物所成鹽化合物（Ζ)而使用，在财性方面較佳。 其中，特別是酸性染料之鹽化化合物及/或酸性染料 之石黃酸醯胺化合物所成鹽化合物（Ζ)，在财性、顏料之併用 性優異而較佳，加之，以配對離子而作用之配對成分之四 級銨鹽化合物進行成鹽化而得經成鹽之成鹽化合物（Ζ)為 更佳。 就染料形態具體詳述如下： [酸性染料之成鹽化合物及/或酸性染料之磺酸醯胺化合 物] 324024 90 201247603 酸性染料之成鹽化合物係將酸性染料藉由四級銨鹽化 合物、三級胺化合物、二級胺化合物、一級胺化合物等及 具有這些官能基之樹脂成分（下文中稱為成鹽樹脂ci)進行 成鹽化而得，或藉由磺酸醯胺化而成為磺酸醯胺化合物之 成鹽化合物，可以賦予高财熱性、财光性、耐溶劑性而較 佳。 該一級胺化合物之例如曱胺、乙胺、丙胺、異丙胺、 丁胺、戊胺、己胺、庚胺、辛胺、壬胺、癸胺、十一烷胺、 ® 十二院胺（月桂胺）、十三烧胺、十四烧胺（肉莖蔻胺）、十 五烷胺、十六烷胺、硬脂胺、油胺、椰子烷胺、牛脂烷胺、 硬化牛脂烷胺、丙烯胺等脂肪族不飽和一級胺、苯胺、苯 曱胺等。 二級胺化合物之例如二曱胺、二乙胺、二丙胺、二異 丙胺、二丁胺、二戊胺、二丙烯胺等脂肪族不飽和二級胺， 曱基苯胺、乙基苯胺、二苯曱胺、二苯胺、二椰子烷胺、 Φ 二硬化牛脂烷胺、二硬脂胺等。 三級胺化合物之例如三曱胺、三乙胺、三丙胺、三丁 胺、三胺、二甲苯胺、二乙苯胺、三苯甲胺等。 染料中，酸性染料使用四級銨鹽進行成鹽化，或將酸 性染料加以磺酸醯胺化而使用為最佳，所以就上述2種形 態詳述如下。 (由酸性顏料和四級敍成鹽化合物所成之成鹽化合物（Z)) 染料乃將上述酸性染料和四級銨鹽化合物所成之成鹽 化合物（Z)而使用，就耐熱性、财光性、财溶劑性之觀點而 324024 91 201247603 言為最佳。 四級錢鹽化合物 四級叙鹽化合物乃具有胺基’其陽離子部分係成為Π頓 系酸性染料之抗衡離子。 成鹽化合物（z)之抗衡成分之四級銨鹽化合物之較佳 形態係無色’或呈白色。上述無色或白色乃意指所謂透明 之狀態’在可視光區域之400至700nra範圍區域處，透過 率在95%以上’較佳為98%以上之狀態而定義。換言之，在 ® 不阻礙染料成分之發色，不起變色為必要條件。 構成四級銨鹽化合物之抗衡之陽離子部分之鹽化樹脂 (C1)之分子量在190至900範圍為佳。上述陽離子部分乃 相當於下式（19)中之之部分。當分子量小 於190時，耐光性、耐熱性會降低，加之，對於溶劑之溶 解性也可能會有降低之情形。又，分子量大於9〇〇時，分 子中之發色成分之比率降低，因此，發色性降低，明度也 φ有降低之情形發生。較佳之陽離子部分之分子量在240至 850範圍内’尤以在35〇至_範圍為最佳。 此處’分子里係依據構造式計算者，以碳之原子量為 12，氫之原子量為1，氮之原子量為14而計算之。 又’四級錢鹽化合物可使用下式（19；)所表示化合物。 324024 92 •101 201247603Direct red 70 and so on. A blue 8, CI alkaline green 5, CL (thiazole dye), dye is a dye with a wheel ring, specific examples of slave yellow 186, CI direct yellow 7 test purple ", heart fly blue (1) heart test Η, 17, 18, 22, 28, 29 324024 89 201247603 30, 54, 59, 165, CI direct orange 18, CI direct red 11, etc. (saltification) Dyes have good spectroscopic properties, hair color It is also excellent in the properties, but there are still some problems in light resistance and heat resistance. Therefore, when an image display device formed by a color filter requiring high reliability is used, its characteristics are insufficient. Therefore, in order to improve the above disadvantages, In the case of a basic dye form, it is preferably used by salt formation with an organic acid or perchloric acid to form a salt-forming compound (Z). The organic acid is preferably organic acid or organic acid. In particular, it is preferable to use naphthenic acid such as tobias acid or perchloric acid, and it is preferable to improve the odor. Further, in the form of an acid dye or a direct dye, a quaternary ammonium compound can be used, and Amine compound, secondary amine compound, primary amine compound, etc. Or a resin component having these functional groups is salted to be used as a salified salt-forming compound (Ζ), or a sulfonic acid hydrazide is used to form a salt of a sulfonate amide compound (Ζ) In addition, it is preferable in terms of financial properties. Among them, a salt-forming compound of an acid dye and/or a salt-forming compound of a ruthenium amide compound of an acid dye, which is excellent in the combination of property and pigment, is excellent. Preferably, in addition, it is more preferable to form a salt-forming salt-forming compound (Ζ) by salt formation of a quaternary ammonium salt compound which acts as a counter ion, and the dye form is specifically described as follows: [Acid dye Salt-forming compound and/or acid dye sulfonate guanamine compound] 324024 90 201247603 Acid dye salt-forming compound is an acid dye by a quaternary ammonium salt compound, a tertiary amine compound, a secondary amine compound, a primary amine compound And a resin component having such a functional group (hereinafter referred to as a salt-forming resin ci) is salted, or a salt-forming compound of a sulfonate oxime compound by amination of a sulfonic acid hydrazine can be imparted high. It is preferably rich in heat, acid, and solvent. The primary amine compound is, for example, guanamine, ethylamine, propylamine, isopropylamine, butylamine, pentylamine, hexylamine, heptylamine, octylamine, decylamine, hydrazine. Amine, undecylamine, ® doxamine (laurylamine), tridecylamine, tetradecylamine (carnitine), pentadecylamine, cetylamine, stearylamine, oleylamine, An aliphatic unsaturated primary amine such as coconut alkylamine, tallow amine, hardened tallow alkylamine or acrylamine, aniline, benzoguanamine, etc. Secondary amine compounds such as diamine, diethylamine, dipropylamine, diisopropylamine An aliphatic unsaturated secondary amine such as dibutylamine, diamylamine or diacrylamide, mercaptoaniline, ethylaniline, benzidine, diphenylamine, dicocylamine, Φ dihardened tallow alkylamine, Stearylamine and the like. The tertiary amine compound is, for example, tridecylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, tributylamine, triamine, xylylamine, diethylaniline, triphenylamine or the like. Among the dyes, it is preferred that the acid dye is salified with a quaternary ammonium salt or the acid dye is decanoylated with a sulfonic acid. Therefore, the above two forms are described in detail below. (salt compound (Z) formed from an acid pigment and a quaternary salt compound) The dye is a salt compound (Z) formed by the above acid dye and a quaternary ammonium salt compound, and is used for heat resistance and wealth. The viewpoint of lightness and financial solvent is 324024 91 201247603. The quaternary salt salt compound The quaternary salt compound has an amine group, and its cationic portion is a counter ion of the fluorene acid dye. The preferred form of the quaternary ammonium salt compound which is a counter component of the salt forming compound (z) is colorless or white. The above-mentioned colorless or white color means that the so-called transparent state is defined in a state where the transmittance is in the range of 400 to 700 nra of the visible light region, and the transmittance is 95% or more and preferably 98% or more. In other words, ® does not hinder the color development of the dye component, and does not change color as a necessary condition. The molecular weight of the salted resin (C1) constituting the counter-cation portion of the quaternary ammonium salt compound is preferably in the range of from 190 to 900. The above cation moiety corresponds to a part of the following formula (19). When the molecular weight is less than 190, the light resistance and heat resistance are lowered, and in addition, the solubility of the solvent may be lowered. Further, when the molecular weight is more than 9 Å, the ratio of the coloring component in the molecule is lowered, so that the color developability is lowered and the brightness is also lowered. Preferably, the molecular weight of the cationic moiety is in the range of from 240 to 850, particularly preferably in the range of from 35 Å to Å. Here, the numerator is calculated based on the structural formula, and the atomic weight of carbon is 12, the atomic weight of hydrogen is 1, and the atomic weight of nitrogen is 14. Further, the compound represented by the following formula (19;) can be used as the quaternary salt compound. 324024 92 •101 201247603

R R1〇i-N-R(R R1〇i-N-R(

L103L103

式（1 9) [式（19)中’R至R各自獨立表示；5炭數1至2〇之烧 基或苯甲基，R101、Rm、R103或之至少兩個以上係碳數 為5至20。Y表示無機或有機之陰離子。] 藉由R1D1至R1。4之至少2個以上之侧鏈之碳數成為5至 20個’對於溶劑之溶解性可變好。當^⑻至Rm中碳數少於 5之院基有3個以上時，對於溶劑之溶解性會劣變，容易 發生塗膜異物。又，側鍵存在有碳數超過2 〇之烧基時，成 鹽化合物（Z)之發色性會受損。 構成四級銨鹽化合物之陰離子之γ-成分，只要是無機 或有機之陰離子就好，但以鹵素為較佳，一般為氯原子。 該四級銨鹽化合物之具體例舉如下。 離子部分之分子量為74)、氣化四乙金 (陽離子科之分子量為122)、氣化單硬脂基三曱敍（陽萄 ^部^之^子量為312)、氯化二硬脂基二曱銨（陽離子音 二:子里為550) κ匕三硬脂基單曱錄（陽離子部分戈 刀子量為^8)、氯化綠臘基三曱銨（陽離子部分之分子| 為_)氯化一辛基甲銨（陽離子部分之分子量為368)、 基—甲錄（陽離子部分之分子量為27G)、氯化肩 月桂基二甲銨（陽離子邱 b &amp; 刃雕于口 P刀之为子置為228)、氣化二月右 324024 93 201247603 基二甲銨（陽離子部分之分子量為382)、氣化三月桂基甲 銨（陽離子部分之分子量為536)、氣化三戊基苯甲銨（陽離 子部分之分子量為318)、氯化三己基苯甲銨（陽離子部分 之分子量為360)、氣化三辛基苯甲錢（陽離子部分之分子 量為444)、氯化三月桂基苯曱銨（陽離子部分之分子量為 612)、氣化苯甲基二甲基硬脂銨（陽離子部分之分子量為 388) ’以及氯化苯甲基二甲基辛銨（陽離子部分之分子量為 248)，或一烧基（统基）為碳數係14至18之氣化二曱錢（硬 • 化牛脂）（陽離子部分之分子量為438至550)等為較佳。 市售品有花王公司製品之QUARTAMIN24P、Formula (1 9) [In the formula (19), 'R to R are each independently represented; 5 a carbon number of 1 to 2 Å of a burnt group or a benzyl group, and R101, Rm, R103 or at least two or more carbon numbers thereof are 5 To 20. Y represents an inorganic or organic anion. The number of carbon atoms of at least two or more side chains of R1D1 to R1. 4 is 5 to 20'. The solubility in a solvent is preferably changed. When there are three or more bases having a carbon number of less than 5 in ^(8) to Rm, the solubility in the solvent is deteriorated, and foreign matter of the coating film is likely to occur. Further, when a side chain has a burning group having a carbon number of more than 2 Å, the coloring property of the salt-forming compound (Z) is impaired. The γ-component constituting the anion of the quaternary ammonium salt compound is preferably an inorganic or organic anion, but halogen is preferred, and is usually a chlorine atom. Specific examples of the quaternary ammonium salt compound are as follows. The molecular weight of the ionic moiety is 74), the vaporized tetraethyl gold (the molecular weight of the cationic group is 122), the gasified monostearyl sulfonyl triterpene (the amount of the cations of the genus ^ ^ ^ ^ 312), chlorinated distearyl Bismuthium glucosinolate (cationic sound: 550 in the cation) κ匕 tristearate single sputum (cation part of the knife is ^8), chlorinated green waxy triammonium (the molecular part of the molecule | ) octylmethylammonium chloride (molecular weight of the cationic moiety is 368), basal-methyl (the molecular weight of the cationic moiety is 27G), and chlorinated shoulder lauryl dimethylammonium (cationic qi b &amp; blade carved in the mouth P knife) The sub-set is 228), vaporized in February, right 324024 93 201247603-based dimethylammonium (the molecular weight of the cationic moiety is 382), vaporized trilaurylmethylammonium (the molecular weight of the cationic moiety is 536), gasified triamyl Benzoylammonium (molecular weight of the cationic moiety is 318), trihexylbenzylammonium chloride (molecular weight of the cationic moiety is 360), gasified trioctylbenzil (molecular weight of the cationic moiety is 444), trilaurate chloride Benzoyl ammonium (molecular weight of the cationic moiety is 612), gasified benzyl dimethyl stearate (cationic part) The molecular weight of the fraction is 388) 'and the benzyl chloride dimethyl ammonium chloride (the molecular weight of the cationic moiety is 248), or the one alkyl group (the basic group) is the gasification of the carbon number of 14 to 18 (hard) • The tallow ester (the molecular weight of the cationic moiety is 438 to 550) or the like is preferred. Commercial products include QUARTAMIN24P, which is a product of Kao Corporation.

QUARTAMIN86P 濃、QUARTAMIN60W 、 QUARTAMIN86W 、 QUARTAMIND86P、SANISOL C、SANISOL B-50 等，雄獅公司 製品之 ARQUAD210-80E、2C-75、2HT-75、2H 片狀物、 20-75卜 2HP-75、或 2HP 片狀物等。其中，以 QUARTAMIND86P (氣化二硬脂基二曱銨）、或ARQUAD2HT-75(氯化二烷基（烷 φ 基為碳數係14至18)二曱銨）等為較佳。 四級銨鹽化合物可為具有側鏈陽離子性基，特別是胺 基、錢基’與°頓系酸性染料反應’經鹽化而形成四級銨鹽 構造之樹脂形態者。 鹽化化合物（Z)之製造方法 酸性染料和四級铵鹽化合物間之成鹽化合物可按照已 往周知方法製造之。例如日本專利特開平1卜72969號公報 等公開有具體之製造方法。 舉一例如下。溶解酸性染料於水後’添加四級銨鹽化 324024 94 201247603 合物，攪拌下進行成鹽化處理就行。此時，酸性染料中之 磺酸基（-S〇3H)、磺酸鈉基（-S〇3Na)之部分與四級銨鹽化合 物之銨基（NH4)之部分結合而獲得成鹽化合物。又，替代 水，也可利用曱醇、乙醇做為成鹽化時之溶劑用途。 成鹽化合物（Z)中，特以用酸性染料形態之染料（C) (C. I.酸性紅289、或C. I.酸性紅52等）及構成抗衡之陽離 子部分之分子量為350至800範圍之四級銨鹽化合物之間 之成鹽化合物時，可得溶劑溶解性優異，而與下述顏料併 9 用時，形成财熱性、耐光性、财溶劑性更為優異之產品。 又，成鹽化合物（Z)與顏料併用時成為更為優異之產品，乃 係溶解、分散於溶劑中，據推測可吸附顏料所造成。此此 時，顏料之一次粒徑在20至10nm為較佳。 又，著色組成物，乃以與藍色顏料併用之藍色著色組 成物，與紅色顏料併用之紅色著色組成物，與黃色顏料併 用之黃色著色組成物，綠色著色組成物之形態為佳。 [酸性顏料之磺酸醯胺化合物] 適用於染料之酸性染料之磺酸醯胺化合物，乃依照常 法將具有磺酸基（-S〇3H)、碳酸鈉基（-S〇3Na)之酸性顏料加 以氯化而變成磺醯氣基，再將該化合物與具有-NH2基之胺 反應而製成。 又，磺酸醯胺化時，適用之胺化物之具體例如2-乙基 己胺、十一烧胺、3-癸醢氧基丙胺、3-(2-乙基己氧基）丙 胺、3-乙氧基丙胺、環己胺等為佳。 舉一例而言，欲以3-(2-乙基己氧基）丙胺將C. I.酸性 324024 95 201247603 紅289加以改質而得磺酸醯胺化合物時，先將c.酸性紅 289加以磺醯氣化之後，在二卩萼烷中使用理論當量之3-(2- 乙基己氧基）丙胺加以反應而得C.I.酸性紅289之磺酸醯 胺化合物。 又’將C. I.酸性紅52使用3-(2-乙基己氧基）丙胺加 以改質而得其磺酸醯胺化合物時，同樣地，先將c·丨·酸性 紅52加以磺醢氣化之後，在二Pf烷中，以理論當量之3-(2- 乙基己氧基）丙胺加以反應而得C. I.酸性紅52之磺酸醯胺 •化合物就行。 [由驗性染料和有機酸、無機酸之化合物所成之成鹽化合. 物] 一般，驗性料之耐光性、耐熱性更差，使用在需要信 賴性高之濾色器之影像顯表示裝置時，其特性就不足。因 此’為改善這種染料之缺點，以有機酸、無機酸將鹼性染 料進行成鹽化為佳。該有機酸以使用有機磺酸、有機羧酸 % 為宜，其中’以採用萘磺酸為佳，尤以使用吐氏酸（2_萘胺 、1-磺酸）為較佳。又，無機酸以使用過氣酸為最佳。 &lt;分散助劑&gt; 顏料要分散在樹脂等色素載體及/或溶劑中之際，可 含有適佳之樹脂型顏料分散劑、界面活性劑、顏料衍生物 等之分散助劑。分散助劑具有優異之顏料分散，對於防止 刀散後之顏料之再凝聚之效果甚佳，所以使用分散助劑將 顏料分散於樹脂及/或溶劑中而構成之樹脂組成物時，可 得透明性優異之硬化物。 324024 96 201247603 分散助劑之使用量，對於顏料100重量份計’以0.1 至40重量份為佳，尤以0. 1至30重量份為更佳。 (樹脂型顏料分散劑） 樹脂型顏料分散劑具有備有吸附顏料性質之顏料親和 性部分，及與色素載體有互溶性之部分，其作用在吸附色 素使顏料分散於色素載體獲得安定化之功能。樹脂型顏料 分散劑之具體例如聚脈炫、聚丙稀酸醋等聚缓酸醋、不飽 和聚醯胺、聚羧酸、聚羧酸（局部）胺鹽、聚羧酸銨鹽、聚 ® 叛酸烧胺鹽、聚碎氧烧、長鏈狀之聚胺基醯胺填酸鹽、含 經基之聚叛酸酯’或其改質物、聚（低級伸炫基亞胺）和含 有游離羧基之聚酯之間之反應所形成之醯胺’或其鹽等油 性分散劑，（甲基）丙稀酸_苯乙烯共聚物、（曱基）丙稀酸 -(曱基）-丙烯酸酯共聚物、苯乙烯-馬來酸共聚物、聚乙烯 醇、聚乙烯吡咯烷酮等水溶性樹脂或水溶性高分子化合 物、聚酯系、改質聚丙稀酸酯系、乙烯氧化物/丙烯氧化 φ 物加成化合物、磷酸酯系等，上述可單獨或2種以上混合 使用。 市售之樹脂型分散劑之例如日本比克化學公司製品之QUARTAMIN86P thick, QUARTAMIN60W, QUARTAMIN86W, QUARTAMIND86P, SANISOL C, SANISOL B-50, etc., ARQUAD210-80E, 2C-75, 2HT-75, 2H sheet, 20-75 Bu 2HP-75, or 2HP Sheets and the like. Among them, QUARTAMIND86P (vaporized distearyldiamine) or ARQUAD2HT-75 (dialkyl chloride (alkylbenzene group is 14 to 18) diammonium) is preferable. The quaternary ammonium salt compound may be a resin form having a side chain cationic group, particularly an amine group, a hydroxyl group & a °D acid dye, which is salified to form a quaternary ammonium salt structure. Method for Producing Salified Compound (Z) A salt-forming compound between an acid dye and a quaternary ammonium salt compound can be produced by a conventionally known method. A specific manufacturing method is disclosed, for example, in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 72969. Give an example below. After dissolving the acid dye in water, add a quaternary ammonium salt to 324024 94 201247603 and salt it for salting. At this time, a part of the sulfonic acid group (-S〇3H) and the sodium sulfonate group (-S〇3Na) in the acid dye is combined with a part of the ammonium group (NH4) of the quaternary ammonium salt compound to obtain a salt-forming compound. Further, instead of water, decyl alcohol or ethanol can also be used as a solvent for salification. In the salt-forming compound (Z), a dye (C) in the form of an acid dye (CI acid red 289, or CI acid red 52, etc.) and a quaternary ammonium salt having a molecular weight of 350 to 800 in a cationic portion constituting the counterbalance are specifically used. When a salt-forming compound is formed between the compounds, it is excellent in solubility in a solvent, and when it is used in combination with the following pigments, it is a product which is more excellent in heat, light resistance, and acid solvent. Further, when the salt-forming compound (Z) and the pigment are used together, they are more excellent products, which are dissolved and dispersed in a solvent, and are presumably adsorbed by a pigment. At this time, the primary particle diameter of the pigment is preferably from 20 to 10 nm. Further, the coloring composition is preferably a blue coloring composition which is used in combination with a blue pigment, a red coloring composition which is used in combination with a red pigment, and a yellow coloring composition which is used in combination with a yellow pigment, and a green coloring composition is preferable. [Sulfonate oxime compound of acid pigment] The sulfonate oxime compound suitable for the acid dye of dye is an acid pigment having a sulfonic acid group (-S〇3H) and a sodium carbonate group (-S〇3Na) according to a usual method. It is chlorinated to become a sulfonium group, and this compound is prepared by reacting the compound with an amine having a -NH2 group. Further, when the sulfonic acid oxime is aminated, specific examples of the applicable amination are, for example, 2-ethylhexylamine, undecylamine, 3-decyloxypropylamine, 3-(2-ethylhexyloxy)propylamine, and 3 - ethoxypropylamine, cyclohexylamine, etc. are preferred. For example, when 3-acid acid 324024 95 201247603 red 289 is modified with 3-(2-ethylhexyloxy) propylamine to obtain a sulfonate oxime compound, c. Acid red 289 is first sulfonated. After the reaction, a theoretical equivalent of 3-(2-ethylhexyloxy)propylamine was used in dioxane to give a sulfonic acid guanamine compound of CI Acid Red 289. In the same manner, when CI acid red 52 is modified with 3-(2-ethylhexyloxy) propylamine to obtain a sulfonate sulfonamide compound, c. hydrazine acid red 52 is first gasified with sulfonium. Thereafter, a theoretical equivalent of 3-(2-ethylhexyloxy)propylamine is reacted in a di-Pf alkane to obtain a sulfonic acid guanamine compound of CI Acid Red 52. [Formation of a salt formed by an organic dye and a compound of an inorganic acid.] In general, the light resistance and heat resistance of the test material are worse, and it is used in an image display of a color filter that requires high reliability. When the device is installed, its characteristics are insufficient. Therefore, in order to improve the disadvantage of such a dye, it is preferred to form an alkali dye by an organic acid or an inorganic acid. The organic acid is preferably an organic sulfonic acid or an organic carboxylic acid, and preferably naphthalenesulfonic acid is used, and particularly, toluic acid (2-naphthylamine, 1-sulfonic acid) is preferably used. Further, the inorganic acid is preferably used in the use of peroxyacid. &lt;Dispersing aid&gt; When the pigment is to be dispersed in a dye carrier such as a resin and/or a solvent, a dispersing aid such as a suitable resin-based pigment dispersant, a surfactant, or a pigment derivative may be contained. The dispersing aid has excellent pigment dispersion, and has a good effect of preventing re-agglomeration of the pigment after the knife is scattered. Therefore, when the dispersing aid is used to disperse the pigment in the resin and/or solvent to form a resin composition, transparency is obtained. Severely cured. 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。. (Resin-type pigment dispersant) The resin-type pigment dispersant has a pigment affinity portion having an adsorption pigment property and a mutually soluble portion with a pigment carrier, and functions as a function of adsorbing a pigment to disperse a pigment in a pigment carrier to obtain stability. . Specific examples of the resin type pigment dispersing agent, such as polypulse, polyacrylic acid vinegar, polyglycolic acid, unsaturated polyamine, polycarboxylic acid, polycarboxylic acid (local) amine salt, polycarboxylate ammonium salt, poly® rebellion Acid-smelted amine salt, poly-calcined, long-chain polyamine guanamine sulphate, trans-base polyglycolate 'or its modified substance, poly(low-grade succinimide) and free carboxyl group An oily dispersant such as a guanamine or a salt thereof formed by the reaction between the polyesters, (meth)acrylic acid-styrene copolymer, (mercapto)acrylic acid-(mercapto)-acrylate copolymerization Water-soluble resin such as styrene-maleic acid copolymer, polyvinyl alcohol or polyvinylpyrrolidone or water-soluble polymer compound, polyester system, modified polyacrylate type, ethylene oxide/propylene oxide φ The compound, the phosphate ester, and the like may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds. A commercially available resin type dispersant such as a product of Japan BAK Chemical Co., Ltd.

Disperbyk-101 、 103 、 107 、 108 、 110 、 111 、 116 、 130 、 140 、 154 、 16卜 162 、 163 、 164 、 165 、 166 、 167 、 170 、 17卜 174、180、18卜 182、183、184、185、190、2000、 20(Π、2020、2025、2050、2070、2095、2150、2155 或八111:卜 Terra-U、203、204、或 ΒΥΚ-Ρ104、P104S、220S、6919， 或 Lactimon、Lactimon-WS 或 Bykumen 等，他如日本陸布 324024 97 201247603 利索爾公司製品之 SOLSPERSE-3000、9000、13000、13240、 13650、13940、16000、17000、18000、20000、21000、24000、 26000、27000、28000、31845、32000、32500、32550、33500、 32600、34750、35100、36600、38500、41000、41090、53095、 55000、76500等，日本汽巴公司製品之EFKA-46、47、48、 452、4008、4009、4010、4015、4020、4047、4050、4055、 4060、4080、4400、44(H、4402、4403、4406、4408、4300、 4310 、 4320 、 4330 、 4340 、 450 、 451 、 453 、 4540 、 4550 、 ♦ 4560、4800、5010、5065、5066、5070、7500、7554、1101、 120、150、1501、1502、1503等，尚有味之素精密科技公 司製品之 Ajisper-PAlll、PB711、PB821、PB822、PB824 等可為例舉。 (界面活性劑） 界面活性劑之例如聚氧化乙烯烧基峻硫酸鹽、十二烧 基苯續酸納、苯乙烯-丙烯酸共聚物之驗性鹽、烧基萘續酸 φ 鈉、烷基二苯醚二磺酸鈉、月桂基硫酸單乙醇胺、月桂基 硫酸三乙醇胺、月桂基硫酸錢、硬脂酸單乙醇胺、硬脂酸 鈉、月桂基硫酸納等陰離子性界面活性劑；聚氧化乙烯油 醚、聚氧化乙烯月桂醚、聚氧化乙烯壬基苯醚、聚氧化乙 婦烧基謎碌酸醋、聚乳化乙稀山梨糖醇奸單硬脂酸醋、聚 乙二醇單月桂酸S旨等非離子性界面活性劑；烧基四級錄鹽 或其乙稀氧化物加成物等1%離子性.界面.活性劑；烧基二甲 胺乙酸甜采驗等之烧基甜采驗、烧基咪唾淋等之兩性界面 活性劑等，上述可單獨或2種以上混合而使用。 324024 98 201247603 (顏料衍生物） 顏料衍生物乃指有機顏料中導入取代基而成之化合 物，有機顏料中含通常不被稱為顏料之萘系、蒽醌系等淡 黃色之芳香族多環化合物，顏料衍生物可使用日本專利特 開昭63-305173號公報、特公昭57-15620號公報、特公昭 59-40172號公報、特公昭63-17102號公報、特公平5-9469 號公報等所記載者，這些可單獨或2種以上混合而使用。 &lt;難燃劑&gt; 樹脂組成物之實施形態之一種可含有難燃劑。特別是 使用樹脂組成物必須備有難燃性之用途之際，例如感光性 而于焊接油墨時，含有難燃劑為佳。 難燃劑之例如磷酸蜜胺、聚磷酸蜜胺、磷酸胍、聚磷 酸胍、磷酸銨、聚磷酸銨、磷酸醯胺銨、聚磷酸醯胺銨、 磷酸胺基曱鹽、聚磷酸胺基甲鹽等磷酸鹽系化合物，或聚 構酸鹽系化合物、紅構、有機填酸自旨化合物、填碑化合物、 磺酸化合物、二乙基膦酸鋁、甲基乙基膦酸鋁、二苯基膦 酸鋁、乙基丁基膦酸鋁、曱基丁基膦酸鋁、聚乙烯膦酸鋁 等，膦酸化合物、膦酸氧化物、磷茂烷化合物、磷酸醯胺 化合物等磷系難燃劑； 蜜胺、蜜白胺、蜜勒胺、蜜弄、蜜胺三聚氰酸酯等之 三畊系化合物、三聚氰酸化合物、三聚異氰酸化合物、三 β坐系化合物、四峻系化合物、重氮化合物、尿素等氮系難 燃劑； 聚矽氧烷化合物或矽烷化合物等矽系難燃劑； 324024 99 201247603 鹵化雙酚A、齒化環氧，人 之低分子含一二化苯氧基化合物等 難燃劑； &quot;s鹵化聚合物等鹵素系 虱氧化紹、H氧化鎂、氫氧化鍅 辦等金屬氫氧化物； &lt;氧化雀貝虱氧化 氧化錫、氧化鋁、氧化鎂、氣 氧化録、氧化錄、碳酸鋅、碳酸^化^氡化鋅、氧化鉬、 酸辞:水含玻料無機、破酸鎖、棚 最近常被談及之考慮對於環墙旦y 難燃劑或瞻燃劑等非自素系難；為理枝以磷: 脂組成物以使㈣於難祕財絲之制^合物、鱗酸 糸化純、聚顧蜜胺、胺三聚氰酸酯等為 車乂佳。這些難燃劑可早獨或複數併用。 、難燃劑之含量並無特別限制，例如樹脂組成物使用於 感光性耐焊接油墨時，對於含有絲之聚合物⑻⑽重量 伤汁’使用5至200重1份為佳，尤以使用2〇至15〇重量 份為較佳。 &lt;添加劑&gt; 樹脂組成物在必要時可添加熱可祕樹脂 、熱硬化性 樹脂、併用之硬化劑、調平劑、紫外光吸收劑、光安定劑、 批氧化劑、無機填充劑、黏接賦與劑、保存安定劑、染料、 矽烷偶合劑等之密著性改善劑等之添加劑。這些添加劑在 不損及樹脂組成物之目的範圍内，可添加任一用量。 (密著性改善劑） 324024 100 201247603 樹脂組成物使用在需求與基材密著性用途時，以含有 密著性改善劑為佳。 密著性改善劑之例如乙烯三氯矽烷、乙烯三甲氧基矽 烧、乙稀三乙氧基石夕烧、2-(3,4--乙氧基環己基）乙基二甲 氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三曱氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧 基丙基曱基二乙氧基碎烧、3 -環氧丙氧基丙基三乙氧基碎 烷、對-苯乙烯基三曱氧基矽烷、3-曱基丙烯醯氧基丙基曱 基二甲氧基矽烷、3-曱基丙烯醯氧基丙基三曱氧基矽烷、 • 3-曱基丙烯醯氧基丙基曱基二乙氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯 氧基丙基三乙氧基石夕烧、3-丙稀酸氧基丙基二曱氧基石夕 烧、N_2-(胺乙基）- 3-胺丙基甲基二曱氧基石夕烧、N-2-(胺 乙基）_3_胺丙基三曱氧基硬烧、N_2_ (胺乙基）_3_胺丙基二 乙氧基梦烧、3_胺基丙基三曱氧基碎烧、3_胺基丙基二乙 氧基石夕烧、3-三乙氧基發炫基_N-(1, 3-二曱基-亞丁基）丙 胺、N-苯基-3-胺基丙基三曱氧基矽烷、N-(乙烯基苯曱基） ^ -2-胺乙基-3-胺丙基三曱氧矽烷之鹽酸鹽、3-脲基丙基三 乙氧基矽烷、3-氯丙基三曱氧基矽烷、3-氫硫基丙基曱基 二曱氧基矽烷、3-氩硫基丙基三曱氧基矽烷、雙（三乙氧基 矽基丙基）四硫化物、3-異氰酸酯丙基三乙氧基矽烷等。 其中，含有石夕烧系之添加劑，可改善與玻璃基材、IT0 等之間之密著性而佳，以使用3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三曱 氧基矽烷為較佳，尤以使用3-環氧丙氧基丙基三曱氧基矽 院、3-氮硫基丙基三曱氧基梦烧為最佳。 樹脂組成物，例如做為觸控板層間絕緣膜用塗布劑 324024 101 201247603 時，必需要與玻璃基材、ΙΤ0等之密著性，因此，含有矽 烧偶合劑等之密著性改善劑為佳。密著性改善劑之用量， 以感光性組成物之固形物總計1〇〇重量份中，使用〇. 1至 10重量份為佳。就密著性觀點而言，只要〇. 1重量份以上 時密著性改善效果良好，而10重量份以下時，樹脂組成物 之硬度專特性良好。 做為濾色器用感光性組成物時，為提升與透明基板之 間密著性，以含有矽烷偶合劑等之密著性改善劑為佳。矽 烷偶合劑之使用量對於濾色器用感光性組成物中之顏料 100重量份計，以〇.〇1至1〇重量份為佳，尤以使甩〇 〇5 至5重量份為較佳。 (無機氧化物微粒狀物） 樹脂組成物使用在硬化之際，需要某種程度之硬度用 途時’以含有無機氧化物微粒子為佳。Disperbyk-101, 103, 107, 108, 110, 111, 116, 130, 140, 154, 16 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 170, 17 174, 180, 18 182, 183, 184, 185, 190, 2000, 20 (Π, 2020, 2025, 2050, 2070, 2095, 2150, 2155 or eight 111: Bra-U, 203, 204, or ΒΥΚ-Ρ 104, P104S, 220S, 6919, or Lactimon, Lactimon-WS or Bykumen, etc., such as Japan Lubu 324024 97 201247603 Lisol's products SOLSPERSE-3000, 9000, 13000, 13240, 13650, 13940, 16000, 17000, 18000, 20000, 21000, 24000, 26000, 27000, 28000, 31845, 32000, 32500, 32550, 33500, 32600, 34750, 35100, 36600, 38500, 41000, 41090, 53095, 55000, 76500, etc., EFKA-46, 47, 48, 452 of Japan Ciba products , 4008, 4009, 4010, 4015, 4020, 4047, 4050, 4055, 4060, 4080, 4400, 44 (H, 4402, 4403, 4406, 4408, 4300, 4310, 4320, 4330, 4340, 450, 451, 453 , 4540, 4550, ♦ 4560, 4800, 5010, 5065, 5066 , 5070, 7500, 7554, 1101, 120, 150, 1501, 1502, 1503, etc., Ajisper-PAlll, PB711, PB821, PB822, PB824, etc. of Ajinomoto Precision Technology Co., Ltd. can be exemplified. Surfactants such as polyoxyethylene alkyl sulphate, sodium decyl benzoate, styrene-acrylic acid copolymer, sinter naphthoate φ sodium, alkyl diphenyl ether Anionic surfactants such as sodium sulfonate, monoethanolamine lauryl sulfate, triethanolamine lauryl sulfate, lauryl sulfate, stearic acid monoethanolamine, sodium stearate, sodium lauryl sulfate; polyoxyethylene ether ether, poly Ethylene oxide lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene oxide base, vinegar, polyemulsified sorbitan monostearate, polyethylene glycol monolaurate S, etc. Sexual surfactant; burnt-based quaternary salt or its ethylene oxide adduct, etc. 1% ionic. Interface. Active agent; burnt dimethylamine acetic acid sweet test, etc. An amphoteric surfactant such as a sputum, etc., which may be used alone or in combination of two or more Mix and use. 324024 98 201247603 (Pigment Derivative) A pigment derivative is a compound in which a substituent is introduced into an organic pigment, and the organic pigment contains a pale yellow aromatic polycyclic compound such as a naphthalene or an anthracene which is not generally called a pigment. For the pigment derivative, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 63-305173, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 57-15620, Japanese Patent Publication No. 59-40172, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 63-17102, and Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei 5-9469 These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. &lt;Flame Retardant&gt; One of the embodiments of the resin composition may contain a flame retardant. In particular, when the resin composition is required to have a flame retardant use, such as photosensitivity, it is preferable to contain a flame retardant when soldering the ink. Flame retardants such as melamine phosphate, melamine polyphosphate, strontium phosphate, strontium polyphosphate, ammonium phosphate, ammonium polyphosphate, ammonium amide ammonium phosphate, ammonium phosphamethinate, ammonium amide phosphate, polyphosphoric acid amine a phosphate compound such as a salt, or a polyacid salt compound, a red structure, an organic acid-filled compound, a compound compound, a sulfonic acid compound, aluminum diethylphosphinate, aluminum methyl ethylphosphonate, and diphenyl Aluminum phosphinate, aluminum ethyl butyl phosphonate, aluminum decyl butyl phosphonate, aluminum polyphosphinate, etc., phosphorus compounds such as phosphonic acid compounds, phosphonic acid oxides, phosphorus alkyl compounds, and guanidinium phosphate compounds are difficult. a cultivating agent; a cultivating compound such as melamine, melam, melem, honey, melamine cyanurate, a cyanuric compound, a trimeric isocyanate compound, a tri-beta compound, a nitrogen-based flame retardant such as a sulphate compound, a diazo compound or a urea; a bismuth-based flame retardant such as a polyoxy siloxane compound or a decane compound; 324024 99 201247603 Halogenated bisphenol A, a toothed epoxy, a human low molecular weight a non-flammable agent such as a phenoxy compound; &quot;s halogenated polymer and other halogen Metal hydroxides such as bismuth oxide, H-magnesium oxide, and bismuth hydroxide; &lt;oxidized bismuth oxide, tin oxide, aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, gas oxidation, oxidation, zinc carbonate, carbonic acid Zinc telluride, molybdenum oxide, acid word: water containing glass inorganic, broken acid lock, sheds are often discussed in the past for the ring wall y y flammable or flammable agents are not self-sufficient; for the branch Phosphorus: The fat composition is such that (4) the product of the ruthless ruthenium, the bismuth phthalate, the melamine, the amine cyanurate and the like are preferred. These flame retardants can be used alone or in combination. The content of the flame retardant is not particularly limited. For example, when the resin composition is used for the photosensitive solder resist ink, it is preferable to use the silk-containing polymer (8) (10) weight of the juice to use 5 to 200 weights, preferably 2 inches. It is preferably from 15 parts by weight. &lt;Additive&gt; The resin composition may be added with a heat secretable resin, a thermosetting resin, a hardener, a leveling agent, an ultraviolet light absorber, a light stabilizer, a batch oxidizing agent, an inorganic filler, and a bonding agent as necessary. An additive such as an agent, a stabilizer, a dye, a decane coupling agent, or the like. These additives may be added in any amount within the range not intended to impair the resin composition. (Adhesion improving agent) 324024 100 201247603 When a resin composition is used for the purpose of use and substrate adhesion, it is preferable to contain a tackifier. As the adhesion improving agent, for example, ethylene trichlorodecane, ethylene trimethoxy oxime, ethylene triethoxy sulphur, 2-(3,4-ethoxyphenylhexyl)ethyl dimethoxy decane, 3-glycidoxypropyl trimethoxy decane, 3-glycidoxypropyl decyl diethoxy pulverization, 3-glycidoxypropyl triethoxy cumane, - Styryl trimethoxy decane, 3-mercapto propylene methoxy propyl decyl dimethoxy decane, 3-mercapto propylene methoxy propyl trimethoxy decane, • 3-mercapto propylene醯 曱 曱 曱 二 二 乙 乙 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- Ethyl)- 3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxy oxycarbazide, N-2-(aminoethyl)_3_aminopropyltrimethoxyoxycarb, N 2 -(aminoethyl)_3_aminopropyl Diethoxymethane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxy sulfonate, 3-aminopropyldiethoxy sulphur, 3-triethoxy sulphonyl_N-(1, 3- Dimercapto-butylidene)propylamine, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxyoxydecane, N-(vinylphenylhydrazinyl)^-2-amineethyl-3- Propyl trioxoxane hydrochloride, 3-ureidopropyl triethoxy decane, 3-chloropropyltrimethoxy decane, 3-hydrothiopropyl decyl decyloxy decane, 3 - Argonthiopropyltrimethoxy decane, bis(triethoxymethylpropyl)tetrasulfide, 3-isocyanatepropyltriethoxydecane, and the like. Among them, the additive containing the Shih-hsing system can improve the adhesion to the glass substrate, IT0, etc., and it is preferable to use 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxy decane. It is preferred to use 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxy fluorene and 3-nitrothiopropyltrimethoxyoxy. When the resin composition is used as a coating agent for a touch panel interlayer insulating film 324024 101 201247603, it is necessary to adhere to a glass substrate, ΙΤ0, etc., and therefore, the adhesion improving agent containing a simmering coupling agent or the like is good. The amount of the adhesion improving agent is preferably from 1 to 10 parts by weight based on 1 part by weight of the solid content of the photosensitive composition. In the viewpoint of adhesion, the adhesion improving effect is good as long as it is 1 part by weight or more, and the hardness specific characteristics of the resin composition are good when it is 10 parts by weight or less. When it is used as a photosensitive composition for a color filter, it is preferable to use a adhesion improving agent containing a decane coupling agent or the like in order to improve the adhesion to the transparent substrate. The amount of the oxime coupling agent to be used is preferably from 〇1 to 1 重量% by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the pigment in the photosensitive composition for a color filter, and particularly preferably from 5 to 5 parts by weight. (Inorganic oxide fine particles) When the resin composition is used, it is necessary to use a certain degree of hardness when it is hardened, and it is preferable to contain inorganic oxide fine particles.

無機氧化物微粒子，就所得硬化性組成物之硬化被膜 呈現無色性之觀點而言，以矽、鋁、鍅、鈦、鋅、銦、錫、 録及鈽所成群中至少選擇—種之元素之氧化物粒子為佳。 =，就透過率之觀點而言之氧化物粒子 為佳，尤以矽之氧化物粒狀物為更佳。 無機軋化物微粒子 八嚐安定…Γ 中或塗布液中，謀求 二政女疋化、或與含錢基之聚合物⑻或光聚 等之黏接成分之間之親和性、結合性 ’ σ 、 行等離子體放電處理或電暈放電處理私目的，可進 理，界面活性劑或偶合财之化學性表面=理性表面處 324024 102 201247603 無機氧化物粒子之平均一次粒徑，以丨至1〇〇〇nm為 佳，其中，3至10〇nm為較佳，尤以5至3〇而為最佳。 當平均一次粒徑在l〇〇〇nm以下時，作為硬化物時之透 過率良好，作為被膜時之表面狀態亦佳。χ，為改善粒狀 物之刀政性，可添加各種界面活化性或胺類。 無機氧化物微粒子之平均一次粒徑，例如可用法 測定之。具體而f ’先藉由BET法取得無機氧化物微粒子 之比表面積，再以無機氧化物之比重計算體積和表面積之 • 比率，假設粒狀物為真球狀，由其比率求得粒徑做為平均 一次粒徑。 無機氧化物粒子做為有機溶劑分散物使用為佳。當有 機溶劑分散物使用時，就與其他成分之間之互溶性、^散 性之觀點而言，分散媒劑以使用有機溶劑為佳。該有機溶 劑之例如甲醇、乙醇、異丙醇、T醇、辛醇等醇類；丙鋼、 甲基乙基嗣、甲基異丁基綱、環己綱等酮類；乙酸乙醋、 乙酸丁醋、乳酸乙醋、I丁内酮、丙二醇單曱峻乙酸函旨、 響丙二醇單乙鱗乙酸醋等醋類；乙二醇單甲鱗、二乙二醇單 丁醚等醚類；笨、甲苯、二曱笨等芳香族煙類；二甲基甲 醯胺、二甲基乙醯胺、N-甲基吡咯烷酮等醯胺類。坌中， 以甲醇、異，、丁醇、甲基乙基綱、甲基異丁基_、乙 酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、甲苯、二曱笨為較佳。 最適用之矽之氧化物微粒子分散液之市售商品有曰產 化學工學公司製品之MA—ST—Ms、IpA sT、〖PA ST一胳、 IPA-ST L IPA-ST-ZL ' IPA-ST-UP ^ EG-ST ' NPC-ST-30 ' 324024 103 201247603 MEK-ST、MEK-ST-L、MIBK-ST、NBA-ST、XBA-ST、DMAC-ST、 ST-UP、ST-OUP、ST-20、ST-40、ST-C、ST-N、ST-0、ST-50、 ST-OL等，他如觸媒化成工業公司之製品之空芯氧化矽 CS60-IPA等。又，粉體氧化矽有日本Aerosil公司製品之 Aerosi 1 130、Aerosi 1 300、Aerosi 1 380、Aerosi 1 TT600、 Aerosi 1 0X50，旭玻璃公司製品之 Siltex H31、H32、H51、 H52、H12卜HI22，日本氧化矽工業公司製品之E220A、E220 ; 富士 Sylysia公司製品之Sylysia 470 ;日本板玻璃公司 製品之SG片狀物等。 適佳之錯的氧化物微粒子分散液之市售商品例如日產In the inorganic oxide fine particles, at least the elements selected from the group consisting of ruthenium, aluminum, iridium, titanium, zinc, indium, tin, and ruthenium are selected from the viewpoint of colorlessness of the cured film of the curable composition. The oxide particles are preferred. =, oxide particles are preferred in terms of transmittance, and especially oxide particles of bismuth are preferred. The inorganic rolled fine particles are tasted and stabilized... In the middle or in the coating liquid, the affinity and the binding property σ between the two parties, or the bonding component of the polymer containing the money group (8) or photopolymerization, Plasma discharge treatment or corona discharge treatment for private purposes, can be rationalized, surfactant or coupling chemical surface = rational surface at 324024 102 201247603 average primary particle size of inorganic oxide particles, to 〇〇 to 1〇〇 Preferably, 〇nm is preferable, and 3 to 10 〇 nm is preferable, and particularly preferably 5 to 3 Å. When the average primary particle diameter is 10 nm or less, the transmittance as a cured product is good, and the surface state as a film is also good. In order to improve the knives of the granules, various interfacial activating or amines may be added. The average primary particle diameter of the inorganic oxide fine particles can be measured, for example, by usage. Specifically, f 'first obtains the specific surface area of the inorganic oxide fine particles by the BET method, and then calculates the ratio of the volume and the surface area by the specific gravity of the inorganic oxide, and assumes that the granular material is a true spherical shape, and the ratio is determined by the ratio. It is the average primary particle size. The inorganic oxide particles are preferably used as an organic solvent dispersion. When the organic solvent dispersion is used, it is preferred to use an organic solvent as the dispersing agent from the viewpoint of mutual solubility and dispersibility with other components. The organic solvent is, for example, an alcohol such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, T alcohol or octanol; a ketone such as propylene steel, methyl ethyl hydrazine, methyl isobutyl or cyclohexyl; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, Ethyl lactic acid, Ibutyrone, propylene glycol monoacetic acid, propylene glycol monoethyl acetate vinegar and other vinegar; ethylene glycol monomethine, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether and other ethers; stupid, toluene, Aromatic cigarettes such as dioxin; decylamines such as dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, and N-methylpyrrolidone. Among them, methanol, iso-, butanol, methyl ethyl, methyl isobutyl _, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, toluene, and dioxane are preferred. Commercially available products of the most suitable oxide microparticle dispersions are MA-ST-Ms, IpA sT, PA ST, IPA-ST L IPA-ST-ZL 'IPA- ST-UP ^ EG-ST ' NPC-ST-30 ' 324024 103 201247603 MEK-ST, MEK-ST-L, MIBK-ST, NBA-ST, XBA-ST, DMAC-ST, ST-UP, ST-OUP , ST-20, ST-40, ST-C, ST-N, ST-0, ST-50, ST-OL, etc., such as the hollow core yttrium oxide CS60-IPA of the products of the catalytic industrial company. Further, the powdered cerium oxide has Aerosi 1 130, Aerosi 1 300, Aerosi 1 380, Aerosi 1 TT600, Aerosi 1 0X50 manufactured by Japan Aerosil Co., Ltd., and Siltex H31, H32, H51, H52, H12 HI22 of Asahi Glass Co., Ltd. E220A and E220 of the products of Japan Oxide Industrial Co., Ltd.; Sylysia 470 of Fuji Sylysia Co., Ltd.; SG flakes of Japanese plate glass products. A commercially available product of a suitable oxide fine particle dispersion such as Nissan

化學工業公司製品之 ZR-40BL、ZR-30BS、ZR-30AL、ZR-30AH 等，住友大阪水泥公司製品之HXU-110JC。 適佳之鋁之氧化物微粒子分散液之市售商品例如日產 化學工業公司製品之氧化合物銘溶膠-1 〇 〇、氧化銘溶膠 -200、氧化鋁溶膠-520,住友大阪水泥公司製品之AS-150I、 ^ AS-150T 等。 其他，適佳使用之無機氧化物微粒子分散液舉例如 下。銻之氧化物微粒子分散液有日產化學工業公司製品之 CELNAXCX-Z330H、銘、鈦、錫、銦、辞等之氧化物微粒子 分散液有C. I·化成公司製品之Nano Tek等。 樹脂組成物提供觸控板層間絕緣膜用塗布劑用途時， 硬化之際需若干程度之硬度’所以含有無機氧化物微粒狀 物為佳。做為觸控板層間絕緣膜用塗布劑時，塗布劑中之 固形物合計1〇〇重量份計，以添加10至40重量份為佳， 324024 104 201247603 其中，以15至35重量份為較佳。當添加量在10重量份以 上時，可充分獲得硬度之提升效果，另一面，添加量在40 重量份以下，可得良好之密著性。 (保存安定劑） 保存安定劑之例如2, 6-雙（1,卜二曱基乙基）-4-曱 酚、季戊四醇-四[3-(3, 5-二第三丁基-4-羥苯基）丙酸 酉旨]、2, 4-雙（正辛硫基）-6-(4-經基-3,5-二第三丁基苯胺 基）-1,3,5-三畊等受阻苯酚系，四乙基膦、三苯膦、四苯 # 膦等有機膦系，二甲基二硫磷酸鋅、二丙基二硫磷酸鋅、 二丁基二硫磷酸鉬等亞磷酸鹽系，十二烷基硫化物、苯甲 噻吩等硫系，苯甲基三曱氣、二乙基羥胺等氣化四級銨， 乳酸、草酸等有機酸及其甲醚等。這些可單獨或混合使用。 藉由含有保存安定劑，可使組成物之經時黏度得以安 定。保存安定劑含量，例如使用樹脂組成物在觸控板層間 絕緣膜用塗布劑時，塗布劑之合計100重量份中，以0.1 ^ 至5重量份之用量而利用為佳。 做為;慮色器用感光性組成物時，對於顏料100重量份 計，使用0. 01至20重量份為佳，尤以0. 05至10重量份 之用量為更佳。藉由使用0. 01重量份以上之保存安定劑， 可提升感光著色組成物之經時安定性。 做為感光性耐焊接油墨時，油墨之合計100重量份 中，使用0. 1至5重量份為佳。 (調平劑） 硬化之際，為高度抑制表面之缺陷，可添加調平劑。 324024 105 201247603 5周平劑以主鍵具有聚鍵構造或聚g旨構造之二曱基石夕氧 烷為佳。主鏈上具有聚醚構造之二曱基矽氧烷之具體例如 東麗•道康寧公司製品之FZ-2122、BYK化學公司製品之 BYK-330等。主鏈具有聚酯構造之二曱基矽氧烷之具體例 如BYK化學公司製品之BYK-310、BYK-370等。主鏈具有聚 構甲基石夕氧烧及主鍵具有聚醋構造之二曱基碎氧 烧可以一併使用。ZX-40BL, ZR-30BS, ZR-30AL, ZR-30AH, etc. of the chemical industry company, HXU-110JC of Sumitomo Osaka Cement Company. Commercially available products of aluminum oxide fine particle dispersions such as Nissan Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. Oxygen compound sol-1 〇〇, oxidized sol-200, alumina sol-520, AS-150I of Sumitomo Osaka Cement Co., Ltd. , ^ AS-150T, etc. Other, preferably used inorganic oxide fine particle dispersions are as follows. The oxide fine particle dispersion of cerium oxide is a product of CELNAXCX-Z330H, Mn, Tin, Tin, Indium, and the like, which is a product of Nissan Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., and has a nano Tek of C. I. Chemicals Co., Ltd. When the resin composition is used as a coating agent for a touch panel interlayer insulating film, it is required to have a certain degree of hardness when hardened. Therefore, it is preferable to contain inorganic oxide fine particles. When the coating agent for the interlayer insulating film of the touch panel is used, the total amount of the solid matter in the coating agent is preferably 10 to 40 parts by weight, and 324024 104 201247603, wherein 15 to 35 parts by weight is used. good. When the amount is more than 10 parts by weight, the effect of improving the hardness can be sufficiently obtained, and on the other hand, the amount of addition is 40 parts by weight or less, and good adhesion can be obtained. (Preservation stabilizer) For example, 2,6-bis(1,didecylethyl)-4-nonanol, pentaerythritol-tetraki [3-(3, 5-di-tert-butyl-4-) Hydroxyphenyl) propionate ]], 2, 4-bis(n-octylthio)-6-(4-carbyl-3,5-di-t-butylanilino)-1,3,5-three Hindered phenolic, organophosphines such as tetraethylphosphine, triphenylphosphine, tetraphenylphosphine, etc., zinc dimethyldithiophosphate, zinc dipropyl dithiophosphate, molybdenum dibutyl dithiophosphate Salt system, sulfur system such as lauryl sulfide or benzothiophene, vaporized quaternary ammonium such as benzyl trioxane or diethylhydroxylamine; organic acid such as lactic acid or oxalic acid and methyl ether. These can be used singly or in combination. The time-dependent viscosity of the composition can be stabilized by the presence of a preservative stabilizer. When the stabilizer content is used, for example, when the resin composition is used as a coating agent for an insulating film for a touch panel, it is preferably used in an amount of 0.1 to 5 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the total coating agent. 01至20重量份。 Preferably, the amount is preferably from 0.05 to 10 parts by weight, more preferably from 0.05 to 10 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the pigment. The stability of the photosensitive coloring composition can be improved by using 0.01 parts by weight or more of the storage stabilizer. 1至五重量份。 Preferably, the photosensitive ink-resistant ink is used in an amount of from 0.1 to 5 parts by weight. (Leveling agent) When hardening, a leveling agent may be added to highly inhibit the surface defects. 324024 105 201247603 5 The leveling agent is preferably a ruthenium base having a poly-bond structure or a poly-g structure. The specific structure of the dimercapto oxane having a polyether structure in the main chain is, for example, FZ-2122 of Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd., BYK-330 of BYK Chemical Co., Ltd., and the like. Specific examples of the dimercaptodecane which has a polyester structure in the main chain are BYK-310, BYK-370, and the like which are products of BYK Chemical Co., Ltd. The diterpene-based oxy-hydrogenation having a polymethyl oxime in the main chain and a polyacetate structure in the main chain can be used in combination.

調平劑中最佳者係分子内具有疏水基及親水基之所謂 =面活性劑之一種，雖具有親水基而對於水之溶解性小， 當添加於觸控板層間絕緣膜用塗布劑時， 降低能力低之特徵，雖然表面張力降低能力:其;= 板之良好者才好，在由於起泡而塗膜 之添加量下，能充分抑制帶電性者較佳。 禾出見 二述特性之調平劑之例如聚伸烷基氧化物單位之 氧燒為佳。聚伸烧基氧化物單位之例如聚伸乙 土=化物卓位、聚伸丙基氧化物單位、二甲基聚魏烧可 以、有聚伸乙基氧化物單位絲伸丙錢化物單位。 又’聚伸烧氧化物單位與二甲基聚石夕氧燒間之結 ===位係結合在二，基_之重複 早位之垂飾型、結合在二甲基聚 型、與二甲基㈣氧燒交互w之^^末^之末端改質 之任-形態。具有聚密著烷基氧 歧“物1 FZ-2122 燒之例如東麗•道康寧公司販售之物甲基聚石夕氧 FZ 侧、FZ 删、FZ'219 卜 fz，〇3、㈣07 等，唯 324024 106 201247603 不侷限於上述範圍。 調平劑尚可輔助性的添加陰離子性、陽離子 子性、或兩性界面活性劑。該界面活性劑可以 合使用。 上 調平劑中輔助性添加之陰離子性界面活性劑之例如 氧化乙烯烧基趟硫酸鹽、十二燒基苯確酸納、苯乙婦、丙嫌 酸共聚物之驗性鹽、烧基萘續酸納、烧基二笨基驗二钟 納、月桂基硫酸單乙醇胺、月桂基三乙醇胺、月桂基= 銨、硬脂酸單乙醇胺、硬脂酸鈉、月桂基硫酸鈉、笨乙 丙烯酸共聚物之單乙醇胺、聚氧化乙烯烧基醚碟酸醋等。' 輔助性地加入調平劑中之陽離子性界面活性劑之例如 烧基四級銨鹽或伸乙基氧化物加成物等。輔助性地加入調 平劑中之非離子性界面活性劑之例如聚氧化乙烯油醚、聚 氧化乙烯月桂醚、聚氧化乙烯壬基苯醚、聚氧化乙烯烷醚 磷酸酯、聚氧化乙烯山梨糖醇酐單硬脂酸酯、聚乙二醇單 φ 月桂酸酯等；烷基二甲基胺基乙酸甜菜鹼等烷基甜菜鹼， 烷基咪唑啉等兩性界面活性劑；還有氟系或矽系之界面活 性劑。 樹脂組成物例如做為觸控板層間絕緣膜用塗布劑時， 為使透明基板上之組成物之調平性變好，以添加調平劑為 較佳。調平劑之用量，以樹脂組成物之合計1〇〇重量份中， 使用0.003至0.5重量份為佳。 (抗氧化劑） 抗氧化劑使用選擇自苯酚系抗氧化劑、磷系抗氧化劑 324024 107 201247603 及硫系抗氧化劑所成群中至 種為佳。 為抑制經加熱步驟所造* 低，例如樹脂做_控㈣透料之降 成物中含有抗氧化劑為佳。、、、塗布&amp;丨時，樹脂組 (多官能硫醇） 多官能硫醇乃含有 樹脂組成物可含有多官能硫醇 個以上之硫醇（SH)基之化合物。 多官能硫醇與上述光聚合 性引發劑一起使用，在照光 片,1()中之自由基聚合 鏈移動劑而作用，不易受到氧^由基聚合過程中，做為 由基會生成，所得樹脂組成物^之聚α阻礙之蒂爾自 基結合在亞甲基、伸乙基等脂:::感f生者。特別以SH 較佳。 肪族基之多官能脂肪姨醇為 例如己烷二硫醇、恭、ρ _ 乙二 羥甲基 酸酯、1，4_丁二醇二硫甘：^4;丁二醇二硫基內 醇二硫基丙咖旨、三㈣其 —醇—硫甘醇酯 丙燒三(硫基丙酸顆)甲三甘醇⑹、三” 酯）、三經曱基丙燒三（3_氫碎 乙烧二⑶氫琉基丁酸 (3-氫硫基丙_、季戊四醇四基内燒三 四 聚 醇六（3-氫硫基丙_)、一 ^氧硫基丙酸醋）、二季戊 異氰酸m二甲基基丙酸三（2,乙基）三 啡、2-(N，N-二丁胺基、2’ 4’ 6_三氫硫基1 上述多官能硫醇可單獨6二，：井等。 干领A 2種以上混合使用。 324024 108 201247603 樹脂組成物例如㈣m!!用感光性紐成物時The best one of the leveling agents is a so-called surfactant which has a hydrophobic group and a hydrophilic group in the molecule, and has a hydrophilic group and is less soluble in water, and is added to a coating agent for an interlayer insulating film of a touch panel. The feature of lowering the ability is low, although the surface tension is reduced: it; = the goodness of the board is good, and it is better to sufficiently suppress the chargeability under the addition amount of the coating film due to foaming. It is preferred that the leveling agent of the second characteristic is, for example, a polyalkylene oxide unit. The unit of the poly-extension base oxide is, for example, a polyethylene compound = a compound, a poly-propyl oxide unit, a dimethyl poly-We-burn, and a polyethylidene unit. And 'the combination of the poly-extrusion oxide unit and the dimethyl poly-stone oxy-oxygenation === the position is combined in the second, the base _ repeats the early position of the pendant type, combined with the dimethyl poly type, and two Methyl (tetra) oxy-hydrogen interaction w ^ ^ end ^ end of the modification of the - form. There is a polyalkylene oxide "1 1 FZ-2122 burned by, for example, Toray Dow Corning, which sells methyl polysulfide oxy-FZ side, FZ delete, FZ'219 b fz, 〇3, (4) 07, etc. Only 324024 106 201247603 is not limited to the above range. The leveling agent can also be auxiliaryly added with an anionic, cationic or amphoteric surfactant. The surfactant can be used in combination. The anionic property of the auxiliary additive in the upper leveling agent The surfactants such as oxyethylene alkyl sulfonate, sodium decyl benzoate, phenethyl acrylate, acrylic acid copolymer test salt, succinyl naphthoate, sulphur base Zhong Na, lauryl sulfate monoethanolamine, lauryl triethanolamine, lauryl = ammonium, stearic acid monoethanolamine, sodium stearate, sodium lauryl sulfate, monoethanolamine of stupid acryl copolymer, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether Dish vinegar, etc. 'Assistively add a cationic surfactant in the leveling agent such as a decyl ammonium salt or an ethyl epoxide adduct, etc. Auxiliary addition to the nonionic in the leveling agent Sexual surfactants such as polyoxyethylene B Oleic ether, polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate, polyethylene glycol mono φ laurate, etc.; An alkyl betaine such as an alkylbetaine such as a benzylaminoacetic acid betaine or an alkylimidazoline; and a surfactant of a fluorine-based or a lanthanide-based surfactant. The resin composition is used as an interlayer insulating film for a touch panel. In the case of a coating agent, in order to improve the leveling property of the composition on the transparent substrate, it is preferred to add a leveling agent. The amount of the leveling agent is 0.003 part by weight based on the total weight of the resin composition. 0.5 parts by weight is preferred.(Antioxidants) The antioxidants are preferably selected from the group consisting of phenolic antioxidants, phosphorus-based antioxidants 324024 107 201247603 and sulfur-based antioxidants. For example, it is preferable to contain an antioxidant in the composition of the resin. The resin group (polyfunctional thiol) is a resin composition containing a polyfunctional thiol. More than one thiol Alcohol (SH)-based compound. The polyfunctional thiol is used together with the above photopolymerizable initiator to act as a radical polymerization chain shifting agent in the light sheet, 1(), and is less susceptible to oxygen radical polymerization. As a result of the formation of the base, the resulting resin composition is agglomerated by a poly-α hindering Tiel self-bonding in a methylene group, an ethylidene ester, etc., preferably: SH is preferred. The polyfunctional fatty sterols are, for example, hexanedithiol, Christine, ρ-ethyl dimethyl hydroxymethyl ester, 1,4-butanediol dithioglycol: ^4; butanediol dithiolactone disulfide C-Cai, three (4) its - alcohol - thioglycolate, propyl tris(thiopropionic acid) methyl triethylene glycol (6), tri" ester), triterpenoid propyl triacetate (3 - hydrogen sulphur (3) hydroquinonebutyric acid (3-hydrothiopropyl-, pentaerythritol tetra-based calcined tritetraol hexa(3-hydrothiopropyl), monooxythiopropionic acid vinegar, dipentaerythritol M-dimethylpropionic acid tris(2,ethyl)triphthyl, 2-(N,N-dibutylamino, 2' 4' 6-trihydrothio 1 The above polyfunctional thiol can be separately 6 or : Well and so on. Two or more types of dry collar A are used in combination. 324024 108 201247603 Resin composition such as (4) m!! When using photosensitive elements

由具有複數個硫酸（SH)基之硫醇， ' 重量份為更佳。藉由使用 醇，可得更佳之顯影耐性。藉 流醇，可改善顯影耐性。 (紫外光吸收劑、聚合抑制劑） 樹脂組成物可含有紫外光吸收劑或聚合抑制劑。特別 在使用樹脂組成物於濾色器用感光性組成物時，藉由含有 # 紫外光吸收劑或聚合抑制劑，可控管圖案之形狀及解像性。 紫外光吸收劑之例如2-[4-[(2-羥基-3—(十二烷基及 十三烷基）氧基丙基）氧基]-2-羥基苯基卜4, 6—雙（2, 4_二 甲基苯基）-1，3, 5-三畊、2-(2-羥基-4-[l-辛氧基羰基乙氧 基]苯基）-4, 6-雙（4-笨基苯基）-1，3, 5-三啡等羥苯基三哄 系，2-(5-曱基-2-經笨基）苯並三〇坐、2-(2H-苯並三哇-2-基）-4,6-雙（1-甲基一丨_苯硫基）酚、2_(3_第三丁基一5_曱基 • 經笨基&gt;5-氣苯並三唑等苯並三唑系，2, 4-二羥基二苯 甲酮、2-羥基—4-辛氧基二苯曱酮、2, 2’，4, 4’ -四羥基二苯 甲酉同等二苯曱酮系，苯基水揚酸酯、對-第三丁基苯基水揚 酸醋等水楊酸酯系，乙基_2-氰基-3, 3，-二苯基丙烯酸酯等 氛基丙烯酸酯系，2, 2, 6, 6-四曱基六氫吡啶-1-羥基（三丙 酿1-胺羥基）、雙（2, 2, 6, 6_四曱基_4_六氫„比啶基癸二 酸酿、聚[[6-[(l，i，3,3-四丁基)胺基]-1，3,5-三畊-2,4-二基]、[(2, 2, 6, 6-四甲基-4-六氫吡啶基）亞胺基]等受阻 9 胺系等’上述可單獨或混合使用。又，聚合抑制劑之例如 324024 109 201247603 甲基氫醌、第三丁基氫醌、2, 5-二-第三丁基氫醌、4-苯醌、 4-曱氧基苯酚、4-曱氧基-1-萘酚、第三丁基兒茶酚等氫醌 衍生物及苯酚化合物，啡噻畊、雙-(1-二曱基苯曱基）啡噻 啡、3, 7-二辛基啡噻畊等胺化合物，二丁基二硫代胺基曱 酸酮、二乙基二硫代胺基曱酸銅、二乙基二硫代胺基曱酸 錳、二苯基二硫代胺基曱酸錳等銅及錳鹽化合物，4-亞硝 基苯酚、N-亞硝基二苯胺、N-亞硝基環己基羥胺、N-亞硝 基苯基羥胺等亞硝基化合物及其銨鹽或鋁鹽等。上述可單 Φ獨或混合使用。 紫外光吸收劑及聚合抑制劑之含量並無特別限制，例 如使用樹脂組成物在遽色器用感光性組成物時，對於顏料 100重量份計，以0. 01至20重量份為佳，尤以0. 05至10 重量份為更佳。 藉由使用0. 01重量份以上之紫外光吸收劑或聚合抑 制劑，可得更佳之解像度。 Φ (胺系化合物） 樹脂組成物可含有胺系化合物。樹脂組成物例如做為 濾色器用感光性組成物時，以含有具有還原溶存之氧氣之 作用之胺系化合物為佳。 該胺系化合物之例如三乙醇胺、曱基二乙醇胺、三異 丙醇胺、4-二曱基胺基苯甲酸甲酯、4-二曱基胺基苯曱酸 乙酯、4-二曱基胺基苯曱酸異戊酯、苯曱酸2-曱基胺基乙 基、4-二曱基胺基苯甲酸-2-乙基己酯、N，N-二曱基對-甲 苯胺等。 324024 110 201247603 &lt;樹脂組成物&gt; 樹脂組成物可將式（1)所表示化合物，含有羧基之聚合 物（B)、有機溶劑及必要時之其他成分混合、撥拌而製得。 所得樹脂組成物可做為電子零件用樹脂組成物使用。 例如觸控板層間絕緣膜、滤色器、黑色矩陣、感光性谭接 抗飾劑、濾色器保護膜、光間隔物、液晶配向用突起、微 透鏡、光學硬塗層、UV油墨、感光性平板印刷板、各種塗 料等之製造上用途使用。又可使用在撓性印刷電路板之補 強板用黏接劑或層間黏接劑、塗料劑、電磁波密封用黏接 劑、感光性光導波路、光熱雙重硬化型封裴劑等使用之。 ，=句一之組成物令生成’而形成均質之交聯構造，而 • 办成耐熱性、耐藥物性優異之膜及圖案。From the thiol having a plurality of sulfuric acid (SH) groups, 'parts by weight is more preferred. Better development resistance can be obtained by using an alcohol. The development resistance can be improved by borrowing alcohol. (Ultraviolet Light Absorber, Polymerization Inhibitor) The resin composition may contain an ultraviolet light absorber or a polymerization inhibitor. In particular, when a resin composition is used for the photosensitive composition for a color filter, the shape and resolution of the tube pattern can be controlled by containing a # ultraviolet light absorber or a polymerization inhibitor. Ultraviolet light absorbers such as 2-[4-[(2-hydroxy-3-(dodecyl and tridecyl)oxypropyl)oxy]-2-hydroxyphenyl) 4,6-double (2, 4_Dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5 tri-till, 2-(2-hydroxy-4-[l-octyloxycarbonylethoxy]phenyl)-4,6-double (4-Phenylphenyl)-1,3,5-triphthyl and other hydroxyphenyl triterpenoids, 2-(5-mercapto-2-pyridyl)benzotriazine, 2-(2H- Benzo-triwax-2-yl)-4,6-bis(1-methyl-indenyl-phenylthio)phenol, 2_(3_t-butyl-5-fluorenyl) via stupid base&gt;5- Benzotriazole, such as gas benzotriazole, 2, 4-dihydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-octyloxybenzophenone, 2, 2', 4, 4'-tetrahydroxy Benzoquinone equivalent diphenyl fluorenone, phenyl salicylate, p-tert-butylphenyl salicylate and other salicylate, ethyl 2 - cyano-3, 3, - An acrylate based on phenyl acrylate, 2, 2, 6, 6-tetradecyl hexahydropyridine-1-hydroxy (tripropyl 1-amine hydroxy), double (2, 2, 6, 6_4曱基_4_hexahydro pi-pyridyl azelaic acid, poly[[6-[(l,i,3,3-tetrabutyl)amino]-1,3,5-three tillage-2, 4-diyl], [(2, 2, 6, 6-four -4-Hexidopyridinyl)imine group], etc. hindered 9 amine system, etc. 'The above may be used singly or in combination. Further, for example, 324024 109 201247603 methylhydroquinone, tert-butylhydroquinone, 2, a hydroquinone derivative such as 5-di-t-butylhydroquinone, 4-phenylhydrazine, 4-decyloxyphenol, 4-decyloxy-1-naphthol, or tert-butylcatechol, and a phenol compound, Amorphous compounds such as thiophene, bis-(1-dimercaptophenyl) morphine, 3,7-dioctylmorphine, dibutyldithiocarbamic decanoate, diethyldi Copper and manganese salt compounds such as thioaminyl copper citrate, manganese diethyldithiocarbamate citrate, manganese diphenyldithiocarbamate citrate, 4-nitrosophenol, N-nitroso a nitroso compound such as diphenylamine, N-nitrosocyclohexylhydroxylamine or N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine, and an ammonium salt or an aluminum salt thereof, etc. The above may be used alone or in combination. Ultraviolet light absorber and polymerization inhibition 01至20重量份。 Preferably, the amount of the composition is 0. 01 to 20 parts by weight, particularly preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the pigment. Better A more excellent resolution can be obtained by using an ultraviolet light absorber or a polymerization inhibitor of 0.01 parts by weight or more. Φ (Amine compound) The resin composition may contain an amine compound. The resin composition is used, for example, as a color filter. In the case of a photosensitive composition, an amine compound having an action of reducing dissolved oxygen is preferred. The amine compound is, for example, triethanolamine, mercaptodiethanolamine, triisopropanolamine or 4-didecylaminobenzene. Methyl formate, ethyl 4-didecylaminobenzoate, isoamyl 4-didecylaminobenzoate, 2-mercaptoaminoethyl benzoate, 4-didecylamino 2-ethylhexyl benzoate, N,N-dimercapto-p-toluidine, and the like. 324024 110 201247603 &lt;Resin Composition&gt; The resin composition can be obtained by mixing and mixing a compound represented by the formula (1), a carboxyl group-containing polymer (B), an organic solvent and, if necessary, other components. The obtained resin composition can be used as a resin composition for electronic parts. For example, touch panel interlayer insulating film, color filter, black matrix, photosensitive tangent anti-adhesive agent, color filter protective film, photo spacer, liquid crystal alignment protrusion, micro lens, optical hard coating, UV ink, photosensitive It is used for the manufacture of stencil printing plates and various coatings. Further, it can be used for an adhesive for an affixing plate of a flexible printed circuit board, an interlayer adhesive, a coating agent, an electromagnetic wave sealing adhesive, a photosensitive optical waveguide, a photothermal double-curing sealant, or the like. , = The composition of sentence 1 is produced to form a homogeneous crosslinked structure, and • a film and a pattern excellent in heat resistance and drug resistance.

樹脂組成物做為感光性組成物時，（1)藉由羧基而感光 性組成物可具有鹼顯影性而能形成微細圖案，（2)藉由沒一 經基烧基醯胺基和敌基之縮合反應而發生熱硬化，及藉由 光聚合引發劑而光聚合性官能基之聚合反應而發生二更 δ物，含有羧基之 種構成要件要含有 佳。這些構成要件中，（式（1) 忒合物（B)、光聚合性單體（D)) 光聚合性官能基。 324024 111 201247603 當式（1)所表示化合物及含有羧基之聚合物（B)雙方都 含有光聚合性官能基時，任——方含有光聚合性官能基 時，皆不含有光聚合性官能基時，皆屬於本發明之範圍。 當式（1)所表示化合物及含有羧基之聚合物（B)，皆不含有 光聚合性官能基時，光聚合性單體（D)成為必須構成要件。 換言之，感光性組成物之構成要件有下列（1)至（7)之 組成配方： (1) 含有光聚合性官能基之/3 -羥基烷基醯胺（A)及含 • 有具備光聚合性官能基之羧基之聚合物（B)以及光聚合引 發劑（C) (2) 含有光聚合性官能基之/3 -羥基烷基醯胺（A)及含 有具備光聚合性官能基之羧基之聚合物（B)及光聚合引發 劑（C)以及光聚合性單體（D) (3) 含有光聚合性官能基之/5 -羥基烷基醯胺（A)及含 有不具備光聚合性官能基之聚合物（B)以及光聚合引發劑 ^ (C) (4) 含有光聚合性官能基之卢-羥基烷基醯胺（A)及含 有不具備光聚合性官能基之聚合物（B)及光聚合引發劑（C) 以及光聚合單體（D) (5) 含有光聚合性官能基之/3 -羥基烷基醯胺（A)及含 有具備光聚合性官能基之聚合物（B)以及光聚合引發劑（C) (6) 含有光聚合性官能基之/3 -羥基烷基醯胺（A)及含 有具備光聚合性官能基之羧基之聚合物（B)及光聚合引發 劑（C)以及光聚合單體（D) 324024 112 201247603 (?)不3光聚合性官能基之谷_羥基烷基醯胺（A)及含 有不具備光聚合性官能基线基之聚合物⑻及光聚合引 發劑（C)以及光聚合單體（1))。 光聚合性官能基乃指藉由光聚合引發劑能引起自由基 聚&amp;陽離子聚合、陰離子聚合、加成反應等之官能基， 藉由…、光t合性官能基本身被激發而引起加成反應之官能 基例如旎引起自由基聚合之光聚合性官能基有丙烯醯 基、曱基丙稀醯基、笨乙烯基、馬來醢亞胺基、稀基、快 基等’能引起陽離子聚合之光聚合性官能基有環氧基、脂 袁式環氧基、氧雜環丁烧基、乙烯鍵基、表硫醚基、乙稀 ，，基、羥基等；能引起陰離子聚合之光聚合性官能基有 %氧基等，能引起加成反應之光聚合性官能基有烯基、氫 硫基（烯-硫醇加成）、苯乙烯基、馬來醯亞胺基（光二聚 化）、乙烯基、馬來醯亞胺基（無光引發劑系）等。 從反應性或材蚪之選擇性之觀點而言，自由基聚合時 •使用丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基為佳。陽離子聚合時使用環 氧基、氧雜環丁烷基、乙烯醚基為佳，其中，以使用環氧 基、氧雜環丁烷基為較佳。 所得感光性樹脂組成物塗布各種基材之單面或兩面， 或使用鑄模等而成型，必要時加熱乾燥，以活性能量射線 照射，必要時顯影，在1〇〇至200°C加熱硬化而得目的之 硬化物。 基材可使用例如玻璃、陶磁、聚碳酸醋、聚g旨、脲烧、 丙烯系、聚乙酸酯纖維素、聚醯胺、聚醯亞胺、聚苯乙烯、 324024 113 201247603 裱氧樹脂、聚烯烴、聚環烯烴、聚乙烯醇、不鏽 钱專。 谷種 活性能量射線之例如可視光、紫外光、紅外光、x光、 α射線、点射線、r射線等，其中以紫外光為最佳。使用 紫外光時，利用高壓水銀燈、低壓水銀燈、無電極燈、氙 燈、#化金屬燈、準分子雷射燈等之光源為佳。 顯影可藉由浸潰於溶液或鹼性顯影液中，或嘴射顯影 液而除去未硬化部，形成所欲微細圖案而達成。 以下，將樹脂組成物之實施形態之一，就觸控板層間 絕緣膜用塗布劑、滤色器用感光性組成物以及感光性耐焊 接油墨之情形說明之。 &lt;觸控板層間絕緣膜用塗布劑〉 觸控板層間絕緣膜使用在保護觸控板材料中之ΙΤ〇電 極，為保持ΙΤ0電極間之絕緣性而設置。觸控板層間絕緣 膜用塗布劑中含有感光性組成物為其必須成分，可滿足耐 • 藥物性、耐熱性、絕緣性、硬度、密著性等之所要求物性 條件。 觸控板層間絕緣膜用塗布劑，可將点_羥基烷基醯胺 (Α)、含有羧基之聚合物、光聚合引發劑（c)、必要時加 以光聚合性單體（D)、有機溶劑、以及隨必要加以無機氧化 物微粒子等攪拌、混合而製得。 觸控板層間絕緣膜用塗布劑，可經由離心、燒結過濾、 膜濾等方法，除去5/zm以上之粗大粒子，其中以除去1/z m以上之粗大粒子為較佳，尤以除去〇· 5以m以上之粗大粒 324024 114 201247603 子及混入之灰塵、雜物為佳為最佳。 其次，就使用觸控板層間絕 層間絕緣膜之方法說明如下：、、布劑製造觸控板 製造觸控板層間絕緣膜之 成為。，瑪m為佳，較佳成為、^乞燥狀態下， 度之機械強度或耐熱性，同時無 =圍二：得適When the resin composition is used as a photosensitive composition, (1) the photosensitive composition can have an alkali developability by a carboxyl group, and can form a fine pattern, and (2) by not having a base group of an amidino group or an enemy group The condensation reaction and thermal hardening occur, and the photopolymerization functional group is polymerized by a photopolymerization initiator to generate a second δ substance, and the carboxy group-containing constituent element is preferably contained. Among these constituent elements, (formula (1) conjugate (B), photopolymerizable monomer (D)) photopolymerizable functional group. 324024 111 201247603 When both the compound represented by the formula (1) and the carboxyl group-containing polymer (B) contain a photopolymerizable functional group, the photopolymerizable functional group is not contained therein, and the photopolymerizable functional group is not contained. All of them fall within the scope of the invention. When neither the compound represented by the formula (1) nor the polymer (B) containing a carboxyl group contains a photopolymerizable functional group, the photopolymerizable monomer (D) is an essential component. In other words, the constituent elements of the photosensitive composition have the following composition formulas (1) to (7): (1) /3-Hydroxyalkylguanamine (A) containing a photopolymerizable functional group and containing photopolymerization a polymer (B) having a carboxyl group of a functional group and a photopolymerization initiator (C) (2) a 3-hydroxyalkylamine (A) containing a photopolymerizable functional group and a carboxyl group having a photopolymerizable functional group Polymer (B) and photopolymerization initiator (C) and photopolymerizable monomer (D) (3) 5-hydroxyalkylamine (A) containing photopolymerizable functional group and containing no photopolymerization Sex functional group polymer (B) and photopolymerization initiator ^ (C) (4) Lu-hydroxyalkyl decylamine (A) containing a photopolymerizable functional group and a polymer containing no photopolymerizable functional group (B) and photopolymerization initiator (C) and photopolymerizable monomer (D) (5) 3-hydroxyalkylamine amine (A) containing a photopolymerizable functional group and polymerization containing a photopolymerizable functional group (B) and photopolymerization initiator (C) (6) 3-hydroxyalkylamine (A) containing a photopolymerizable functional group and a carboxyl group having a photopolymerizable functional group Polymer (B) and photopolymerization initiator (C) and photopolymerizable monomer (D) 324024 112 201247603 (?) not photopolymerizable functional group of glutamic acid decylamine (A) and contains not available Photopolymerizable functional base group polymer (8) and photopolymerization initiator (C) and photopolymerizable monomer (1)). The photopolymerizable functional group is a functional group capable of causing a radical polymerization, an anionic polymerization, an addition reaction, or the like by a photopolymerization initiator, and is excited by a photo-t-functionality. The functional group of the reaction, such as a photopolymerizable functional group which causes radical polymerization, has a propylene group, a mercapto propyl group, a stupid vinyl group, a maleimine group, a dilute group, a fast group, etc. The photopolymerizable functional group to be polymerized has an epoxy group, an aliphatic epoxy group, an oxetan group, a vinyl bond group, a thioether group, an ethylene group, a group, a hydroxyl group, etc.; photopolymerization capable of causing anionic polymerization The functional group has a %oxy group or the like, and the photopolymerizable functional group capable of causing an addition reaction includes an alkenyl group, a thiol group (ene-thiol addition), a styryl group, and a maleimine group (photodimerization). , vinyl, maleimide (no photoinitiator), and the like. From the viewpoint of reactivity or selectivity of the material, in the case of radical polymerization, it is preferred to use an acrylonitrile group or a methacryl group. In the cationic polymerization, an epoxy group, an oxetane group or a vinyl ether group is preferred, and an epoxy group or an oxetane group is preferably used. The obtained photosensitive resin composition is coated on one side or both sides of various substrates, or molded by using a mold or the like, heated and dried if necessary, irradiated with active energy rays, developed if necessary, and heat-hardened at 1 to 200 ° C. Hardened object of purpose. As the substrate, for example, glass, ceramic, polycarbonate, polyglycol, urea burn, propylene, polyacetate cellulose, polyamide, polyimine, polystyrene, 324024 113 201247603, epoxy resin, Polyolefin, polycycloolefin, polyvinyl alcohol, stainless steel. Grains Active light rays such as visible light, ultraviolet light, infrared light, x-rays, alpha rays, spot rays, r rays, etc., of which ultraviolet light is preferred. When using ultraviolet light, it is preferable to use a light source such as a high pressure mercury lamp, a low pressure mercury lamp, an electrodeless lamp, a xenon lamp, a #metal lamp, or an excimer laser lamp. The development can be achieved by dipping in a solution or an alkaline developing solution, or by ejecting the developing solution to remove the uncured portion to form a desired fine pattern. Hereinafter, one of the embodiments of the resin composition will be described in the case of a coating agent for a touch panel interlayer insulating film, a photosensitive composition for a color filter, and a photosensitive solder resist ink. &lt;Coating Agent for Touchpad Interlayer Insulating Film〉 The touchpad interlayer insulating film is used to protect the electrode of the touch panel material in order to maintain the insulation between the electrodes. The coating agent for the touch panel interlayer insulating film contains a photosensitive composition as an essential component thereof, and can satisfy the required physical properties such as resistance to drug resistance, heat resistance, insulation, hardness, and adhesion. The coating agent for the interlayer insulating film of the touch panel can be a point-hydroxyalkylamine (Α), a carboxyl group-containing polymer, a photopolymerization initiator (c), and if necessary, a photopolymerizable monomer (D), organic The solvent and the inorganic oxide fine particles are stirred and mixed as necessary. The coating agent for the touch panel interlayer insulating film can remove coarse particles of 5/zm or more by centrifugation, sintering filtration, membrane filtration, or the like, and it is preferable to remove coarse particles of 1/zm or more, in particular, to remove ruthenium. 5 or more coarse particles 324024 114 201247603 and the mixed dust and debris are preferred. Next, the method of using the interlayer insulating film between the touch panels is described as follows: , the cloth is manufactured to manufacture a touch panel, and the interlayer insulating film of the touch panel is manufactured. , Ma m is better, better to be, ^ dry state, mechanical strength or heat resistance, and no = two: appropriate

又，布觸控板層間絕緣膜用=:=板、 ^金有機膜等之方法並無特別限制、，例如可利用 =貝法\ f、缝法、模塗法、旋轉塗布法等各種方 法，他如網版印刷法、平版印刷法1相凹版印刷法等印 刷法也㈣來塗布。利用光刻餘法形成圖案亦為可行方法。 又，將觸控板層間絕緣膜用塗布劑塗布於玻璃基板等 之後之乾燥方法也沒有㈣限制，例如可使用乾燥器或紅 外光加熱科。其加熱條件隨使賊光性組成物中之各構 成分之種類，添加量（調配量）等而改變， 30(TC溫度範圍内，0.1至l(H、時之條件下加熱硬化為佳， 其中，以1GG至25(TC範圍，〇. 5至5. M、時之加熱硬化條 件為較佳。 光硬化方法也無特別限制，例如使用高壓水銀燈或鹵 素化金屬等為光源照射紫外光係可行方法。其照光條件雖 然隨所使用感光性組成物之各構成分之種類，或添加量（調 配量）等而改變，但通常紫外光之照射量以1(rs5〇〇mJ/cra2 為佳，其中，以20至50〇mj/cra2為較佳。光硬化後，再加 324024 115 201247603 熱而行熱硬化劑可行。 光硬化後再行熱硬化，隨所使用感光性組成物之各構 成分之種類，或添加量（調配量）等而可變化。一般，含有 缓基之聚合物（B)中之緩基和；3-經基烷基醯胺中之羥 基之間行交聯反應之溫度為佳，在50至3〇 。·…。小時之條件下加熱硬化為佳，較二 t：範圍，0.2至5.0小時之條件下進行，尤以⑽至2〇〇 °C範圍，0. 2至2小時之加熱硬化條件為最佳。 • 觸控板層間絕緣膜用塗布劑可提供絕緣膜用途、保護 膜用途、平坦膜用途之任一用途使用。 &lt;滤色器用感光性組成物&gt; 遽色器用感光性組成物之製造，藉由將顏料、染料在 樹脂等色素載劑及/或溶劑中，以三輥式研磨機、雙輥式 研磨機、混砂機、捏和機、超微磨碎機等加以分散成為微 細顏料分散物’再於該顏料分散物中添加点-經基烧基醯胺 ^ (A)、含有幾基之聚合物（B)、光聚合引發劑（c)、必要時加 以光聚合性單體（D)、有機溶劑、視情形再加上敏化劑、多 官能硫醇、紫外光吸收劑、聚合抑制劑、保存安定劑、其 他成分等混合攪拌而製成。又，含有2種以上之顏料之感 光性者色組成物之製造乃將各顏料分散物分別微細分散於 色素載劑及/或》谷劑中者加以混合，再加以沒-經基炫基酿 胺（Α)、含有羧基之聚合物（Β)、光聚合引發劑（c)、.必要時 加以光聚合性單體（D)、有機溶劑等混合攪拌而製成。 含有羧基之聚合物（Β)可當作製造顏料分散物之際之 324024 116 201247603 色素載劑使用。 濾色器用感光性實施例，可藉由溶劑顯影型或鹼性顯 影型著色抗蝕材料之形態而調製之。該著色抗蝕材料乃分 散顏料於含有羥基烷基醯胺（A)、含有羧基之聚合物 (B)、光聚合引發劑（C)、必要時加以光聚合性單體（D)、及 有機溶劑等之組成物而製得。 感光性著色組成物可藉由離心、燒結過濾、膜濾等方 法去除粒徑為5 # m以上之粗大粒子，其中，以除去1 μ m Φ 以上之粗大粒子為較佳，尤以除去0. 5 # m以上之粗大粒子 及混入之灰塵為更佳。 其次，就使用濾色器感光性組成物製造濾色器之方法 說明如下。 濾色器乃於透明基板上，備有由濾色器用感光性著色 組成物所形成之濾色片或黑矩陣而構成。一般濾色器，至 少備有一紅濾色片、至少一綠濾色片以及至少一藍濾色 片，或至少一洋紅渡色片、至少一花青色遽色片及至少一 黃濾、色片而構成。 透明基板可使用鹼石灰玻璃、低鹼矽酸硼玻璃、無鹼 鋁矽酸硼玻璃等玻璃板，或聚碳酸酯、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯、 聚酞酸伸乙酯等樹脂板。又，玻璃板或樹脂板之表面，為 面板化後之液晶之驅動，可形成以氧化銦、氧化錫等形成 之透明電極。 濾色片及黑矩陣之乾燥膜厚以0. 2至10/zm為佳，其 中以0. 2至5# m為較佳。乾燥塗布膜之際，可使用減壓乾 324024 ΙΠ 201247603 燥機、對流乾燥機、⑺乾 色器用感光性&amp;成物所熱條件隨據 雙 叙’在50至3〇〇〇c範圍，〇 ]尽 10小時之條件下加埶硬化為 ·1至 …、更化為佳，其中以100至25(rc範 0.5至5. (H、時之加熱硬化條件為更佳。Further, the method of using the === plate, the gold organic film, and the like for the interlayer touch film of the cloth touch panel is not particularly limited, and for example, various methods such as =bei method, f, slit method, die coating method, and spin coating method can be used. He also applies the printing method such as screen printing method, lithography method, 1 phase gravure printing method, etc. (4). It is also feasible to form a pattern by photolithography. Further, the drying method after applying the coating agent for the touch panel interlayer insulating film to a glass substrate or the like is not limited to (4), and for example, a dryer or an infrared light heating section can be used. The heating condition is changed depending on the type of each component in the light-sensitive composition of the thief, the amount of addition (the amount of blending), etc., 30 (in the temperature range of TC, 0.1 to 1 (H, heat curing at a time is preferable) In the case of 1 GG to 25 (TC range, 〇. 5 to 5. M, heat hardening conditions are preferred. The photo hardening method is also not particularly limited, and for example, a high-pressure mercury lamp or a halogenated metal is used as a light source to illuminate the ultraviolet light system. A possible method. The illumination conditions vary depending on the type of each component of the photosensitive composition to be used, or the amount of addition (amount of addition), but usually the amount of ultraviolet light is 1 (rs5〇〇mJ/cra2 is preferred). Among them, 20 to 50 〇mj/cra2 is preferred. After light hardening, 324024 115 201247603 is added, and a hot hardening agent is feasible. After photohardening, it is thermally hardened, and the composition of the photosensitive composition is used. It may vary depending on the type, the amount of addition, the amount of addition, etc. Generally, the crosslinking reaction in the slow-radical polymer (B) and the cross-linking reaction between the hydroxyl groups in the 3-alkylalkylguanamine The temperature is better, in the range of 50 to 3 〇..... The heat hardening is preferably carried out under the conditions of two to two ranges of 0.2 to 5.0 hours, particularly in the range of (10) to 2 〇〇 ° C, and the heat hardening condition of 0.2 to 2 hours is optimal. The coating agent for an insulating film can be used for any of an insulating film application, a protective film application, or a flat film application. <Photosensitive composition for color filter> For the production of a photosensitive composition for a color former, by using a pigment, The dye is dispersed in a pigment carrier and/or a solvent such as a resin by a three-roll mill, a two-roll mill, a sand mixer, a kneader, an attritor, or the like to form a fine pigment dispersion. The pigment dispersion is added with a point-based decylamine (A), a polymer containing a group (B), a photopolymerization initiator (c), and if necessary, a photopolymerizable monomer (D), organic The solvent, and optionally, a sensitizer, a polyfunctional thiol, an ultraviolet light absorber, a polymerization inhibitor, a storage stabilizer, and other components are mixed and stirred, and a photosensitive agent containing two or more kinds of pigments is used. The color composition is produced by finely dispersing each pigment dispersion separately The carrier and/or the granule are mixed, and then the ketone-free amine (Α), the carboxyl group-containing polymer (Β), the photopolymerization initiator (c), and, if necessary, the light The polymerizable monomer (D), an organic solvent, and the like are mixed and stirred. The carboxyl group-containing polymer (Β) can be used as a pigment carrier when the pigment dispersion is used. 324024 116 201247603 A pigment carrier is used. It can be prepared by a solvent developing type or an alkali developing type colored resist material, which is a dispersing pigment in a polymer containing a hydroxyalkylguanamine (A) and a carboxyl group-containing polymer (B). A photopolymerization initiator (C), a photopolymerizable monomer (D), and an organic solvent, if necessary, are prepared. The photosensitive coloring composition can remove coarse particles having a particle diameter of 5 #m or more by centrifugation, sintering filtration, membrane filtration, etc., wherein it is preferable to remove coarse particles having a particle size of 1 μm or more, in particular, to remove 0. It is better to use coarse particles of 5 # m or more and dust mixed in. Next, a method of manufacturing a color filter using a color filter photosensitive composition will be described below. The color filter is formed of a color filter or a black matrix formed of a photosensitive coloring composition for a color filter on a transparent substrate. a general color filter having at least one red color filter, at least one green color filter, and at least one blue color filter, or at least one magenta color film, at least one cyan color film, and at least one yellow filter, color film And constitute. As the transparent substrate, a glass plate such as soda lime glass, low alkali borosilicate glass or alkali-free aluminum borosilicate glass, or a resin plate such as polycarbonate, polymethyl methacrylate or polyethyl phthalate may be used. Further, the surface of the glass plate or the resin plate is driven by the liquid crystal after the panelization, and a transparent electrode formed of indium oxide, tin oxide or the like can be formed. 2至5# m is preferred, and the dry film thickness of the color filter and the black matrix is preferably from 0.2 to 10/zm. When the coating film is dried, it can be used under reduced pressure 324024 ΙΠ 201247603 dryer, convection dryer, (7) dry color sensitizer &amp; sensible heat conditions according to the double syllabus in the range of 50 to 3 〇〇〇 c, 〇 It is better to increase the hardening degree to 1 to ... in 10 hours, and it is preferably 100 to 25 (rc range 0.5 to 5. (H, the heat hardening condition is more preferable).

、利用光刻餘法形成各色之滤色片及黑矩陣，可按照下 述方法進打。將做為溶咖㈣或驗性顯影㈣色抗餘材 料調製成之濾色器用感光性纟且成物，使时射塗布或旋轉 塗布，狹縫塗布、輕塗布$塗布方法，以乾燥膜厚成為〇. 2 至10/zm狀塗布在透明基板上而製成，必要時經過乾燥之 膜，通過與膜接觸或非接觸狀態而設置之具有所定圖案之 光罩進行紫外光曝光。 然後，浸潰於溶劑或鹼性顯影劑，或藉由喷霧器噴射 顯影液而除去未硬化部分，形成所欲圖案而形成濾色片或 黑矩陣。更加之’為促進由顯影所形成之遽色片及黑矩陣 之聚合反應，必要時可施以加熱。依據光刻飯法’較之網 版印刷法、膠版印刷法、旋轉式照相凹版印刷法等印刷法， 可形成高精度之濾色片及黑矩陣。 顯影之際’鹼性顯影液可使用碳酸納、氫氧化鈉等水 溶液。二曱基苯甲胺、三乙醇胺等有機驗亦可採用。又’ 顯影液中尚玎添加消泡劑或界面活性劑° 顯影處理方法可適用沖洗顯影法、喷霧顯影法、浸潰 顯影法、液泡顯影法等各種方法。 又，為提升紫外光曝光感應度，尚可將遽色器用感光 324024 118 201247603 性組成物塗布乾燥後，例如以聚乙烯醇或水溶性丙烤樹脂 等水溶性或鹼可溶性樹脂塗布乾燥，形成藉由氧氣所造成 聚合阻礙之防止膜後’再以紫外光曝光亦行。 &lt;感光性耐焊接油墨&gt; 感光性而t焊接油墨乃係從外界環境保護形成於美板上 之電路圖案，或在印刷電路板將電子零件表面封裝之際所 進行焊接步驟中，為保護在不必要處附著焊錫所設置。樹 脂組成物可成感光性耐焊接油墨，就能具有滿足例如對於 •活性射線之感光性，或對於稀鹼性水溶液之顯影性，經後 硬化（二次硬化）步驟所得硬化塗膜之撓性、絕緣性、密著 性、焊接耐熱性、塗膜耐性、耐熱性等各種特性上之需求。 其次，就感光性耐焊接油墨之製造方法說明如下。 感光性耐焊接油墨之製造，乃先將顏料及難燃劑藉由 三輥式研磨#、雙輥式研磨機、混砂機、捏和冑、超微磨 碎機等各種分散方法，微細分散於含有缓基之聚合物⑻ 修巾製成分散物’紐，在該分散物巾添加0—㈣烧基酿胺 (A)、光聚合引發劑（C)、必要時加上不含幾基之樹脂、光 聚合性單體⑻、有機溶劑、再視情形再加以敏化劑、聚合 抑制劑、保存安㈣、其他成分等，再行混錢拌而製成。 感光性耐焊接油墨以使用離心、燒結過渡、膜滤等方 法’除去^以上之粗大粒子為佳，尤以除去1 &quot;以上之粗 大粒子及此入之灰塵、異物等為更佳。藉此可滿足感光性 耐焊接材料所需求之高感光性、或硬化塗膜之撓性、折曲 性、絕緣性、難燃性等特性上之要求。 324024 119 201247603 具有上述組成之感光性耐焊接、、由 適合各種塗布方法之黏性，提但# '墨’必要時調製成為 塗布用途。 成電路之印刷電路板之 塗布方法❹浸H錢法、 幕塗法或篩網印刷法等。 得塗布法、輥塗法、 其次’就乾膜型感光性耐焊接 乾膜型感光性耐焊接材料之製造，。兄月如下。 焊接油墨塗布於分離膜之後，兹、Ρ =，乃將上述感光性耐 孔辟各劑而製 塗布於分離膜上之方法並無特別限 潰法、喷霧法、旋轉塗布法'輥塗法 彳】如了抓用次 法等，調配成適於塗布方法之點度溶^塗法或筛網印刷 路之印刷電路板。 塗布於形成有電 製成於分離膜上之乾燥膜，貼附於形成在聚 之銅電路等之後，藉由層積或真空層積法等除去=上 後，附著在電路上。經上述貼附步驟之後，經由分離^之 行輻射硬化，或剝離分離膜後接觸以顯影圖案再進行輻進 硬化之不同情形。當接觸以顯影圖案而進行輻射射 際，乾燥膜上有黏性時，可能會污染顯影圖案，所以浐^ 膜型感光性耐焊材料，被要求乾燥塗膜之較少黏性者燥 該輻射硬化可藉周知之輻射硬化方法進行。例如使用 電子射線、紫外光、4〇〇至500nm之可見光等。照射用 電子射線之光源可使用熱電子放射鎗、電場放射鎗等。又&lt; 紫外光及400至500nm之可視光之光源，可使用例如言/ 水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈、齒化金屬燈、鎵燈、裔 二 矾靥、碳孤 324024 120 201247603 燈等。具體言之，點狀光源時，就亮度安定性而觀，常用 超高壓水銀燈、氙水銀燈、_化金屬燈。所照射活性能量 之射線量可設定在5至2000mJ/cm2範圍，以步驟上方便管 理之50至1000mJ/cm2範圍為較佳。又，上述活性能量射線 尚可和紅外光、遠紅外光、熱風、高周波加熱等熱併用之。 再加之，乾燥膜型感光性耐焊接材料可在輻射硬化 後’藉由顯影而形成圖案’經二次硬化（p0St cure)之熱硬 化’而形成耐性優異之皮膜。二次硬化在1〇〇至2〇〇t：施 ^ 行30分鐘至2小時為佳。又，為更加提升塗膜之耐性，必 要時，在二次硬化後還可以施行輻射曝光，藉由二次硬化 後之輻射曝光，更能提高焊接耐熱性。 [實施例] 本發明藉由下述實施例更具體說明之。唯下述實施例 不侷限本發明之專利範圍。又，實施例中之「份」指「重 量份」，「％」指「重量％」。另外’下述實施例中，樹脂之分 φ子量係藉由凝膠滲透層析法（Gel permeation chromatography，簡稱GPC)所測定之聚笨乙烯換算之重量 平均分子量。 實施例中之·R測定皆使用jE〇L公司製品之JNM_ ECX400P，在DMSO-ώ中進行1H-NMR測定。數平均分子量（Mn) 和重量平均分子量（Mw)乃係藉由東曹公司製品之Gpc_8〇2〇 所測定之聚苯乙烯換算值。 實施例中之IR測定皆使用Perkin Elmer公司製品之 Spectrum One 而進行。 324024 121 201247603 《實施形態I》 實施例1 改質/5-羥基烷基醯胺（B)之合成The color filter and the black matrix of each color are formed by a photolithography residual method, and can be played in accordance with the following method. It will be used as a coloring agent for the color coffee (4) or the development of the (4) color residual material, and it can be used for time-lapse coating or spin coating, slit coating, light coating, and coating method to dry the film thickness. It is formed by coating on a transparent substrate in a 2 to 10/zm shape, and if necessary, a dried film is exposed to ultraviolet light by a mask having a predetermined pattern which is provided in contact with or in contact with the film. Then, the uncured portion is removed by dipping in a solvent or an alkaline developer, or by ejecting a developing solution by a sprayer to form a desired pattern to form a color filter or a black matrix. Further, in order to promote the polymerization reaction of the enamel film and the black matrix formed by the development, heating may be applied if necessary. According to the photolithography method, a high-precision color filter and a black matrix can be formed by a printing method such as a screen printing method, an offset printing method, or a rotary gravure printing method. At the time of development, an aqueous solution such as sodium carbonate or sodium hydroxide can be used as the alkaline developing solution. Organic tests such as dimercaptobenzylamine and triethanolamine can also be used. Further, an antifoaming agent or a surfactant is added to the developing solution. The development processing method can be applied to various methods such as a rinsing development method, a spray development method, a dipping development method, and a bubble development method. Moreover, in order to enhance the ultraviolet light exposure sensitivity, the coloring device may be coated and dried with a photosensitive composition of 324024 118 201247603, and then coated and dried with a water-soluble or alkali-soluble resin such as polyvinyl alcohol or a water-soluble acrylic resin to form a borrowing. It is also possible to prevent the film from being blocked by oxygen and then expose it to ultraviolet light. &lt;Photosensitive solder resist ink&gt; Photosensitive and t solder ink is a circuit pattern formed on the US board from the outside environmental protection, or in a soldering step in which the printed circuit board is packaged on the surface of the electronic component, Set the solder to be attached where it is not necessary. The resin composition can be made into a photosensitive solder-resistant ink, and can have flexibility for satisfying, for example, sensitivity to active rays, or developability to a dilute alkaline aqueous solution, and a cured film obtained by a post-hardening (secondary hardening) step. Various properties such as insulation, adhesion, solder heat resistance, film resistance, and heat resistance. Next, a method of manufacturing the photosensitive solder resist ink will be described below. Photosensitive soldering ink is manufactured by first dispersing pigments and flame retardants by various methods such as three-roll grinding #, two-roll mill, sand mixer, kneading crucible, and ultrafine grinder. Adding a dispersion to the polymer containing the slow-acting base (8), adding a 0-(tetra)-based amine (A), a photopolymerization initiator (C), and, if necessary, adding a few bases The resin, the photopolymerizable monomer (8), the organic solvent, and, in the case of the case, a sensitizer, a polymerization inhibitor, a preservative (IV), and other components are mixed and mixed. The photosensitive solder resist ink is preferably removed by using a method such as centrifugation, sintering transition, membrane filtration, or the like, and it is preferable to remove coarse particles such as 1 &quot; and dust or foreign matter. This makes it possible to satisfy the high sensitivity required for the photosensitive solder resist material, or the flexibility, flexibility, insulation, and flame retardancy of the cured coating film. 324024 119 201247603 The photosensitive composition having the above-mentioned composition is resistant to soldering, and is suitable for various coating methods, and is made into a coating application if necessary. The coating method of the printed circuit board into a circuit is immersed in an H money method, a curtain coating method or a screen printing method. The coating method, the roll coating method, and the subsequent production of a dry film type photosensitive solder-resistant dry film type photosensitive solder resist material are obtained. Brother and wife are as follows. After the soldering ink is applied to the separation membrane, the method of applying the above-mentioned photosensitive anti-pore agent to the separation membrane is not particularly limited to the method of squeezing, spraying, or spin coating.彳] If the secondary method is used, it is formulated into a printed circuit board suitable for the coating method or the screen printing method. The film is applied to a dried film formed on a separation film, attached to a copper circuit or the like, and then removed by lamination or vacuum lamination, and then adhered to the circuit. After the above-mentioned attaching step, the radiation is hardened by the separation, or the separation film is peeled off and then contacted with the developing pattern to perform the radiation hardening. When the radiation is irradiated with the developing pattern and the adhesive film is sticky, the developing pattern may be contaminated. Therefore, the photosensitive resistive material of the film type is required to dry the coating film and less dry. Hardening can be carried out by a well-known radiation hardening method. For example, electron rays, ultraviolet light, visible light of 4 to 500 nm, and the like are used. As the light source for the electron beam for irradiation, a thermal electron ray gun, an electric field radiant gun, or the like can be used. Further, &lt; ultraviolet light and a light source of visible light of 400 to 500 nm, for example, a mercury lamp, an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, a toothed metal lamp, a gallium lamp, a genus, a carbon 324024 120 201247603 lamp, or the like can be used. Specifically, when the point light source is used, the brightness is stable, and the ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, the mercury lamp, and the _ metal lamp are commonly used. The amount of radiation of the irradiated active energy can be set in the range of 5 to 2000 mJ/cm 2 , preferably in the range of 50 to 1000 mJ/cm 2 for convenient management in the step. Further, the above-mentioned active energy ray can be used in combination with heat such as infrared light, far-infrared light, hot air, or high-frequency heating. Further, the dry film type photosensitive solder resist material can be formed into a pattern by development and hardened by secondary hardening after radiation hardening to form a film excellent in resistance. The secondary hardening is preferably from 1 Torr to 2 Torr: 30 minutes to 2 hours. Further, in order to further improve the resistance of the coating film, it is also necessary to perform radiation exposure after the secondary hardening, and the radiation heat resistance after the secondary hardening can further improve the solder heat resistance. [Examples] The present invention will be more specifically illustrated by the following examples. The following examples are not intended to limit the scope of the invention. In addition, in the examples, "parts" means "parts by weight" and "%" means "% by weight". Further, in the following examples, the sub-quantity of the resin is a weight average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). The R measurement in the examples was performed by 1H-NMR measurement in DMSO-rhodium using JNM_ECX400P of JE〇L company. The number average molecular weight (Mn) and the weight average molecular weight (Mw) are polystyrene-converted values measured by Gpc_8〇2〇 of Tosoh Corporation. The IR measurements in the examples were all performed using Spectrum One from Perkin Elmer. 324024 121 201247603 <<Embodiment I>> Example 1 Synthesis of modified/5-hydroxyalkyl decylamine (B)

具有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入210份之二乙醇胺， φ 10份之氫氧化鉀，導入氮氣下，加熱至100°C，從滴加裝 置以4小時滴下174份之己二酸二甲基酯。滴加完之後， 反應容器内減壓為2 0 5mmHg之下加熱，並除去所生成之曱 醇。取出所生成容器内之漿·狀生成物，並加以真空乾燥之。 取得320份之該生成物再度放入反應容器中，在150°C加 熱攪拌使之溶解。從滴加裝置以1小時滴下144份之2-乙 基己酸於反應容器中，滴加後在150°C攪拌1小時之後， 加入100份之甲苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，與甲苯共 ® 沸而去除所生成之水。曱苯藉由迴流而返回反應容器中。 充分去除水後，蒸餾去除全部之曱苯。實施^-NMR測定， 由於酯鍵結之亞曱基（&lt;5=4.1附近）和2-乙基己酸來源之 曱基（5 =0· 85附近）之積分比率成為2 : 6，而確認目物之 生成生成。更藉由IR測定確認構造。該IR吸收譜表示於 第1圖。之後，溫度降至60°C，加入甲基乙基酮，調整 MV=80%。取出所生成均一狀黃褐色透明溶液。 實施例2 324024 122 201247603In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 210 parts of diethanolamine, φ 10 parts of potassium hydroxide are placed, and the mixture is heated under nitrogen. At 100 ° C, 174 parts of dimethyl adipate was dropped from the dropping device over 4 hours. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the inside of the reaction vessel was heated to a temperature of 205 mmHg, and the resulting sterol was removed. The slurry-like product in the produced container was taken out and vacuum dried. 320 parts of this product was again placed in a reaction vessel, and stirred at 150 ° C to dissolve. 144 parts of 2-ethylhexanoic acid was added dropwise from the dropping device to the reaction vessel over 1 hour, and after dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 150 ° C for 1 hour, 100 parts of toluene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with benzene. , with toluene® boiling to remove the water produced. The benzene is returned to the reaction vessel by reflux. After the water is sufficiently removed, all of the toluene is distilled off. By ^-NMR measurement, the integral ratio of the ester-bonded fluorenylene group (&lt;5=4.1) and the 2-ethylhexanoic acid-derived sulfhydryl group (near 5 =0·85) was 2:6. Confirm the generation of the target. The structure was confirmed by IR measurement. The IR absorption spectrum is shown in Fig. 1. Thereafter, the temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, methyl ethyl ketone was added, and MV = 80% was adjusted. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. Example 2 324024 122 201247603

OHOH

備有烷拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入320份之Ν, Ν，Ν’，Ν’ -四（羥乙基）己二酸醯胺（愛姆士化學公司製品Primid ZL-552)，在150°C攪拌加熱而溶解之。其中，從滴加裝置 • 以1小時滴加144份之2-乙基己酸。滴加後在150°C攪拌 1小時，之後，加入100份之曱苯、迪安斯遠克管充滿曱 苯，使之與曱苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之曱苯使之 返回反應容器中。充分去除水之後，將曱苯全部蒸餾去除。 進行1H-NMR測定GH-NMR譜表示於第4圖），並確認目的物 之生成。再進行IR測定確定構造。然後，降溫至60°C， 加入曱基乙基酮，調整成為NV=80%。取出所得均一之黃褐 色透明溶液。In a reaction vessel equipped with an alkane mixer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 320 parts of Ν, Ν, Ν', Ν'-tetra (hydroxyethyl) are placed. Amidoxime product (Primid ZL-552, manufactured by Ems Chemical Co., Ltd.) was dissolved by heating at 150 ° C to dissolve. Among them, from the dropping device, 144 parts of 2-ethylhexanoic acid was added dropwise over 1 hour. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 150 ° C for 1 hour. Thereafter, 100 parts of toluene and Deans's tube were filled with benzene to azeotrope with toluene to remove the formed water. The benzene is refluxed and returned to the reaction vessel. After the water was sufficiently removed, the total benzene was distilled off. The 1H-NMR measurement was performed on the GH-NMR spectrum (Fig. 4), and the formation of the target was confirmed. The structure was determined by IR measurement. Then, the temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and mercaptoethyl ketone was added to adjust to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out.

除了 2-乙基己酸由144份改用216份之外，按照實施 例1相同條件進行到完全蒸餾去除甲苯之製程。經1H-NMR 測定OH-丽R譜表示於第5圖），確認目的物已生成。再加 324024 123 201247603 之，以IR測定確認其構造。然後，降溫至60°C，加入曱 基乙基酮，調整成為NV=80%。取出所得均一之黃褐色透明 溶液。 實施例4The process of completely distilling off toluene was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 2-ethylhexanoic acid was changed from 144 parts to 216 parts. The OH-Li R spectrum was measured by 1H-NMR and shown in Fig. 5), and it was confirmed that the target substance was formed. Further, 324024 123 201247603, the structure was confirmed by IR measurement. Then, the temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and decyl ethyl ketone was added to adjust to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. Example 4

OHOH

除將2-乙基己酸由144份改用288份之外，按照實施 例1相同條件下進行至曱苯全部蒸餾去除之製程。進行 1H-NMR測定測定（第6圖表示其1H-NMR譜），確認目的物之 生成。再進行IR確定構造。然後，降溫至60°C，加入曱 基乙基酮，調整成為NV=80%。取出所得均一之黃褐色透明 溶液。 實施例5The procedure for the total distillation of toluene was carried out under the same conditions as in Example 1 except that 2-ethylhexanoic acid was changed from 144 parts to 288 parts. The 1H-NMR measurement was carried out (Fig. 6 shows the 1H-NMR spectrum thereof), and the formation of the target product was confirmed. The IR determination structure is then performed. Then, the temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and decyl ethyl ketone was added to adjust to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. Example 5

OHOH

除了將2-乙基己酸從144份改為72份之外，按照實 施例1相同條件下進行至甲苯全部蒸餾去除之製程。進行 1H-NMR測定，確認目的物之生成。再進行IR測定確定構 造。然後，降溫至60 °C，加入甲基乙基酮，調整成為 NV=80%。取出所得均一之黃褐色透明溶液。 實施例6 324024 124 201247603The process of completely distilling off toluene was carried out under the same conditions as in Example 1 except that 2-ethylhexanoic acid was changed from 144 parts to 72 parts. The 1H-NMR measurement was carried out to confirm the formation of the target product. Further, an IR measurement was performed to determine the structure. Then, the temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and methyl ethyl ketone was added to adjust to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown clear solution was taken out. Example 6 324024 124 201247603

備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入266份之二異丙醇 胺、10份之氫氧化鉀、202份之癸二酸，在120°C加熱4 小時。加入100份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，以 與曱苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之曱苯使之返回反應 容器中。充分去除水之後，取出容器中所生成之漿狀生成 物，而真空乾燥之。取出該生成物433份再度放入反應容 器中，在150°C加熱攪拌使之溶解。其中，從滴加裝置以1 小時滴加211份之異氰酸月桂基酯。滴加後，在150°C攪 拌1小時之後，進行1H-丽R測定，確認目的物之生成。更 以IR測定確定構造。然後，降溫至60°C，加入曱基乙基 酮，調整成為NV=80%。取出所得均一之黃褐色透明溶液。 實施例7In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 266 parts of diisopropanolamine, 10 parts of potassium hydroxide, and 202 parts are placed. Azelaic acid was heated at 120 ° C for 4 hours. 100 parts of benzene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with benzene to azeotrope with benzene to remove the generated water. The benzene is refluxed and returned to the reaction vessel. After the water was sufficiently removed, the slurry product formed in the container was taken out and dried in a vacuum. 433 parts of the product was taken out and placed in a reaction vessel, and stirred at 150 ° C to dissolve. Among them, 211 parts of lauryl isocyanate was added dropwise from the dropping device over 1 hour. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 150 ° C for 1 hour, and then subjected to 1H-Li R measurement to confirm the formation of the target product. The structure was determined by IR measurement. Then, the temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and mercaptoethyl ketone was added to adjust to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown clear solution was taken out. Example 7

備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入210份之2-胺基-2-曱基-1,3-丙二醇、10份之氫氧化鉀，加熱至60°C之後， 以1小時分為小部份加入100份之丁二酸酐。升溫至120 324024 125 201247603 。(:加熱4小時之後，加入100份之曱苯，連安斯達克管充 滿曱苯，以與曱苯共沸而者除所生成之水。迴流之甲苯使 之返回反應容器中。充分女除水之後，取出谷器中所生成 之漿狀之生成物並真空乾燥之。取得該生成物260份，再 度放入反應容器中，加熱炱l50°c攪拌使之溶解。其中， 從滴加裝置以1小時滴加89份之異氰酸苯基醋。滴加後’ 在150eC攪拌1小時之後，進行1H_NMR測定’確認目的物 之生成。再經由IR確認構造。然後’降溫至60°C，加入 籲曱基乙基酮，調整成為。取出所得均一之黃褐色透 明之溶液。 實施例8210 parts of 2-amino-2-mercapto-1,3-propanediol are placed in a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube. After 10 parts of potassium hydroxide was heated to 60 ° C, 100 parts of succinic anhydride was added in small portions over 1 hour. Warm up to 120 324024 125 201247603. (After heating for 4 hours, 100 parts of benzene is added, and the Ansdaq tube is filled with benzene, and the resulting water is azeotroped with benzene. The refluxed toluene is returned to the reaction vessel. After the water is removed, the slurry-like product formed in the trough is taken out and dried in a vacuum. 260 parts of the product is obtained, and placed in a reaction vessel, and heated and stirred at 150 ° C to dissolve it. In the apparatus, 89 parts of phenylacetic acid isocyanate was added dropwise over 1 hour. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred for 1 hour at 150 ° C, and 1H_NMR measurement was performed to confirm the formation of the target product. The structure was confirmed by IR. Then, the temperature was lowered to 60 ° C. Adding the ethyl ketone, adjusted to obtain a uniform yellow-brown transparent solution.

備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入242份之三（經基甲 基）胺基曱烷、10份之氫氧化鉀、188份之2,4-二乙基戍 二酸，在120°C加熱4小時。加入1〇〇份之曱笨，於迪安 斯達克管充滿曱苯’以與曱苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴 流之曱苯使之返回反應容器中。充分去除水之後，取出容 器中所生成漿狀之生成物，而真空乾燥之。將394份之該 生成物、396份之吡啶、2674份之二氯曱烷再度放入反應 容器中，並冰冷之。其中，從滴加裝置以1小時滴加547 份之月桂醯氯。滴加後在25°C攪拌5小時，完成反應。二 324024 126 201247603 氣曱烷溶液以2000份之10%鹽酸、2000份之飽和碳酸氫鈉 水溶液、2000份之飽和食鹽水，依序洗淨後，用無水硫酸 鎂脫水之。再用旋轉式蒸散器除去溶劑之二氯曱烷之後， 進行1H-NMR測定，確認目的物之生成。再經由IR確認構 造。加入曱基乙基酮，調整成為NV=80%。取出所得均一之 黃褐色透明之溶液。 實施例9In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 242 parts of (transmethylmethyl) amino decane and 10 parts of hydrogen are placed. Potassium oxide, 188 parts of 2,4-diethyl sebacic acid, was heated at 120 ° C for 4 hours. Add 1 part of the stupid, and the Dean Stark tube is filled with benzene benzene to azeotrope with benzene to remove the water formed. The recycled benzene is returned to the reaction vessel. After the water was sufficiently removed, the slurry-like product formed in the container was taken out and dried in a vacuum. 394 parts of this product, 396 parts of pyridine, and 2674 parts of dichloromethane were again placed in a reaction vessel and ice-cooled. Among them, 547 parts of lauryl chloride was added dropwise from the dropping device over 1 hour. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 25 ° C for 5 hours to complete the reaction. 2 324024 126 201247603 The gas decane solution is washed successively with 2000 parts of 10% hydrochloric acid, 2000 parts of saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution, and 2000 parts of saturated brine, and then dehydrated with anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After the solvent was removed by a rotary evaporator, 1H-NMR measurement was carried out to confirm the formation of the target product. The structure was confirmed by IR. Add decyl ethyl ketone and adjust to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. Example 9

備有擾拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入334份之2-胺基-1-苯基-1,3-丙二醇，10份之氳氧化鉀，加熱至60°C之後， 以1小時分為小部份加入98份之順丁烯二酸酐。升溫至 • 120°C加熱4小時之後，加入100份之甲苯，於迪安斯達克 管充滿曱苯，以與曱苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之曱 苯使之返回反應容器中。充分去除水之後，取出容器中所 生成之漿狀之生成物而真空乾燥之。取得414份之該生成 物再度放入反應容器中，加熱至150°C，攪拌溶解之。其 中，從滴加裝置藉1小時滴加以284份之異十八烧酸。滴 加後在150°C攪拌1小時之後，進行1H-NMR測定，確認目 的物之生成。再經由IR確認構造。降溫至60°C，加入曱 324024 127 201247603 基乙基酮，調整成為NV=80°/。。取出所生成之均一之黃褐色 透明之溶液。 實施例10334 parts of 2-amino-1-phenyl-1,3-propanediol were placed in a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube. After 10 parts of cesium oxyhydroxide was heated to 60 ° C, 98 parts of maleic anhydride was added in small portions over 1 hour. After heating to 120 ° C for 4 hours, 100 parts of toluene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with toluene to azeotrope with toluene to remove the generated water. After refluxing, benzene is returned to the reaction vessel. After the water was sufficiently removed, the slurry-like product formed in the container was taken out and dried in a vacuum. 414 parts of this product was again placed in a reaction vessel, heated to 150 ° C, and stirred to dissolve. Among them, 284 parts of isodecanoic acid was added dropwise from the dropping device for 1 hour. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 150 ° C for 1 hour, and then subjected to 1H-NMR measurement to confirm the formation of the object. The structure was confirmed by IR. Cool down to 60 ° C, add 曱 324024 127 201247603 base ethyl ketone, adjusted to NV = 80 ° /. . The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. Example 10

備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入210份之二乙醇胺、 10份之氩氧化鉀，加熱至60°C之後，用1小時分為小部份 加入148份之酞酸酐。升溫至120°C，加熱4小時之後， 加入100份之甲苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，以與曱苯 共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之曱苯使之返回反應容器 中。充分去除水之後，取出容器中所生成之漿狀之生成物 而真空乾燥之。將該生成物340份再度放入反應容器中， φ 150°Cn加熱攪拌使之溶解。其中，從滴加裝置用1小時滴加 88份之丁酸。滴加後在150°C攪拌1小時之後，進行1H-NMR 測定，確認目的物之生成。再進行IR確定構造。然後，降 溫至60°C，加入曱基乙基酮，調整成為NV=80%。取出所得 均一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 實施例11 324024 128 201247603In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 210 parts of diethanolamine, 10 parts of potassium argon oxide, and after heating to 60 ° C , 148 parts of phthalic anhydride were added in small portions over 1 hour. After heating to 120 ° C and heating for 4 hours, 100 parts of toluene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with toluene to azeotrope with toluene to remove the generated water. The benzene is refluxed and returned to the reaction vessel. After the water was sufficiently removed, the slurry-like product formed in the container was taken out and dried in a vacuum. 340 parts of this product was again placed in a reaction container, and heated and stirred at φ 150 ° C to dissolve. Among them, 88 parts of butyric acid was added dropwise from the dropping device over 1 hour. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 150 ° C for 1 hour, and then subjected to 1 H-NMR measurement to confirm the formation of the desired product. The IR determination structure is then performed. Then, the temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and mercaptoethyl ketone was added to adjust to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. Example 11 324024 128 201247603

備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入266份之二異丙醇 胺、10份之氫氧化鉀、166份之異酞酸，在120°C加熱4 小時。加入100份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，與 Φ 曱苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之甲苯返回於反應容器 中。充分除去水之後，取出容器中所生成的漿狀生成物而 真空乾燥。將取得396份之該生成物，285份之吡啶、1802 份之二氧甲烷再度放入反應容器中，冰冷之。其中，從滴 加裝置以1小時滴加184份之乙酸酐。滴加後在25°C攪拌 5小時而完成反應。然後，使用2000份之10%鹽酸、2000 份之飽和碳酸氫鈉水溶液、2000份之飽和食鹽水，依序洗 淨該二氯曱烷溶液之後，再用無水硫酸鎂乾燥之，然後以 ^ 旋轉蒸散器蒸餾去除溶劑之二氣曱烷之後，進行W-NMR測 定，確認目的物之生成。再經由IR確認構造。加入甲基乙 基酮，調整成為NV=80%。取出所得均一之黃褐色透明之溶 液0 實施例12In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 266 parts of diisopropanolamine, 10 parts of potassium hydroxide, and 166 parts are placed. Isophthalic acid was heated at 120 ° C for 4 hours. 100 parts of benzene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with benzene and azeotroped with Φ benzene to remove the generated water. The refluxed toluene is returned to the reaction vessel. After the water was sufficiently removed, the slurry product formed in the container was taken out and dried in a vacuum. 396 parts of the product were obtained, and 285 parts of pyridine and 1802 parts of dioxymethane were placed in a reaction vessel and chilled. Among them, 184 parts of acetic anhydride was added dropwise from the dropping device over 1 hour. After the dropwise addition, the reaction was completed by stirring at 25 ° C for 5 hours. Then, using 2000 parts of 10% hydrochloric acid, 2000 parts of saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution, and 2000 parts of saturated saline solution, the dichlorosilane solution is sequentially washed, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and then rotated by ^ After distilling off the dioxane of the solvent by an evaporator, W-NMR measurement was performed, and the formation of the target was confirmed. The structure was confirmed by IR. Methyl ethyl ketone was added and adjusted to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken. Example 12

324024 129 201247603 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入203份之對笨二甲 醯二氣、316份之吡啶、ι459份之二氯曱烷、冰冷下攪拌 之。從滴加裝置以2小時滴加210份之二乙醇胺，然後， 在25°C搜拌5小時而完成反應。使用2000份之10%鹽酸、 2000份之飽和碳酸氫鈉水溶液、2000份之飽和食鹽水，依 序洗淨該二氯甲燒溶液之後，用無水硫酸鱗乾燥之。再用 旋轉式蒸散器蒸餾去除除溶劑之二氯甲烷，回收生成物。 • 將該生成物340份再度放入反應容器中，在15(TC加熱攪 拌而溶解之。其中，以Ϊ小時添加284份之十八烷酸。在 150C攪拌1小時之後，進行測定，確認目的物之 生成。再經由IR確認構造。降溫至6〇°C，加入甲基乙基 酮，調整成為NV=80%。取出所得均〆之黃褐色透明溶液。 實施例13324024 129 201247603 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube, 203 parts of dioxin and 316 parts of pyridine are placed. Ig 459 parts of dichloromethane, stirred under ice. The reaction was completed by dropwise addition of 210 parts of diethanolamine from the dropping device over 2 hours, followed by mixing at 25 ° C for 5 hours. The dimethyl chloride solution was washed successively with 2000 parts of 10% hydrochloric acid, 2000 parts of saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution and 2000 parts of saturated brine, and dried with anhydrous sulfuric acid scale. Further, the solvent-free dichloromethane was distilled off by a rotary evaporator to recover the product. • 340 parts of this product was placed in a reaction vessel again, and dissolved in 15 (TC) while heating, and 284 parts of octadecanoic acid was added in an hour. After stirring at 150 C for 1 hour, the measurement was carried out to confirm the purpose. The structure was confirmed by IR, and the structure was confirmed by IR. The temperature was lowered to 6 ° C, and methyl ethyl ketone was added to adjust to NV = 80%. The obtained yellowish brown transparent solution was taken out.

備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝ί、： 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入 胺、丨〇份之氫氧化鉀，加熱至6(TC之椽 部份加入152份之4-環已烯-1,2難 °c加熱4小時之後，加入1〇〇份之f黎 迪安斯連克管、迴 份之二異丙醇 ，以1小時分為小 緣酐。升溫至120 於迪安斯達克管 13〇 324024 201247603 充滿甲苯，與甲苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之曱苯使 之返回反應容器中。充分去除水之後，取出容器中所生成 之漿狀之生成物，而真空乾燥之。將401份該生成物再度 放入反應容器中，在150°C加熱攪拌使之溶解。其中，從 滴加裝置以1小時滴加282份之油酸。滴加後，在150°C 攪拌1小時之後，進行1H-NMR測定，確定目的物之生成。 再經由IR確認構造。降溫至60°C，加入甲基乙基酮，調 整成為NV=80%。取出所得均一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 _實施例14In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a drip-loading device, a flow cooler, and an air-passing tube, add amine and bismuth potassium hydroxide, and heat to 6 (the portion after TC is added to 152 parts) -cyclohexene-1,2 difficult to °c heating for 4 hours, then add 1 part of the ridisan Lenke tube, a portion of the diisopropanol, divided into small rim anhydride for 1 hour. 120 迪安斯达克管13〇324024 201247603 Filled with toluene, azeotrope with toluene to remove the water formed. Return the benzene to the reaction vessel after returning. After fully removing the water, remove the slurry formed in the container. The product was dried in a vacuum, and 401 parts of the product was placed in a reaction vessel again, and dissolved by heating and stirring at 150 ° C, wherein 282 parts of oleic acid was added dropwise from the dropping device over 1 hour. After the addition, the mixture was stirred at 150 ° C for 1 hour, and then subjected to 1 H-NMR measurement to confirm the formation of the target product. The structure was confirmed by IR. The temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and methyl ethyl ketone was added thereto to adjust to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out.

備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入210份之二乙醇胺、 10份之氫氧化鉀，加熱至60°C之後，以1小時一點點加入 154份之環己烷-1，2-二羧酸酐。升溫至120°C加熱4小時 之後，加入100份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，與 曱苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之曱苯使之返回反應容 器中。充分去除水之後，取出容器中所生成漿狀之生成物 而真空乾燥之。將346份之該生成物再度放入反應容器 中，加熱至150°C而擾拌溶解之。其中，從滴加裝置以1 小時滴加280份之亞麻油酸。滴加後，在150°C檟:拌1小 324024 131 201247603 時之後，進行^-NMR測定，確定目的物之生成。再經由IR 確認構造。降溫至60 °C，加入曱基乙基酮，調整成為 NV=80°/。。取出所得均一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 實施例15In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 210 parts of diethanolamine and 10 parts of potassium hydroxide are placed, and after heating to 60 ° C, 154 parts of cyclohexane-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride was added in a little over 1 hour. After heating to 120 ° C for 4 hours, 100 parts of benzene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with benzene and azeotroped with benzene to remove the generated water. The refluxed benzene is returned to the reaction vessel. After the water was sufficiently removed, the slurry-like product formed in the container was taken out and vacuum-dried. 346 parts of this product was again placed in a reaction vessel, heated to 150 ° C and scrambled to dissolve. Among them, 280 parts of linoleic acid was added dropwise from the dropping device over 1 hour. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was subjected to a ^-NMR measurement at 150 ° C for 1 hour 324024 131 201247603 to determine the formation of the target product. The structure is confirmed by IR. The temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and mercapto ethyl ketone was added to adjust to NV = 80 ° /. . The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. Example 15

備有擾拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入400份之二異丙醇 胺、10份之氫氧化鉀、176份之均丙三曱酸，升溫至120 °C，加熱4小時之後，加入100份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克 管充滿曱苯，與曱苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之曱苯 使之返回反應容器中。充分去除水之後，取出容器中所生 # 成漿狀之生成物而真空乾燥之。將522份之該生成物再度 放入反應容器中，加熱至150°C而攪拌溶解之。其中，從 滴加裝置以1小時滴加5 5 7份之亞麻油酸。滴加後，在15 0 °C攪拌1小時之後，進行^-NMR測定，確定目的物之生成。 再經由IR確認構造。降溫至60°C，加入曱基乙基酮，調 整成為NV=80%。取出所得均一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 實施例16 324024 132 201247603 ΗIn a reaction vessel equipped with a scrambler, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube, 400 parts of diisopropanolamine, 10 parts of potassium hydroxide, and 176 parts are placed. The propylene tridecanoate was heated to 120 ° C, and after heating for 4 hours, 100 parts of benzene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with benzene and azeotroped with benzene to remove the generated water. The benzene is refluxed and returned to the reaction vessel. After the water was sufficiently removed, the resulting product in the container was taken out and dried in a vacuum. 522 parts of this product was again placed in a reaction vessel, heated to 150 ° C, and stirred to dissolve. Among them, 577 parts of linoleic acid was added dropwise from the dropping device over 1 hour. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 150 ° C for 1 hour, and then subjected to ^-NMR measurement to determine the formation of the target product. The structure was confirmed by IR. The temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and mercaptoethyl ketone was added to adjust to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. Example 16 324024 132 201247603 Η

ΝΗ ΟΝΗ Ο

OHOH

JOH 。:JOH. :

CX OH ΌΗ 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入363份之三（羥曱基） 胺基甲烷、10份之氫氧化鉀，加熱至60°C之後，以1小時 # 分為小部份加入192份之偏苯三酸酐。升溫至120°C，加 熱4小時之後，加入100份之甲苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿 曱苯，與曱苯共沸去除所生成之水。迴流之甲苯使之返回 反應容器中。充分去除水分後，取出容器中所生成漿狀之 生成物而真空乾燥之。將520份之該生成物再度放入反應 容器中，加熱至150°C而攪拌溶解之。其中，以1小時添 加1795份之棕櫚酸。滴加後，在15(TC攪拌1小時之後， 進行1H-NMR測定，確認目的物之生成。再經由IR確認構 — 造。降溫至60°C，加入曱基乙基酮，調整成為NV=80%。取 出所得均一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 實施例17 324024 133 201247603CX OH 363 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube, put 363 parts of tris (hydroxyindole) amino methane, 10 parts. Potassium hydroxide, after heating to 60 ° C, was added to a small portion of 192 parts of trimellitic anhydride in 1 hour. After heating to 120 ° C and heating for 4 hours, 100 parts of toluene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with toluene, and the resulting water was removed by azeotropy with toluene. The refluxed toluene is returned to the reaction vessel. After the water was sufficiently removed, the slurry-formed product formed in the container was taken out and dried in a vacuum. 520 parts of this product was again placed in a reaction vessel, heated to 150 ° C and stirred to dissolve. Among them, 1795 parts of palmitic acid were added in one hour. After the dropwise addition, 1 H-NMR measurement was carried out at 15 (TC) for 1 hour, and the formation of the target product was confirmed. The structure was confirmed by IR. The temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and mercapto ethyl ketone was added to adjust to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken. Example 17 324024 133 201247603

備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入469份之N-丁基乙 φ 醇胺、10份之氫氧化鉀、234份之1，2, 3, 4-丁烷四羧酸， 升溫至120°C，加熱4小時之後，加入100份之曱苯，於 迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，與甲苯共沸而去除所生成之水。 迴流之曱苯使之返回反應容器中。充分去除水分後，取出 容器中所生成漿狀之生成物而真空乾燥之。將631份之該 生成物再度放入反應容器中，加熱至150°C而攪拌溶解之。 其中，以1小時添加122份之笨曱酸。150°C攪拌1小時之 後，進行W-NMR測定，確認目的物之生成。再經由IR確 # 認構造。降溫至60°C，加入曱基乙基酮，調整成為NV=80°/〇。 取出所得均一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 實施例18 324024 134 201247603In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 469 parts of N-butylethinolamine, 10 parts of potassium hydroxide, 234 parts of 1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylic acid, heated to 120 ° C, heated for 4 hours, 100 parts of benzene was added, the Dean Stark tube was filled with benzene, azeotrope with toluene The generated water is removed. The benzene is refluxed and returned to the reaction vessel. After the moisture was sufficiently removed, the slurry-like product formed in the container was taken out and dried in a vacuum. 631 parts of this product was placed in a reaction vessel again, heated to 150 ° C, and stirred to dissolve. Among them, 122 parts of alum acid was added in 1 hour. After stirring at 150 ° C for 1 hour, W-NMR measurement was carried out to confirm the formation of the target product. Then confirm the structure via IR. The temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and mercaptoethyl ketone was added to adjust to NV = 80 ° / 〇. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. Example 18 324024 134 201247603

備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入357份之N-乙基乙 ® 醇胺、10份之氳氧化鉀，加熱4小時之後，加入10 0份之 曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，與曱苯共沸而去除所生 成之水。迴流之甲苯使之返回反應容器中。充分去除水分 後，取出容器中所生成漿狀之生成物而真空乾燥之。將539 份之該生成物再度放入反應容器中，加熱至150°C而攪拌 溶解之。其中，以1小時加入178份之4-第三丁基苯曱酸。 滴加後，在150°C擾拌1小時之後，進行^-NMR測定，確 ^ 認目的物之生成。再進行IR測定，確定構造。降溫至6 0 °C，加入曱基乙基酮，調整成為NV=80%。取出所得均一之 黃褐色透明之溶液。 實施例19 324024 135 201247603In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 357 parts of N-ethylethyl alcohol amine and 10 parts of potassium pentoxide are placed. After heating for 4 hours, 100 parts of toluene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with toluene and azeotroped with toluene to remove the generated water. The refluxed toluene is returned to the reaction vessel. After the water is sufficiently removed, the slurry-like product formed in the container is taken out and vacuum-dried. 539 parts of this product was placed in a reaction vessel again, heated to 150 ° C, and stirred to dissolve. Among them, 178 parts of 4-tert-butylphthalic acid was added in 1 hour. After the dropwise addition, after stirring at 150 ° C for 1 hour, a ^-NMR measurement was carried out to confirm the formation of the desired substance. The IR measurement was performed to determine the structure. The temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and mercapto ethyl ketone was added to adjust to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. Example 19 324024 135 201247603

備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入533份之二異丙醇 φ 胺、10份之氫氧化鉀，加熱至60°C之後，以1小時分為小 部份加入294份之3, 3’，4, 4’ -聯苯四羧酸酐。升溫至120 °C，加熱4小時之後，加入100份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克 管充滿甲苯，與甲苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之甲苯 使之返回反應容器中。充分去除水分之後，取出容器中所 生成漿狀之生成物而真空乾燥之。將791份之該生成物再 度放入反應容器中，加熱至150°C而攪拌溶解之。其中， 以1小時滴加513份之環己羧酸。滴加後，在150°C攪拌1 • 小時之後，進行W-NMR測定，確認目的物之生成。再進行 IR測定，確認其化學構造。降溫至60°C，加入甲基乙基酮， 調整成為NV=80%。取出所得均一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 實施例20 324024 136 201247603In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 533 parts of diisopropanol φ amine, 10 parts of potassium hydroxide are placed, and heated to After 60 ° C, 294 parts of 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic anhydride was added in small portions over 1 hour. After heating to 120 ° C and heating for 4 hours, 100 parts of benzene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with toluene, and azeotroped with toluene to remove the generated water. The refluxed toluene is returned to the reaction vessel. After the moisture was sufficiently removed, the slurry-like product formed in the container was taken out and vacuum-dried. 791 parts of this product was again placed in a reaction vessel, heated to 150 ° C and stirred to dissolve. Among them, 513 parts of cyclohexanecarboxylic acid was added dropwise over 1 hour. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 150 ° C for 1 hour, and then subjected to W-NMR measurement to confirm the formation of the target product. Further, IR measurement was performed to confirm the chemical structure. The temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and methyl ethyl ketone was added to adjust to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. Example 20 324024 136 201247603

備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入210份之二乙醇胺、 10份之氫氧化鉀、561份之二聚酸，升溫至120°C，加熱4 # 小時後，加入100份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯， 與曱苯共沸而除去所生成之水。迴流之曱苯使之返回反應 容器中。充分去除水分後，取出容器中所生成漿狀之生成 物而真空乾燥之。將735份之該生成物再度放入反應容器 中，加熱至150°C而攪拌溶解之。其中，以1小時添加138 份之降萡烯羧酸。在150°C攪拌1小時之後，降溫至60°C， 進行1H-NMR測定，確定目的物之生成。再進行IR測定， 確認其化學構造。加入甲基乙基酮，調整成為NV=80%。取 出所得均一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 實施例21In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 210 parts of diethanolamine, 10 parts of potassium hydroxide, and 561 parts of dimer acid are placed. After heating to 120 ° C and heating for 4 hours, 100 parts of benzene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with benzene, and azeotrope with benzene to remove the generated water. The benzene is refluxed and returned to the reaction vessel. After the water was sufficiently removed, the slurry-formed product formed in the container was taken out and dried in a vacuum. 735 parts of this product was placed in a reaction vessel again, heated to 150 ° C, and stirred to dissolve. Among them, 138 parts of norbornenecarboxylic acid was added in one hour. After stirring at 150 ° C for 1 hour, the temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and 1H-NMR measurement was carried out to determine the formation of the target product. Further, an IR measurement was performed to confirm the chemical structure. Methyl ethyl ketone was added and adjusted to NV = 80%. A uniform yellowish brown transparent solution was obtained. Example 21

201247603 備有擾拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入315份之二乙醇胺、 10份之氳氧化鉀、192份之枸櫞酸，升溫至120°C，加熱4 小時之後，加入100份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯， 與甲苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之曱苯使之返回反應 容器中。充分除去水分後，取出容器中所生成漿狀之生成 物而真空乾燥之。將453份之該生成物、316份之°比咬、 2429份之二氯甲烷再度放入反應容器中，冰冷之。其中， # 從滴加裝置以1小時滴加445份之三氟甲磺酸三甲基矽 酯。滴加後，在25°C攪拌5小時而完成反應。使用2000 份之10%鹽酸、2000份之飽和碳酸氫鈉水溶液，2000份之 飽和食鹽水，依序洗淨該二氯甲烷溶液，以無水硫酸鎂脫 水之。再用旋轉式蒸散器蒸餾去除溶劑之二氯曱烷之後， 進行1H-NMR，確定目的物之生成。再進行IR測定，確認其 化學構造。加入甲基乙基酮，調整成為NV=80%。取出所得 均一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 實施例22201247603 In a reaction vessel equipped with a scrambler, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube, 315 parts of diethanolamine, 10 parts of potassium pentoxide, and 192 parts are placed. The citric acid was heated to 120 ° C, and after heating for 4 hours, 100 parts of benzene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with benzene, and azeotroped with toluene to remove the generated water. The benzene is refluxed and returned to the reaction vessel. After sufficiently removing the water, the slurry-like product formed in the container was taken out and dried in a vacuum. 453 parts of the product, 316 parts of bite, and 2429 parts of methylene chloride were placed in the reaction vessel again, and chilled. Among them, # 445 parts of trimethyl decyl trifluoromethanesulfonate was added dropwise from the dropping device over 1 hour. After the dropwise addition, the reaction was completed by stirring at 25 ° C for 5 hours. The dichloromethane solution was washed successively with 2000 parts of 10% hydrochloric acid, 2000 parts of a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution and 2000 parts of a saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, and then evaporated. After distilling off the solvent of dichloromethane by a rotary evaporator, 1H-NMR was carried out to determine the formation of the target. Further, IR measurement was performed to confirm the chemical structure. Methyl ethyl ketone was added and adjusted to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. Example 22

324024 138 201247603 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入421份之2-胺基-1-丁醇、10份之氫氧化鉀，加熱至60°C之後，以1小時分為 小部份加入322份之3, 3’，4, 4’ -二苯曱酮四羧酸酐。升溫 至120°C，加熱4小時之後，加入100份之曱苯，於迪安 斯達克管充滿曱苯，與甲苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流 之甲苯使之返回反應容器中。充分去除水分之後，取出容 器中所生成漿狀之生成物而真空乾燥之。將707份之該生 成物、152份之N-羥曱基丙烯醯胺、2份之對-曱苯磺酸胺、 # 2份之對-甲氧基苯酚加入，在100°C攪拌6小時之後，測 定進行IR測定，確認其化學構造。降溫至60°C，加入曱 基乙基酮，調整成為NV=80%。取出所得均一之黃褐色透明 之溶液。 實施例23324024 138 201247603 In the reaction vessel of the flow cooler and air duct, 421 parts of 2-amino-1-butanol and 10 parts of potassium hydroxide were placed, and after heating to 60 ° C, it was divided into small portions in 1 hour. 322 parts of 3,3',4,4'-dibenzophenonetetracarboxylic anhydride were added in portions. After heating to 120 ° C and heating for 4 hours, 100 parts of toluene was added, and the Dean Stark was filled with toluene and azeotroped with toluene to remove the formed water. The refluxed toluene is returned to the reaction vessel. After the moisture was sufficiently removed, the slurry-like product formed in the container was taken out and vacuum-dried. 707 parts of the product, 152 parts of N-hydroxydecyl acrylamide, 2 parts of p-toluenesulfonate, #2 parts of p-methoxyphenol, and stirred at 100 ° C for 6 hours Thereafter, the measurement was carried out by IR measurement, and the chemical structure was confirmed. The temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and decyl ethyl ketone was added to adjust to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. Example 23

備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入703份之2-胺基-4-曱基-1-戊醇、10份之氫氧化鉀，348份之環己烷 -1，2,3,4,5,6-六羧酸，升溫至120°(：之後，加熱4小時之 後，加入500份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，與曱 324024 139 201247603 苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之曱苯使之返回反應容器 中。充分去除水分後，取出容器中所生成漿狀之生成物而 真空乾燥之。將943份之該生成物、373份之2-乙基己基 環氧丙基醚、20份之四氟硼酸鋅放入反應容器中，在100 °C進行反應6小時。進行1H-NMR測定，確定目的物之生成。 再進行IR測定，確認其化學構造。然後，降溫至60°C， 加入甲基乙基酮，調整成為NV=80%。取出所得均一之黃褐 色透明之溶液。 # 實施例24In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube, 703 parts of 2-amino-4-mercapto-1-pentanol, 10 a portion of potassium hydroxide, 348 parts of cyclohexane-1,2,3,4,5,6-hexacarboxylic acid, heated to 120 ° (: after heating, 4 hours, add 500 parts of benzene, in The Dean Stark tube is filled with benzene and azeotrope with 曱324024 139 201247603 benzene to remove the water formed. The benzene is returned to the reaction vessel after returning. After the water is completely removed, the slurry formed in the container is taken out. The product was vacuum-dried, and 943 parts of the product, 373 parts of 2-ethylhexylepoxypropyl ether, and 20 parts of zinc tetrafluoroborate were placed in a reaction vessel, and the reaction was carried out at 100 ° C for 6 hours. 1H-NMR measurement was performed to determine the formation of the target product. IR measurement was carried out to confirm the chemical structure. Then, the temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and methyl ethyl ketone was added thereto to adjust to NV = 80%. The uniform yellow brown was obtained. Transparent solution #Example 24

備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入210份之二乙醇胺、 10份之氩氧化鉀，導入氮氣同時加熱至100°C。其中，藉 φ 由滴加裝置以4小時滴加174份之己二酸二曱基酯。滴加 完後，反應容器減壓至205nmHg同時加熱，而去除所生成 之曱醇。取出容器中所生成漿狀之生成物而真空乾燥之。 另再備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、 迴流冷卻器、導氣管之第2反應容器中，放入130份之2-乙基己醇、228份之ε -己内酯、0. 1份之鈦酸四丁基酯， 在160°C反應8小時。之後，加入100份之丁二酸酐，再 反應3小時。將上述所得320份之漿狀生成物加入第2反 324024 140 201247603 應容器中，在150°C進行2小時之反應。進行1H-NMR測定， 確定目的物之生成。再以IR測定，確認其化學構造。然後， 降溫至60°C，加入曱基乙基酮，調整成為NV=80%。取出所 得均一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 實施例25In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 210 parts of diethanolamine, 10 parts of potassium argon oxide, and nitrogen gas are introduced while heating to 100. °C. Among them, 174 parts of didecyl adipate was added dropwise by means of a dropping device over 4 hours. After the dropwise addition, the reaction vessel was heated to 205 nmHg while heating to remove the produced sterol. The slurry-like product formed in the container was taken out and dried in a vacuum. In addition, a second reactor containing a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube is placed, and 130 parts of 2-ethylhexanol and 228 parts of ε are placed. Caprolactone, 0.1 part of tetrabutyl titanate, was reacted at 160 ° C for 8 hours. Thereafter, 100 parts of succinic anhydride was added and reacted for further 3 hours. The 320 parts of the slurry obtained above was placed in a second container of 324024 140 201247603, and reacted at 150 ° C for 2 hours. The 1H-NMR measurement was carried out to determine the formation of the target substance. Further, the chemical structure was confirmed by IR measurement. Then, the temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and mercaptoethyl ketone was added to adjust to NV = 80%. A uniform yellowish brown transparent solution was taken. Example 25

OHOH

備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，加入210份之二乙醇胺、 10份之曱醇鈉，導入氮氣同時加熱至100°C。其中，藉由 滴加裝置以4小時滴加230份之癸二酸二甲酯。滴加完後， 反應容器内減壓至205mmHg同時加熱，去除所生成之甲 醇。取出容器中所生成之漿狀之生成物而真空乾燥之。將 320份之該生成物再度放入反應容器中，加熱至150°C，攪 拌溶解之。其中，藉由滴加裝置以1小時滴加144份之2-乙基己酸。滴加後在150°C攪拌1小時之後，加入100份 之甲苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿甲苯，與甲苯共沸而去除所 生成之水。迴流之曱苯使之返回反應容器中。充分去除水 分後，蒸餾去除所有甲苯。進行^-NMR測定，藉由酯結合 之亞曱基（(5 =4.1附近）和2-乙基己酸來源之曱苯（5 = 0. 85附近）之積分比率為2: 6，而確定目的物之生成。再 經由IR確認構造。然後，降溫至60°C，加入曱基乙基酮， 324024 141 201247603 調整成為NV=80%。取出所得均一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 樹脂合成例1 ( A )具有敌酸之樹脂之合成 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迴流冷卻器、導氣 管之反應容器中，放入500份之曱基乙基酮，導入氮氣同 時在70°C加熱攪拌1小時。然後，藉由滴加裝置以2小時 滴加由374. 4份之丙稀酸丁基醋、25. 6份之丙烯酸、11. 4 份之2, 2’-偶氮雙（2, 4-二曱基戊腈）和100份之曱基乙基 酮所成之混合溶液。在70°C反應2小時，再加入由1. 1份 • 1，2’-偶氮雙（2, 4-二曱基戊腈）和10份之甲基乙基酮所成 之溶液，再擾拌1小時。所得樹脂溶液之固形物之 NV=39. 1%，數平均分子量Mn=16,000，重量平均分子量 Mw=34, 000，酸價 AV=50. 2mgKOH/g。 樹脂合成例2 (A)具有羧酸之樹脂之合成 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迴流冷卻器、導氣 管之反應容器中，放入500份之丁基卡必醇，導入氮氣同 時在70°C加熱攪拌1小時。然後，藉由滴加裝置以2小時 滴加由374. 4份之丙烯酸丁基S旨、25. 6份之丙烯酸、11.4 份之2, 2’-偶氮雙（2, 4-二甲基戊腈），100份之丁基卡必醇 所混合而成之溶液。在於70°C反應2小時，再加入由1. 1 份之2, 2’-偶氮雙（2, 4-二甲基戊腈）及10份之丁基卡必醇 所成之溶液，再攪拌1小時。所得樹脂溶液之固形物之 NV=39. 3%，數平均分子量Mn=14, 000，重量平均分子量 Mw=32, 000，酸價 AV=50. lmgKOH/g。 樹脂合成例3 參考合成例：具有羥基之樹脂之合成 324024 142 201247603 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迴流冷卻器、導氣 管之反應容器中，放入500份之甲基乙基酮，導入氮氣同 時在70°C加熱攪拌1小時。然後，藉由滴加裝置以2小時 滴加由358. 8份之丙烯酸丁基酯、41. 2份之丙烯酸2-羥基 乙基酯、11.4份之2, 2’-偶氮雙（2, 4-二甲基戊腈），100 份之甲基乙基酮混合而成之溶液。在於70°C反應2小時， 再加入由1. 1份1，2’ -偶氮雙（2, 4-二曱基戊腈）以及10份 之曱基乙基酮所成之溶液，然後再攪拌1小時。所含成得 • 樹脂溶液之固形物之NV=39. 4%，數平均分子量 Mn=14,000，重量平均分子量Mw=32,000，羥基價OHV= 50.OmgKOH/g。 實施例26 就實施例1之（B)改質/3-羥基烷基醯胺進行溶解性試 驗、硬化試驗及保存安定性試驗。 溶解性試驗乃依照下述方法實施。使用甲基乙基酮烯 釋合成例1所得（B)改質/5 -羥基烷基醯胺，使之成為 NV=50%。此時，可得均一之液體者評估為「〇」，液體分為 雙層，或有固體沈澱者評估為「X」。 硬化試驗（1)按照下述方法進行。將合成例1之（B)改 質/3-羥基烷基醯胺和樹脂合成例1之（A)具有羧酸之樹 脂，以（B)改質羥基烷基醯胺之羥基和（A)具有羧酸之樹 脂之羧基之間之莫耳比率成為1 : 1狀調配而製成樹脂溶 液。取lg之該溶液放入鋁容器中，放入該容器於150°C之 烘箱中1小時，使樹脂硬化之。硬化膜以甲基乙基酮洗淨 324024 143 201247603 之。洗淨之際，關存者評料「〇」，沖失者評估為「X」。 故驗⑵乃按照下述方法進行。將合成例1之⑻ 基絲_和樹龄_ 2之（A)具㈣酸之樹 :以改質点,基烧基醯胺之經基和⑷具有缓酸之樹 Πί⑼之莫耳比率成$ 1 : 1狀調配而製成樹脂溶 液。^ 該溶液放人絲器中，將該容器於跳之In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 210 parts of diethanolamine, 10 parts of sodium decoxide are added, and nitrogen gas is introduced while heating to 100°. C. Among them, 230 parts of dimethyl sebacate was added dropwise by means of a dropping device over 4 hours. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the inside of the reaction vessel was depressurized to 205 mmHg while heating to remove the formed methanol. The slurry-like product formed in the container was taken out and dried in a vacuum. 320 parts of this product was again placed in a reaction vessel, heated to 150 ° C, and stirred to dissolve. Among them, 144 parts of 2-ethylhexanoic acid was added dropwise by means of a dropping device over 1 hour. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 150 ° C for 1 hour, 100 parts of toluene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with toluene, and azeotroped with toluene to remove the generated water. The benzene is refluxed and returned to the reaction vessel. After the water was sufficiently removed, all toluene was distilled off. The ^-NMR measurement was carried out by determining the integral ratio of the ester-bonded fluorenylene group (near (5 = 4.1) and 2-ethylhexanoic acid-derived benzene (near 5 = 0.85) to 2:6. The formation of the target product was confirmed by IR. Then, the temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and mercaptoethyl ketone was added, and 324024 141 201247603 was adjusted to NV = 80%. The obtained uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. Resin Synthesis Example 1 (A) Synthesis of a resin containing a diacid acid, a reactor equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 500 parts of mercapto ethyl ketone, and nitrogen gas introduced at 70 ° C The mixture was heated and stirred for 1 hour, and then, by means of a dropping device, 374. 4 parts of butyl acrylate acrylate, 25.6 parts of acrylic acid, and 11. 4 parts of 2, 2'-azo double were added dropwise over 2 hours. a mixed solution of (2,4-dimercapto valeronitrile) and 100 parts of mercaptoethyl ketone. The reaction was carried out at 70 ° C for 2 hours, and then added by 1. 1 part • 1,2'-azo double 1%的平均平均分子。 The solution of the solid solution of the obtained resin solution was NV = 39.1%, the number average molecular weight, the solution of the solid solution of the obtained resin solution was 1 hr. Mn = 16,000, weight average molecular weight Mw = 34,000, acid value AV = 50. 2 mg KOH / g. Resin Synthesis Example 2 (A) Synthesis of a resin having a carboxylic acid, equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, and reflux In the reaction vessel of the cooler and the air tube, 500 parts of butyl carbitol was placed, and nitrogen gas was introduced while heating and stirring at 70 ° C for 1 hour. Then, by means of a dropping device, it was added dropwise by 374.4 parts in 2 hours. a mixture of butyl acrylate, 25.6 parts of acrylic acid, 11.4 parts of 2, 2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), and 100 parts of butyl carbitol. The solution was reacted at 70 ° C for 2 hours, and then a solution of 1.1 parts of 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) and 10 parts of butyl carbitol was added. And further stirred for 1 hour. The solid solution of the obtained resin solution has a NV = 39.3%, a number average molecular weight Mn = 4,000, a weight average molecular weight Mw = 32,000, an acid value AV = 50. lmgKOH / g. Example 3 Reference Synthesis Example: Synthesis of a resin having a hydroxyl group 324024 142 201247603 A reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, placed in 50 0份的丙烯酸酯, 0. 4 parts of acrylic acid was added dropwise by means of a dropping device for 3 hours by adding 358.4 parts of butyl acrylate, 41.2 parts of acrylic acid. A solution of 2-hydroxyethyl ester, 11.4 parts of 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), and 100 parts of methyl ethyl ketone. The reaction was carried out at 70 ° C for 2 hours, and then a solution of 1.1 parts of 1,2'-azobis(2,4-dimercapto valeronitrile) and 10 parts of mercaptoethyl ketone was added, and then Stir for 1 hour. NV = 39. 4%, number average molecular weight Mn = 14,000, weight average molecular weight Mw = 32,000, and hydroxyl group OHV = 50.0 mg KOH / g. Example 26 A solubility test, a hardening test and a storage stability test were carried out for the modified / 3-hydroxyalkylguanamine of (B) of Example 1. The solubility test was carried out in accordance with the method described below. The (B) modified/5-hydroxyalkylguanamine obtained in Synthesis Example 1 was subjected to methyl ethyl ketone olefin to have NV = 50%. At this time, those who can obtain a uniform liquid are evaluated as "〇", and the liquid is divided into two layers, or those with solid precipitates are evaluated as "X". The hardening test (1) was carried out in the following manner. (B) of the synthesis example 1 (B) modified / 3-hydroxyalkyl decylamine and the resin of the resin synthesis example 1 (A) having a carboxylic acid, (B) a hydroxyl group of the modified hydroxyalkyl decylamine and (A) The molar ratio between the carboxyl groups of the resin having a carboxylic acid was adjusted to a 1:1 ratio to prepare a resin solution. The solution of lg was placed in an aluminum container, and placed in an oven at 150 ° C for 1 hour to harden the resin. The cured film is washed with methyl ethyl ketone 324024 143 201247603. At the time of washing, the depositor evaluates "〇" and the loser evaluates to "X". The test (2) was carried out in the following manner. The (8) base yarn of the synthesis example 1 and the tree of the age of (A) have a (four) acid tree: a modification ratio, a base group of a base group of a mercaptoamine, and (4) a molar ratio of a tree having a slow acidity (9) of $1 : 1 type compounded to make a resin solution. ^ The solution is placed in the human body and the container is skipped

烘相中1小時，使樹脂硬化之。硬化臈以甲基乙基嗣洗淨。 洗淨之際’關存者評估為「〇」，沖失者評估為％。 保存安定性試驗按照下述方法進行。測定硬化試驗所 用树脂溶液之黏度m靴保存丨星期，再測定^ 星期後之減’峨試㈣後絲度，減變化在5%以内 者評估為「〇」，增加到5%以上者評估為「X」。 實施例27至50 ’改用實施 皆按照實施 替代實施例1之⑻改基烧基醢胺 例2至25中之（B)改質沒-羥基烷基醯胺之外， 例26進行同樣地試驗。 參考例1 替代實施例1之⑻改質/5,基院基醯胺，改用 Duranate TPA -100(旭化成公司製品之異氰酸酯）之外，皆 按照實施例26同樣地進行試驗。 參考例2 替代實施例1之(B)改質羥基烷基醯胺，改用 Duranate TPA-B80E(旭化成公司製品之封端異氰酸酯）之 外’皆按照實施例26同樣地進行試驗。 324024 144 201247603 參考例3 替代實施例1之（B)改質召_經基烧基醯胺，改用e〇cn-1020(日本化藥公司製品之環氧樹脂）之外，皆按照實施例 26相同方法進行試驗。 參考例4 替代實施例1之（B)改質β-羥基烷基醯胺，改用e〇cn-1020(日本化藥公司製品之環氧樹脂），再使用Ν，Ν，二甲 基苯曱胺做為觸媒之外，皆按照實施例26相同方法進行試 Φ驗。 參考例5 替代實施例1之（B)改質万—羥基胺基醯胺，改用 Primid XL-552C愛莫士化學公司製品之冷-羥基烷基醯胺） 之外，皆按照實施例26相同方法進行試驗。唯溶解性不 足，無法實施硬化試驗（1)，硬化試驗（2)及保存安定性試 驗。 參考例6 在硬化試驗（1)中’替代樹脂合成例1之（A)具有羧酸 之樹脂’改用樹脂合成例3之具有經基之樹脂，又’未進 行硬化試驗（2)之外，皆按照實施例26相同方法進行試驗。 實施例26至50、參考例1至6之結果合併整理於表1 324024 145 201247603 [表l] 表1The resin was hardened by drying in the baking phase for 1 hour. The hardened hydrazine is washed with methyl ethyl hydrazine. At the time of washing, the depositor was assessed as “〇” and the loser was assessed as %. The preservation stability test was carried out in the following manner. Determine the viscosity of the resin solution used in the hardening test. Store the boot for a week, and then measure the silkiness after the decrease of 'weeks' (4). If the change is less than 5%, the evaluation is "〇". If it is increased to 5% or more, it is evaluated as "X". Examples 27 to 50' were carried out in the same manner as in the case of (B) modified decylamine in Examples 2 to 25 (B) modified non-hydroxyalkyl decylamine, and Example 26 was carried out in the same manner. test. Reference Example 1 An experiment was carried out in the same manner as in Example 26 except that the (8) modified /5 of Example 1 was used, and the base amide was changed to Duranate TPA-100 (isocyanate of Asahi Kasei Co., Ltd.). Reference Example 2 The modified hydroxyalkylguanamine of Example 1 was replaced with the same procedure as in Example 26 except that Duranate TPA-B80E (blocked isocyanate of Asahi Kasei Co., Ltd.) was used instead. 324024 144 201247603 Reference Example 3 In place of the (B) modification of the first embodiment, the modification of the phthalocyanine, the use of e〇cn-1020 (epoxy resin of Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd.), in accordance with the examples 26 The same method was used for the test. Reference Example 4 In place of the modified (B) modified β-hydroxyalkylguanamine, e〇cn-1020 (epoxy resin of Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) was used, and ruthenium, osmium, dimethylbenzene was used. The tryptophan was used as a catalyst, and the test was carried out in the same manner as in Example 26. Reference Example 5 In place of the modification of Example 1 (B), the modified hydroxy-hydroxy amide amide was used instead of the cold-hydroxyalkyl decylamine of Primus XL-552C product of Emerson Chemical Co., Ltd. The same method was used for the test. Only the solubility is insufficient, and the hardening test (1), the hardening test (2), and the preservation stability test cannot be performed. Reference Example 6 In the hardening test (1), '(A) resin having a carboxylic acid of the resin synthesis example 1 was replaced with a resin having a warp group of the resin synthesis example 3, and 'the hardening test (2) was not performed. The test was carried out in the same manner as in Example 26. The results of Examples 26 to 50 and Reference Examples 1 to 6 are summarized in Table 1 324024 145 201247603 [Table 1] Table 1

所用交聯劑 溶解性 試驗 硬化試驗 ⑴ 硬化試驗 (2) 保存安定性 試驗 實施例26 實施例1之改質/5-羥基烷基醯胺 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例27 實施例2之改質/3-羥基烷基醯胺 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例.28 實施例3之改質/3-羥基烷基醯胺 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例29 實施例4之改質沒-羥基烷基醯胺 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例30 實施例5之改質沒-羥基烷基醯胺 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例31 實施例6之改質沒-羥基烷基醯胺 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例32 實施例7之改質yS-羥基烷基醯胺 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例33 實施例8之改質沒-羥基烷基醯胺 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例34 實施例9之改質y3-羥基烷基醯胺 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例35 實施例10之改質/3-羥基烷基醯胺 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例36 實施例11之改質yS-羥基烷基醯胺 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例37 實施例12之改質/S-羥基烷基醯胺 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例38 實施例13之改質沒-羥基烷基醯胺 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例39 實施例14之改質yS-羥基烷基醯胺 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例40 實施例15之改質/3-羥基烷基醯胺 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例41 實施例16之改質沒-羥基烷基醯胺 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例42 實施例17之改質沒-羥基烷基醯胺 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例43 實施例18之改質yS-羥基烷基醯胺 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例44 實施例19之改質/3-羥基烷基醯胺 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例45 實施例20之改質/3-羥基烷基醯胺 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例46 實施例21之改質沒-羥基烷基醯胺 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例47 實施例22之改質沒-羥基烷基醯胺 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例48 實施例23之改質yS-羥基烷基醞胺 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例49 實施例24之改質(8-羥基烷基醯胺 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例50 實施例25之改質沒-羥基烷基醯胺 〇 〇 〇 〇 參考例1 異氰酸酯 〇 〇 X X 參考例2 封端（block)異氰酸酯 〇 〇 X 〇 參考例3 環氧樹脂 〇 X X 〇 參考例4 環氧樹脂+觸媒 〇 〇 〇 X 參考例5 jS-羥基烷基醯胺 X — — — 參考例6 (含羥基之樹脂） 〇 X — 〇 324024 146 201247603 上實轭例26至50中，溶解性試驗、硬化試驗（l)、硬化 試驗（2)，保存安定性試驗之結果皆良好。 參考彳]1 2在硬化試驗（2)中，顯表示無法硬化之結 果。硬化試驗（2)中，因為沸點高（沸點：230.6。〇，使用 具有羥基之丁基卡必醇做為溶劑，在硬化溫度〇5〇。〇為溶 劑無法充分揮發的條件，所以異氰酸酯或封端異氰酸酯先 與丁基卡必醇發生反應，未能和樹脂之羧基反應可能是其 因。因此，使用具有羥基之溶劑時，就不能使用異氰酸酯 或封鳊異氰酸酯。点-羥基烧基醯胺與羥基不反應，選擇性 地與羧基反應，所以可使用具有羥基之溶劑。 參考例3、4乃使用具有環氧基之交聯劑之例舉。參考 例3在無觸媒下進行硬化，但在此處試驗條件下未能硬 化加入觸媒後確認能充分硬化。然而，在另一方面，保 存安定性試驗下顯表示黏度增加結果。環氧基無法使用觸 媒而抑制保存時之反應，但是主要是羥基烷基醯胺，保 φ 存時不會反應，而在硬化條件下就能使之充分反應。 參考例5乃使用未改質之谷-羥基烷基醯胺之例舉，未 改質者缺少對於溶劑之溶解性，所以未能到達可評估之情 形。 參考例6乃樹脂之官能基為羥基之例舉，羥基和沒一 經基烷基醯胺在15(TC完全不能反應，所以無法硬化。 由上述結果可知本實施形態之（B)改質沒-羥基烷基醯 胺之溶劑溶解性高，又，本實施形態之含有（B)改質石一羥 基烷基醯胺之樹脂組成物具有優異之硬化性及保存安定 324024 147 201247603 性。 《實施形態II》 實施例1 化合物1之合成 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入225份之辛二酸二 曱酯、234份之二乙醇胺、10份之氫氧化鉀，300份之甲 苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿甲苯，導入氮氣同時加熱迴流， 藉曱苯之共沸除去所生成之水。4小時後，除去所有曱笨， • 進行1H-NMR測定，再進行IR測定，確認目的物之生成。 冷卻至50°C之後，加入曱基乙基酮，調整成為NV=80°/。。取 出所得均一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 實施例2 化合物2之合成 除將225份之辛二酸二曱酯變更為256份之癸二酸二 曱酯之外，皆按照實施例1相同條件下進行到完全去除甲 苯之製程。然後，進行匪R測定、IR測定而確認目的物 ^ 之生成（參照第2圖及第3圖之1H-NMR譜，IR吸收譜）。冷 卻至50°C之後，加入甲基乙基酮，調整成為NV=80%。取出 所得均一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 實施例3 化合物3之合成 除將225份之辛二酸二曱酯變更為287份之十二烷二 酸二曱酯之外，皆按照實施例1相同條件下進行到完全去 除曱苯之製程。然後，進行^-NMR之測定、IR之測定而確 認目的物之生成。冷卻至50°C之後，加入曱基乙基酮，調 整成為NV=80%。取出所得均一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 324024 148 201247603 實施例4 化合物4之合成 除將225份之辛二酸二曱酯變更為319份之十四烷二 酸二曱酯之外，皆按照實施例1相同條件下進行到完全去 除曱苯之製程。然後，進行^-NMR測定、IR測定而確認目 的物之生成。冷卻至50°C之後，加入曱基乙基酮，調整成 為NV=80%。取出所得均一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 實施例5 化合物5之合成 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 • 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入572份之十六烷二 酸、532份之二異丙醇胺、5份之硫酸、300份之曱苯，於 迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，導入氮氣同時加熱迴流，藉由共 沸除去所生成之水。4小時後，除去所有之曱苯，進行 1H-丽R測定、IR測定而確認目的物之生成。冷卻至50°C 之後，加入曱基乙基酮，調整成為NV=80%。取出所得均一 之黃褐色透明之溶液。 實施例6 化合物6之合成 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入100份之1，4-環己 烷二羧酸二曱酯、117份之2-(丁胺基）乙醇、10份之氰氧 化鉀、300份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，導入氮 氣同時加熱迴流，藉由共沸除去所生成之水。4小時後， 除去所有之曱苯，進行j-NMR測定、IR測定而確認目的物 之生成。冷卻至50°C之後，加入甲基乙基酮，調整成為 NV=80%。取出所得均一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 324024 149 201247603 實施例7 化合物7之合成 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入319份之十二烷二 羧酸二曱酯、151份之2-胺基乙醇胺、10份之氫氧化鉀、 300份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，導入氮氣同時 加熱迴流，藉由共沸除去所生成之水。4小時後，除去所 有之甲笨，進行j-NMR測定、IR測定而確認目的物之生成。 冷卻至50°C，加入甲基乙基酮，調整成為NV=80%。取出所 Φ 得均一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 實施例8 化合物8之合成 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入319份之癸二酸二 曱酯、397份之N-環己基乙醇胺、10份之氫氧化鉀、300 份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿甲苯，導入氮氣同時加熱 迴流，藉由共沸而除去所生成之水。4小時後，除去所有 ^ 之曱苯，進行j-NMR測定、IR測定而確認目的物之生成。 冷卻至50°C之後，加入曱基乙基酮，調整成為NV=80%。取 出所得均一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 實施例9 化合物9之合成 備有擾拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入319份之十六烷二 酸二甲酯、278份之N-笨基乙醇胺、10份之氫氧化鉀、300 份之甲笨，於迪安斯達克管充滿甲苯，導入氮氣同時加熱 迴流，藉由共沸而除去所生成之水。4小時後，除去所有 324024 150 201247603 之曱苯，進行lH-NMR測定、IR測定而確認目的物之生成。 冷卻至50°C之後，加入甲基乙基酮，調整成為NV=80%。取 出所得均一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 實施例10 化合物10之合成 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入319份之1，3, 5-環 己烷三羧酸、607份之N-苯基乙醇胺、10份之氫氧化鉀、 300份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，導入氮氣同時 • 加熱迴流，藉由共沸而除去所生成之水。4小時後，除去 所有之曱苯，進行j-NMR測定、IR測定而確認目的物之生 成。冷卻至50°C之後，加入甲基乙基酮，調整成為NV=80%。 取出所得均一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 實施例11 化合物11之合成 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入319份之1，2, 3, 4, 5, 6-環己烷六酸一水合物、412份之異丙醇胺、5份之硫 酸、300份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，導入氮氣 同時加熱迴流，藉由共彿而除去所生成之水。4小時後， 除去所有之曱苯，進行^-NMR之測定、IR之測定而確認目 的物之生成。冷卻至50°C之後，加入曱基乙基酮，調整成 為NV=80%。取出所得均一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 參考例1 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入315份之偏苯三醯 324024 151 201247603 氯之無水物，79份之吡啶、300份之甲苯，保持40°C，從 滴加裝置以2小時滴加267份之N-乙基乙醇胺。滴完後， 於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，導入氮氣同時加熱迴流，藉由 共沸而除去所生成之水。4小時後，曱苯溶液以500份之 10%鹽酸、500份之飽和礙酸氫鈉水溶液、500份之飽和食 鹽水依序洗淨後，用無水硫酸鎂脫水之。使用旋轉式蒸散 器蒸餾去除二氯曱烷後，進行^-NMR測定、IR測定而確認 目的物之生成。加入曱基乙基酮，調整成為NV=80%。取出 • 所得均一之黃褐色透明之含有下式所表示化合物A之溶Crosslinking agent solubility test hardening test (1) Hardening test (2) Preservation stability test Example 26 Modified/5-hydroxyalkylguanamine hydrazine of Example 1 Example 27 Modification of Example 2 / 3-Hydroxyalkylguanamine Example. 28 Modification of Example 3 / 3-Hydroxyalkylguanamine Example 29 Modification of Example 4 -Hydroxyalkylamine Amidoxime Example 30 Modification of the non-hydroxyalkyl amidoxime of Example 5 Example 31 The modified non-hydroxyalkyl amidoxime of Example 6 Example 32 Example 7 Modified yS-hydroxyalkyl amidoxime Example 33 Modified No-Hydroxyalkylguanamine of Example 8 Example 34 Modified y3-hydroxyalkylamine oxime of Example 9. Example 35 Modification of Example 10 / 3-Hydroxyalkylguanamine Example 36 Modified yS-hydroxyalkylguanamine of Example 11 Example 37 Example 12 Modification/S-hydroxyalkyl amidoxime Example 38 Modification of the modified hydroxyalkyl amidoxime of Example 13 Example 39 Modified yS-hydroxyalkylguanamine hydrazine of Example 14 Example 40 Modified/3-hydroxyalkylguanamine hydrazone of Example 15 Example 41 Example 16 Modified hydroxy-hydroxyalkylamine oxime Example 42 Modified No-Hydroxyalkylguanamine hydrazine of Example 17 Example 43 Modified yS-hydroxyalkylamine oxime of Example 18. Example 44 Modification of Example 19 / 3-Hydroxyalkylguanamine Example 45 Modification of Example 20 / 3-Hydroxyalkylguanamine Example 46 Example Modification of 21-hydroxyalkyl amidoxime Example 47 Modification of the non-hydroxyalkyl amidoxime of Example 22 Example 48 Modified yS-hydroxyalkylhydrazine of Example 23 Amine oxime Example 49 Modification of Example 24 (8-Hydroxyalkylguanamine oxime Example 50 Modified Example No-Hydroxyalkylguanamine oxime Example 25 Isocyanate 〇〇XX Reference Example 2 Block isocyanate 〇〇X 〇Reference Example 3 Epoxy resin 〇XX 〇 Example 4 Epoxy Resin + Catalyst 〇〇〇X Reference Example 5 jS-Hydroxyalkylguanamine X — — — Reference Example 6 (Hydroxyl-containing Resin) 〇X — 〇324024 146 201247603 Upper yoke Examples 26 to 50 The solubility test, the hardening test (l), the hardening test (2), and the results of the preservation stability test were all good. Reference 彳]1 2 In the hardening test (2), the result of inability to harden is indicated. In the hardening test (2), since the boiling point is high (boiling point: 230.6. 〇, butyl carbitol having a hydroxyl group is used as a solvent, and the curing temperature is 〇5 〇. 〇 is a condition in which the solvent cannot be sufficiently volatilized, so isocyanate or seal The terminal isocyanate first reacts with butyl carbitol, and failure to react with the carboxyl group of the resin may be the cause. Therefore, when a solvent having a hydroxyl group is used, the isocyanate or the blocked isocyanate cannot be used. The point-hydroxyalkyl decylamine and The hydroxyl group does not react and selectively reacts with a carboxyl group, so a solvent having a hydroxyl group can be used. Reference examples 3 and 4 are exemplified using a crosslinking agent having an epoxy group. Reference Example 3 is hardened without a catalyst, but Under the test conditions, it was confirmed that the catalyst was sufficiently hardened after the catalyst was not hardened. However, on the other hand, the storage stability test showed an increase in viscosity. The epoxy group could not use the catalyst to suppress the reaction at the time of storage. However, it is mainly a hydroxyalkylguanamine which does not react when it is kept, and can be sufficiently reacted under hardening conditions. Reference Example 5 uses an unmodified valley-hydroxyalkyl group. As an example of an amine, the unmodified one lacks solubility in a solvent, and thus fails to reach an evaluable condition. Reference Example 6 is an example in which the functional group of the resin is a hydroxyl group, and a hydroxyl group and a monoalkylamine are in 15 (TC cannot be reacted at all, and therefore cannot be cured. From the above results, it is understood that (B) the modified hydroxy-hydroxy decylamine has high solvent solubility, and the (B) modified stone of the present embodiment is contained. The resin composition of hydroxyalkyl decylamine has excellent hardenability and preservation stability 324024 147 201247603. "Embodiment II" Example 1 Synthesis of Compound 1 is equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, Dean Stark In a reaction vessel of a tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube, 225 parts of dinonyl suberate, 234 parts of diethanolamine, 10 parts of potassium hydroxide, and 300 parts of toluene are placed in a Dean Stark tube. The mixture was filled with toluene, introduced with nitrogen and heated to reflux, and the resulting water was removed by azeotropy of benzene. After 4 hours, all the impurities were removed, and 1H-NMR measurement was performed, and IR measurement was performed to confirm the formation of the target. After 50 ° C Add mercaptoethyl ketone, adjust to NV = 80 ° /. Take out the uniform yellow-brown transparent solution. Example 2 Synthesis of compound 2 except 225 parts of dinonyl suberate modified to 256 parts In the same manner as in Example 1, except for the didecyl sebacate, the process of completely removing toluene was carried out. Then, 匪R measurement and IR measurement were carried out to confirm the formation of the target substance (see FIGS. 2 and 3). 1H-NMR spectrum, IR absorption spectrum. After cooling to 50 ° C, methyl ethyl ketone was added to adjust to NV = 80%. The obtained uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. Example 3 Synthesis of Compound 3 The process of completely removing toluene was carried out under the same conditions as in Example 1 except that 225 parts of dinonyl suberate was changed to 287 parts of didecyl dodecanoate. Then, the measurement of ^-NMR and the measurement of IR were carried out to confirm the formation of the target. After cooling to 50 ° C, mercaptoethyl ketone was added and adjusted to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. 324024 148 201247603 Example 4 Synthesis of Compound 4 Except that 225 parts of dinonyl suberate was changed to 319 parts of didecyl tetradecanoate, the same conditions as in Example 1 were carried out to completely remove hydrazine. The process of benzene. Then, ^-NMR measurement and IR measurement were carried out to confirm the formation of the target product. After cooling to 50 ° C, mercaptoethyl ketone was added and adjusted to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. Example 5 Synthesis of Compound 5 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube, 572 parts of hexadecandioic acid, 532 were placed. The diisopropanolamine, 5 parts of sulfuric acid, and 300 parts of toluene were filled with benzene in a Dean Stark tube, and nitrogen gas was introduced while heating to reflux, and the generated water was removed by azeotropy. After 4 hours, all of the benzene was removed, and 1H-R-R measurement and IR measurement were performed to confirm the formation of the target product. After cooling to 50 ° C, mercaptoethyl ketone was added and adjusted to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. Example 6 Synthesis of Compound 6 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube, 100 parts of 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylate was placed. Dioxalate, 117 parts of 2-(butylamino)ethanol, 10 parts of potassium cyanide, 300 parts of benzene, filled with benzene in Dean Stark, introduced with nitrogen and heated to reflux, The generated water is removed by boiling. After 4 hours, all of the benzene was removed, and the formation of the target was confirmed by j-NMR measurement and IR measurement. After cooling to 50 ° C, methyl ethyl ketone was added and adjusted to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. 324024 149 201247603 Example 7 Synthesis of Compound 7 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube, 319 parts of dodecanedicarboxylic acid were placed. Diterpene ester, 151 parts of 2-aminoethanolamine, 10 parts of potassium hydroxide, 300 parts of benzene, filled with benzene in Dean Stark tube, introduced with nitrogen and heated to reflux, and formed by azeotropic removal Water. After 4 hours, all of the cockroaches were removed, and the formation of the target product was confirmed by j-NMR measurement and IR measurement. After cooling to 50 ° C, methyl ethyl ketone was added and adjusted to NV = 80%. Remove the uniform yellow-brown transparent solution. Example 8 Synthesis of Compound 8 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube, 319 parts of didecyl sebacate and 397 parts were placed. N-cyclohexylethanolamine, 10 parts of potassium hydroxide, and 300 parts of toluene were filled with toluene in a Dean Stark tube, and nitrogen gas was introduced while heating to reflux, and the formed water was removed by azeotropy. After 4 hours, all of the benzene was removed, and the formation of the target was confirmed by j-NMR measurement and IR measurement. After cooling to 50 ° C, mercaptoethyl ketone was added and adjusted to NV = 80%. A uniform yellowish brown transparent solution was obtained. Example 9 Synthesis of Compound 9 In a reaction vessel equipped with a scrambler, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube, 319 parts of dimethyl hexadecanedionate were placed. 278 parts of N-stupylethanolamine, 10 parts of potassium hydroxide, 300 parts of stupid, filled with toluene in Dean Stark, introduced with nitrogen while heating to reflux, and the formed water was removed by azeotropy. After 4 hours, all of the benzenes of 324024 150 201247603 were removed, and 1H-NMR measurement and IR measurement were performed to confirm the formation of the target product. After cooling to 50 ° C, methyl ethyl ketone was added and adjusted to NV = 80%. A uniform yellowish brown transparent solution was obtained. Example 10 Synthesis of Compound 10 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube, 319 parts of 1,3,5-cyclohexane was placed. Tricarboxylic acid, 607 parts of N-phenylethanolamine, 10 parts of potassium hydroxide, 300 parts of benzene, filled with benzene in Dean Stark, introduced with nitrogen, heated under reflux, removed by azeotrope The water produced. After 4 hours, all of the benzene was removed, and the formation of the target was confirmed by j-NMR measurement and IR measurement. After cooling to 50 ° C, methyl ethyl ketone was added and adjusted to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. Example 11 Synthesis of Compound 11 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube, 319 parts of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 were placed. , 6-cyclohexane hexacarboxylic acid monohydrate, 412 parts of isopropanolamine, 5 parts of sulfuric acid, 300 parts of benzene, filled with benzene in the Dean Stark tube, introduced with nitrogen and heated to reflux, by The resulting water is removed from the Buddha. After 4 hours, all of the benzene was removed, and the measurement of the ^-NMR and the measurement of the IR were carried out to confirm the formation of the target. After cooling to 50 ° C, mercaptoethyl ketone was added and adjusted to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. Reference Example 1 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 315 parts of benzotrim 324024 151 201247603 chlorine anhydrate, 79 The pyridine and 300 parts of toluene were kept at 40 ° C, and 267 parts of N-ethylethanolamine was added dropwise from the dropping device over 2 hours. After the completion of the dropping, the Dean Stark tube was filled with benzene, and nitrogen gas was introduced while heating to reflux, and the generated water was removed by azeotropy. After 4 hours, the benzene solution was washed successively with 500 parts of 10% hydrochloric acid, 500 parts of saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen sulphate solution, and 500 parts of saturated brine, and then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After dichloromethane was distilled off by a rotary evaporator, the formation of the target product was confirmed by ^-NMR measurement and IR measurement. Add decyl ethyl ketone and adjust to NV = 80%. Take out • The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent contains the compound A represented by the following formula

樹脂合成例1 具有羧酸之樹脂之合成 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迴流冷卻器、導氣 φ 管之反應容器中，放入500份之曱基乙基酮、導入氮氣中， 在70°C加熱攪拌1小時。然後，從滴加裝置以2小時滴加 由374. 4份之丙烯酸丁基酯、25. 6份之丙烯酸、11. 4份之 2, 2’ -偶氮雙（2, 4-二曱基戊腈），100份之甲基乙基酮混合 而成之溶液，再於7 0 °C反應2小時，再加入由1. 1份之 2, 2’-偶氮雙（2, 4-二曱基戊腈）和10份之曱基乙基酮所成 之溶液，再攪拌1小時。所得樹脂溶液之固形物之 NV=39. 1%，數平均分子量Mn=16,000，重量平均分子量 324024 152 201247603Resin Synthesis Example 1 Synthesis of a resin having a carboxylic acid In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a reflux condenser, and a gas-conducting tube, 500 parts of mercaptoethyl ketone was placed and introduced into a nitrogen gas. The mixture was stirred under heating at 70 ° C for 1 hour. Then, from 374. 4 parts of butyl acrylate, 25.6 parts of acrylic acid, and 11. 4 parts of 2, 2'-azobis (2, 4-didecyl) were added dropwise from the dropping device for 2 hours. a solution of valeronitrile) and 100 parts of methyl ethyl ketone, and then reacted at 70 ° C for 2 hours, and then added by 1 part of 2, 2'-azobis (2, 4-di) A solution of decyl valeronitrile and 10 parts of mercaptoethyl ketone was stirred for an additional hour. The solid content of the obtained resin solution was NV=39. 1%, number average molecular weight Mn=16,000, weight average molecular weight 324024 152 201247603

Mw=34, 000，酸價 AV=50. 2mgK0H/g。 樹脂合成例2 具有羧酸之樹脂之合成 備有攪拌器、溫度計、迴流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容 器中，放入倉麗聚醇P-1010C倉麗公司製品，經基價 = 112mgKOH/g)1002份、237份之二羥甲基丁酸、576份之 異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯、1815份之甲基乙基酮，在氮氣流下 升溫至80°C。然後，加入0. 1份之二月桂酸二丁基錫。反 應4小時之後，測定IR吸收，確認22700^1附近之來源於 • 異氰酸酯之吸收尖峰消失。所合成得樹脂之固形物之 NV=39· 9%，數平均分子量Mn=23, 000 ’重量平均分子量Mw= 51，000，酸價 AV=50mgKOH/g。 實施例12 就實施例1之化合物，進行溶解性試驗，硬化試驗， 保存安定性試驗。 溶解性試驗依照下述方法進行之。將實施例1之化合 ^ 物用曱基乙基酮稀釋，調整成為NV=50%。此時獲得均一之 液體者評估為「〇」，液體分為雙層或固體沈澱者評估為 「X」。 硬化試驗（1)按照下述方法進行。將實施例1之化合物 之及樹脂合成例1之具有羧酸之樹脂，以化合物1之經基 和具有羧酸之樹脂之羧基之間之莫耳比率成為1:1而調配 樹脂溶液。取得lg之該溶液放入鋁容器中，該容器分別放 入120°C、150°C、180°C之烘箱中1小時，使樹脂硬化。 硬化膜以金屬篩覆蓋，浸潰於甲基乙基酮中24小時。然 324024 153 201247603 後’銘容器在6(TC乾燥3小時，測定對於铭容器之硬化膜 之殘存率。膜之殘存率〇至2⑽之膜評估為「χ」，21至4〇% 之殘存率之mf估為「△」，殘存率41至眶之膜評估為 「〇」，殘存率81至100%之膜評估為「◎」。 保存安定性試驗按照下述方法進行。^定硬化試驗所 用樹脂溶狀料。然後，在批鱗丨星期，測定i星 。「：試驗前之黏度比較結果，黏度變化在⑽以 内者汗估為〇」，增加至5%以上者評估為。 實施例13至22 之化列i所合成之化合物1，改用實施例2至10 之化σ物之外1钱實施例12 驗、硬化賴、轉衫性試驗。套進摘陵试 參考例2 替代實施例1之化人鉍， 以外，皆按照實施例12°同地改用參考例1所得化合物Α 參考例3 门樣地進行試驗。 替代實施例1之化人私， XL-552C愛莫士化學公司製。’改用化合物B(Primid 自MO卜二酸取代之厂經基烧基 _))之外〇白按,、〇實施例12相同方法進行試驗。 關雜人熱；y，η HOH2CH26 0H2CH2〇hMw = 3,400, acid value AV = 50. 2 mg K0H / g. Resin Synthesis Example 2 Synthesis of a resin having a carboxylic acid In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a reflux condenser, and an air guide tube, a product of Cangli Polyol P-1010C Cangli Co., Ltd. was placed, and the base price was 112 mgKOH/g. 1002 parts, 237 parts of dimethylolbutanoic acid, 576 parts of isophorone diisocyanate, and 1815 parts of methyl ethyl ketone were heated to 80 ° C under a nitrogen stream. Then, 0.1 part of dibutyltin dilaurate was added. After the reaction for 4 hours, the IR absorption was measured, and it was confirmed that the absorption peak derived from the isocyanate disappeared around 22700^1. The solid content of the synthesized resin was NV = 39 · 9%, the number average molecular weight Mn = 23,000 'weight average molecular weight Mw = 51,000, and the acid value AV = 50 mgKOH / g. Example 12 With respect to the compound of Example 1, a solubility test, a hardening test, and a stability test were carried out. The solubility test was carried out in accordance with the method described below. The compound of Example 1 was diluted with mercaptoethyl ketone and adjusted to have NV = 50%. At this time, those who obtained a uniform liquid were evaluated as "〇", and those whose liquid was divided into two layers or solid precipitates were evaluated as "X". The hardening test (1) was carried out in the following manner. The resin of Example 1 and the resin having a carboxylic acid of Resin Synthesis Example 1 were prepared by blending a resin solution with a molar ratio between a base of the compound 1 and a carboxyl group of a resin having a carboxylic acid of 1:1. The solution obtained in lg was placed in an aluminum container which was placed in an oven at 120 ° C, 150 ° C, and 180 ° C for 1 hour to harden the resin. The cured film was covered with a metal sieve and immersed in methyl ethyl ketone for 24 hours. However, 324024 153 201247603 After the 'Ming container is 6 (TC dry for 3 hours, the residual rate of the cured film for the container is measured. The film residual rate is 2 (10). The film is evaluated as "χ", and the residual rate is 21 to 4%. The mf was estimated to be "△", the film with a residual ratio of 41 to 眶 was evaluated as "〇", and the film with a residual ratio of 81 to 100% was evaluated as "◎". The preservation stability test was carried out according to the following method. The resin was dissolved. Then, in the week of the batch scale, the i star was measured. ": The viscosity comparison result before the test, the viscosity change was within the range of (10), and the increase was 5% or more." Compound 1 synthesized to the chemical composition of Example 2 to 10, and the sigma compound of Examples 2 to 10, except for Example 12, the test of hardening, and the test of the vestibule. In the same manner as in Example 1, the compound obtained in Reference Example 1 was used in the same manner as in Example 12, and the test was carried out in the same manner as in Example 3. The XL-552C Axel Chemical of Alternative Example 1 Company system. 'Change to compound B (Primid from MO adipic acid substituted plant by base base _)) White square 12 according to the same manner as in Example embodiments ,, square test. Miscellaneous heat; y, η HOH2CH26 0H2CH2〇h

化合物B 實施例12至22、參考例2至3之結果整理而合併表 示於表1中。 154 324024The results of Compound B Examples 12 to 22 and Reference Examples 2 to 3 were combined and shown in Table 1. 154 324024

E 201247603 [表2] 表1 實施例12 交聯劑 丨r'-’丨 .. 化合物1 溶解性 試驗 〇 硬化試驗（Π. 保存安定性 試驗 〇 120°C 150°C 180°C ◎ ◎ 實施例13 化合物2 〇 ◎ ◎ ◎ 〇 實施例14 化合物3 〇 ◎ ◎ ◎ 〇 實施例15 化合物4 〇 Ο ◎ ◎ 〇 實施例16 化合物5 〇 Δ ◎ ◎ 〇 實施例17 化合物6 〇 Δ 〇 ◎ 〇 實施例18 化合物7 〇 〇 ◎ ◎ 〇 實施例19 化合物8 〇 〇 ◎ ◎ 〇 實施例20 化合物9 〇 Δ 〇 〇 〇 實施例21 化合物10 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例22 化合物11 〇 〇 ◎ ◎ 〇 參考例2 化合物Α之羥基 烷基醯胺 Δ X Δ 〇 〇 參考例3 化合物B之冷-經基 烷基醯胺 X 一 一 — —E 201247603 [Table 2] Table 1 Example 12 Crosslinking agent 丨r'-'丨.. Compound 1 Solubility test 〇 Hardening test (Π. Storage stability test 〇 120 ° C 150 ° C 180 ° C ◎ ◎ Implementation Example 13 Compound 2 〇 ◎ ◎ 〇 Example 14 Compound 3 〇 ◎ ◎ 〇 Example 15 Compound 4 〇Ο ◎ ◎ 〇 Example 16 Compound 5 〇Δ ◎ ◎ 〇 Example 17 Compound 6 〇Δ 〇 ◎ 〇 Example 18 Compound 7 〇〇 ◎ 〇 Example 19 Compound 8 〇〇 ◎ 〇 Example 20 Compound 9 〇Δ 〇〇〇 Example 21 Compound 10 〇〇〇〇〇 Example 22 Compound 11 〇〇 ◎ ◎ 〇 Reference Example 2 Compound Hydrazine Hydrazinamide Δ X Δ 〇〇 Reference Example 3 Cold-transalkylalkylguanamine X of Compound B - One -

實施例12至22，無論在溶解性試驗、硬化試驗（！）、 保存安定性試驗，皆顯表示良好之結果。 參考例3乃使用市售之己二酸取代羥基烷基醯胺 何生物之例舉，較之參考例2之結果，對於溶劑之溶解性 低劣，所以無法可成為評估之情形。 又使用式（1)中之X為碳數6以上之直鏈之脂肪族烴 基之化合物所成之父聯性組成物，皆顯表示在1赃之較 低溫度表現硬化之特性。 實施例23 就實施例1之化合物1 _硬化試驗，保存安定性試 324024 155 201247603 驗0 硬化試驗（2)按照下述方法進行之。將實施例1之化合 物1及樹脂合成例2之具有羧酸之樹脂，按照化合物1之 經基和具有竣酸之樹脂中之羧基之莫耳比率成為P丨狀調 配而製成樹脂溶液。取得lg之該溶液放入鋁容器中。該容 器分別放在120°C、15〇t、18(TC之烘箱中1小時，使樹 脂硬化。硬化膜以金屬篩覆蓋，浸潰於甲基乙基酮24小 時。然後，在60°C乾燥鋁容器3小時，測定對於鋁容器之 硬化膜之殘存率，膜之殘存率為〇至2〇%者評估為「X」， 21至40%者評估為「△」，41至8〇%者評估為「〇」，而81 至100%者之膜之殘存率者評估為「@」。 保存安定性5式驗乃按照下述方法進行。將硬化試驗所 使用，脂溶㈣叫定其減。然後，在4G°C保存1星期， 再、]疋1星d後之黏度。比較試驗前後之黏度，黏度變化 在5%以内者5平估為「〇」，增加5%以上者評估為。 實施例24至33 ΐίΐ1所合成之化合物卜而改用實施例2至 η給廊彳卜^外’皆按照實補23相同方法進行溶解性 试驗、硬化錢及保存安定性試驗。 參考例4 物A j實^例1之化合物1，而改用參考例1所得化合 參考例5 ’白按照實施例23相同方法進行試驗。 替代實施例1之化合物卜而改用化合物B(Primicl 324024 156 201247603 XL-552(愛莫士化學公司製品之己二酸取代/5-羥基烷基醯 胺）之外，皆按照實施例23相同方法進行試驗。 實施例23至33、參考例4至5之結果整理而併表示 於表2中。Examples 12 to 22 showed good results in both the solubility test, the hardening test (!), and the storage stability test. Reference Example 3 is an example in which a commercially available adipic acid is used in place of a hydroxyalkylguanamine. As compared with the result of Reference Example 2, the solubility in a solvent is inferior, so that it cannot be evaluated. Further, the parent-linked composition obtained by using the compound of the formula (1) wherein X is a linear aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 6 or more carbon atoms indicates that the hardening property is exhibited at a lower temperature of 1 Torr. Example 23 Compound 1 of Example 1 _ Hardening test, preservation stability test 324024 155 201247603 Test 0 The hardening test (2) was carried out in the following manner. The resin of the carboxylic acid of the compound 1 of the first embodiment and the resin synthesis example 2 was prepared in a P-form according to the molar ratio of the carboxyl group of the compound 1 and the carboxyl group of the resin having a decanoic acid to prepare a resin solution. The solution obtained in lg was placed in an aluminum container. The container was placed in an oven at 120 ° C, 15 °t, 18 (TC for 1 hour) to harden the resin. The cured film was covered with a metal sieve, impregnated with methyl ethyl ketone for 24 hours. Then, at 60 ° C The aluminum container was dried for 3 hours, and the residual rate of the cured film for the aluminum container was measured. The residual rate of the film was 〇2%, and the evaluation was "X", and the 21% to 40% was evaluated as "△", 41 to 8%. The evaluation was "〇", and the residual rate of the film of 81 to 100% was evaluated as "@". The preservation stability test was carried out according to the following method. The hardening test was used, and the fat solution (4) was called Then, at 4G °C for 1 week, then, 疋1 star d after the viscosity. Compare the viscosity before and after the test, the viscosity change within 5% of the 5 flat estimate as "〇", increase by more than 5% For the compounds synthesized in Examples 24 to 33 ΐίΐ1, the solutions of Examples 2 to η were used to give the solubility test, the hardening money and the preservation stability test in the same manner as in the actual supplement 23. Example 4 The compound A 1 was the compound 1 of Example 1, and the compound of Reference Example 1 was used instead. Reference Example 5 'White was carried out in the same manner as in Example 23. The test was carried out. In place of the compound of Example 1, the compound B (Primicl 324024 156 201247603 XL-552 (adipate-substituted 5-hydroxyalkyl decylamine of Hermous Chemical Co., Ltd.) was used instead. The test was carried out in the same manner as in Example 23. The results of Examples 23 to 33 and Reference Examples 4 to 5 were summarized and shown in Table 2.

[表3] 表2 交聯劑 硬化試驗（1) 保存安定性 試驗 120°C 150°C 180°C 實施例23 化合物1 ◎ ◎ ◎ 〇 實施例24 化合物2 ◎ ◎ ◎ 〇 實施例25 化合物3 ◎ ◎ ◎ 〇 實施例26 化合物4 〇 ◎ ◎ 〇 實施例27 化合物5 〇 ◎ ◎ 〇 實施例28 化合物6 ◎ ◎ ◎ 〇 實施例29 化合物7 〇 ◎ ◎ 〇 實施例30 化合物8 Δ ◎ ◎ 〇 實施例31 化合物9 Δ ◎ ◎ 〇 實施例32 化合物10 〇 ◎ ◎ 〇 實施例33 化合物11 〇 ◎ ◎ 〇 參考例4 化合物A之-經基 烷基醯胺 X Δ 〇 〇 參考例5 化合物B之沒-經基 烧基酿胺 — — — — 實施例23至33在硬化試驗（2)及保存性安定性試驗 中，皆顯表示良好之結果。 參考例5乃使用市售之己二酸取代/3-羥基烷基醯胺 之例舉，對於溶劑之溶解性低劣，無法達到可評估之情形。 又，使用式（1)中具有X為碳數6以上之脂肪族烴基之 化合物之交聯劑組成物，皆顯表示在例如120°C之較低溫 324024 157 201247603 度能硬化之特性。 由上述可知含有具備羧酸之樹脂和本實施形態之化合 物之樹脂組成物具有優異之溶劑溶解性、硬化性及保存安 定性。[Table 3] Table 2 Crosslinking agent hardening test (1) Storage stability test 120 ° C 150 ° C 180 ° C Example 23 Compound 1 ◎ ◎ ◎ 〇 Example 24 Compound 2 ◎ ◎ ◎ 〇 Example 25 Compound 3 ◎ ◎ 〇 Example 26 Compound 4 〇 ◎ 〇 Example 27 Compound 5 〇 ◎ ◎ Example 28 Compound 6 ◎ ◎ ◎ 〇 Example 29 Compound 7 〇 ◎ ◎ 〇 Example 30 Compound 8 Δ ◎ ◎ 〇 Example 31 Compound 9 Δ ◎ ◎ 〇 Example 32 Compound 10 〇 ◎ ◎ 〇 Example 33 Compound 11 〇 ◎ ◎ 〇 Reference Example 4 Compound A-based alkylalkylguanamine X Δ 〇〇 Reference Example 5 Compound B - The base-burning amine----Examples 23 to 33 showed good results in both the hardening test (2) and the preservative stability test. Reference Example 5 is exemplified by the use of a commercially available adipic acid-substituted/3-hydroxyalkylguanamine, which is inferior in solubility to a solvent and cannot be evaluated. Further, the use of a crosslinking agent composition having a compound of the formula (1) wherein X is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 6 or more carbon atoms exhibits characteristics which are hardenable at, for example, a lower temperature of 324024 157 201247603 degrees at 120 °C. From the above, it is understood that the resin composition containing the carboxylic acid-containing resin and the compound of the present embodiment has excellent solvent solubility, hardenability, and storage stability.

《實施形態III》 實施例1 (B)/3-羥基烷基醯胺之合成 H3C(H2C)3 N hoh2ch2c/<<Embodiment III>> Example 1 Synthesis of (B)/3-hydroxyalkylguanamine H3C(H2C)3 N hoh2ch2c/

(CH2)3CH3 V ch2ch2oh 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入188份之2, 4-二乙 基戊二酸、234份之N-丁基乙醇胺、10份之氫氧化鉀、300 份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，導入氮氣同時加熱 迴流，藉由共沸而除去所生成之水。4小時後，除去所有(CH2)3CH3 V ch2ch2oh 188 parts of 2,4-diethylglutaric acid in a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, thermometer, dropping device, Dean Stark tube, reflux cooler, and air tube 234 parts of N-butylethanolamine, 10 parts of potassium hydroxide, 300 parts of toluene, filled with benzene in the Dean Stark tube, introduced with nitrogen and heated to reflux, and the water formed by azeotropy removal . After 4 hours, remove all

之曱苯，進行^-NMR測定、IR測定而確認目的物之生成。 冷卻至50°C之後，加入甲基乙基晒，調整成為NV=80%。取 出所得均一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 實施例2 (CH2)2CH3 0 h (^h2)2ch3 (CH2)11CH3The benzene was subjected to ^-NMR measurement and IR measurement to confirm the formation of the target product. After cooling to 50 ° C, methyl ethyl was added and adjusted to NV = 80%. A uniform yellowish brown transparent solution was obtained. Example 2 (CH2)2CH3 0 h (^h2)2ch3 (CH2)11CH3

HO-CHj-C—N—C~CH2-&lt;j：H-C—N—C—CH2-OH 備有擾拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入268份之十二烷基 丁二酸酐、5份之硫酸、300份之曱苯，保持40°C，藉由 324024 158 201247603 滴加裝置以2小時滴加234份之2-胺基-4-甲基-1-戊醇。 滴完後，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，導入氮氣同時加熱迴 流，去除藉由共沸所生成的水。4小時後，除去所有之甲 苯，進行丽R測定及IR測定，確認目的物之生成。冷 卻至50°C之後，加入曱基乙基酮，調整成為NV=80%。取出 所得均一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 實施例3HO-CHj-C-N-C~CH2-&lt;j:HC-N-C-CH2-OH is equipped with a scrambler, thermometer, drip device, Dean Stark tube, reflux cooler, air duct In the reaction vessel, 268 parts of dodecyl succinic anhydride, 5 parts of sulfuric acid, and 300 parts of benzene were placed at 40 ° C, and 234 parts were added dropwise by means of a 324024 158 201247603 dropping device for 2 hours. 2-Amino-4-methyl-1-pentanol. After the completion of the dropping, the Dean Stark tube was filled with benzene, and nitrogen gas was introduced while heating and refluxing to remove water formed by azeotropy. After 4 hours, all of the toluene was removed, and the R measurement and the IR measurement were carried out to confirm the formation of the target product. After cooling to 50 ° C, mercapto ethyl ketone was added and adjusted to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. Example 3

備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入230. 3份之2-丁基 辛二酸、210份之二異丙醇胺、5份之硫酸、300份之曱苯， 於迪安斯達克管充滿甲苯，導入氮氣同時加熱迴流，藉由 φ 共沸而除去所生成之水。4小時後，完全去除所有曱苯， 進行1H-NMR測定及IR測定而確認目的物之生成。冷卻至 50°C之後，加入曱基乙基酮，調整成為NV=80%。取出所得 均一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 實施例4 324024 159The mixture is equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, and placed in 230. 3 parts of 2-butyl suberic acid and 210 parts of isopropylidene. Alcoholamine, 5 parts of sulfuric acid, 300 parts of toluene, filled with toluene in Dean Stark, introduced with nitrogen while heating to reflux, and azeotropically removed the water formed by φ. After 4 hours, all of the terpene was completely removed, and 1H-NMR measurement and IR measurement were performed to confirm the formation of the target substance. After cooling to 50 ° C, mercaptoethyl ketone was added and adjusted to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. Example 4 324024 159

C 201247603C 201247603

備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入160份之3-甲基己 二酸、302份之N-苯曱基乙醇胺、5份之硫酸、300份之曱 • 笨，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，導入氮氣同時加熱迴流， 去除藉由共沸所生成的水。4小時後，完全去除甲苯，進 行1H-NMR測定及IR測定而確認目的物之生成。冷卻至50 °C之後，加入曱基乙基酮，調整成為NV=80%。取出所得均 一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 實施例5In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 160 parts of 3-methyladipic acid and 302 parts of N-benzoquinone are placed. Ethanolamine, 5 parts of sulfuric acid, 300 parts of hydrazine • Stupid, filled with benzene in the Dean Stark tube, introduced with nitrogen and heated to reflux to remove water formed by azeotropy. After 4 hours, toluene was completely removed, and 1H-NMR measurement and IR measurement were carried out to confirm the formation of the target product. After cooling to 50 ° C, mercaptoethyl ketone was added and adjusted to NV = 80%. The resulting yellowish brown transparent solution was taken out. Example 5

備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入204份之4-第三丁 基酞酸酐、5份之硫酸、300份之曱苯，保持40°C，從滴 加裝置以2小時滴加234份之2-胺基-3-曱基-1-戊醇。滴 加後，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱笨，導入氮氣同時加熱迴流， 324024 160 201247603 去除藉由共沸所生成的水。4小時後，去除所有之甲苯， 進行1H-NMR測定及IR測定而確認目的物之生成。冷卻至 50°C之後，加入曱基乙基酮，調整成為NV=80%。取出所得 均一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 實施例6In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 204 parts of 4-tert-butylphthalic anhydride, 5 parts of sulfuric acid, and 300 parts are placed. The benzene was kept at 40 ° C, and 234 parts of 2-amino-3-mercapto-1-pentanol was added dropwise from the dropping device over 2 hours. After the addition, the Dean Stark tube was filled with stupidity, and nitrogen gas was introduced while heating to reflux. 324024 160 201247603 The water formed by azeotropy was removed. After 4 hours, all of the toluene was removed, and 1H-NMR measurement and IR measurement were performed to confirm the formation of the target product. After cooling to 50 ° C, mercaptoethyl ketone was added and adjusted to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. Example 6

備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入204份之偏苯三醯 氯無水物、79份之吡啶、300份之曱笨，保持40°C，從滴 加裝置以2小時滴加267份之N-乙基乙醇胺。滴加後，於 迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，導入氮氣同時加熱迴流，去除藉 籲 由共沸所生成的水。4小時後，甲苯溶液使用500份之10% 鹽酸、500份之飽和碳酸氫納水溶液、500份之飽和食鹽水 依序洗淨後，以無水硫酸鎂脫水之。再使用旋轉式蒸散器 蒸餾去除二氯曱烷之後，進行W-NMR測定及IR測定而確 認目的物之生成。加入曱基乙基酮，調整成為NV=80%。取 出所得均一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 實施例7 324024 161 201247603In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 204 parts of trimellitic chloride anhydrous, 79 parts of pyridine, and 300 parts are placed. The mixture was kept at 40 ° C, and 267 parts of N-ethylethanolamine was added dropwise from the dropping device over 2 hours. After the dropwise addition, the Dean Stark tube was filled with benzene, and nitrogen gas was introduced while heating to reflux, thereby removing the water generated by the azeotropy. After 4 hours, the toluene solution was washed successively with 500 parts of 10% hydrochloric acid, 500 parts of saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution and 500 parts of saturated brine, and then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Further, after dichloromethane was distilled off using a rotary evaporator, W-NMR measurement and IR measurement were carried out to confirm the formation of the target. Add decyl ethyl ketone and adjust to NV = 80%. A uniform yellowish brown transparent solution was obtained. Example 7 324024 161 201247603

備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入246份之環戊烷 -1，2, 3, 4-四羧酸、300份之N-曱基胺基乙醇、5份之硫酸、 • 300份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，導入氮氣同時 加熱迴流，藉由共沸而除去所生成之水。4小時後，除去 所有之曱苯，進行j-NMR測定及IR測定而確認目的物之 生成。冷卻至50°C之後，加入曱基乙基酮，調整成為NV= 80%。取出所得均一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 實施例8246 parts of cyclopentane-1,2,3,4-tetracarboxylic acid were placed in a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube. 300 parts of N-decylaminoethanol, 5 parts of sulfuric acid, • 300 parts of toluene, filled with benzene in the Dean Stark tube, introduced with nitrogen and heated to reflux, and azeotropically removed the water formed . After 4 hours, all of the benzene was removed, and the formation of the target was confirmed by j-NMR measurement and IR measurement. After cooling to 50 ° C, mercaptoethyl ketone was added and adjusted to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. Example 8

備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入345份之三聚異氰 酸三（2-羧乙基酯）、352份之2-丁胺基乙醇、5份之硫酸、 300份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，導入氮氣同時 324024 162 201247603 加熱迴流，去除藉由共沸所生成的水。4小時後，除去所 有之曱苯，進行^-NMR測定及IR測定而確認目的物之生 成。冷卻至50°C之後，加入曱基乙基酮，調整成為NV=80°/〇。 取出所得均一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 實施例9In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube, 345 parts of tris(2-carboxyethyl ester), 352 A portion of 2-butylaminoethanol, 5 parts of sulfuric acid, and 300 parts of toluene are filled with benzene in a Dean Stark tube, and nitrogen is introduced while 324024 162 201247603 is heated to reflux to remove water formed by azeotropy. After 4 hours, all of the benzene was removed, and the formation of the target was confirmed by ^-NMR measurement and IR measurement. After cooling to 50 ° C, mercaptoethyl ketone was added and adjusted to NV = 80 ° / 〇. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. Example 9

備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入118份之丁二酸、 210份之二乙醇胺、5份之硫酸、300份之曱苯，於迪安斯 達克管充滿曱苯，導入氮氣同時加熱迴流，去除藉由共沸 所生成的水。4小時後，除去所有之曱苯，進行^-NMR測 定及IR測定而確認目的物之生成。冷卻至50°C之後，加 φ 入甲基乙基酮，調整成為NV=80%。取出所得均一之黃褐色 透明之溶液。 實施例10In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 118 parts of succinic acid, 210 parts of diethanolamine, 5 parts of sulfuric acid, 300 are placed. The benzene is filled with benzene in the Dean Stark tube, and nitrogen is introduced while heating to reflux to remove water formed by azeotropy. After 4 hours, all of the benzene was removed, and the formation of the target was confirmed by ^-NMR measurement and IR measurement. After cooling to 50 ° C, φ was added to methyl ethyl ketone and adjusted to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. Example 10

324024 163 201247603 備有攪拌器、溘度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入561份之二聚酸、 266份之二異丙醇胺、5份之硫酸、300份之曱苯，於迪安 斯達克管充滿甲苯，導入氮氣同時加熱迴流，去除藉由共 沸所生成的水。4小時後，除去所有之曱苯，進行^-NMR 測定及IR測定而確認目的物之生成。冷卻至50°C之後， 加入甲基乙基酮，調整成為NV=80%。取出所得均一之黃褐 色透明之溶液。 # 實施例11324024 163 201247603 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a helium meter, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube, 561 parts of dimer acid and 266 parts of diisopropanol are placed. Amine, 5 parts of sulfuric acid, 300 parts of toluene, filled with toluene in a Dean Stark tube, and introduced with nitrogen while heating to reflux to remove water formed by azeotropy. After 4 hours, all of the benzene was removed, and the formation of the target was confirmed by ^-NMR measurement and IR measurement. After cooling to 50 ° C, methyl ethyl ketone was added and adjusted to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. #实施例11

備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入226份之2-十二碳 • 烯基丁二酸酐、210份之二乙醇胺、5份之硫酸、300份之 曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，導入氮氣同時加熱迴流， 去除藉由共沸所生成的水。4小時後，除去所有曱苯，進 行1H-NMR測定及IR測定而確認目的物之生成。冷卻至50 °C之後，加入曱基乙基酮，調整成為NV=80%。取出所得均 一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 實施例12 324024 164 201247603In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 226 parts of 2-dodecyl-alkenyl succinic anhydride, 210 parts are placed. Ethanolamine, 5 parts of sulfuric acid, 300 parts of toluene, filled with benzene in the Dean Stark tube, and introduced with nitrogen while heating to reflux to remove water formed by azeotropy. After 4 hours, all of the terpene was removed, and 1H-NMR measurement and IR measurement were carried out to confirm the formation of the target product. After cooling to 50 ° C, mercaptoethyl ketone was added and adjusted to NV = 80%. The resulting yellowish brown transparent solution was taken out. Example 12 324024 164 201247603

替代226份之2-十二碳烯基丁二酸酐，改用四丙烯基 丁二酸酐226份之外，皆按照實施例11相同條件下進行至 φ 除去所有曱苯之製程。進行W-NMR之測定及IR之測定而 確認目的物之生成。冷卻至50°C之後，加入甲基乙基酮， 調整成為NV=80%。取出所得均一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 實施例13Instead of 226 parts of 2-dodecenyl succinic anhydride, 226 parts of tetrapropenyl succinic anhydride were used, and the process of removing all benzene by φ was carried out under the same conditions as in Example 11. The measurement of W-NMR and the measurement of IR were carried out to confirm the formation of the target substance. After cooling to 50 ° C, methyl ethyl ketone was added and adjusted to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. Example 13

OHOH

替代226份之2-十二碳烯基丁二酸酐，改用210份之 2-辛烯基丁二酸酐之外，皆按照實施例11相同條件下進行 至除去所有曱苯之製程。進行j-NMR測定及IR測定而確 認目的物之生成。冷卻至50°C之後，加入曱基乙基酮，調 整成為NV=80%。取出所得均一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 實施例14 324024 165Instead of 226 parts of 2-dodecenyl succinic anhydride, 210 parts of 2-octenyl succinic anhydride were used in the same manner as in Example 11 to carry out the process for removing all of the benzene. The formation of the target product was confirmed by performing j-NMR measurement and IR measurement. After cooling to 50 ° C, mercaptoethyl ketone was added and adjusted to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. Example 14 324024 165

S 201247603S 201247603

備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入192份之枸櫞酸、 352份之2-丁胺基乙醇、5份之硫酸、300份之甲苯，於迪 • 安斯達克管充滿曱苯，導入氮氣同時加熱迴流，去除藉由 共沸所生成的水。4小時後，去除所有之甲苯，進行W-NMR 測定及IR測定而確認目的物之生成。冷卻至50°C之後， 加入甲基乙基酮，調整成為NV=80%。取出所得均一之黃褐 色透明之溶液。 實施例15In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube, 192 parts of citric acid, 352 parts of 2-butylaminoethanol, and 5 parts are placed. Sulfuric acid, 300 parts of toluene, filled with benzene in the Di Ansdak tube, introduced with nitrogen and heated to reflux to remove water formed by azeotropy. After 4 hours, all of the toluene was removed, and W-NMR measurement and IR measurement were performed to confirm the formation of the target product. After cooling to 50 ° C, methyl ethyl ketone was added and adjusted to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. Example 15

替代226份之2-十二碳烯基丁二酸酐，改用166份之 外-3, 6-環氧基-1，2, 3, 6-四氫酞酸酐之外，皆按照實施例 11相同條件下進行至除去所有曱苯之製程。進行W-NMR測 定及IR測定而確認目的物之生成。冷卻至5 0 °C之後，加 入甲基乙基酮，調整成為NV=80%。取出所得均一之黃褐色 透明之溶液。 實施例16 324024 166 201247603Instead of 226 parts of 2-dodecenyl succinic anhydride, 166 parts of other -3,6-epoxy-1,2,3,6-tetrahydrophthalic anhydride were used instead of Example 11. The process of removing all of the benzene is carried out under the same conditions. The formation of the target product was confirmed by W-NMR measurement and IR measurement. After cooling to 50 ° C, methyl ethyl ketone was added and adjusted to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. Example 16 324024 166 201247603

替代226份之2-十二碳烯基丁二酸酐，改用290份之 八氟化己二酸之外，皆按照實施例11相同條件下進行至除 去所有曱苯之製程。進行j-NMR測定及IR測定而確認目 的物之生成。冷卻至50°C之後，加入甲基乙基酮，調整成 為NV=80%。取出所得均一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 實施例17Instead of 226 parts of 2-dodecenyl succinic anhydride and 290 parts of octafluorinated adipic acid, the same procedure as in Example 11 was carried out until the process of removing all of the benzene. The formation of the target product was confirmed by performing j-NMR measurement and IR measurement. After cooling to 50 ° C, methyl ethyl ketone was added and adjusted to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. Example 17

替代226份之2-十二碳烯基丁二酸酐，改用370份之 氯橋酸酐（Chlorendic Anhydride)之外，皆按照實施例11相同 條件下進行至除去所有曱苯之製程。進行W-NMR測定及IR 測定而確認目的物之生成。冷卻至50°C之後，加入曱基乙 基酮，調整成為NV=80%。取出所得均一之黃褐色透明之溶 液。 實施例18 324024 167 201247603Instead of 226 parts of 2-dodecenyl succinic anhydride, the procedure of removing all of the benzene was carried out under the same conditions as in Example 11 except that 370 parts of Chlorendic Anhydride was used instead. The formation of the target product was confirmed by W-NMR measurement and IR measurement. After cooling to 50 ° C, mercaptoethyl ketone was added and adjusted to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. Example 18 324024 167 201247603

替代226份之2-十二碳烯基丁二酸酐，改用464份之 四溴酞酸酐之外，皆按照實施例11相同條件下進行至除去 所有甲苯之製程。進行j-NMR測定及IR測定而確認目的 • 物之生成。冷卻至50°C之後，加入曱基乙基酮，調整成為 NV=80%。取出所得均一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 實施例19Instead of 226 parts of 2-dodecenyl succinic anhydride, the procedure of removing all toluene was carried out under the same conditions as in Example 11 except that 464 parts of tetrabromophthalic anhydride were used instead. The j-NMR measurement and the IR measurement were carried out to confirm the formation of the object. After cooling to 50 ° C, mercaptoethyl ketone was added and adjusted to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. Example 19

OHOH

n〜〇hn~〇h

OH 替代226份之2-十二碳烯基丁二酸酐，改用172份之 2, 5-噻吩二羧酸之外，皆按照實施例11相同條件下進行至 除去所有曱苯之製程。進行W-NMR測定及IR測定而確認 目的物之生成。冷卻至50°C之後，加入曱基乙基酮，調整 成為NV=80%。取出所得均一之黃褐色透明之溶液。 樹脂合成例1 (A)具有羧酸之樹脂之合成 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迴流冷卻器、導氣 管之反應容器中，放入500份之甲基乙基酮，導入氮氣同 時在70°C加熱攪拌1小時。然後，從滴加裝置以2小時滴 324024 168 201247603 加由374. 4份之丙烯酸丁基酯、25. 6份之丙烯酸、11.4份 之2, 2’ -偶氮雙（2, 4-二曱基戊腈）、100份之曱基乙基酮混 合而成之溶液。再於70°C反應2小時。再加入1. 1份之 2, 2’-偶氮雙（2, 4-二甲基戊腈）和10份之曱基乙基酮所成 之溶液之後，再攪拌1小時。所得樹脂溶液乃固形物之 NV=39. 1%，數平均分子量Mn=16,000，重量平均分子量 Mw=34, 000，酸價 AV=50. 2mgK0H/g。 樹脂合成例2 (A)具有羧酸之樹脂之合成 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迴流冷卻器、導氣 管之反應容器中，放入500份之丁基卡必醇，導入氮氣同 時在70°C加熱攪拌1小時。然後，從滴加裝置以2小時滴 加由374. 4份之丙烯酸丁基ί旨、25. 6份之丙烯酸、11. 4份 之2, 2’-偶氮雙（2, 4-二曱基戊腈）、100份之丁基卡必醇所 混合而成之溶液。再於70°C反應2小時之後，加入1. 1份 之2, 2’ -偶氮雙（2, 4-二曱基戊腈）和10份之丁基卡必醇所 成之溶液，再攪拌1小時。所得樹脂溶液乃固形物之 NV=39. 3%，數平均分子量Mn=14, 000，重量平均分子量 Mw=32, 000，酸價 AV=50. lmgKOH/g。 樹脂合成例3 參考合成例：具有羥基之樹脂之合成 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迴流冷卻器、導氣 管之反應容器中，放入500份之曱基乙基酮、導入氮氣同 時在70°C加熱攪拌1小時。然後，從滴加裝置以2小時滴 加由358. 8份之丙烯酸丁基酯、41. 2份之丙烯酸2-羥基乙 基酯、11.4份之2, 2’-偶氮雙（2, 4-二曱基戊腈）、100份 324024 169 201247603 之曱基乙基酮所混合而成之溶液。再於7(TC反應 2小時。 再加入1. 1份之2, 2’〜偶氮雙（2, 4_二甲基戊腈）和1〇份之 曱基乙基酮所成溶液，再攪拌丨小時。所得樹脂溶液乃固 形物之NV=39. 4% ’數平均分子量Mn=14, 〇〇〇，重量平均分 子量 Mw=32,000,羥基價=5〇 〇mgK〇H/ge 實施例20 就實施例1之（B)/3~羥基烷基醯胺進行溶解性試驗、 硬化試驗及保存安定性試驗。 •溶解性試驗按照下述方法進行。將實施例1之（B)召- 羥基烷基醯胺以曱基乙基酮豨释成為NV=50°/。》此時可得均 一液體者評估為「〇」，液體分為雙層或有固體沈澱者評為 「X」。 硬化試驗（1)乃按照下述方法進行。將實施例1之 召-羥基烷基醯胺和樹脂合成例1之（A)具有羧酸之樹脂， 以（B)/3-羥基烷基醯胺之羥基與（A)具有羧酸之樹脂之羧 鲁基之間之莫耳比率成為^丨的方式調配而製錢脂溶液。 取知ig之該溶液放入鋁容器中，該容器再放入ι5〇ι之烘 箱中H、時，使樹脂硬化之。硬化膜用甲基乙基嗣洗淨， 洗淨時膜殘存者評估為「〇」，沖洗者評估為「X」。 硬化試驗⑵乃按訂財法進行1實關丨之⑻ ^經基烧基醯胺和樹脂合成例2之⑷具有紐之樹脂， 以⑻石-經基院基醯胺之經基與⑷具有麟之樹脂之叛 基之間之莫耳比率成為丨：丨的方式調配而製颜脂溶液。 取得ig之該溶液放入铭容器中，故置該容器於15〇ΐ之供 324024 170 201247603 箱中1小時，使樹脂硬化之。硬化膜用甲基乙基酮洗淨， 洗淨時膜殘存者評估為「〇」，沖洗者評估為「X」。 保存女&amp;κ驗按照下述方法進行^先測定硬化試驗 所用樹脂麵之黏度。然後，在4G°C保存1星期，再測定 1星期後之黏度。肖試驗前之黏度比較之下，黏度變化在 5%以内者評估為「〇」，增加5%以上者評估為「X」。 實施例21至38 」 替代實施例1合成之⑻基燒基酿胺，分別改用 實施例2至19之基烧基醯胺之外，皆按照實施例20 相同方法進行轉錢驗’硬化試驗及鱗安定性試驗。 參考例1 替代實施例1之⑻減貌基醯胺，改用Duranate TPA-100(旭化成公司製品之異氰酸醋）之外，皆按照實施例 7同樣地進行試驗。 參考例2 替代實施例1之（B)点-羥基烷基醯胺，改用Duranate TPA-B80E(旭化成公司製品之封端異氰 實施例7同樣地進行試驗。 ）之卜白按…、 參考例3 替代實施例1之（β)/5-羥基烷基醯胺，改用EOCN-1020 (曰本化藥a司製品之環氧樹脂）之外，皆按照實施例7相 同地方法進行試驗。 參考例4 替代實轭例1之（B)i5-羥基烷基醯胺，改用EOCN-1020 324024 171 201247603 (曰本化藥公司製品之環氧樹脂），再加用Ν. Ν’-二曱基苯 曱胺為觸媒之外，皆按照實施例7相同地方法進行試驗。 參考例5 替代實施例1之（Β)冷-羥基烷基醯胺，改用Primid XL-552(愛莫士化學公司製品之yS-羥基烷基醯胺）之外，皆 按照實施例7相同地方法進行試驗。 參考例6 硬化試驗（1)中，替代樹脂合成例1之（A)具有羧酸之 ® 樹脂而改用樹脂合成例3之具有經基之樹脂，另未進行硬 化試驗（2)之外，皆按照實施例7相同地進行試驗。 實施例20至38、參考例1至6之結果整理表示如表1。OH was replaced by 226 parts of 2-dodecenyl succinic anhydride, and 172 parts of 2, 5-thiophenedicarboxylic acid was used in the same manner as in Example 11 to carry out the process for removing all of the benzene. The formation of the target product was confirmed by W-NMR measurement and IR measurement. After cooling to 50 ° C, mercaptoethyl ketone was added and adjusted to NV = 80%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent solution was taken out. Resin Synthesis Example 1 (A) Synthesis of a resin having a carboxylic acid In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a reflux condenser, and an air guiding tube, 500 parts of methyl ethyl ketone was placed, and nitrogen gas was introduced simultaneously. The mixture was stirred under heating at 70 ° C for 1 hour. Then, from the dropping device, 324024 168 201247603 was added in 2 hours, and 374.4 parts of butyl acrylate, 25.6 parts of acrylic acid, and 11.4 parts of 2, 2'-azobis (2, 4-difluorene) were added. A solution of valeronitrile and 100 parts of mercaptoethyl ketone. The reaction was further carried out at 70 ° C for 2 hours. Further, a solution of 1.2 parts of 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) and 10 parts of mercaptoethyl ketone was added, followed by stirring for 1 hour. The obtained resin solution is a solid content of NV = 39. 1%, a number average molecular weight Mn = 16,000, a weight average molecular weight Mw = 34,000, and an acid value AV = 50. 2 mg K0H / g. Resin Synthesis Example 2 (A) Synthesis of a resin having a carboxylic acid In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a reflux condenser, and an air guiding tube, 500 parts of butyl carbitol was charged, and nitrogen gas was introduced simultaneously. The mixture was stirred under heating at 70 ° C for 1 hour. Then, from the dropping device, 374. 4 parts of butyl acrylate, 25.6 parts of acrylic acid, and 11. 4 parts of 2, 2'-azobis (2, 4-difluorene) were added dropwise from the dropping device for 2 hours. A solution of a mixture of 100 parts of butyl carbitol and butyl carbitol. After further reacting at 70 ° C for 2 hours, a solution of 1.1 parts of 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimercapto valeronitrile) and 10 parts of butyl carbitol was added, and then Stir for 1 hour. The obtained resin solution is a solid content of NV = 39.3%, a number average molecular weight Mn = 14,000, a weight average molecular weight Mw = 32,000, and an acid value AV = 50. lmgKOH / g. Resin Synthesis Example 3 Reference Synthesis Example: Synthesis of resin having a hydroxyl group In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a reflux condenser, and an air guiding tube, 500 parts of mercaptoethyl ketone was introduced, and nitrogen was introduced simultaneously. The mixture was stirred under heating at 70 ° C for 1 hour. Then, from 35. 8 parts of butyl acrylate, 41.2 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, and 11.4 parts of 2, 2'-azobis (2, 4) were added dropwise from the dropping device over 2 hours. - Dimethyl valeronitrile), 100 parts of a mixture of 324024 169 201247603 decyl ethyl ketone. Further react at 7 (TC for 2 hours. Add 1 part of 2, 2'~ azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) and 1 part of decyl ethyl ketone to form a solution. The mixture was stirred for several hours. The obtained resin solution was NV of the solid matter: 39. 4% 'number average molecular weight Mn=14, 〇〇〇, weight average molecular weight Mw=32,000, hydroxyl value=5〇〇mgK〇H/ge Example 20 The solubility test, the hardening test, and the storage stability test of the (B)/3-hydroxyalkyl decylamine of Example 1 were carried out. • The solubility test was carried out in the following manner: (B) of Example 1 The alkylguanamine is released as a thioethyl ketone to NV = 50 ° /. In this case, a uniform liquid is evaluated as "〇", and a liquid is classified as a double layer or a solid precipitate is evaluated as "X". Test (1) was carried out in the following manner: The hydroxyalkyl decylamine of Example 1 and the resin of the resin of Synthesis Example 1 (A) having a carboxylic acid, (B)/3-hydroxyalkylguanamine The molar ratio between the hydroxyl group and the carboxyl group of (A) the carboxylic acid-containing resin is formulated to form a glycoly solution. The solution of the ig is placed in an aluminum container, and the container is further The resin was hardened by placing it in an oven of ι5〇ι. The cured film was washed with methyl ethyl hydrazine, and the film was evaluated as “〇” when washed, and “X” by the rinser. Hardening test (2) It is carried out according to the financial method. (8) ^Based on the base of the amine and the resin of the synthesis of the resin of the compound (2), (8) the stone-based base-based amine and the (4) resin The molar ratio between the renegade bases becomes 丨: 丨 丨 调 调 制 制 制 制 制 制 制 ig ig ig ig ig ig ig ig ig ig ig ig ig ig ig ig ig ig ig ig ig ig ig ig ig ig ig ig ig ig ig ig ig ig The resin is hardened. The cured film is washed with methyl ethyl ketone, and the film residual is evaluated as "〇" when washed, and the rinser is evaluated as "X". The female &amp; κ test is performed as follows. The viscosity of the resin surface used in the hardening test was measured, and then stored at 4 G ° C for 1 week, and then the viscosity after 1 week was measured. The viscosity before the shaking test was compared, and the change in viscosity within 5% was evaluated as "〇", which was increased. More than 5% are evaluated as "X". Examples 21 to 38" (8) The base amines were changed to the sclerosing test and the scale stability test in the same manner as in Example 20 except that the base amides of Examples 2 to 19 were used instead. Reference Example 1 (8) of Alternative Example 1 The test was carried out in the same manner as in Example 7 except that the base amine was used in the same manner as in the case of Duranate TPA-100 (isocyanuric acid manufactured by Asahi Kasei Co., Ltd.). Reference Example 2 (B) Point-Hydroxyalkane of Alternative Example 1 The base amine was replaced with Duranate TPA-B80E (the test was carried out in the same manner as in the case of the blocked isocyanide of the Asahi Kasei Co., Ltd.). The reference was made to replace the (β)/5-hydroxyalkane of Example 1 with reference to Example 3. The test was carried out in the same manner as in Example 7 except that carbene amine was used instead of EOCN-1020 (epoxy resin of the product of Pharmacy). Reference Example 4 Instead of the (B) i5-hydroxyalkyl decylamine of the yoke example 1, the EOCN-1020 324024 171 201247603 (epoxy resin of the product of Sakamoto Chemical Co., Ltd.) was used, and Ν. 二'- The test was carried out in the same manner as in Example 7 except that mercaptobenzoic acid was used as a catalyst. Reference Example 5 The same procedure as in Example 7 was carried out except that (Β) cold-hydroxyalkylguanamine of Example 1 was used instead of Primid XL-552 (yS-hydroxyalkylguanamine of Amos Chemical Co., Ltd.). The ground method was tested. Reference Example 6 In the hardening test (1), instead of the hardening test (2), instead of the hardening test (2), instead of the resin having the carboxylic acid, the resin of the resin of the synthesis example 1 (A) was used. The test was carried out in the same manner as in Example 7. The results of Examples 20 to 38 and Reference Examples 1 to 6 were organized as shown in Table 1.

324024 172 201247603 [表4] 表1 實施例2 0 用交聯劑 實施例1之/3-羥基烷基醯胺 溶解性 試驗 硬化試驗 ⑴ 硬化試驗 (2) 保存安定性 試驗 實施例21 實施例2之羥基烷基醯胺 實施例22 實施例3之jg-羥基烷基醯胺 〇 〇 實施例23 實施例4之;S-羥基烷基醯胺 實施例24 實施例5之/S-羥基烷基醯胺 實施例25 實施例6之羥基烷基醯胺 實施例26 實施例7之)S-羥基烷基醯胺 〇 〇 實施例27 實施例8之j8-羥基烷基醯胺 實施例28 實施例9之沒-羥基烷基醯胺 實施例29 實施例10之羥基烷基醢胺 實施例30 實施例11之;8-羥基烷基醯胺 實施例31 實施例32 實施例33 實施例34 實施例35 實施例36 實施例12之沒-羥基烷基醯胺 實施例13之沒-羥基烷基醯胺 實施例14之沒-羥基烷基醯胺 實施例15之沒-羥基烷基醢胺 實施例16之yS-羥基烷基醖胺 實施例17之沒-羥基烷基醢胺 〇 〇 〇 〇_〇 實施例37 實施例38 實施例18之沒-羥基烷基醖胺 實施例19之;3-羥基烷基醯胺324024 172 201247603 [Table 4] Table 1 Example 2 0 Crosslinking agent Example 1 / 3-hydroxyalkylguanamine solubility test Hardening test (1) Hardening test (2) Preservation stability test Example 21 Example 2 Hydroxyalkylguanamine Example 22 Jg-Hydroxyalkylguanamine Amine of Example 3 Example 23 Example 4; S-Hydroxyalkylguanamine Example 24 Example 5 /S-Hydroxyalkyl Indoleamine Example 25 Hydroxyalkylguanamine of Example 6 Example 26 Example 7) S-Hydroxyalkylguanamine Example 27 Example 8 of 8-8-Hydroxyalkylguanamine Example 28 Example 9-Hydroxyalkylguanamine Example 29 Hydroxyalkylguanamine of Example 10 Example 30 Example 11; 8-Hydroxyalkylguanamine Example 31 Example 32 Example 33 Example 34 Example 35 Example 36 Non-Hydroxyalkylguanamine of Example 12 Non-Hydroxyalkylguanamine of Example 13 Non-Hydroxyalkylguanamine of Example 14 Example of Non-Hydroxyalkylguanamine of Example 15 16 yS-hydroxyalkyl decylamine Example 17 bis-hydroxyalkyl amidoxime 〇〇〇〇 〇 Example 37 Example 38 Example 18 Amides of 3-hydroxy-alkyl; - Example 19 The hydroxyalkyl amine embodiment brew

實施例20 m無論在溶解性試驗、硬化試驗⑴、 硬化試驗⑵及保存安定性試驗，皆顯表示優異之結果。 參考例1、2在硬化試驗⑵顯表示不能硬化之結果。 324024 173 201247603 申’沸點高(沸點:230.6。。) ’以具有羥基之 :必醇做為溶劑使用，在硬化溫度（150。〇為溶劑無法 ^彳之條件’異氰酸酯或封端異氰酸酯先與丁基卡必 醇反應不能與樹脂之缓基反應可能就是造成該結果之 因此’使用具有羥基之溶劑時，不能使用異氰酸酯 或嵌&amp;異旨。卜絲絲醯胺不與減反應，選擇性 地與叛基反應，所以可使用具有Μ基之溶劑。 參考例3、4乃使用具有環氧基之交聯劑之例舉。參考 例3在無觸媒下進行硬化，然而在這次之試驗條件下，結 果無法硬化。加之觸媒時，雖可確認能充分硬化之結果， 但在保存女疋性試驗中表現增加黏度之結果。環氧基在掸 加觸媒之情形下，無法抑靠存時之反應1而，如果^ 召-羥基烷基醯胺，保存時就不會反應，在硬化條件 = 使之充分反應。 ％ 參考例5乃係使用市售之石—羥基烷基醯胺之例舉， 於缺乏對於溶劑之溶解性，所以無法達到可予評估之結果 參考例6乃係將樹脂之官能基改成羥基之例舉，羥美 與yS-羥基烧基醯胺在150°C，完全不反應，所以無法硬 由上述結果可知含有本實施形態之（Α)具有之樹月t孝 (B)羧酸/3-羥基烷基醯胺之樹脂組成物具有優異之溶^丨为 解性、硬化性及保存安定性。 〜 《實施形態IV》 〈/3-羥基烷基醯胺（A)之合成〉 合成例1 324024 174 201247603 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入210份之二乙醇胺、 10份之氫氧化鉀，導入氮氣同時加熱至100°C。其中，從 滴加裝置以4小時滴加174份之己二酸二甲基酯。滴加後， 反應容器内邊減壓至205mmHg邊加熱，去除所生成之曱 醇。取出容器中所生成之漿狀之生成物而真空乾燥之。取 得320份之該生成物，再度放入反應容器申，加熱至150 °C攪拌使之溶解。其中，從滴加裝置以1小時滴加144份 鲁 之2-乙基己酸。滴完後在150°C攪拌1小時，之後，加入 100份之甲苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，與甲苯共沸而 去除所生成之水。迴流之曱苯使之返回反應容器中。充分 去除水之後，蒸餾去除所有甲苯。測定W-NMR，由酯結合 之亞曱基（6=4.1附近）和來源於2-乙基己酸之甲基 =0. 85附近）之積分比率成為2 : 6而確認目的物之生成。 再經由IR確認構造。然後，降溫至60°C，加入環己酮， φ 調整固形物成為20%。取出所得不含光聚合性官能基之均 一之黃褐色透明之羥基烷基醯胺溶液A1。 合成例2 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入320份之N，N，Ν’，Ν’ -四（羥乙基）己二羧醯胺（愛莫士化學公司製品之Primid XL-552)，加熱至150°C攪拌使之溶解。其中，從滴加裝置 以1小時滴加144份之2-乙基己酸。滴加後在150°C攪拌 1小時，之後，加入100份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿 324024 175 201247603 曱苯，與曱苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之曱苯使之返 回反應容器中。充分去除水之後，完全除去曱苯。進行 1MMR測定而確認目的物之生成。再由IR測定確定構造。 然後，降溫至60°C，加入環己酮，調整其固形物成為20%。 取出所得不含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明之/3 -羥基烷基醯胺溶液A2。 合成例3Example 20 m showed excellent results regardless of the solubility test, the hardening test (1), the hardening test (2), and the storage stability test. Reference Examples 1 and 2 show the result of inability to harden in the hardening test (2). 324024 173 201247603 申 'High boiling point (boiling point: 230.6.) 'To use a hydroxyl group: the use of alcohol as a solvent, at the curing temperature (150. 〇 is a solvent can not be 彳 彳 conditions 'isocyanate or blocked isocyanate first with butyl The reaction of the kicabiol reaction with the slow-acting base of the resin may be the result of this. Therefore, when using a solvent having a hydroxyl group, the isocyanate or the incorporation of the isocyanate may not be used. It reacts with a thiol group, so a solvent having a mercapto group can be used. Reference Examples 3 and 4 are exemplified using a crosslinking agent having an epoxy group. Reference Example 3 is hardened without a catalyst, but in this test condition The result is not hardened. When the catalyst is added, although the result of sufficient hardening can be confirmed, the viscosity is increased in the preservation of the privet test. The epoxy group cannot be inhibited by the addition of the catalyst. In the case of the reaction 1, if the hydroxyalkyl decylamine is stored, it will not react during storage, and it will be sufficiently reacted under hardening conditions. % Reference Example 5 is a commercially available stone-hydroxyalkyl decylamine. Example In the absence of solubility in solvents, evaluable results could not be achieved. Reference Example 6 is an example of changing the functional group of the resin to a hydroxyl group. Hydroxime and yS-hydroxyalkyl decylamine are not at 150 ° C. According to the above-mentioned results, it is not known that the resin composition containing the saponin of the tree t t (B) carboxylic acid/3-hydroxyalkyl decylamine having the present embodiment has excellent solubility. Hardenability and preservation stability. ~ "Embodiment IV" </3-Hydroxyalkylguanamine (A) Synthesis> Synthesis Example 1 324024 174 201247603 Agitator, thermometer, drip device, Dean Stark In a reaction vessel of a tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube, 210 parts of diethanolamine and 10 parts of potassium hydroxide were placed, and nitrogen gas was introduced while heating to 100 ° C. Among them, 174 parts were added dropwise from the dropping device for 4 hours. After the dropwise addition, the inside of the reaction vessel was heated to a pressure of 205 mmHg to remove the produced sterol, and the slurry-like product formed in the container was taken out and vacuum-dried. The product is again placed in the reaction vessel and heated The mixture was dissolved by stirring at 150 ° C. Among them, 144 parts of 2-ethylhexanoic acid was added dropwise from the dropping device over 1 hour. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 150 ° C for 1 hour, after which 100 parts of toluene was added. The Dean Stark tube is filled with benzene, azeotroped with toluene to remove the formed water, and the benzene is refluxed to return it to the reaction vessel. After the water is sufficiently removed, all the toluene is distilled off. The W-NMR is determined by the ester. The integral ratio of the combined fluorenylene group (near the vicinity of 6=4.1) and the methyl group derived from 2-ethylhexanoic acid to the vicinity of the methyl group of =0.85 was 2:6, and the formation of the target was confirmed. The structure was confirmed by IR. Then, the temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, cyclohexanone was added, and the solid content of φ was adjusted to 20%. The obtained yellowish-brown transparent hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A1 containing no photopolymerizable functional group was taken out. Synthesis Example 2 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 320 parts of N, N, Ν', Ν'-tetra (hydroxyl) were placed. Ethyl hexamethylene carboxamide (Primid XL-552, manufactured by Amos Chemical Co., Ltd.) was heated to 150 ° C to stir to dissolve. Among them, 144 parts of 2-ethylhexanoic acid was added dropwise from the dropping device over 1 hour. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 150 ° C for 1 hour, after which 100 parts of toluene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with 324024 175 201247603 toluene, and azeotrope with toluene was removed to remove the generated water. The benzene is refluxed and returned to the reaction vessel. After the water is sufficiently removed, the benzene is completely removed. The 1MMR measurement was performed to confirm the formation of the target substance. The structure was determined by IR measurement. Then, the temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to 20%. The obtained uniform yellowish-brown transparent /3-hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A2 was obtained without containing a photopolymerizable functional group. Synthesis Example 3

除144份之2-乙基己酸改用216份之外，按照合成例 ® 1相同條件下進行至完全蒸餾去除甲苯之製造。進行W-NMR 測定而確認目的物之生成。再進行IR測定而確定構造。然 後，降溫至60°C，加入環己酮，調整其固形物成為20%。 取出所得不含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明之/3 -羥基烷基醯胺溶液A3。 合成例4 除144份之2-乙基己酸改用288份之外，按照合成例 φ 1相同條件下進行至完全蒸餾去除曱苯之製造。進行W-NMR 測定而確認目的物之生成。再進行IR測定而確定構造。然 後，降溫至60°C，加入環己酮，調整其固形物成為20°/〇。 取出所得不含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明之卢 -羥基烷基醯胺溶液A4。 合成例5 除144份之2-乙基己酸變更為72份之外，按照合成 例1相同條件下進行至完全蒸餾去除曱苯之製造。進行 j-NMR測定而確認目的物之生成。再進行IR測定而確定構 324024 176 201247603 造。然後，降溫至60°C，加入環己酮，調整其固形物成為 20%。取出所得不含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明 之yS -羥基院基醯胺溶液A5。 合成例6 合成例1相同條件下，進行到從容器中取出所生成漿 狀之生成物而真空乾燥之製程。取得320份之生成物和83 份之異酜酸之間之混合物再度放入反應容器中，加熱至150 °C攪拌使之溶解。滴加後，在150°C攪拌1小時之後，加 # 入100份之甲苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，與曱苯共沸 而除去所生成之水。迴流之曱苯使之返回反應容器中。充 分地除去水之後，蒸餾去除所有曱苯。進行W-NMR測定， 確認目的物之生成。再進行IR測定而確定構造。然後，降 溫至60°C，加入環己酮，調整其固形物成為20%。取出所 得不含光聚合性官能基之均一之黃褐色透明之/3 -羥基烷 基醯胺溶液A6。 合成例7 _ 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入266份之二異丙醇 胺、10份之氫氧化鉀、202份之癸二酸，在120°C加熱4 小時。加入100份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，與 甲苯共沸而除去所生成之水。迴流之曱苯使之返回反應容 器中。充分除去水之後，取出容器中所生成漿狀之生成物 而真空乾燥之。取得433份之該生成物再度放入反應容器 中，加熱至150°C而攪拌溶解之。其中，從滴加裝置以1 324024 177 201247603 小時滴加72份之2-乙基己酸。滴加後，在150°C攪拌1小 時之後，加入100份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿甲苯， 與甲苯共沸而除去所生成之水。迴流之曱苯使之返回反應 容器中。充分除去水之後，蒸餾去除所有甲苯。進行^-NMR 測定而確認目的物之生成。再進行IR測定而確認其化學構 造。然後，降溫至60°C，加入環己酮，調整其固形物成為 20%。取出所得不含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明 之羥基烷基醯胺溶液A7。 合成例8 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入210份之二乙醇胺、 10份之曱醇鈉，導入氮氣中，加熱至100°C。其中，從滴 加裝置以4小時滴加230份之癸二酸二曱酯。滴加後，反 應容器内減壓為205mmHg同時加熱，除去所生成曱醇。取 出容器中所生成漿狀之生成物而真空乾燥之。取得320份 ^ 之該生成物再度放入反應容器中，加熱至150°C攪拌溶解 之。其中，從滴加裝置以1小時滴加144份之2-乙基己酸。 滴加後，在150°C攪拌1小時之後，加入100份之曱苯， 於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，與甲苯共沸而去除所生成之 水。迴流之曱苯使之返回反應容器中。充分去除水之後， 蒸餾去除所有曱苯。進行j-NMR測定，由酯結合之亞曱基 ((5 =4. 1附近）和來源於2-乙基己酸之曱基（(5 =0. 85附近） 之積分比率成為2 : 6而確認目的物之生成。再進行IR測 定而確定構造。然後，降溫至60°C，加入環己酮，調整其 324024 178 201247603 固形物成為20%。取出所得不含有光聚合性官能基之均一 而黃褐色透明之石-羥基烷基醢胺溶液A8。 合成例9 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入266份之二異丙醇 胺、10份之氫氧化鉀、202份之癸二酸，在120°C加熱4 小時。加入100份之甲苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿甲苯，與 曱苯共沸而除去所生成之水。迴流之曱苯使之返回反應容 • 器中。充分去除水之後，取出容器中所生成漿狀之生成物 而真空乾燥之。取得433份之該生成物再度放入反應容器 中，加熱至150°C攪拌溶解之。其中，從滴加裝置以1小 時滴加211份之異氰酸月桂基酯。滴加後在150°C攪拌1 小時之後，測定^-NMR，確認目的物之生成。再進行IR測 定而確定構造。然後，降溫至60°C，加入環己酮，調整其 固形物成為20%。取出所得不含有光聚合性官能基之均一 φ 而黃褐色透明之冷-羥基烷基醯胺溶液A9。 合成例10 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入210份之2-胺基-2-曱基-1，3-丙二醇、10份之氫氧化鉀，加熱至60°C之後， 以1小時分為小部份加入100份之丁二酸酐。升溫至120 °C，加熱4小時之後，加入100份之甲苯，於迪安斯達克 管充滿曱苯，藉與曱苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之曱 苯使之返回反應容器中。充分去除水後，取出容器中所生 324024 179 201247603 成之漿狀之生成物而真空乾燥之。取得26〇份之該生成物 再度放入反應容器中，加熱至15〇。〇攪拌溶解之。其中， 從滴加裝置以1小時滴加89份之異氰酸苯基酯。滴加後在 150°C攪拌1小時。之後，進行lH—NMR測定而確認目的物 之生成。再進行IR測定，確定構造。然後，降溫至6〇它， 加入環己酮，調整固形物成為2〇%。取出所得不含有光聚 合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明之羥基烷基醯胺溶液 A10。 _合成例11 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、.迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入242份之三（羥基甲 基）胺基曱烷、10份之氫氧化鉀、188份之2,4_二乙基戊 二酸’在120°c加熱4小時。加入100份之甲苯，於迪安 斯達克管充滿曱笨’藉與曱苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴 流之曱苯使之返回反應容器中，充分去除水之後，取出容 φ 器中所生成衆狀之生成物而真空乾燥之。取得394份之該 生成物、396份之η比啶、2674份之二氯曱烷再度放入反應 容器中’用冰冷卻之。其中，從滴加裝置以1小時滴加547 份之月桂隨氯。滴加後，在2yc攪拌5小時而完成反應。 該二氯甲烧溶液分別依序用2〇〇〇份之鹽酸、2〇〇〇份之 飽和碳酸氫納水溶液、2〇〇〇份之飽和食鹽水洗淨後，利用 無水硫酸鎂脫水之。然後，以旋轉式蒸散器蒸德去除溶劑 之二氯甲炫’之後’進行iH_NMR測定，確認目的物之生成。 再進行IR測定碟定構造。加入環己酮，調整固形物成為 324024 180 201247603 20%。取出所得不含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明 之召-羥基烷基醯胺溶液All。 合成例12 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入334份之2-胺基- 苯基-1，3-丙二醇、丨〇份之氫氧化鉀’加熱至6(rc之後， 以1小時分為小部份加入98份之馬來酸酐。升溫至12〇°c， 加熱4小時之後，加入100份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充 •滿曱笨’藉與曱苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之曱苯使 之返回反應容器中。充分去除水之後，取出容器中所生成 聚狀之生成物，而真空乾燥之。取得414份之該生成物再 度放入反應容器中，加熱至150°C攪拌使之溶解。其中， 從滴加裝置以1小時滴加284份之異硬脂酸。滴加後，在 150C授拌1小時，之後，進行lH_NMR測定而確認目的物 之生成。再進行IR測定，確認其化學構造。降溫至6(TC， • 加入環己酮，調整固形物成為20%。取出所得不含有光聚 合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明之沒-羥基烷基醯胺溶液 A12。 合成例13 備有授拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中’放入210份之二乙醇胺、 ίο份之氫氧化鉀，加熱至6(rc之後，以1小時分為小部份 加入148份之酞酸酐。升溫至κοχ：，加熱4小時之後， 加入100份之曱苯’於迪安斯達克管充滿甲苯，藉與甲苯 324024 181 201247603 共滞而去除所生成之水。迴流之曱苯使之返回反應容器 申。充分去除水之後，取出容器中所生成漿狀之生成物而 真空乾燥之。取得340份之生成物再度放入反應容器中， 加熱至150°C，攪拌溶解之。其中’從滴加裝置以1小時 滴加88份之丁酸。滴加後，在150°C攪拌1小時。之後， 進行1H-NMR測定而確認目的物之生成。再進行IR測定， 確認其化學構造。降溫至60°C，加入環己S同，調整固形物 成為20%。取出所得不含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐 ® 色透明之羥基烷基醯胺溶液A13。 合成例14 備有擾摔器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入266份之二異丙醇 胺、10份之氫氧化鉀、166份之異酞酸，在12(TC加熱4 小時’加入100份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，藉 與甲苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之曱苯使之返回反應 • 容器中。充分去除水之後，取出容器中所生成漿狀之生成 物而真空乾燥之。將取得396份之該生成物、285份之吡 唆、1802份之二氯曱烷，再度放入反應容器中’用冰冷卻 之。其中’從滴加裝置以1小時滴加184份之乙酸酐。滴 加後’在25°C攪拌5小時而完成反應。該二氯甲烷溶液分 別使用2000份之10%鹽酸、2000份之飽和碳酸氫鈉水溶 液、2000份之飽和食鹽水依序洗淨之後，利用無水硫酸鎂 脫水。然後’以旋轉式蒸散器蒸餾去除溶劑之二氯甲烷， 回收得生成物。取得340份之該生成物再度放入反應容器 324024 182 201247603 中，加熱至150°C而攪拌溶解之。其中，以1小時添加284 份之硬脂酸。在150°C攪拌1小時之後，進行測定 而確認目的物之生成。再進行測定而確認其化學構造。 降溫至60°C，加入環己酮，調整固形物成為2〇%。取出所 得不含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明之經基 烷基醯胺溶液A14。 合成例15Except for 144 parts of 2-ethylhexanoic acid, 216 parts were used, and the production of toluene was carried out under the same conditions as in Synthesis Example 1 to complete distillation. The formation of the target product was confirmed by W-NMR measurement. The IR measurement was carried out to determine the structure. Then, the temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to 20%. The obtained uniform yellowish-brown transparent /3-hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A3 was obtained without containing a photopolymerizable functional group. Synthesis Example 4 The production of toluene was carried out under the same conditions as in Synthesis Example φ 1 except that 144 parts of 2-ethylhexanoic acid was used instead of 288 parts. The formation of the target product was confirmed by W-NMR measurement. The IR measurement was carried out to determine the structure. Then, the temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to 20 ° / Torr. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent Lu-hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A4 was obtained without containing a photopolymerizable functional group. Synthesis Example 5 The production of toluene was carried out under the same conditions as in Synthesis Example 1 except that 144 parts of 2-ethylhexanoic acid was changed to 72 parts. The formation of the target product was confirmed by j-NMR measurement. The IR measurement is carried out to determine the structure 324024 176 201247603. Then, the temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to 20%. The obtained yS-hydroxyl decylamine solution A5 which does not contain a photopolymerizable functional group and which is uniform in yellowish brown and transparent is obtained. Synthesis Example 6 Under the same conditions as in Synthesis Example 1, a process of taking out the resulting slurry-like product from a container and vacuum-drying was carried out. A mixture of 320 parts of the product and 83 parts of isodecanoic acid was placed in a reaction vessel, and heated to 150 ° C to stir and dissolve. After the dropwise addition, after stirring at 150 ° C for 1 hour, 100 parts of toluene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with toluene, and azeotrope with toluene was removed to remove the generated water. The benzene is refluxed and returned to the reaction vessel. After the water was sufficiently removed, all of the toluene was distilled off. The W-NMR measurement was performed, and the formation of the target was confirmed. The IR measurement was carried out to determine the structure. Then, the temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, cyclohexanone was added, and the solid content was adjusted to 20%. A uniform yellow-brown transparent /3-hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A6 was obtained which did not contain a photopolymerizable functional group. Synthesis Example 7 _ 146 parts of diisopropanolamine and 10 parts of potassium hydroxide were placed in a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube. 202 parts of azelaic acid were heated at 120 ° C for 4 hours. 100 parts of benzene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with benzene and azeotroped with toluene to remove the generated water. The refluxed benzene is returned to the reaction vessel. After the water was sufficiently removed, the slurry-formed product formed in the container was taken out and dried in a vacuum. 433 parts of this product was taken again and placed in a reaction vessel, and heated to 150 ° C to be stirred and dissolved. Among them, 72 parts of 2-ethylhexanoic acid was added dropwise from the dropping device at 1,324,024, 177, 2012,47,603 hours. After the dropwise addition, after stirring at 150 ° C for 1 hour, 100 parts of toluene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with toluene, and azeotroped with toluene to remove the generated water. The benzene is refluxed and returned to the reaction vessel. After the water was sufficiently removed, all of the toluene was distilled off. The formation of the target product was confirmed by ^-NMR measurement. Further, the IR measurement was carried out to confirm the chemical structure. Then, the temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to 20%. The resulting hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A7 which does not contain a photopolymerizable functional group and which is uniform in color and yellowish brown is obtained. Synthesis Example 8 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 210 parts of diethanolamine and 10 parts of sodium decoxide were placed and introduced into a nitrogen gas. , heated to 100 ° C. Among them, 230 parts of dinonyl sebacate was added dropwise from the dropping device over 4 hours. After the dropwise addition, the pressure in the reaction vessel was 205 mmHg while heating, and the resulting sterol was removed. The slurry-formed product formed in the container was taken out and vacuum dried. The product obtained in 320 parts was placed in a reaction vessel again, and heated to 150 ° C to be stirred and dissolved. Among them, 144 parts of 2-ethylhexanoic acid was added dropwise from the dropping device over 1 hour. After the dropwise addition, after stirring at 150 ° C for 1 hour, 100 parts of toluene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with toluene, and azeotroped with toluene to remove the generated water. The benzene is refluxed and returned to the reaction vessel. After the water is sufficiently removed, all of the toluene is distilled off. The j-NMR measurement was carried out, and the integral ratio of the ester-bonded fluorenylene group (near (5 = 4.1) and the thiol group derived from 2-ethylhexanoic acid (near (5 = 0.85)) became 2: 6 The formation of the target was confirmed, and the structure was determined by IR measurement. Then, the temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, cyclohexanone was added, and the solid content of 324024 178 201247603 was adjusted to 20%. The uniformity of the photopolymerizable functional group was obtained. And a yellow-brown transparent stone-hydroxyalkyl decylamine solution A8. Synthesis Example 9 A reactor equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, and placed in 266 2 parts of isopropanolamine, 10 parts of potassium hydroxide, 202 parts of sebacic acid, heated at 120 ° C for 4 hours. Add 100 parts of toluene, filled with toluene in the Dean Stark tube, with a total of toluene The generated water is removed by boiling, and the benzene is returned to the reaction vessel. After the water is sufficiently removed, the slurry-like product formed in the container is taken out and vacuum dried. 433 parts of the product are taken again. Into the reaction vessel, heated to 150 ° C and stirred to dissolve. 211 parts of lauryl isocyanate was added dropwise over 1 hour, and after stirring, the mixture was stirred at 150 ° C for 1 hour, and then ^-NMR was measured to confirm the formation of the target. The IR measurement was carried out to determine the structure. Then, the temperature was lowered to The cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to 20% at 60 ° C. The obtained cold hydroxyalkyl decylamine solution A9 which did not contain the uniform φ of the photopolymerizable functional group and was yellow-transparent was obtained. Synthesis Example 10 Stirring was carried out. 210 parts of 2-amino-2-mercapto-1,3-propanediol, 10 parts in a reaction vessel of a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube Potassium hydroxide, after heating to 60 ° C, add 100 parts of succinic anhydride in small portions over 1 hour. After heating to 120 ° C, heating for 4 hours, add 100 parts of toluene, in Dean Stark The tube is filled with benzene, and the generated water is removed by azeotroping with benzene. The benzene is returned to the reaction vessel after the water is completely removed. After the water is sufficiently removed, the 324024 179 201247603 slurry produced in the container is taken out. Vacuum drying. Obtain 26 parts of the product and put it into the reaction container again. The mixture was stirred and dissolved, and 89 parts of phenyl isocyanate was added dropwise from the dropping device over 1 hour. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 150 ° C for 1 hour, and then confirmed by lH-NMR measurement. The formation of the target substance was carried out, and the IR measurement was carried out to determine the structure. Then, the temperature was lowered to 6 Torr, and cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to 2% by weight. The obtained uniformity containing no photopolymerizable functional group was obtained and was yellow-brown and transparent. Hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A10._Synthesis Example 11 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 242 parts (hydroxyl group) were placed. Methyl)aminodecane, 10 parts of potassium hydroxide, and 188 parts of 2,4-diethylglutaric acid' were heated at 120 ° C for 4 hours. Add 100 parts of toluene, and the Dean Stark tube is full of sputum and azeotrope with benzene to remove the water produced. The recycled benzene is returned to the reaction vessel, and after the water is sufficiently removed, the product formed in the φ device is taken out and vacuum dried. 394 parts of the product, 396 parts of n-pyridinium, and 2674 parts of dichloromethane were again placed in a reaction vessel, and were cooled with ice. Among them, 547 parts of Laurel and chlorine were added dropwise from the dropping device over 1 hour. After the dropwise addition, the reaction was completed by stirring at 2 μc for 5 hours. The methylene chloride solution was washed successively with 2 parts of hydrochloric acid, 2 parts of saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution and 2 parts of saturated brine, and then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Then, iH_NMR measurement was carried out by removing the solvent of methylene chloride by a rotary evaporator to confirm the formation of the target product. The IR measurement disc structure was further carried out. Add cyclohexanone and adjust the solid content to 324024 180 201247603 20%. The obtained uniform-yellow-brown transparent call-hydroxyalkylamine solution All was obtained without containing the photopolymerizable functional group. Synthesis Example 12 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux condenser, and an air tube, 334 parts of 2-amino-phenyl-1,3-propanediol were placed. The potassium hydroxide of the mash is heated to 6 (rc, then 98 parts of maleic anhydride is added in small portions for 1 hour. The temperature is raised to 12 ° C, and after heating for 4 hours, 100 parts of benzene is added. , 迪安斯达克管充•满曱笨' borrowed from the azeotrope to remove the water formed. The benzene is returned to the reaction vessel after returning. After the water is fully removed, the aggregate formed in the container is taken out. The product was dried in vacuo, and 414 parts of the product was placed in a reaction vessel, and heated to 150 ° C to stir and dissolve. Among them, 284 parts of isostearyl was added dropwise from the dropping device for 1 hour. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 150 C for 1 hour, and then subjected to lH_NMR measurement to confirm the formation of the target product. IR measurement was further performed to confirm the chemical structure. The temperature was lowered to 6 (TC, • cyclohexanone was added, and the solid matter was adjusted. 20%. The obtained product is free of photopolymerizable functional groups and is yellowish brown. Ming-No-Hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A12. Synthesis Example 13 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, '210 parts are placed in two Ethanolamine, ίο parts of potassium hydroxide, heated to 6 (rc, after adding 148 parts of phthalic anhydride in 1 hour, heated to κοχ:, after heating for 4 hours, add 100 parts of benzene benzene The Ansdaq tube is filled with toluene, and the generated water is removed by co-stagnation with toluene 324024 181 201247603. The refluxed benzene is returned to the reaction vessel. After the water is sufficiently removed, the slurry-like product formed in the container is taken out. The mixture was dried in vacuo, and 340 parts of the product was again placed in a reaction vessel, heated to 150 ° C, and stirred to dissolve. Among them, 88 parts of butyric acid were added dropwise from the dropping device for 1 hour. After the dropwise addition, at 150 After stirring for 1 hour at ° C, 1H-NMR measurement was carried out to confirm the formation of the target product, and IR measurement was carried out to confirm the chemical structure. The temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and the solid matter was adjusted to 20% by adding cyclohexene. The resulting product does not contain photopolymerizable functional groups Uniform and yellow-brown® transparent hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A13. Synthesis Example 14 In a reaction vessel equipped with a scrambler, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, Put 266 parts of diisopropanolamine, 10 parts of potassium hydroxide, 166 parts of isophthalic acid, add 10 parts of terpene in 12 (TC heating for 4 hours), and fill the benzene with Dean Stark tube. The formed water is removed by azeotropy with toluene. The refluxed benzene is returned to the reaction vessel. After the water is sufficiently removed, the slurry-like product formed in the vessel is taken out and dried in a vacuum. The product, 285 parts of pyridinium, and 1802 parts of dichloromethane were placed in a reaction vessel again and cooled by ice. Wherein 184 parts of acetic anhydride were added dropwise from the dropping device over 1 hour. After the dropwise addition, the reaction was completed by stirring at 25 ° C for 5 hours. The dichloromethane solution was washed successively with 2000 parts of 10% hydrochloric acid, 2000 parts of saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution and 2000 parts of saturated brine, and then dehydrated with anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Then, the solvent was distilled off by a rotary evaporator to recover the resultant product. 340 parts of this product was again placed in a reaction vessel 324024 182 201247603, heated to 150 ° C and stirred to dissolve. Among them, 284 parts of stearic acid was added in 1 hour. After stirring at 150 ° C for 1 hour, the measurement was carried out to confirm the formation of the target product. The measurement was carried out to confirm the chemical structure. The temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to 2% by weight. A uniform, yellowish-brown transparent transalkylamine amine solution A14 which does not contain a photopolymerizable functional group is taken out. Synthesis Example 15

備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入203份之對笨二甲 醯二氯、316份之吡啶、1459份之二氯曱烷、冰冷下攪拌 之。從滴加裝置以2小時滴加21〇份之二乙醇胺，然後， 在25°C攪拌5小時而完成反應。使用2〇〇〇份之1〇%鹽酸、 2000份之飽和碳酸氫鈉水溶液、2〇〇〇份之飽和食鹽水，依 序洗淨該二氯曱烷反應溶液之後，用無水硫酸鎂乾燥之。 再用旋轉式蒸散器蒸趨去除除溶劑之二氯曱烧，回收生成 物。將340份之該生成物再度放入反應容器中’在l5〇°c 加熱攪拌而溶解之。其中，以1小時添加284份之十八烷 酸。在15(TC攪拌1小時之後，進行1H_NMR測定，確認目 的物之生成。再經由IR確認構造。降孤至60 C加入甲 基乙基酮，調整固形物成為2〇%°取出所付不含有光聚合 性官能基之均-而黃褐色透明之#經基烧基酿胺〆合液 A15。 合成例16 輩_、迪安斯達克管、迴 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝 324024 183 201247603 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入363份之三（羥曱基） 胺基曱烷、10份之氫氧化鉀，加熱至60°C之後，以1小時 分為小部份加入192份之偏苯三酸酐。升溫至120°C，加 熱4小時之後，加入100份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿 曱苯，藉與曱苯共沸除去所生成之水。迴流之曱苯使之返 回反應容器中。充分去除水分後，取出容器中所生成漿狀 之生成物而真空乾燥之。取得520份之該生成物，再度放 入反應容器中，在150°C加熱攪拌使之溶解。其中，以1 • 小時添加1795份之棕橺酸。滴加後，在150°C攪拌1小時。 之後，進行^-NMR測定而確認目的物之生成。再進行IR 測定而確定構造。降溫至60°C，加入環己酮，調整固形物 成為20%。取出所得不含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐 色透明之/5-經基烧基酸胺溶液A16。 合成例17In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 203 parts of p-xylylene dichloride, 316 parts of pyridine, and 1459 parts are placed. Dichloromethane, stirred under ice. 21 parts of diethanolamine was added dropwise from the dropping device over 2 hours, and then the mixture was stirred at 25 ° C for 5 hours to complete the reaction. The dichlorosilane reaction solution was washed successively with 2 parts of 1% hydrochloric acid, 2000 parts of saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution and 2 parts of saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. . Further, the solvent was removed by steaming to remove the solvent, and the product was recovered. 340 parts of this product was placed in the reaction vessel again, and it was dissolved by heating and stirring at 15 ° C. Among them, 284 parts of octadecanoic acid was added in 1 hour. After 15 hours of TC stirring, 1H_NMR measurement was performed, and the formation of the target product was confirmed. The structure was confirmed by IR. The methyl ethyl ketone was added to 60 C, and the solid content was adjusted to 2%. The average of the photopolymerizable functional groups - and the yellow-brown transparent #基基基基胺〆合液 A15. Synthesis Example 16 Generation _, Dean Stark tube, back with a stirrer, thermometer, drop 324024 183 201247603 In the reaction vessel of the flow cooler and air duct, 363 parts of tris(hydroxyindole) amino decane and 10 parts of potassium hydroxide were placed, and after heating to 60 ° C, it was divided into small portions in 1 hour. 192 parts of trimellitic anhydride were added in portions, and the temperature was raised to 120 ° C. After heating for 4 hours, 100 parts of toluene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with toluene, and the formed water was removed by azeotropy with toluene. The benzene is returned to the reaction vessel, and after sufficiently removing the water, the slurry-formed product obtained in the container is taken out and vacuum-dried. 520 parts of the product is obtained, placed in a reaction vessel, and heated at 150 ° C. Dissolve it, adding 1795 servings of brown in 1 hour After the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 150 ° C for 1 hour. Then, the formation of the target product was confirmed by ^-NMR measurement. The structure was determined by IR measurement. The temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid form. The content was 20%. The obtained uniform yellow-brown transparent /5-carbamic acid amine solution A16 was obtained which did not contain a photopolymerizable functional group.

備有烷拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 ^ 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入469份之N-丁基乙 醇胺、10份之氫氧化鉀、234份之1，2, 3, 4-丁烷四羧酸， 升溫至120°C，加熱4小時之後，加入100份之曱苯，於 迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯藉與曱笨共沸而去除所生成之水。 迴流之甲苯使之返回反應容器中。充分去除水分後，取出 容器中所生成漿狀之生成物而真空乾燥之。將631份之該 生成物再度放入反應容器中，加熱至150°C攪拌溶解之&lt;-其中，以1小時添加122份之苯甲酸。在150°C攪拌1小 時之後，進行W-NMR測定，確認目的物之生成。再進行IR 324024 184 201247603 測定而確定構造。降溫至60°C，加入環己酮，調整固形物 成為20%。取出所得不含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐 色透明之羥基烷基醯胺溶液A17。 合成例18 備有烷拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入357份之N-乙基乙 醇胺、10份之氫氧化鉀，加熱60°C之後，以1小時分為小 部份添加218份之均苯四曱酸酐。升溫至120°C，加熱4 # 小時之後，加入100份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯， 藉與曱苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之曱苯使之返回反 應容器中。充分去除水之後，取出容器中所生成漿狀之生 成物而真空乾燥之。將539份之該生成物再度放入反應容 器中，加熱至150°C攪拌溶解之。其中，以1小時添加178 份之4-第三丁基苯甲酸。滴加後，在15(TC攪拌1小時。 之後，進行j-NMR測定，確認目的物之生成。再進行IR 測定而確定構造。降溫至60°C，加入環己酮，調整固形物 ® 成為20%。取出所得不含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐 色透明之羥基烷基醯胺溶液A18。 合成例19 備有烷拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入533份之二異丙醇 胺、10份之氫氧化鉀，加熱至60°C之後，以1小時分為小 部份加入294份之3, 3’，4, 4’ -聯苯四羧酸酐。升溫至120 °C，加熱4小時之後，加入100份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克 324024 185 201247603 管充滿曱苯，藉與曱苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之曱 苯使之返回反應容器中。充分去除水之後，取出容器中所 生成漿狀之生成物而真空乾燥之。將791份之該生成物再 度放入反應容器中，加熱至150°C攪拌溶解之。其中，以1 小時添加513份之環己羧酸。滴加後，在150°C攪拌1小 時。之後，進行W-NMR測定，確認目的物之生成。再進行 IR測定而確定構造。降溫至60°C，加入環己酮，調整固形 物成為20%。取出所得不含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃 • 褐色透明之羥基烷基醯胺溶液A17。 合成例20 備有烷拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入315份之二乙醇胺、 10份之氫氧化鉀、192份之枸橼酸，升溫至120°C，加熱4 小時之後，加入100份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱笨， 藉與甲苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之曱苯使之返回反 ^ 應容器中。充分去除水之後，取出容器中所生成漿狀之生 成物而真空乾燥之。取得453份之該生成物、316份之吡 啶、2429份之二氯曱烷，再度放入反應容器中，用冰冷卻 之。其中，從滴加裝置以1小時滴加445份之三氟曱續酸 三曱基矽酯。滴加後，在25°C攪拌5小時而完成反應。該 二氯曱烷溶液以2000份之10%鹽酸、2000份之飽和碳酸氩 鈉水溶液、2000份之飽和含鹽水依序分別洗淨後，用無水 硫酸鎂脫水。以旋轉式蒸散器蒸餾去除溶劑之二氣曱烷之 後，進行^-NMR測定，確認目的物之生成。再進行IR測 324024 186 201247603 定而確定構造。加入環己酮，調整固形物成為20%。取出 所得不含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明之/5 -羥 基烷基醯胺溶液A17。 合成例21 備有烷拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入703份之2-胺基-4-甲基-1-戊醇、10份之氫氧化鉀，348份之環己烷-1，2, 3, 4, 5, 6-六羧酸，升溫至120°C之後，加熱4小時之 • 後，加入500份之甲苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿甲苯，藉與 甲苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之甲苯使之返回反應容 器中。充分去除水分後，取出容器中所生成漿狀之生成物 而真空乾燥之。將943份之該生成物、373份之2-乙基己 基環氧丙基醚、20份之四氟硼酸鋅放入反應容器中，在100 °C進行反應6小時。先行j-NMR測定，確認目的物之生成。 再進行IR測定而確認其化學構造。然後，降溫至60°C， ^ 加入環己酮，調整固形物成為20%。取出所得不含有光聚 合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明之Θ -羥基烷基醯胺溶液 A2卜 合成例2 2 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入210份之二乙醇胺， 10份之氫氧化鉀，導入氮氣同時加熱至100°C，其中，從 滴加裝置以4小時滴加174份之己二酸二曱基酯。滴加後， 反應容器減壓至205mmHg同時加熱，除去所生成之甲醇。 324024 187 201247603 取出容器中所生成漿狀之生成物而真空乾燥之。 另再備有授拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、 迴流冷卻器、導氣管之第2反應容器中，放入13〇份之2_ 乙基己醇、228份之ε -己内酯、〇· 1份之鈦酸四丁基醋， 在160 C反應8小時。然後，加入320份之上述聚狀生成 物於弟2反應容器中’在15(TC反應2小時。進行j-NMR 測定’確認目的物之生成。再進行IR測定而確定構造。然 後，降溫至60°C，加入環己酮，調整固形物成為20%。取 ® 出所得不含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明之冷-羥基院基醯胺溶液A22。 合成例23 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入32〇份之N，N，N，，N，-四（輕乙基）己二醢胺（愛莫士化學公司製品之primid XL-552)，加熱至150°C攪拌溶解之。導入乾燥空氣下，其 φ 中，從滴加裝置以1小時滴加由144份之2-乙基己酸。270 份之六氫酞酸2-丙烯醯氧基乙基酯（共榮化學公司製品之 來特丙稀酸酯HOA-HH)、0.4份之對甲氧基紛 (methoquinone)所成之混合物。滴加後，在150°C攪拌1 小時。之後’加入100份之甲苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿甲 苯，藉與甲苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之甲苯使之返 回反應容器中。充分去除水之後，蒸餾去除所有之甲苯。 進行1H-NMR測定，確認目的物之生成《再進行IR測定而 確定構造。然後，降溫至60¾，加入環己酮，調整固形物 324024 188 201247603 成為20%。取出所得含有光聚合性官能基之均一而透明之 H褐色之羥基烷基醯胺溶液A23。 合成例2 4 以合成例22相同條件下進行至從容器中取出所生成 漿狀之生成物而真空乾燥之製程。取得320份之該生成物 再度放入反應容器中，加熱至15〇°C攪拌溶解之。導入乾 燥空氣下，其中，從滴加裝置以1小時滴加119份之3, 5, 5-曱基己酸（協和發酵化學公司製品之協共諾伊克-N)、173 9份之2-丙烯醯氧基乙基丁二酸（共榮社化學公司製品 H0-MS)、〇·3份之對曱氧基酚所成之混合物。滴加後，在 150J：擾拌i小時。之後’加入1〇〇份之甲苯於迪安斯達 克管充滿甲苯，藉與曱苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之 甲苯使之返回反應容器中。充分去除水之後，蒸鶴去除所 有甲苯。進行4-NMR測定，確認目的物之生成。再進行ir 測定而確定構造。然後，降溫至6(rc，加入環己嗣，調整 春©形物成為20%。取出所得含有光聚合性官能基之均一而 黃褐色透明之石-羥基烷基醯胺溶液A24。 合成例25 按照合成例2 2相同條件，進行至從容器中取出所生成 蒙狀之生成物而真空乾燥之製程。取得該生成物32〇份再 度放入反應容器中，加熱至15(TC攪拌溶解之。導入乾燥 空氣下，其中，從滴加裝置以H、時滴力π 133份之理化悉 多DDSA(新日本理化公司製品）。滴加後，再從滴加裝置以 1小時滴加由78份之異氰酸2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基酯（昭 324024 189 201247603 和電工Η製品之嘉__、Q 3份之對甲氧基紛所成 之混合物。滴加後，在15〇°c授拌1小時。進行4邏測 定，確認目的物之生成。再進行IR測定而確定構造。然後， 降溫至6(TC，加入環己_，調整固形物成為2⑽。取出所 得含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明之羥基烷 基醯胺溶液A25。 j 合成例26 按照合成例22相同條件，進行至從容器中取出所生成 漿狀之生成物而真空乾燥之製程。取得32〇份之該生成物 再度放入反應容器中，加熱至丨㈤它攪拌溶解之。其中， 從滴加裝置以1小時滴加316份之正辛酸。滴加後，在15〇 °C搜拌1小時。之後，加入100份之甲苯，於迪安斯達克 管充滿甲苯，藉與甲苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之甲 苯使之返回反應容器中。充分去除水之後，蒸餾去除所有 甲笨。將所得636份之液狀生成物和49份之馬來於針、&amp; φ 份之二甲基苯曱胺、0.4份之對甲氧基酚之渴ί合物，導入In a reaction vessel equipped with an alkane mixer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 469 parts of N-butylethanolamine, 10 parts of potassium hydroxide, 234 parts of 1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylic acid, heated to 120 ° C, heated for 4 hours, added 100 parts of toluene, filled with benzene on the Dean Stark tube Boiling to remove the water produced. The refluxed toluene is returned to the reaction vessel. After the moisture was sufficiently removed, the slurry-like product formed in the container was taken out and dried in a vacuum. 631 parts of this product was again placed in a reaction vessel, and heated to 150 ° C to stir and dissolve < - wherein 122 parts of benzoic acid were added over 1 hour. After stirring at 150 ° C for 1 hour, W-NMR measurement was carried out to confirm the formation of the target product. The structure was determined by measuring IR 324024 184 201247603. The temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to 20%. The resulting hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A17 which does not contain a photopolymerizable functional group and which is uniform in color and yellowish brown is taken out. Synthesis Example 18 In a reaction vessel equipped with an alkane mixer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux condenser, and an air tube, 357 parts of N-ethylethanolamine and 10 parts of potassium hydroxide were placed. After heating at 60 ° C, 218 parts of pyromellitic anhydride were added in small portions over 1 hour. After heating to 120 ° C, after heating for 4 hours, 100 parts of benzene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with benzene, and the generated water was removed by azeotropy with benzene. The benzene is refluxed and returned to the reaction vessel. After the water was sufficiently removed, the slurry-formed product formed in the container was taken out and vacuum dried. 539 parts of this product was again placed in a reaction vessel, and heated to 150 ° C to stir and dissolve. Among them, 178 parts of 4-tert-butylbenzoic acid was added in 1 hour. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 15 (TC) for 1 hour. Then, j-NMR measurement was performed to confirm the formation of the target product. The structure was determined by IR measurement. The temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content. 20%. The obtained homo- and yellow-brown transparent hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A18 containing no photopolymerizable functional group was taken out. Synthesis Example 19 An alkane mixer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, and a reflux were prepared. In the reaction vessel of the cooler and the air pipe, 533 parts of diisopropanolamine and 10 parts of potassium hydroxide were placed, and after heating to 60 ° C, 294 parts of 3, 3 were added in one hour. ',4, 4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic anhydride. After heating to 120 °C, heating for 4 hours, add 100 parts of benzene, and Dean Stark 324024 185 201247603 is filled with benzene, with benzene The generated water is removed by boiling, and the benzene is returned to the reaction vessel after the reflux is completed. After the water is sufficiently removed, the slurry-formed product obtained in the container is taken out and vacuum-dried. 791 parts of the product are again placed in the reaction. In a container, heat to 150 ° C to stir and dissolve. After adding 513 parts of cyclohexanecarboxylic acid, the mixture was stirred at 150 ° C for 1 hour, and then subjected to W-NMR measurement to confirm the formation of the target product. The structure was determined by IR measurement, and the temperature was lowered to 60 ° C. The cyclohexanone was adjusted to have a solid content of 20%. The obtained uniform yellow and brown transparent hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A17 containing no photopolymerizable functional group was taken out. Synthesis Example 20 An alkane mixer, a thermometer, and a dropping device were provided. 316 parts of diethanolamine, 10 parts of potassium hydroxide, 192 parts of citric acid, and heated to 120 ° C for 4 hours in a reaction vessel of a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube. Thereafter, 100 parts of toluene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with abundance, and the generated water was removed by azeotropy with toluene. The refluxed benzene was returned to the reaction vessel. After the water was sufficiently removed, The slurry-formed product obtained in the container was taken out and vacuum-dried. 453 parts of the product, 316 parts of pyridine, and 2429 parts of dichloromethane were taken and placed in a reaction vessel and cooled with ice. Add 445 parts of trifluorosulfonate from the dropping device for 1 hour. Tridecyl decyl ester. After the dropwise addition, the reaction was completed by stirring at 25 ° C for 5 hours. The dichlorosilane solution was 2000 parts of 10% hydrochloric acid, 2000 parts of saturated aqueous sodium arsenate solution, and 2000 parts of saturated brine. After washing separately, the mixture was dehydrated with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and the dioxane of the solvent was distilled off by a rotary evaporator to conduct a ^-NMR measurement to confirm the formation of the target product, and then IR measurement 324024 186 201247603 was determined. The cyclohexanone was added, and the solid content was adjusted to 20%. The obtained uniform yellow-brown transparent 5-hydroxyalkylamine solution A17 was obtained without containing the photopolymerizable functional group. Synthesis Example 21 In a reaction vessel equipped with an alkane mixer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube, 703 parts of 2-amino-4-methyl-1- were placed. Pentanol, 10 parts of potassium hydroxide, 348 parts of cyclohexane-1,2,3,4,5,6-hexacarboxylic acid, after heating to 120 ° C, heating for 4 hours, then adding 500 parts The toluene is filled with toluene in a Dean Stark tube, and the water formed is removed by azeotroping with toluene. The refluxed toluene is returned to the reaction vessel. After the water was sufficiently removed, the slurry-like product formed in the container was taken out and vacuum-dried. 943 parts of this product, 373 parts of 2-ethylhexylepoxypropyl ether, and 20 parts of zinc tetrafluoroborate were placed in a reaction vessel, and the reaction was carried out at 100 ° C for 6 hours. The formation of the target product was confirmed by j-NMR measurement. Further, the IR measurement was carried out to confirm the chemical structure. Then, the temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, ^ cyclohexanone was added, and the solid content was adjusted to 20%. The obtained uniform yellowish-brown transparent hydrazine-hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A2 was obtained without a photopolymerizable functional group. Synthesis Example 2 2 Agitator, thermometer, dropping device, Dean Stark tube, reflux cooling were provided. In the reaction vessel of the gas pipe and the air pipe, 210 parts of diethanolamine and 10 parts of potassium hydroxide were placed, and nitrogen gas was introduced while heating to 100 ° C, wherein 174 parts of adipic acid was added dropwise from the dropping device for 4 hours. Dimercapto ester. After the dropwise addition, the reaction vessel was heated to 205 mmHg while heating to remove the methanol formed. 324024 187 201247603 The slurry-like product formed in the container was taken out and dried in a vacuum. In addition, a second reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube is placed in a portion of 13 parts of 2-ethylhexanol and 228 parts of ε. - Caprolactone, 1 part of tetrabutyl vinegar titanate, reacted at 160 C for 8 hours. Then, 320 parts of the above-mentioned polyformation product was added to the reaction vessel of the second reaction vessel at '15 (TC reaction for 2 hours. J-NMR measurement was performed) to confirm the formation of the target product. IR measurement was further performed to determine the structure. Then, the temperature was lowered to At 60 ° C, cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to 20%. The obtained cold-hydroxyl decylamine solution A22 which did not contain a photopolymerizable functional group and which was yellowish-transparent and clear was synthesized. In the reaction vessel of the thermometer, the thermometer, the dropping device, the Dean Stark tube, the reflux cooler, and the air guiding tube, 32 parts of N, N, N, N, -4 (light ethyl) hexane Indoleamine (primed XL-552 from Hermos Chemical Co., Ltd.), heated to 150 ° C to stir and dissolve. Introduced into dry air, φ, from the dropping device, added 144 parts of 2-B from 1 hour Hexanoic acid. 270 parts of 2-propenyloxyethyl hexahydrophthalate (available from the company of Coron Chemical Co., Ltd. HOA-HH), 0.4 parts of methoquinone The mixture was added, and after stirring, it was stirred at 150 ° C for 1 hour. Then, '100 parts of toluene was added and filled in the Dean Stark tube. The toluene was removed by azeotropy with toluene, and the toluene was returned to the reaction vessel. After the water was sufficiently removed, all of the toluene was distilled off. The 1H-NMR measurement was carried out to confirm the formation of the target product. The structure was determined by measurement. Then, the temperature was lowered to 603⁄4, cyclohexanone was added, and the solid content 324024 188 201247603 was adjusted to 20%. The uniform and transparent H-brown hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A23 containing the photopolymerizable functional group was taken out. Synthesis Example 2 4 The procedure of vacuum-drying the product obtained by taking out the resulting slurry-like product from the container under the same conditions as in Synthesis Example 22 was carried out, and 320 parts of the product was again placed in a reaction vessel and heated to 15 ° C. Dissolved and dissolved. Introduced into a dry air, wherein 119 parts of 3,5,5-decylhexanoic acid (the association of Neue-Nike-N of Concord Fermentation Chemicals Co., Ltd.), 173, was added dropwise from the dropping device for 1 hour. 9 parts of 2-propoxy methoxyethyl succinic acid (Horry Co., Ltd. product H0-MS), 〇·3 parts of a mixture of p-hydroxyphenols. After dripping, at 150 J: i hours. After 'add 1 part The toluene was filled with toluene in a Dean Stark tube, and the formed water was removed by azeotroping with toluene. The refluxed toluene was returned to the reaction vessel. After the water was sufficiently removed, the toluene was removed to remove all toluene. The formation of the target was confirmed, and the structure was determined by ir measurement. Then, the temperature was lowered to 6 (rc, cyclohexanone was added, and the spring form was adjusted to 20%. The uniformity of the photopolymerizable functional group was taken out and the brownish brown was obtained. Transparent Stone-Hydroxyalkylguanamine Solution A24. Synthesis Example 25 The procedure of vacuum-drying was carried out by taking out the formed product from the container under the same conditions as in Synthesis Example 2 2 . Obtain 32 parts of the product and put it into the reaction vessel again, and heat it to 15 (TC stir-dissolve. Introduce into the dry air, where the DDSA (new) is obtained from the dropping device with H, hourly force π 133 parts. Japanese physicochemical company products). After the dropwise addition, 78 parts of 2-methylpropenyloxyethyl isocyanate was added dropwise from the dropping device for 1 hour (Zhao 324024 189 201247603 and the electrician products _ _, Q 3 parts of the mixture of p-methoxy groups. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 15 ° C for 1 hour. The 4 logic measurement was carried out to confirm the formation of the target. The IR measurement was performed to determine the structure. The temperature was lowered to 6 (TC, Cyclohexane was added, and the solid matter was adjusted to 2 (10). The obtained hydroxyalkyl decylamine solution A25 containing a photopolymerizable functional group and a yellowish-brown transparent was taken out. j Synthesis Example 26 The same procedure as in Synthesis Example 22 The process proceeds to a process of vacuum-drying the resulting slurry-like product from the container, and 32 parts of the product is taken again into a reaction vessel, and heated to 丨 (5), which is stirred and dissolved. The device was added dropwise 316 parts of n-octanoic acid in 1 hour. After the addition, the mixture was mixed for 1 hour at 15 ° C. Thereafter, 100 parts of toluene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with toluene, and the formed water was removed by azeotropy with toluene. The refluxed toluene was returned to the reaction. In the container, after thoroughly removing the water, distill off all the stupidity. The obtained 636 parts of the liquid product and 49 parts of the horse are used in the needle, &amp; φ parts of dimethyl benzoguanamine, 0.4 parts of the methoxy group. Tym phenolic hydrate, imported

乾燥空氣同時再度加熱至10(TC，攪袢1小時。生/ lTTDry the air and heat it to 10 (TC, stir for 1 hour. Raw / lTT

τ圮仃H-NMRτ圮仃H-NMR

測定，確認目的物之生成。再進行IR測定而墟L %弋構造。然 後’降溫至60°C，加入環己酮，調整固形物士认 , 物成4 20%。取 出所得含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透日月之$經 基烷基醯胺溶液A26。 合成例27 按照合成例22相同條件，進行至從容器中取出所生成 漿狀之生成物而真空乾燥之製程。取得32〇份之1生成物 324024 190 201247603 再度放入反應谷器中，在15(TC如熱授拌溶解之。其肀， 從滴加裝置以1小時滴加144份之2-乙基己酸。滴加後， 在150 C攪拌1小時。之後，加入1〇〇份之甲笨，於述安 斯達克管充滿曱苯，藉與曱苯共彿而去除所生成之水。通 流之甲苯使之返回反應容器中。充分去除水之後，蒸餾女 除所有之甲本。從滴加裝置以1小時滴加由141份之異氰 酸2-丙稀酿氧基乙基醋（昭和電工公司製品之秦聯茲 Α0Ι)、0. 3份之對甲氧基紛所成之混合物於447份之該液 籲狀生成物中’滴加後，在10(TC攪拌1小時。先行ipNMR 測疋（第8圖中表示其1η-NMR譜），確認目的物之生成。再 進行IR測疋而確定構造。然後，降溫至6〇。〇，加入丙二 醇單曱醚乙酸酯，調整固形物成為2〇%。取出所得含有聚 合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明之沒_羥基烷基醯胺溶液 Α27。 合成例28 按照實施例22相同條件，進行至從容器中取出所生成 漿狀之生成物而真空乾燥之製程。取得32〇份之該生成物 再度放入反應容器中，加熱至15(Tc擾拌溶解之。其中， 從滴加裝置以1小時滴加158份之3, 5, 5-甲基己酸（協和 發酵化學公司製品之KY0WAN0IC-N)。滴加後，在150。(：擾 拌1小時。然後’加入100份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充 滿甲苯’藉與甲苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之曱笨使 之返回反應容器中。充分去除水之後，蒸餾去除所有之甲 苯0 324024 191 201247603 另備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、 迴流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入222份之異佛爾 酮二異氰酸酯、116份之丙烯酸2-羥基乙基酯、0. 1份之 四丁基鈦酸酯，導入乾燥空氣同時60°C反應8小時。加入 上述漿狀生成物461份於第2反應容器中，在60°C反應8 小時。先行W-NMR測定，確認目的物之生成。再進行IR 測定而確定構造。然後，加入環己酮，調整固形物成為20°/〇。 取出所得含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明之冷-• 羥基烷基醯胺溶液A28。 合成例29 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入266份之二異丙醇 胺、10份之氩氧化鉀，加熱至60°C之後，再以1小時分為 小部份加入152份之4-環己烯-1,2-二酸酐。升溫至120 °C加熱4小時之後，加入100份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管 ^ 充滿曱苯，藉與曱苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之曱苯 使之返回反應容器中。充分除去水之後，取出容器中所生 成漿狀之生成物而真空乾燥之。取得401份之該生成物再 度放入反應容器中，加熱至150°C攪拌溶解之。其中，從 滴加裝置以1小時滴加282份之油酸。滴加後在150°C攪 拌1小時之後，先行^-NMR測定，確認目的物之生成。再 進行IR測定而確定構造。降溫至60°C，加入環己酮，調 整固形物成為20%。取出所得含有光聚合性官能基之均一 而黃褐色透明之Θ -經基烧基酸胺溶液A29。 324024 192 201247603 合成例30 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入210份之二乙醇胺、 10份之氫氧化鉀，加熱至60°C之後，以1小時分為小部份 添加154份之環己烷-1，2-二酸酐。升溫至120°C加熱4小 時之後，加入100份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿甲苯， 藉與甲苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之曱苯使之返回反 應容器中。充分去除水之後，取出容器中所生成漿狀之生 • 成物而真空乾燥之。取得346份之該生成物再度放入反應 容器中，加熱至150°C攪拌溶解之。其中，從滴加裝置以1 小時滴力tr 282份之亞麻油酸。滴加後，在150°C擾拌1小 時。之後，先行^-NMR測定，確認目的物之生成。再進行 IR測定而確定構造。降溫至60°C，加入環己酮，調整固形 物成為20%。取出所得含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐 色透明之/5-羥基烷基醯胺溶液A30。 合成例31 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入400份之二異丙醇 胺、10份之氫氧化鉀，176份之均丙三曱酸，升溫至120 °C，加熱4小時之後，加入100份之甲苯，於迪安斯達克 管充滿甲苯，藉與甲苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之甲 苯使之返回反應容器中。充分去除水之後，取出容器中所 生成漿狀之生成物而真空乾燥之。取得522份之該生成物 再度放入反應容器令，加熱至150°C攪拌溶解之。其中， 324024 193 201247603 從滴加裝置以1小時滴加5 5 7份之次亞麻油酸。滴加後， 在150°C攪拌1小時之後，先行W-NMR測定，確認目的物 之生成。再進行IR測定而確定構造。降溫至60°C，加入 環己酮，調整固形物成為20%。取出所得含有光聚合性官 能基之均一而黃褐色透明之羥基烷基醯胺溶液A31。 合成例32 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入210份之二乙醇胺、 • 10份之氫氧化鉀、561份之二聚酸，升溫至120°C，加熱4The measurement was performed to confirm the formation of the target product. The IR measurement was carried out and the structure was constructed. Then, the temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, cyclohexanone was added, and the solid matter was adjusted. The composition was 4 20%. The obtained monoalkylphosphoric acid solution A26 containing a photopolymerizable functional group and having a yellowish brown color was obtained. Synthesis Example 27 The same procedure as in Synthesis Example 22 was carried out to carry out a process of vacuum-drying by taking out the resulting slurry-like product from a container. Obtained 32 parts of the product 1 324024 190 201247603 and put it into the reaction trough again, and dissolve it at 15 (TC such as hot mixing. After that, add 144 parts of 2-ethyl by one hour from the dropping device. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 150 C for 1 hour. Thereafter, 1 part of the scorpion was added, and the Ansdak tube was filled with benzene, and the generated water was removed by mixing with benzene. The toluene was returned to the reaction vessel. After the water was sufficiently removed, all the nails were distilled, and 141 parts of 2-acrylic acid ethyl acetoacetate (Showa) was added dropwise from the dropping device for 1 hour. A mixture of 0.3 parts of p-methoxy group was added to 447 parts of the liquid-like product, and then stirred at 10 (TC for 1 hour. First ip NMR) The enthalpy (the 1 η-NMR spectrum is shown in Fig. 8), and the formation of the target product was confirmed. The structure was determined by IR measurement, and then the temperature was lowered to 6 Torr. 〇, propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate was added to adjust the solid form. The amount of the product was 2%. The obtained uniformity of the polymerizable functional group was obtained, and the yellow-brown transparent non-hydroxyalkylamine solution Α27 was taken out. Synthesis Example 28 The same procedure as in Example 22 was carried out, and the process of taking out the resulting slurry-like product from the container and vacuum drying was carried out. 32 parts of the product was taken again and placed in a reaction vessel, and heated to 15 (Tc disturbance). The mixture was dissolved, and 158 parts of 3,5,5-methylhexanoic acid (KY0WAN0IC-N of the product of Kyowa Fermentation Chemical Co., Ltd.) was added dropwise from the dropping device for one hour. After the dropwise addition, at 150. Mix for 1 hour. Then 'add 100 parts of benzene, fill the toluene tube with toluene' and azeotrope with toluene to remove the water formed. Return to the reaction vessel after returning. After fully removing the water Distilling off all toluene 0 324024 191 201247603 In addition, a reactor, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube are placed in a reaction vessel, and 222 parts of isophorone are placed. Isocyanate, 116 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 0.1 part of tetrabutyl titanate, introduced into dry air and reacted at 60 ° C for 8 hours. 461 parts of the above slurry product was added to the second reaction vessel. , reacted at 60 ° C for 8 hours. First W-NMR measurement The formation of the target was confirmed, and the structure was determined by IR measurement. Then, cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to 20°/〇. The uniformity of the photopolymerizable functional group was obtained and the yellow-brown transparent cold-•hydroxyl group was taken out. Alkyl decylamine solution A28. Synthesis Example 29 A reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube was placed in 266 parts of diisopropanolamine. After 10 parts of potassium argon oxide was heated to 60 ° C, 152 parts of 4-cyclohexene-1,2-dianhydride was added in a small portion over 1 hour. After heating to 120 ° C for 4 hours, 100 parts of benzene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with benzene, and the water formed was removed by azeotroping with benzene. The benzene is refluxed and returned to the reaction vessel. After the water was sufficiently removed, the slurry-formed product produced in the container was taken out and dried in a vacuum. 401 parts of this product was taken again and placed in a reaction vessel, and heated to 150 ° C to stir and dissolve. Among them, 282 parts of oleic acid was added dropwise from the dropping device over 1 hour. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 150 ° C for 1 hour, and then subjected to ^-NMR measurement to confirm the formation of the target product. The IR measurement was carried out to determine the structure. The temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to 20%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent ruthenium-based amide acid solution A29 was taken out. 324024 192 201247603 Synthesis Example 30 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 210 parts of diethanolamine and 10 parts of potassium hydroxide were placed. After heating to 60 ° C, 154 parts of cyclohexane-1,2-dianhydride was added in small portions over 1 hour. After heating to 120 ° C for 4 hours, 100 parts of toluene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with toluene, and the resulting water was removed by azeotroping with toluene. The benzene is refluxed and returned to the reaction vessel. After the water is sufficiently removed, the slurry-formed product formed in the container is taken out and dried in a vacuum. 346 parts of this product was taken again and placed in a reaction vessel, and heated to 150 ° C to stir and dissolve. Among them, from the dropping device, 282 parts of linoleic acid was titrated in 1 hour. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 150 ° C for 1 hour. Thereafter, the ^-NMR measurement was carried out to confirm the formation of the target product. The IR measurement was carried out to determine the structure. The temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to 20%. The obtained uniform yellow-brown transparent /5-hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A30 containing the photopolymerizable functional group was taken out. Synthesis Example 31 A reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux condenser, and an air guiding tube was charged with 400 parts of diisopropanolamine and 10 parts of potassium hydroxide. 176 parts of propylene tridecanoate was heated to 120 ° C. After heating for 4 hours, 100 parts of toluene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with toluene, and the formed water was removed by azeotroping with toluene. The refluxed toluene is returned to the reaction vessel. After the water was sufficiently removed, the slurry-like product formed in the container was taken out and dried in a vacuum. 522 parts of this product were taken and placed in a reaction vessel, and heated to 150 ° C to stir and dissolve. Among them, 324024 193 201247603 5 5 parts of linoleic acid was added dropwise from the dropping device in one hour. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 150 ° C for 1 hour, and then subjected to W-NMR measurement to confirm the formation of the target compound. The IR measurement was carried out to determine the structure. The temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to 20%. The resulting hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A31 containing a photopolymerizable functional group and a yellowish-brown transparent was taken out. Synthesis Example 32 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube, 210 parts of diethanolamine, 10 parts of potassium hydroxide, and 561 parts were placed. Dimer acid, heat to 120 ° C, heating 4

小時後，加入100份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯， 藉與甲苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之曱苯使之返回反 應容器中。充分去除水之後，取出容器中所生成漿狀之生 成物而真空乾燥之。取得735份之該生成物，再度放入反 應容器中，加熱至150°C攪拌溶解之。其中，以1小時添 加138份之降萡烯曱酸。在150°C攪拌1小時後，降溫至 ^ 60°C，先行1H-NMR測定，確認目的物之生成。再進行IR 測定而確定構造。加入環己酮，調整固形物成為20%。取 出所得含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明之/3 -羥 基烷基醯胺溶液A32。 合成例33 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入421份之2-胺基-1-丁醇、10份之氫氧化鉀，加熱至60°C之後，以1小時分為 小部份加入322份之3, 3’，4, 4’ -二苯曱酮四羧酸酐。升溫 324024 194 201247603 至120°C，加熱4小時之後，加入100份之曱苯，於迪安 斯達克管充滿甲苯，藉與甲苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴 流之曱苯使之返回反應容器中。充分去除水之後，取出容 器中所生成漿狀之生成物而真空乾燥之。取得707份之該 生成物和152份之N-經甲基丙烯醢胺、2份之對-曱苯續酸 銨、2份之對-曱氧基苯酚加在一起，在100°C攪拌6小時 之後，先行^-NMR測定，確認目的物之生成。再進行IR 測定而確定構造。降溫至60°C，加入環己酮，調整固形物 • 成為20%。取出所得含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐色 透明之万-羥基烷基醯胺溶液A33。 合成例34 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入225份之辛二酸二 曱酯、234份之二乙醇胺、10份之氫氧化鉀，300份之甲 苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，導入氮氣同時加熱迴流， φ 藉共沸而去除所生成之水。4小時後，蒸餾去除所有之甲 苯，進行^-NMR測定、IR測定而確認目的物之生成。冷卻 至50°C之後，加入環己酮，調整固形物成為20%。取出所 得含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明之石-羥基烷 基醢胺溶液A34。 合成例35 除將225份之辛二酸二曱酯變更為256份之癸二酸二 曱酯之外，皆按照合成例34相同條件下進行至完全除去甲 苯之製程。進行匪R測定、IR測定而確認目的物之生成。 324024 195 201247603 冷卻至50°C之後，加入環己酮，調整固形物成為20%。取 出所得不含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明之/3-羥基烷基醯胺溶液A35。 合成例36 除將225份之辛二酸二曱酯變更為287份之十二烧二 酸二甲酯之外，皆按照合成例34相同條件下進行至完全去 除曱苯之製程。進行W-NMR測定、IR測定而確認目的物之 生成。冷卻至50°C之後，加入環己酮，調整固形物成為 • 20%。取出所得不含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明 之冷-經基院基驢胺溶液A36。 合成例37 除將225份之辛二酸二曱酯變更為319份之十四烧二 酸二曱酯之外，皆按照合成例34相同條件下進行至完全去 除甲苯之製程。進行^-NMR測定、IR測定而確認目的物之 生成。冷卻至50°C之後，加入環己酮，調整固形物成為 φ 2 0 %。取出所得不含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明 之β -經基院基醯胺溶液A37。 合成例38 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入572份之十六院二 酸、532份之二異丙醇胺、5份之硫酸、300份之曱苯，於 迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，導入氮氣同時加熱迴流，藉共沸 而去除所生成之水。4小時後，完全除去曱苯，進行^-NMR 測定、IR測定而確認目的物之生成。冷卻至5 0 °C之後，加 324024 196 201247603 入環己酮，調整固形物成為20%。取出所得不含有光聚合 性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明之yS -羥基烷基醯胺溶液 A38。 合成例39 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入100份之1，4-環己 烷二羧酸二曱酯、117份之2-(丁胺基）乙醇、10份之氰氧 化鉀、300份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，導入氮 • 氣同時加熱迴流，藉共沸去除所生成之水。4小時後，完 全去除所有甲苯，進行4-匪[?測定、IR測定而確認目的物 之生成。冷卻至50°C之後，加入環己酮，調整固形物成為 20%。取出所得不含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明 之/5 -經基燒基醯胺溶液A39。 合成例40 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 ^ 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入319份之十二烷二 酸二曱酯、151份之2-胺基乙醇胺、10份之氫氧化鉀、300 份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，導入氮氣同時加熱 迴流，藉共沸而去除所生成之水。4小時後，除去所有曱 苯，進行W-NMR測定、IR測定而確認目的物之生成。冷卻 至50°C，加入環己酮，調整固形物成為20%。取出所得不 含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明之召-羥基烷基 醯胺溶液A40。 合成例41 324024 197 201247603 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入319份之癸二酸二 曱酯、397份之N-環己基乙醇胺、10份之氫氧化鉀、300 份之甲苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿甲苯，導入氮氣同時加熱 迴流，藉由共沸除去所生成之水。4小時後，除去所有曱 苯，進行^-NMR測定、IR測定而確認目的物之生成。冷卻 至50°C之後，加入環己酮，調整固形物成為20%。取出所 得不含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明之/S-羥基 • 烷基醯胺溶液A41。 合成例42 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入319份之十六烷二 酸二曱酯、278份之N-苯基乙醇胺、10份之氫氧化鉀、300 份之甲苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，導入氮氣同時加熱 迴流，藉共沸而除去所生成之水。4小時後，除去所有甲 ^ 苯，進行j-NMR測定、IR測定而確認目的物之生成。冷卻 至50°C之後，加入環己酮，調整固形物成為20%。取出所 得不含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明之/3-羥基 烷基醯胺溶液A42。 合成例43 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入319份之1，3, 5-環 己烷三羧酸、607份之N-苯基乙醇胺、10份之氫氧化鉀、 300份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，導入氮氣同時 324024 198 201247603 加熱迴流，藉共沸而除去所生成之水。4小時後，除去所 有之甲笨，進行W-NMR測定、IR測定而確認目的物之生成。 冷卻至50°C之後，加入環己酮，調整固形物成為20%。取 出所得不含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明之/5-羥基烷基醯胺溶液A43。 合成例44 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入319份之1，2, 3, 4, • 5, 6-環己烷六羧酸一水合物、412份之異丙醇胺、5份之硫 酸、300份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，導入氮氣 同時加熱迴流，藉共沸而除去所生成之水。4小時後，除 去所有之曱笨，進行^-NMR測定、IR測定而確認目的物之 生成。冷卻至50°C之後，加入環己酮，調整固形物成為 20°/。。取出所得不含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明 之/3-羥基烷基醯胺溶液A44。 I 合成例45 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入188份之2, 4-二乙 基戊二酸、234份之N-丁基乙醇胺、10份之氫氧化鉀、300 份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，導入氮氣同時加熱 迴流，藉共沸而除去所生成之水。4小時後，除去所有甲 苯，進行^-NMR測定、IR測定而確認目的物之生成。冷卻 至50°C之後，加入環己酮，調整固形物成為20%。取出所 得不含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明之/5 -羥基 324024 199 201247603 烧基醯胺溶液A45。 合成例46 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入268份之十二烷基 丁二酸酐、5份之硫酸、300份之甲苯，保持40°C，從滴 加裝置以2小時滴加234份之2-胺基-4-曱基-1-戊醇。滴 完後，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，導入氮氣同時加熱迴流， 藉共沸而去除所生成之水。4小時後，除去所有之甲苯， # 進行1H-NMR測定、IR測定而確認目的物之生成。冷卻至 50°C之後，加入環己酮，調整固形物成為20%。取出所得 不含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明之占-羥基烷 基醯胺溶液A46。 合成例47 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入230. 3份之2-丁基 辛二酸、210份之二異丙醇胺、5份之硫酸、300份之曱苯， 於迪安斯達克管充滿甲苯，導入氮氣同時加熱迴流，藉共 沸除去所生成之水。4小時後，除去所有之曱苯，進行W-NMR 測定、IR測定而確認目的物之生成。冷卻至50°C之後，加 入環己酮，調整固形物成為20%。取出所得不含有光聚合 性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明之β -羥基烷基醯胺溶液 Α47。 合成例48 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 324024 200 201247603 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入160份之3-曱基己 二酸、302份之N-苯曱基乙醇胺、5份之硫酸、300份之甲 苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿甲苯，導入氮氣同時加熱迴流， 藉共沸除去所生成之水。4小時後，除去所有之曱苯，進 行1H-NMR測定、IR測定而確認目的物之生成。冷卻至50 °C之後，加入環己酮，調整固形物成為20°/◦。取出所得不 含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明之万-羥基烷基 醯胺溶液A48。 _合成例49 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入204份之4-第三丁 基酞酸酐、5份之硫酸、300份之甲苯，保持40°C，從滴 加裝置以2小時滴加234份的2-胺基-3-曱基-1-戊醇。滴 加完後，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，導入氮氣同時加熱迴 流，藉共沸而去除所生成之水。4小時後，除去所有甲苯， ^ 進行1H-NMR測定、IR測定而確認目的物之生成。冷卻至 50°C之後，加入環己酮，調整固形物成為20%。取出所得 不含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明之羥基烷 基醯胺溶液A49。 合成例50 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入204份之偏苯三醯 氯無水物、79份之吡啶、300份之曱苯，保持40°C，從滴 加裝置以2小時滴加267份之N-乙基乙醇胺。滴加完後， 324024 201 201247603 於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，導入氮氣同時加熱迴流，藉共 沸而去除所生成之水。4小時後，該曱苯溶液以500份之 10%鹽酸、500份之飽和碳酸氫納水溶液、500份之飽和食 鹽水分別依序洗淨之後，用無水硫酸鎂脫水之。然後在旋 轉式蒸散器中蒸餾去除溶劑之曱苯。之後，進行W-NMR測 定、IR測定而確認目的物之生成。加入環己酮，調整固形 物成為20%。取出所得不含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃 褐色透明之/3-羥基烷基醯胺溶液A50。 ®合成例51 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入246份之環戊烷 -1，2, 3, 4-四羧酸、300份之N-甲基胺基乙醇、5份之硫酸、 300份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，導入氮氣同時 加熱迴流，藉共沸而除去所生成之水。4小時後，除去所 有之曱苯，進行^-NMR測定、IR測定而確認目的物之生成。 ^ 冷卻至50°C之後，加入環己酮，調整固形物成為20%。取 出所得不含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明之卢-經基烧基酿胺溶液A51。 合成例52 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入345份之三聚異氰 酸三（2-羧乙基酯）、345份之三聚異氰酸三（2-羧乙基酯）、 352份之2-丁胺基乙醇、5份之硫酸、300份之曱苯，於迪 安斯達克管充滿曱苯，導入氮氣同時加熱迴流，藉共沸而 324024 202 201247603 去除所生成之水。4小時後，除去所有之曱苯，進行W-NMR 測定、IR測定而確認目的物之生成。冷卻至50°C之後，加 入環己酮，調整固形物成為20%。取出所得不含有光聚合 性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明之Θ -羥基烷基醯胺溶液 A52。 合成例53 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入516份之二聚酸、 • 266份之二異丙醇胺、5份之硫酸、300份之曱苯，於迪安 斯達克管充滿甲苯，導入氮氣同時加熱迴流，藉共沸而去 除所生成之水。4小時後，除去所有之曱苯，進行^-NMR 測定、IR測定而確認目的物之生成。冷卻至5 0 °C之後，加 入環己酮，調整固形物成為20%。取出所得含有光聚合性 官能基之均一而黃褐色透明之yS-羥基烷基醯胺溶液A53。 合成例54 ^ 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入226份之2-十二碳 烯丁二酸酐、210份之二乙醇胺、5份之硫酸、300份之甲 苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿甲苯，導入氮氣同時加熱迴流， 去除藉由共沸所生成的水。4小時後，除去所有之曱苯， 進行1H-NMR測定、IR測定而確認目的物之生成。冷卻至 50°C之後，加入環己酮，調整固形物成為20%。取出所得 含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明之/3 -羥基烷基 ϋ胺溶液A54。 324024 203 201247603 合成例55 除將226份之2-十二碳烯基丁二酸酐變更為226份之 四丙烯基丁二酸酐之外，皆按照合成例54相同條件下進行 至除去所有之曱苯之製程。再進行1H-NMR測定、IR測定而 確認目的物之生成。冷卻至50°C之後，加入環己酮，調整 固形物成為20%。取出所得不含有光聚合性官能基之均一 而黃褐色透明之/3-羥基烷基醯胺溶液A37。 合成例56 除將226份之2-十二碳烯基丁二酸酐變更為210份之 2-辛烯基丁二酸酐之外，皆按照合成例54相同條件下進行 至除去所有之曱苯之製程。再行W-NMR測定、IR測定而確 認目的物之生成。冷卻至50°C之後，加入環己酮，調整固 形物成為20%。取出所得不含有光聚合性官能基之均一而 黃褐色透明之/5-羥基烷基醯胺溶液A56。 合成例57 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入192份之枸櫞酸、 352份之2-丁胺基乙醇、5份之硫酸、300之曱苯，於迪安 斯達克管充滿曱苯，導入氮氣同時加熱迴流，藉共沸而去 除所生成之水。4小時後，除去所有之曱苯，進行W-NMR 測定、IR測定而確認目的物之生成。冷卻至50°C之後，加 入環己酮，調整固形物成為20%。取出所得不含有光聚合 性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明之/3 -羥基烷基醯胺溶液 A57。 324024 204 201247603 合成例58 除將226份之2-十二π _ 外-3, 6-環氧基2, 3, 6〜二=二料變更為166份之 54相同條件下進行至除* 卜’皆按照合成例 定、R測定而確認目的物之生I =製程。再行&amp;顏測 環己酮，調整固形物成為之後，加入 色透明之一基酿胺溶液-。 _ 226份之2-十二碳烯基丁二酸㈣更為期分之 I化己一酸之外’皆按照合成例54相同條件下 除 ^有曱苯之製程。再進行ι_測定、IR測定而確認目 2之生成。冷卻至阶之後，力认環己_，調整固形物 ，為20%。取出所得不含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐 色透明之/3 -羥基烧基醯胺溶液A59。 合成例60 ^除將226份之2-十二碳烯基丁二酸酐變更為1370份之 氣橋酸酐之外，皆按照合成例54相同條件下進行至除去所 有曱苯之製程。再行j-NMR測定' IR測定而確認目的物之 生成。冷卻至50°C之後，加入環己酮，調整固形物成為 2 〇 %。取出所得不含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明 之召-羥基烷基醯胺溶液A60。 合成例61 除將226份之2-十二碳烯基丁二酸酐變更為464份之 四溴酞酸酐之外，皆按照合成例54相同條件下進行至除去 324024 205 201247603 所有甲苯之製程。再行j-NMR測定、IR測定而確認目的物 之生成。冷卻至50°C之後，加入環己酮，調整固形物成為 2 0 %。取出所得不含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐色透明 之/3 -羥基烷基醯胺溶液A61。 合成例62 除將226份之2-十二碳烯基丁二酸酐變更為172份之 2, 5-噻吩二羧酸之外，皆按照合成例54相同條件下進行至 除去所有曱苯之製程。再行j-NMR測定、IR測定而確認目 # 的物之生成。冷卻至50°C之後，加入環己酮，調整固形物 成為20%。取出所得不含有光聚合性官能基之均一而黃褐 色透明之/3-羥基烷基醯胺溶液A62。 &lt;含有羧基之聚合物（B)之合成&gt; 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迴流冷卻器、導氣 管之反應容器中，放入100份之環己酮，容器中注入氮氣 下加熱至80°C，在該溫度，以1小時滴加由20份之曱基 Φ 丙烯酸、10份之甲基丙烯酸曱酯、55份之曱基丙烯酸正丁 基酯、15份之曱基丙烯酸苯曱基酯、4份之2, 2’ -偶氮雙 異丁腈所成之混合物而進行聚合反應。滴加完後，再於80 °C反應3小時之後，再添加溶解有1份之偶氮雙異丁腈之 50份之環己酮溶液，再於80°C繼續反應1小時，而製得丙 烯酸樹脂溶液。冷卻至室溫後，使用環己酮稀釋而得含有 20%固形物之不含有光聚合性官能基而含有羧基之聚合物 溶液P-1。其重量平均分子量為40000。 合成例64 324024 206 201247603 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迴流冷卻器、導氣 管之反應容器中，放入100份之環己酮，容器中注入氮氣 下加熱至80°C，在該溫度以1小時滴加由25份之甲基丙 烯酸、20份之曱基丙烯酸2-羥基乙基酯、30份之曱基丙 烯酸甲酯、25份之苯乙烯、4份之2, 2’-偶氮雙異丁腈所 成之混合物而進行聚合反應。滴加完後，再於80°C反應3 小時之後，添加溶解有1份之偶氮雙異丁腈之50份之環己 酮，然後在相同溫度繼續攪拌3小時而製共聚物。繼之， • 冷卻反應容器之溫度為70°C，再導入乾燥空氣於反應容器 内，供應24份異氰酸2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基酯、36份之 環己酮、0. 1份之二月桂酸二丁基錫、0. 1份之對曱氧基 酚，然後在相同溫度繼續攪拌10小時。冷卻至室溫後，使 用環己酮稀釋，而得固形物含量為20%之含有光聚合性官 能基以及羧基之聚合物溶液P-2。其重量平均分子量為 42000 。 ^ 合成例65 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迴流冷卻器、導氣 管之反應容器中，放入100份之環己酮，容器中注入氮氣 下加熱至80°C，在同溫度以1小時滴加由40份之曱基丙 烯酸、25份之曱基丙烯酸曱酯、12. 5份之苯乙烯、17.5 份之曱基丙烯酸正丁基酯、5份之丙烯酸2-甲氧基乙基 酯；4份之2, 2’ -偶氮雙異丁腈所成之混合物而進行聚合反 應。滴加完後，再於80°C反應3小時之後，添加溶解有1 份之偶氮雙異丁腈之50份之環己酮，之後，再於相同溫度 324024 207 201247603 繼續攪拌3小時而製共聚物。繼之，導入乾燥空氣於反應 容器中，供料以25份之甲基丙烯酸環氧丙基酯、37份之 環己酮、1份之二曱基苯甲基胺、0. 1份之對曱氧基酚，然 後，在同溫度繼續攪拌10小時。冷卻至室溫後，用環己酮 稀釋，而得固形物含量20%之含有光聚合性官能基及羧基 之聚合物溶液P-3。其重量平均分子量為41000。 合成例66 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迴流冷卻器、導氣 • 管之反應容器中，放入100份之環己酮，容器中注入氮氣 下加熱至80°C，在相同温度以1小時滴加由74份之甲基 丙烯酸環氧丙基酯、11份之甲基丙烯酸甲酯、7. 5份之甲 基丙烯酸正丁基酯、7. 5份之曱基丙烯酸苯曱基酯、4份之 2, 2’ -偶氮雙異丁腈所成之混合物而進行聚合反應。滴加完 後，再於80°C反應3小時之後，添加溶解有1份之偶氮雙 異丁腈於50份之環己酮溶液，再相同溫度繼續攪拌3小時 ^ 而得共聚物。繼之，導入乾燥空氣於反應容器内，供料以 37. 5份之丙烯酸、56份之環己酮、1份之二甲基苯曱胺、 0. 1份之對曱氧基酚，之後，相同溫度繼續攪拌10小時。 再供料以52份之丁二酸酐，然後，相同溫度下繼續攪拌 10小時。冷卻至室溫後，用環己酮稀釋而得固形物含量為 20%之含有光聚合性官能基及羧基之聚合物溶液P-4。其重 量平均分子量為44000。 合成例67 備有攪拌器、迴流冷卻器、氮氣導入管、導入管、溫 324024 208 201247603 度°十之四頸燒瓶中’放入156份之聚四甲撐二醇 (PTG10〇〇sn :保土谷化學公司製品；羥基= 11〇mgK〇H/g， Mw=l020)、129份之二羥曱基丁酸（日未化成公司製品）、 375份之環己酮溶劑’氮氣流中’擾拌下升溫至⑼。c，使 之溶解均勻。繼之，投入215份之異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯於 燒瓶中’在9(TC攪拌8小時，而進行脲烷化反應。反應終 了後’進行少量之取樣，而得聚苯乙烯換算之重量平均分 子量為13000’實際測得之樹脂固形物之酸價為98mg、 KOH/g之含有叛基之腺烧預聚合物。 其次’停止從氮氣導入管導入氮氣到燒瓶中，改為導 入乾燥空氣，攪拌中投入111份之甲基丙烯酸環氧丙基 醋、6份之二曱基苯曱基胺，還有〇· 3份之聚合抑制劑之 氮酿’在90°c反應8小時。反應終了後，進行少量之取樣， 而得聚笨乙烯換算之重量平均分子量為14800，實際測得 之樹脂固形物之酸價為8mgK0H/g之含有羥基之脲烷預聚 合物。繼之’投入63份之丁二酸酐於該燒瓶中，乾燥空氣 氛圍中’ 90。(：再反應6小時。依據FT-IR測定而確認酸酐 基之°及收尖峰消失後，冷卻至室溫。使用環己酮稀釋而得 固形物含量為20%之含有光聚合性官能基及羧基之脲烷樹 脂所成之聚合物溶液P-5。其重量平均分子量為15400。 合成例68 備有攪拌器、迴流冷卻器、氮氣導入管、導入管、溫 度计之四頸繞瓶中，投入40. 08份之PEG#250(日油公司製 品’乙二醇）、60.84份之RIKACID TH(新日本理化公司製 324024 209 201247603 品，四氫献酸針）、1.66份之觸媒之三苯基膦、1.66份之 N，N-二曱基苯曱基胺、100份之溶劑之環己酮，氮氣流下， 攪拌中升溫至110°C而反應4小時。依據FT-IR測定確認 酸酐基之吸收尖峰消失後，冷卻至室溫。繼之，投入65. 14 份之YD8125C新日鐵化學公司製品，雙酚A型環氧化合 物）、65份之環己酮於該燒瓶中，氮氣流中，攪拌下升溫 至110°C而反應8小時。其次，投入57. 94份之酸酐之 RIKACID TH(新日本理化公司製品，四氫酞酸酐），在110 ® °C反應4小時。依據FT-IR測定確認酸酐基之吸收尖峰已 消失後，冷卻至室溫。繼之，從氣氣導入管終止導入氮氣 而代以導入乾燥空氣於該燒瓶中，攪拌中投入27. 05份之 混合物-G(日油公司製品，環氧丙基曱基丙烯酸酯）、0. 13 份之聚合抑制劑之氫醌，80°C反應8小時。冷卻至室溫後， 使用環己酮稀釋，而得固形物含量為20%之含有光聚合性 官能基及竣基之加成型酯樹脂所成之聚合物溶液P-6。其 φ 重量平均分子量為14500。 合成例69 備有攪拌器、迴流冷卻器、氮氣導入管、導入管、溫 度計之四頸燒瓶中，投入64. 8份之雙酚A、57. 1份之YD8125 (新日鐵化學公司製品，雙酚A型環氧化合物）、128. 1份 之EX861(長瀨化技公司製品：聚乙二醇二環氧丙基醚）、 1.25份之觸媒之三苯基膦、1.25份之N，N-二曱基苯曱基 胺、250份之溶劑之環己酮，氮氣流中，攪拌下升溫至110 °C而反應8小時。而得含有羥基之樹脂。繼之，投入酸酐 324024 210 201247603 之RIKACID SA 54. 6份（新日本理化公司製品’丁二酸針）、 U〇&lt;t反應4小時。依據FT-IR測定而確認、酸奸基之吸收尖 峰=消失之後，冷卻至室溫。其次，該燒瓶中，從氛氣導 入管停止導人氮氣而改以導人乾燥空氣，授拌下投入混合 物-G(日油公司製品：甲基丙烯酸環氧丙基酯)55 2份及 〇. 18份之聚合抑制劑之氣西昆，在帆反應8小時。冷卻至 室溫後，使用環己酮稀釋，而得固形物含量為2Q%之含有 光聚合性官能基及鲮基之苯氧基樹脂所成之聚合物溶液 P 7。其重量平均分子量為251〇〇。 參考合成例1 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迴流冷卻器、氮氣 管之反應容器中，放入100份之環己酮，導入氮氣於容器 中加熱至80Ϊ，在相同溫度以丨小時滴加由55· 5份之曱 基丙烯酸2-羥基乙基酯、1〇份之曱基丙烯酸甲酯、19. 5 份之甲基丙烯酸正丁基酯、15份之曱基丙烯酸笨曱基酯、 4份之2, 2’~偶氮雙異丁腈所成之混合物而進行聚合反 應°滴加完後，再於8(TC反應3小時之後’添加溶解有i 份之偶氮雙異丁腈之50份之環己酮容液，再在8(TC繼續 反應1小時而得丙烯酸樹脂溶液。冷卻至室溫後。使用環 己酮稀釋而得固形物含量為20%之含有羧基之聚合物溶液 p-8。其重量平均分子量為38000。 &lt;觸控板層間絕緣膜塗布劑&gt; [實施例1至24、參考例1至8] 將表1、2所表示組成及調配量之混合物’攪拌混合均 324024 211 201247603 勻之後，經l/zm之濾器過篩，而得分別相當於實施例1至 24、參考例1至8之感光性組成物。 表1及表2中，A1至A44及P-1至P-8之調配量乃做 為溶液所表示值。After an hour, 100 parts of benzene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with benzene, and the resulting water was removed by azeotropy with toluene. The benzene is refluxed and returned to the reaction vessel. After the water was sufficiently removed, the slurry-formed product formed in the container was taken out and vacuum dried. 735 parts of this product was obtained, placed in a reaction vessel again, and heated to 150 ° C to stir and dissolve. Among them, 138 parts of norbornene acid was added in one hour. After stirring at 150 ° C for 1 hour, the temperature was lowered to ^ 60 ° C, and 1H-NMR measurement was carried out to confirm the formation of the target. The IR measurement was carried out to determine the structure. Add cyclohexanone and adjust the solids to 20%. The obtained uniform yellowish-brown transparent /3-hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A32 containing the photopolymerizable functional group was taken out. Synthesis Example 33 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux condenser, and an air tube, 421 parts of 2-amino-1-butanol and 10 parts were placed. Potassium hydroxide was heated to 60 ° C, and 322 parts of 3,3',4,4'-dibenzophenonetetracarboxylic anhydride was added in small portions over 1 hour. Heating 324024 194 201247603 to 120 ° C, after heating for 4 hours, 100 parts of benzene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with toluene, and the formed water was removed by azeotroping with toluene. The recycled benzene is returned to the reaction vessel. After the water was sufficiently removed, the slurry-like product formed in the container was taken out and vacuum-dried. 707 parts of the product were obtained, and 152 parts of N-methacrylamide, 2 parts of p-nonyl ammonium phthalate, 2 parts of p-nonyloxy phenol were added together, and stirred at 100 ° C. After the hour, the ^-NMR measurement was carried out to confirm the formation of the target. The IR measurement was carried out to determine the structure. Cool down to 60 ° C, add cyclohexanone, adjust the solids • Become 20%. The resulting uniform yellowish-brown transparent hydroxy-hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A33 was taken out. Synthesis Example 34 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 225 parts of dinonyl suberate and 234 parts of diethanolamine were placed. 10 parts of potassium hydroxide, 300 parts of toluene, filled with benzene in the Dean Stark tube, introduced with nitrogen and heated to reflux, and φ azeotropically removed the water formed. After 4 hours, all of the toluene was distilled off, and the formation of the target product was confirmed by ^-NMR measurement and IR measurement. After cooling to 50 ° C, cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to 20%. The uniform yellow-brown transparent stone-hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A34 containing the photopolymerizable functional group was taken out. Synthesis Example 35 The procedure for completely removing toluene was carried out under the same conditions as in Synthesis Example 34 except that 225 parts of dinonyl suberate was changed to 256 parts of didecyl sebacate. The 匪R measurement and the IR measurement were performed to confirm the formation of the target substance. 324024 195 201247603 After cooling to 50 ° C, cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to 20%. A uniform, yellow-brown transparent / 3-hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A35 which does not contain a photopolymerizable functional group was taken out. Synthesis Example 36 The procedure for completely removing benzene was carried out under the same conditions as in Synthesis Example 34 except that 225 parts of dinonyl suberate was changed to 287 parts of dimethyl succinic acid dicarboxylate. The formation of the target product was confirmed by W-NMR measurement and IR measurement. After cooling to 50 ° C, cyclohexanone was added and the solids were adjusted to be • 20%. The resulting cold-transparent base guanamine solution A36 which does not contain a photopolymerizable functional group and which is uniform in color and yellowish brown is taken out. Synthesis Example 37 The procedure of completely removing toluene was carried out under the same conditions as in Synthesis Example 34 except that 225 parts of dinonyl suberate was changed to 319 parts of didecyl succinate. The formation of the target product was confirmed by ^-NMR measurement and IR measurement. After cooling to 50 ° C, cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to φ 20%. The resulting β-trans-base guanamine solution A37 which does not contain a photopolymerizable functional group and which is uniform in a yellowish brown color is taken out. Synthesis Example 38 A reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube was placed, and 572 parts of a sixteen yard diacid and 532 parts of diisopropanol were placed. The amine, 5 parts of sulfuric acid, and 300 parts of benzene are filled with benzene in the Dean Stark tube, and the nitrogen gas is introduced while heating and refluxing, and the generated water is removed by azeotropy. After 4 hours, the benzene was completely removed, and the formation of the target was confirmed by ^-NMR measurement and IR measurement. After cooling to 50 °C, add 324024 196 201247603 to cyclohexanone and adjust the solids to 20%. The resulting yS-hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A38 which does not contain a photopolymerizable functional group and which is yellowish-brown and transparent is obtained. Synthesis Example 39 A reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux condenser, and an air tube was charged with 100 parts of didecyl 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylate. 117 parts of 2-(butylamino)ethanol, 10 parts of potassium cyanide oxide, and 300 parts of benzene. The Dean Stark tube is filled with benzene, and the nitrogen gas is introduced and heated to reflux. The water produced. After 4 hours, all the toluene was completely removed, and 4-匪[? measurement and IR measurement were carried out to confirm the formation of the target substance. After cooling to 50 ° C, cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to 20%. The obtained uniform yellow-brown transparent /5-pyridyl decylamine solution A39 was obtained without containing a photopolymerizable functional group. Synthesis Example 40 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube, 319 parts of didecyl dodecanoate and 151 parts were placed. The 2-aminoethanolamine, 10 parts of potassium hydroxide, and 300 parts of toluene were filled with benzene in a Dean Stark tube, and nitrogen gas was introduced while heating to reflux, and the formed water was removed by azeotropy. After 4 hours, all of the benzene was removed, and W-NMR measurement and IR measurement were carried out to confirm the formation of the target product. After cooling to 50 ° C, cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to 20%. The obtained uniform-yellow-brown transparent call-hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A40 was obtained without containing a photopolymerizable functional group. Synthesis Example 41 324024 197 201247603 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 319 parts of dinonyl sebacate and 397 parts were placed. N-cyclohexylethanolamine, 10 parts of potassium hydroxide, and 300 parts of toluene were filled with toluene in a Dean Stark tube, and nitrogen gas was introduced while heating to reflux, and the formed water was removed by azeotropy. After 4 hours, all of the benzene was removed, and the formation of the target was confirmed by ^-NMR measurement and IR measurement. After cooling to 50 ° C, cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to 20%. The uniform/yellow-transparent/S-hydroxyl-alkylguanamine solution A41 which did not contain a photopolymerizable functional group was taken out. Synthesis Example 42 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 319 parts of didecyl hexadecanedionate and 278 parts of N were placed. -Phenylethanolamine, 10 parts of potassium hydroxide, 300 parts of toluene, filled with benzene in a Dean Stark tube, introduced with nitrogen while heating to reflux, and azeotropically removed the formed water. After 4 hours, all the methylbenzene was removed, and the formation of the target product was confirmed by j-NMR measurement and IR measurement. After cooling to 50 ° C, cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to 20%. A uniform, yellow-brown transparent / 3-hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A42 which did not contain a photopolymerizable functional group was taken out. Synthesis Example 43 A reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux condenser, and an air guiding tube was placed, and 319 parts of 1,3,5-cyclohexanetricarboxylic acid was placed. 607 parts of N-phenylethanolamine, 10 parts of potassium hydroxide, 300 parts of benzene, filled with benzene in Dean Stark, introduced with nitrogen and heated at 324024 198 201247603, and removed by azeotropy. water. After 4 hours, all of the mice were removed, and W-NMR measurement and IR measurement were carried out to confirm the formation of the target product. After cooling to 50 ° C, cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to 20%. A uniform, yellow-brown transparent 5-hydroxyalkylamine solution A43 which did not contain a photopolymerizable functional group was taken out. Synthesis Example 44 A reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube was placed in 319 parts of 1, 2, 3, 4, • 5, 6- Cyclohexane hexacarboxylic acid monohydrate, 412 parts of isopropanolamine, 5 parts of sulfuric acid, 300 parts of benzene, filled with benzene in Dean Stark, introduced with nitrogen and heated to reflux, by azeotrope Remove the generated water. After 4 hours, all the impurities were removed, and the formation of the target product was confirmed by ^-NMR measurement and IR measurement. After cooling to 50 ° C, cyclohexanone was added and the solid content was adjusted to 20 ° /. . The obtained uniform yellowish-brown transparent / 3-hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A44 was obtained without containing a photopolymerizable functional group. I Synthesis Example 45 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube, 188 parts of 2,4-diethylglutaric acid, 234 were placed. A portion of N-butylethanolamine, 10 parts of potassium hydroxide, and 300 parts of toluene were filled with benzene in a Dean Stark tube, and nitrogen gas was introduced while heating to reflux, and the formed water was removed by azeotropy. After 4 hours, all of the toluene was removed, and the formation of the target product was confirmed by ^-NMR measurement and IR measurement. After cooling to 50 ° C, cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to 20%. The uniformity of the photopolymerizable functional group was obtained, and the yellow-brown transparent 5-hydroxy group 324024 199 201247603 decylamine solution A45 was taken out. Synthesis Example 46 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube, 268 parts of dodecyl succinic anhydride, 5 parts of sulfuric acid, 300 parts of toluene was kept at 40 ° C, and 234 parts of 2-amino-4-mercapto-1-pentanol was added dropwise from the dropping device over 2 hours. After the completion of the dropping, the Dean Stark tube was filled with benzene, introduced into the nitrogen while heating to reflux, and the resulting water was removed by azeotropy. After 4 hours, all of the toluene was removed, and 1H-NMR measurement and IR measurement were performed to confirm the formation of the target product. After cooling to 50 ° C, cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to 20%. The resulting uniform-yellow-brown transparent hydroxyalkyl decylamine solution A46 was obtained without containing a photopolymerizable functional group. Synthetic Example 47 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube, 230. 3 parts of 2-butyl suberic acid, 210 parts were placed. Diisopropanolamine, 5 parts of sulfuric acid, 300 parts of toluene, filled with toluene in a Dean Stark tube, introduced with nitrogen while heating to reflux, and azeotropically removed the formed water. After 4 hours, all of the benzene was removed, and W-NMR measurement and IR measurement were performed to confirm the formation of the target product. After cooling to 50 ° C, cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to 20%. The obtained uniform yellowish-brown transparent β-hydroxyalkylguanamine solution Α47 was obtained without containing a photopolymerizable functional group. Synthesis Example 48 A reactor equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a back 324024 200 201247603 flow cooler, and an air guiding tube, 160 parts of 3-mercapto adipic acid, 302 A portion of N-phenylmercaptoethanolamine, 5 parts of sulfuric acid, and 300 parts of toluene were filled with toluene in a Dean Stark tube, and nitrogen gas was introduced while heating to reflux, and the formed water was removed by azeotropic removal. After 4 hours, all of the benzene was removed, and 1H-NMR measurement and IR measurement were carried out to confirm the formation of the target product. After cooling to 50 ° C, cyclohexanone was added and the solid content was adjusted to 20 ° / Torr. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent hydroxy-hydroxyalkylamine solution A48 was obtained without containing a photopolymerizable functional group. _Synthesis Example 49 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 204 parts of 4-tert-butylphthalic anhydride and 5 parts were placed. Sulfuric acid, 300 parts of toluene, maintained at 40 ° C, and 234 parts of 2-amino-3-indolyl-1-pentanol was added dropwise from the dropping device over 2 hours. After the dropwise addition, the Dean Stark tube was filled with benzene, and nitrogen gas was introduced while heating and refluxing, and the generated water was removed by azeotropy. After 4 hours, all the toluene was removed, and 1H-NMR measurement and IR measurement were performed to confirm the formation of the target product. After cooling to 50 ° C, cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to 20%. The obtained hydroxyalkyl decylamine solution A49 which does not contain a photopolymerizable functional group and which is yellowish-transparent and transparent. Synthesis Example 50 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 204 parts of trimellitic chloride anhydrate, 79 parts of pyridine, and the like were placed. 300 parts of benzene was kept at 40 ° C, and 267 parts of N-ethylethanolamine was added dropwise from the dropping device over 2 hours. After the addition, 324024 201 201247603 The Dean Stark tube is filled with benzene, introduced into the nitrogen while heating and refluxed, and the water formed is removed by azeotropy. After 4 hours, the toluene solution was washed successively with 500 parts of 10% hydrochloric acid, 500 parts of saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution and 500 parts of saturated brine, and then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was then distilled off in a rotary distiller. Thereafter, W-NMR measurement and IR measurement were carried out to confirm the formation of the target substance. Add cyclohexanone and adjust the solids to 20%. The obtained uniform yellowish-brown transparent /3-hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A50 was obtained without containing a photopolymerizable functional group. ® Synthesis Example 51 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube, 246 parts of cyclopentane-1, 2, 3, 4- Tetracarboxylic acid, 300 parts of N-methylaminoethanol, 5 parts of sulfuric acid, 300 parts of toluene, filled with benzene in Dean Stark tube, introduced with nitrogen and heated to reflux, and removed by azeotropic removal Water. After 4 hours, all of the benzene was removed, and the formation of the target was confirmed by ^-NMR measurement and IR measurement. ^ After cooling to 50 ° C, cyclohexanone was added and the solid content was adjusted to 20%. The obtained uniform yellowish-brown transparent Lu-pyrogenic amine solution A51 was obtained which did not contain a photopolymerizable functional group. Synthesis Example 52 A reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube was placed in 345 parts of tris(2-carboxyethyl ester) of trimeric isocyanate. ), 345 parts of tris(2-carboxyethyl ester) of isocyanuric acid, 352 parts of 2-butylaminoethanol, 5 parts of sulfuric acid, 300 parts of benzene, filled with 迪安斯达克Benzene, introduced with nitrogen while heating to reflux, by azeotropy and 324024 202 201247603 to remove the water produced. After 4 hours, all of the benzene was removed, and W-NMR measurement and IR measurement were performed to confirm the formation of the target product. After cooling to 50 ° C, cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to 20%. The obtained uniform yellowish-brown transparent hydrazine-hydroxyalkyl guanamine solution A52 was obtained without containing a photopolymerizable functional group. Synthesis Example 53 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube, 516 parts of dimer acid, 266 parts of diisopropanolamine were placed. 5 parts of sulfuric acid, 300 parts of benzene, filled with toluene in the Dean Stark tube, introduced with nitrogen and heated to reflux, and azeotropic to remove the generated water. After 4 hours, all of the benzene was removed, and the formation of the target was confirmed by ^-NMR measurement and IR measurement. After cooling to 50 ° C, cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to 20%. The resulting yS-hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A53 containing a photopolymerizable functional group and a yellowish-brown transparent one was taken out. Synthesis Example 54 ^ In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube, 226 parts of 2-dodecene succinic anhydride, 210 parts were placed. Diethanolamine, 5 parts of sulfuric acid, and 300 parts of toluene were filled with toluene in a Dean Stark tube, and nitrogen gas was introduced while heating to reflux to remove water formed by azeotropy. After 4 hours, all of the benzene was removed, and 1H-NMR measurement and IR measurement were performed to confirm the formation of the target product. After cooling to 50 ° C, cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to 20%. The obtained uniform yellowish-brown transparent /3-hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A54 containing the photopolymerizable functional group was taken out. 324024 203 201247603 Synthesis Example 55 Except that 226 parts of 2-dodecenyl succinic anhydride was changed to 226 parts of tetrapropenyl succinic anhydride, the same conditions as in Synthesis Example 54 were carried out until all benzene was removed. Process. Further, 1H-NMR measurement and IR measurement were carried out to confirm the formation of the target substance. After cooling to 50 ° C, cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to 20%. The obtained uniform yellow-brown transparent / 3-hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A37 was obtained without containing a photopolymerizable functional group. Synthesis Example 56 Except that 226 parts of 2-dodecenyl succinic anhydride was changed to 210 parts of 2-octenyl succinic anhydride, the same conditions as in Synthesis Example 54 were carried out until all of the benzene was removed. Process. Further, W-NMR measurement and IR measurement were carried out to confirm the formation of the target substance. After cooling to 50 ° C, cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to 20%. The obtained uniform yellow-brown transparent /5-hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A56 was obtained without containing a photopolymerizable functional group. Synthesis Example 57 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube, 192 parts of citric acid and 352 parts of 2-butylaminoethanol were placed. 5 parts of sulfuric acid, 300 tons of benzene, filled with benzene in the Dean Stark tube, introduced with nitrogen and heated to reflux, and azeotropic to remove the generated water. After 4 hours, all of the benzene was removed, and W-NMR measurement and IR measurement were performed to confirm the formation of the target product. After cooling to 50 ° C, cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to 20%. The resulting uniform yellow-brown transparent /3-hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A57 was obtained without containing a photopolymerizable functional group. 324024 204 201247603 Synthesis Example 58 Except that 226 parts of 2-tidezi_exo-3,6-epoxy 2, 3, 6~2 = two materials were changed to 166 parts of 54 under the same conditions to remove * 'According to the synthesis example, R measurement to confirm the destination of the object I = process. After re-measuring cyclohexanone, adjust the solid content to become a transparent one-base amine solution. _ 226 parts of 2-dodecenyl succinic acid (4) are more than the other components of the hexamethylene acid. Further, ι_measurement and IR measurement were carried out to confirm the formation of the target 2. After cooling to the level, force the ring to _, adjust the solids, to 20%. The resulting uniform/zinc-transparent/3-hydroxyalkyl decylamine solution A59 containing no photopolymerizable functional group was taken out. Synthesis Example 60 The procedure for removing all of the benzene was carried out under the same conditions as in Synthesis Example 54 except that 226 parts of 2-dodecenyl succinic anhydride was changed to 1370 parts of the gas bridge anhydride. The formation of the target product was confirmed by further measuring the 'IR measurement by j-NMR. After cooling to 50 ° C, cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to 2 〇 %. The obtained uniform-yellow-brown transparent call-hydroxyalkylamine solution A60 containing no photopolymerizable functional group was taken out. Synthesis Example 61 The procedure of removing all of toluene of 324024 205 201247603 was carried out under the same conditions as in Synthesis Example 54 except that 226 parts of 2-dodecenylsuccinic anhydride was changed to 464 parts of tetrabromophthalic anhydride. Further, the formation of the target product was confirmed by j-NMR measurement and IR measurement. After cooling to 50 ° C, cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to 20%. The obtained uniform yellowish-brown transparent /3-hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A61 containing no photopolymerizable functional group was taken out. Synthesis Example 62 Except that 226 parts of 2-dodecenylsuccinic anhydride was changed to 172 parts of 2, 5-thiophenedicarboxylic acid, the same procedure as in Synthesis Example 54 was carried out until the process of removing all of the toluene was carried out. . Further, j-NMR measurement and IR measurement were carried out to confirm the formation of the target #. After cooling to 50 ° C, cyclohexanone was added to adjust the solid content to 20%. The resulting uniform/yellow-transparent/3-hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A62 containing no photopolymerizable functional group was taken out. &lt;Synthesis of carboxyl group-containing polymer (B)&gt; In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a reflux condenser, and an air tube, 100 parts of cyclohexanone was placed, and the container was filled with nitrogen. Heated to 80 ° C, at which temperature, 20 parts of decyl Φ acrylic acid, 10 parts of decyl methacrylate, 55 parts of n-butyl methacrylate, 15 parts of decyl acrylate were added dropwise over 1 hour. A polymerization reaction is carried out by mixing a mixture of phenyl decyl ester and 4 parts of 2, 2'-azobisisobutyronitrile. After the completion of the dropwise addition, after further reacting at 80 ° C for 3 hours, 50 parts of a cyclohexanone solution in which 1 part of azobisisobutyronitrile was dissolved was further added, and the reaction was further continued at 80 ° C for 1 hour. Acrylic resin solution. After cooling to room temperature, it was diluted with cyclohexanone to obtain a polymer solution P-1 containing 20% of a solid content and containing no photopolymerizable functional group and containing a carboxyl group. Its weight average molecular weight is 40,000. Synthesis Example 64 324024 206 201247603 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 100 parts of cyclohexanone was placed, and the container was heated to 80 ° C under nitrogen gas. The temperature was dropwise added with 25 parts of methacrylic acid, 20 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 30 parts of methyl methacrylate, 25 parts of styrene, 2 parts of 2, 2'- The mixture is formed by a mixture of azobisisobutyronitrile. After completion of the dropwise addition, after further reacting at 80 ° C for 3 hours, 50 parts of cyclohexanone in which 1 part of azobisisobutyronitrile was dissolved was added, and then stirring was continued at the same temperature for 3 hours to prepare a copolymer. Then, the temperature of the reaction vessel was cooled to 70 ° C, and then dry air was introduced into the reaction vessel to supply 24 parts of 2-methylpropenyloxyethyl isocyanate, 36 parts of cyclohexanone, and 0. 1 part of dibutyltin laurate, 0.1 part of p-methoxyphenol, and then stirring was continued for 10 hours at the same temperature. After cooling to room temperature, it was diluted with cyclohexanone to obtain a polymer solution P-2 containing a photopolymerizable functional group and a carboxyl group in a solid content of 20%. Its weight average molecular weight is 42,000. ^ Synthesis Example 65 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a reflux cooler, and an air tube, 100 parts of cyclohexanone was placed, and the container was heated to 80 ° C under nitrogen, at the same temperature. From 1 hour, add 40 parts of methacrylic acid, 25 parts of decyl decyl acrylate, 12.5 parts of styrene, 17.5 parts of n-butyl methacrylate, and 5 parts of 2-methoxy acrylate. The basement; a mixture of 2 parts of 2, 2'-azobisisobutyronitrile to carry out a polymerization reaction. After the completion of the dropwise addition, after further reacting at 80 ° C for 3 hours, 50 parts of cyclohexanone in which 1 part of azobisisobutyronitrile was dissolved was added, and then stirring was continued for 3 hours at the same temperature of 324024 207 201247603. Copolymer.份对对对对对进行进行进行进行进行进行进行进行进行进行进行进行进行进行进行进行进行进行进行进行进行进行进行进行进行进行进行进行进行进行进行进行进行进行。 The methoxyphenol was then stirred at the same temperature for 10 hours. After cooling to room temperature, it was diluted with cyclohexanone to obtain a polymer solution P-3 containing a photopolymerizable functional group and a carboxyl group in a solid content of 20%. Its weight average molecular weight is 41,000. Synthesis Example 66 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a reflux condenser, a gas guiding tube, 100 parts of cyclohexanone was placed, and the container was heated to 80 ° C under nitrogen gas at the same temperature. 5份的苯苯苯苯苯酯的优选。 By adding 74 parts of glycidyl methacrylate, 11 parts of methyl methacrylate, 7.5 parts of n-butyl methacrylate, 7.5 parts of phenyl hydrazide The polymerization is carried out by a mixture of a base ester and 4 parts of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile. After completion of the dropwise addition, after further reacting at 80 ° C for 3 hours, a solution of 1 part of azobisisobutyronitrile dissolved in 50 parts of cyclohexanone was added, and stirring was continued for 3 hours at the same temperature to obtain a copolymer. Then, the dry air is introduced into the reaction vessel, and the mixture is supplied with 37.5 parts of acrylic acid, 56 parts of cyclohexanone, 1 part of dimethyl benzoguanamine, 0.1 part of p-nonoxyl phenol, and then Stirring was continued for 10 hours at the same temperature. Further, 52 parts of succinic anhydride was supplied, and then stirring was continued for 10 hours at the same temperature. After cooling to room temperature, it was diluted with cyclohexanone to obtain a polymer solution P-4 containing a photopolymerizable functional group and a carboxyl group having a solid content of 20%. Its weight average molecular weight is 44,000. Synthesis Example 67 A stirrer, a reflux condenser, a nitrogen introduction tube, an introduction tube, and a temperature of 324024 208 201247603 degrees of a four-necked flask were placed in 156 parts of polytetramethylene glycol (PTG10〇〇sn: Tugu Chemical Co., Ltd.; hydroxyl = 11〇mgK〇H/g, Mw=l020), 129 parts of dihydroxymethylbutyric acid (product of Nissin Chemical Co., Ltd.), 375 parts of cyclohexanone solvent 'nitrogen stream' Mix and warm to (9). c, make it dissolve evenly. Then, 215 parts of isophorone diisocyanate was charged into the flask at '9 (TC was stirred for 8 hours, and urethane reaction was carried out. After the reaction was finished), a small amount of sample was taken to obtain a weight average in terms of polystyrene. The molecular weight of 13000' actually measured the acid value of the resin solids is 98mg, KOH / g containing the rebel-based gland-burning prepolymer. Secondly, 'stop the introduction of nitrogen from the nitrogen inlet tube into the flask, and then introduce dry air, 111 parts of methacrylic acid epoxy propyl vinegar, 6 parts of decyl phenyl hydrazinylamine, and 3 parts of polymerization inhibitor nitrogen granules were stirred for 8 hours at 90 ° C. The reaction was terminated. After that, a small amount of sampling was carried out, and the weight average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene was 14800, and the acid value of the resin solids actually measured was 8 mg K0H/g of the hydroxyl group-containing urethane prepolymer. The succinic anhydride was placed in the flask at a temperature of 90 ° in a dry air atmosphere. (: Further reaction was carried out for 6 hours. After confirming the disappearance of the acid anhydride group and the peak by the FT-IR measurement, it was cooled to room temperature. Dilution with cyclohexanone. And the solid content is 20% A polymer solution P-5 composed of a photopolymerizable functional group and a carboxyl group urethane resin, and having a weight average molecular weight of 15,400. Synthesis Example 68 A stirrer, a reflux condenser, a nitrogen introduction tube, an introduction tube, and a thermometer are provided. In the four-necked bottle, 40.08 parts of PEG#250 (Nippon Oil Company's 'ethylene glycol'), 60.84 parts of RIKACID TH (New Japan Physical and Chemical Co., Ltd. 324024 209 201247603, tetrahydrogen acid needle), 1.66 a catalyst of triphenylphosphine, 1.66 parts of N,N-dimercaptophenylhydrazineamine, and 100 parts of a solvent of cyclohexanone, and the mixture is heated to 110 ° C under stirring for 4 hours. After the FT-IR measurement confirmed that the absorption peak of the acid anhydride group disappeared, it was cooled to room temperature. Then, 65.14 parts of YD8125C Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd., bisphenol A type epoxy compound), 65 parts of cyclohexanone were charged. In the flask, the temperature was raised to 110 ° C under stirring for 8 hours. Next, 57.94 parts of the anhydride of RIKACID TH (Nippon Chemical and Chemical Co., Ltd., tetrahydrophthalic anhydride) was introduced at 110 ® ° C reaction for 4 hours. According to the FT-IR measurement, it was confirmed that the absorption peak of the acid anhydride group had disappeared. After that, the mixture was cooled to room temperature. Then, the introduction of nitrogen gas was carried out from the gas introduction tube, and the dry air was introduced into the flask, and the mixture was added to a mixture of 27.05 parts of the mixture-G (Nippon Oil Co., Ltd., epoxy propyl group). Hydroxy hydrazine of a polymerization inhibitor of 0.1 part by weight, reacted for 8 hours at 80 ° C. After cooling to room temperature, it was diluted with cyclohexanone to obtain a photopolymerizable content of 20% solid content. A polymer solution P-6 of a functional group and a thiol-added ester resin having a φ weight average molecular weight of 14,500. Synthetic Example 69 A four-necked flask equipped with a stirrer, a reflux condenser, a nitrogen inlet tube, an introduction tube, and a thermometer was charged with 64. 8 parts of bisphenol A and 57.1 parts of YD8125 (manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd., Bisphenol A type epoxy compound), 18.1 parts of EX861 (product of Changchun Chemical Technology Co., Ltd.: polyethylene glycol diepoxypropyl ether), 1.25 parts of catalyst triphenylphosphine, 1.25 parts of N N-dimercaptobenzoylamine, 250 parts of a solvent of cyclohexanone, was heated to 110 ° C under stirring for 8 hours in a nitrogen stream. A resin containing a hydroxyl group is obtained. Subsequently, RIKEACID SA 54. 6 parts (Nippon Chemical and Chemical Co., Ltd. product succinic acid needle) of an acid anhydride 324024 210 201247603, and U〇&lt;t reaction were added for 4 hours. It was confirmed by the FT-IR measurement that the absorption peak of the acid base was disappeared, and then cooled to room temperature. Next, in the flask, the nitrogen gas was introduced from the atmosphere introduction tube to change the air to be introduced, and the mixture was poured into a mixture - G (Nippon Oil Co., Ltd. product: glycidyl methacrylate) 55 2 parts and hydrazine. 18 parts of the polymerization inhibitor gas Xikun, reacted in the sail for 8 hours. After cooling to room temperature, it was diluted with cyclohexanone to obtain a polymer solution P 7 of a phenolic resin containing a photopolymerizable functional group and a mercapto group having a solid content of 2 Q%. Its weight average molecular weight is 251 〇〇. Reference Synthesis Example 1 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a reflux condenser, and a nitrogen tube, 100 parts of cyclohexanone was placed, and nitrogen gas was introduced into the vessel and heated to 80 Torr in the vessel at the same temperature for several hours. 5 parts by weight of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 1 part by mole of methyl methacrylate, 19.5 parts of n-butyl methacrylate, 15 parts of decyl acrylate Polymerization reaction of a mixture of ester, 4 parts of 2, 2'-azobisisobutyronitrile. After the addition is completed, add 8 parts of azo double dissolved after 3 hours of TC reaction. 50 parts of cyclohexanone solution of butyronitrile, and then reacted at 8 (TC for 1 hour to obtain an acrylic resin solution. After cooling to room temperature, it was diluted with cyclohexanone to obtain a carboxyl group content of 20% solid content. The polymer solution p-8 had a weight average molecular weight of 38,000. &lt;Touchscreen interlayer insulating film coating agent&gt; [Examples 1 to 24, Reference Examples 1 to 8] The compositions and formulations shown in Tables 1 and 2 were used. The mixture 'mixing and mixing 324024 211 201247603 evenly, after sifting through the l / zm filter, and each is equivalent Example 1 to 24, Reference Examples 1 to 8. The photosensitive composition of Table 1 and Table 2, A1 to A44 and P-1 to P-8 of the formulation is the amount to make a solution indicated value.

324024 212 201247603[表5 —324024 212 201247603 [Table 5 —

I&lt; 實施例12 〇〇 e»3 a. eo V#802 卜 — PGilAc e 實施例11 t— C*3 P-3 CJ CO V#802 t— — PGMAc o 〇 實施例10 m σ» P-4 &lt;〇 V#802 ΙΟ — PGilAc σ» o o 實施例9 A24 CO CSJ CO CU n CO V#802 卜 — PGKAc o ◦ 實施例8 η «ο CL. σ» V#802 o — PGMAc CO in o o 實施例7 CO CM CO (L V#802 oo 一 臟 o o 實施例6 CO CO a- o V#802 oo — PGMAc 1_ 5 o o 實施例5 CNJ 00 CO CU CO C*D V#802 oo — PGMAc o o 實施例4 CM Tj· du C*5 CvJ V#802 oo — C4 ο 16.7 PGMAc 49. 1 o o o 實施例3 CO P-3 00 CO V#802 oo — PGMAc o o 贲施例2 5 CO CO cL 忘 V#802 00 — PGMAc o o 實施例1 5 in eo P-2 in CO V#802 oo 一 PGMAc ◦ o 彡-羥基坑基姐胺（Α) 含有羧基之聚合物（B) 光聚合性單體（D) 先聚合引發剤（c) 矽烷偶合劑 填充劑 有機溶劑 合計 實施例24 CM CsJ CO CL. oo m - £ α&gt; 實施例23 CO CM -c o CM CL. s — i乙酸乙a 〇&gt; 實施例22 in csi 下 &lt;X 卜’ - eo CO in 1甲笨 35.7 實施例21 CO CO CO cL £ — i Ο» 實施例20 «〇 in CM 〇L tn U402 O PGMAc cr&gt; 實施例19 \n CO cL oo CM V#802 o - PGMAc σ&gt; 實施例18 Λ44 05 cL CO CO M402 o - PGMAc 實施例17 3 in cL U402 o — PGMAc 實施例16 CO CO «&lt; Od cL 09 CO M402 o — PGMAc 實施例15 CO CM CL. Oi U402 o — PGMAc 實施例14 eo in CU M402 o — PGMAc 實施例13 3 CO eL in CO V#802 卜 — PGMAc 彡-羥基烷基醯胺（A) 含有羧基之聚合物（B) 光聚合性單體（D) 光聚合引發剤（c) 矽烷偶合剤 填充剤 有機溶劑 324024 213 201247603 [表6] 參考例8 CO oo 1 cu &lt;NI PGMAc CT3 呀 ◦ 參考例7 P-3 BL3175 OO CO C=5 PGMAc 03 々· CD O O 參考例6 P-2 CO (NI XD-1000 oo (Nl C3 T-* PGMAc oa (Nl CD o C5 參考例5 P-3 in XD-1000 CO o PGMAc S ◦ 參考例4 P-4 CO eg LO 1 a- 呀 &lt;=&gt; 1 H PGMAc 05 〇 r*H 參考例3 P-3 m CO CO XL-552 CO H CD PGMAc LO o 參考例2 CO CNJ 1 CU ΟΪ OJ CD PGMAc LO 却 100 參考例1 卜 P-1 0¾ CO PGMAc 05 100 -羥基烷基醯胺（A) 含有羧基之聚合物（B) 其他樹脂 光聚合性單體（D) 光聚合引發劑（c) DBU 有機溶劑 合計I&lt; Example 12 〇〇e»3 a. eo V#802 - PGilAc e Example 11 t - C*3 P-3 CJ CO V#802 t - PGMAc o Example 10 m σ» P- 4 &lt;〇V#802 ΙΟ — PGilAc σ» oo Example 9 A24 CO CSJ CO CU n CO V#802 - PGKAc o 实施 Example 8 η «ο CL. σ» V#802 o — PGMAc CO in oo Example 7 CO CM CO (LV#802 oo A dirty oo Example 6 CO CO a- o V#802 oo - PGMAc 1_ 5 oo Example 5 CNJ 00 CO CU CO C*DV#802 oo - PGMAc oo Example 4 CM Tj· du C*5 CvJ V#802 oo — C4 ο 16.7 PGMAc 49. 1 ooo Example 3 CO P-3 00 CO V#802 oo — PGMAc oo 贲 Example 2 5 CO CO cL Forgot V#802 00 — PGMAc oo Example 1 5 in eo P-2 in CO V#802 oo A PGMAc ◦ o 彡-hydroxyl hydroxylamine (Α) Polymer containing carboxyl group (B) Photopolymerizable monomer (D) Polymerization Initiated 剤(c) Decane Coupler Filler Organic Solvent Total Example 24 CM CsJ CO CL. oo m - £ α> Example 23 CO CM -co CM CL. s — i Acetate B a 〇 Example 22 In csi down &Lt;X 卜' - eo CO in 1 甲笨35.7 Example 21 CO CO CO cL £ — i Ο» Example 20 «〇in CM 〇L tn U402 O PGMAc cr> Example 19 \n CO cL oo CM V #802o - PGMAc σ&gt; Example 18 Λ44 05 cL CO CO M402 o - PGMAc Example 17 3 in cL U402 o - PGMAc Example 16 CO CO «&lt; Od cL 09 CO M402 o - PGMAc Example 15 CO CM CL. Oi U402 o - PGMAc Example 14 eo in CU M402 o - PGMAc Example 13 3 CO eL in CO V#802 - PGMAc 彡-hydroxyalkyl decylamine (A) Polymer containing carboxyl group (B) Light Polymerizable monomer (D) Photopolymerization initiation 剤 (c) decane coupling 剤 filling 剤 organic solvent 324024 213 201247603 [Table 6] Reference Example 8 CO oo 1 cu &lt;NI PGMAc CT3 呀◦ Reference Example 7 P-3 BL3175 OO CO C=5 PGMAc 03 々· CD OO Reference Example 6 P-2 CO (NI XD-1000 oo (Nl C3 T-* PGMAc oa (Nl CD o C5 Reference Example 5 P-3 in XD-1000 CO o PGMAc S ◦ Reference Example 4 P-4 CO eg LO 1 a- Yeah &lt;=&gt; 1 H PGMAc 05 〇r*H Reference Example 3 P-3 m CO CO XL-552 CO H CD PGMA c LO o Reference Example 2 CO CNJ 1 CU ΟΪ OJ CD PGMAc LO However 100 Reference Example 1 P-1 03⁄4 CO PGMAc 05 100 -Hydroxyalkylguanamine (A) Polymer containing carboxyl group (B) Photopolymerization of other resins Monomer (D) Photopolymerization Initiator (c) DBU Organic Solvent Total

214 324024 201247603 就表1至2中之簡寫說明如下： 光聚合性單體（D) V#802 : VISCOAT#802(大阪有機化學公司製品），三新戊四 醇八丙烯酸酯和三新戊四醇七丙烯酸酯之混合物 M402 : AronixM-402(東亞合成公司製品），二新戊四醇六丙 烯酸酯和二新戊四醇五丙烯酸酯之混合物 光聚合引發劑（C) : Irgacure OXE-01 (日本汽巴公司製 品），1,2-辛二烯-1-[4-(苯硫基）-，2-(鄰-苯甲醯基將 ® 矽烷偶合劑：KBM-803(信越化學公司製品）’ 3-氫硫基丙基 三甲氧基石夕烧 填充劑：PMA-ST(日產化學公司製品），矽之氧化物之微粒 狀物在丙二醇單曱_乙酸酯之分散液（固形物含量為30%) PGMAc :丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯 MEK :曱基乙基酮 IPA :異丙醇 φ 其他樹脂 XL-552 : Primid XL-552(愛莫士化學公司製品），N，N，Ν’，Ν’ -四（羥乙基）己二醯胺 XD-1000 :曰本化藥公司製品，含有二環戊烯基構造之線型 酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂 BL3175 : SumidurBL3175(住化拜耳脲烷公司製品），三聚異 氰酸酯型MEK將封端之封端異氰酸酯 DBU : 1，8-二氮雜二環[5. 4. 0]十一碳-7-烯 就所得感光性組成物，當做為觸控板層簡絕緣膜用塗 324024 215 201247603 布劑所需求透明性、耐藥物性、硬度、密著性、絕緣性、 圖案適性、經時保存安定性等特性，依照下述方法評估， 其結果表示於表3及表4。 [透過率之測定] 將實施例1至24及參考例1至8之感光性組成物，使 用旋轉塗布機，以15〇°C加熱20分鐘而完成後之膜厚成為 2. 0 y m狀分別塗布於i〇〇mmxi〇〇_、〇. 了顏厚之玻璃基板 (克寧公司製品，玻璃EAGLE 2000)上而製成基板。繼之， ® 減壓乾燥後，使用超高壓水銀燈，以照度為20mW/cm2，曝 光量為50mJ/cm2 ’而進行紫外光曝光。塗布基板在23〇。〇 加熱20分鐘，放置冷卻後，使用顯微分光光度計（奥林巴 士光學公司製品「osp-spioo」），求得塗膜在波長4〇〇nm 處之透過率，按照下述方法評估之。 〇：透過率在97%以上：優異水準 △:透過率在95%以上，未達97% :〇較之上項差些， φ 但是具有實用水準 — X :透過率未達95%:不適合實用水準 [耐藥物性評估] 按照上述透過率之測定所使用相同製造方法製得塗布 基板，並測定基板之膜厚。 在室溫，浸潰基板於王水（硝酸：鹽酸=1 : 3)中經5分 鐘後，以離子交換水洗淨並風乾之。然後，以肉眼觀察基 板及膜厚之測定而計算膜厚之變化率。又，膜厚係使用阿 爾巴格公司製品之觸針型膜厚計DEKTAK_3而測定。然後， 324024 216 201247603 按照下述標準評估之。 〇：外觀，顏色無變化，膜厚變化率之絕對值在5%未 滿而優異：優異水準 △:外觀，顏色無變化，膜厚變化率之絕對值在5%至 10%未滿範圍：較之上項差些，但已達可實用水準 X :外觀，顏色有變化，及/或膜厚變化率之絕對值 在10%以上：不適合實用水準 [鉛筆硬度之測定] 就上述透過率之測定所使用相同方法製得之基板，依 照JIS-K5600-5-4進行劃痕硬度（鉛筆）試驗，而測定絕緣 膜之表面硬度，並按照下述標準評估之。 〇：4H以上：優異水準 △ : 3H :可使用之最低限硬度 X :2H以下：不適合實用之水準 [對於玻璃之密著性之測定] 就上述透過率之測定所使用相同方法製得之基板，依 據JIS K5600-5-6進行附著性（橫割法）試驗，而評估塗膜 之密著性，並計測棋盤目25個中之剝離個數。 〇：棋盤目之剝離個數為2個以上而10個以下：較之 上項差些，達可實用之水準 X :棋盤目之剝離個數為10以上：不適合實用之水準 [絕緣性之評估] 就上項透過率之測定所使用相同方法製得基板，使用 數位超高電阻/微少電流計R8340AC第一化學公司製品， 324024 217 201247603 探針URS，外加電壓5伏特）而測定其表面電阻值。並按照 下述標準評估之。 〇：lxlO12 至 3χ1016Ω/〇 X :未達 1χ1012Ω/〇 [形成圖案時之感應度] 將實施例1至24及參考例1至8之感光性組成物，使 用旋轉式塗布法塗布在lOcmxlOcni之玻璃基板後，在淨化 供相中，7 0 C加熱15分鐘而去除溶劑，獲得約2以m之塗 • 膜。繼之，冷卻基板至室溫後，使用超高壓水銀燈，介以 lOOym寬（間距為200 /im)之條紋狀圖形之光罩進行紫外 光曝光處理。然後，使用23。(：之碳酸鈉水溶液喷霧在基板 上進行顯影之後’再以離子交換水洗淨、風乾，在淨化烘 箱中以15(TC加熱30分鐘。該喷霧顯影分別就各個感光性 組成物之塗膜，在全部施加顯影下，可形成圖案之最短時 間内進行，並以此做為適正顯影時間。塗膜之膜厚以Dektak φ 3030(日本真空技術公司製品）測定之。所形成之光 罩部分之圖案膜厚經測定後’對於塗布後膜厚成為9〇%以 上之最小曝光量進行評估。最小曝光量越小，表示就是高 感應度之優異之感光性組成物。評估標準如下. 〇：未達50mJ/cm2 :優異水準 △ · 50mJ/cffl以上而未達l〇〇mj/cm2 :較之上項為差 些，但可實用之水準 X : 100mJ/cm2以上：不適實用之水準 XX.無法形成圖案：不適實用之水準 324024 218 201247603 [保存安定性評估] 就實施例1至24及參考例1至8之感光性組成物，測 定初期及在室溫下經1個月後之黏度，計算對於初期黏度 之黏度增加率而進行評估。評估之標準如下： 〇：黏度增加率未達5%而優異：優異水準 △:黏度增加率為5%以上而未達10% :較之上項為差 些，但可實用之水準 X :黏度增加率為10%以上：不適實用之水準214 324024 201247603 The short form in Tables 1 to 2 is as follows: Photopolymerizable monomer (D) V#802: VISCOAT#802 (product of Osaka Organic Chemical Co., Ltd.), tripentaerythritol octaacrylate and Sanxinwu Mixture of alcohol octaacrylate M402 : Aronix M-402 (product of East Asia Synthetic Company), mixture of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate and dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate Photopolymerization initiator (C) : Irgacure OXE-01 ( Japan Ciba Company), 1,2-octadien-1-[4-(phenylthio)-, 2-(o-benzylidene-based decane coupling agent: KBM-803 (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. )' 3-Hydroxythiopropyltrimethoxy zeshi burn filler: PMA-ST (product of Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd.), a dispersion of granules of bismuth oxide in propylene glycol monoterpene acetate (solid content) 30%) PGMAc: propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate MEK: mercaptoethyl ketone IPA: isopropanol φ other resin XL-552 : Primid XL-552 (product of Amos Chemical Co., Ltd.), N, N, Ν ',Ν'-Tetrakis(hydroxyethyl)hexanediamine XD-1000: A product of Sakamoto Chemical Co., Ltd., a linear phenolic aldehyde containing a dicyclopentenyl structure Lacquer type epoxy resin BL3175 : Sumidur BL3175 (product of Susei Bayer Urea Co., Ltd.), trimeric isocyanate type MEK will block the blocked isocyanate DBU : 1,8-diazabicyclo[5. 4. 0] eleven The photosensitive composition obtained from carbon-7-ene is used as a touch-sensitive layer for insulating film 324024 215 201247603. The required transparency, chemical resistance, hardness, adhesion, insulation, pattern suitability, and The properties such as stability were evaluated and evaluated according to the following methods. The results are shown in Tables 3 and 4. [Measurement of Transmittance] The photosensitive compositions of Examples 1 to 24 and Reference Examples 1 to 8 were subjected to spin coating. The machine was heated at 15 ° C for 20 minutes and the film thickness was 2. 0 ym applied to i〇〇mmxi〇〇_, 〇. On the glass substrate of Yan Hou (Kining products, glass EAGLE 2000) Then, the substrate was formed. Then, after drying under reduced pressure, ultraviolet light was exposed using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp with an illuminance of 20 mW/cm 2 and an exposure amount of 50 mJ/cm 2 '. The coated substrate was heated at 23 Torr for 20 minutes. After standing to cool, use a microscopic spectrophotometer (Olympus bus light The company's product "osp-spioo"), obtained the transmittance of the coating film at a wavelength of 4 〇〇 nm, and evaluated according to the following method: 〇: transmittance is above 97%: excellent level △: transmittance is above 95% , less than 97%: 〇 is worse than the above item, φ but has a practical level - X: transmittance is less than 95%: not suitable for practical level [drug resistance evaluation] According to the above measurement method using the same manufacturing method The substrate was coated and the film thickness of the substrate was measured. At room temperature, the impregnated substrate was washed in aqua regia (nitric acid: hydrochloric acid = 1:3) for 5 minutes, washed with ion-exchanged water and air-dried. Then, the rate of change in film thickness was calculated by visually observing the measurement of the substrate and the film thickness. Further, the film thickness was measured using a stylus type film thickness meter DEKTAK_3 manufactured by Albarg. Then, 324024 216 201247603 is evaluated according to the following criteria. 〇: Appearance, no change in color, the absolute value of the film thickness change rate is excellent at 5% or less: excellent level △: appearance, no change in color, and the absolute value of film thickness change rate is in the range of 5% to 10%: It is worse than the above item, but it has reached the practical level X: appearance, color change, and / or the absolute value of film thickness change rate is above 10%: not suitable for practical level [measurement of pencil hardness] The substrate obtained by the same method was measured, and the scratch hardness (pencil) test was carried out in accordance with JIS-K5600-5-4, and the surface hardness of the insulating film was measured and evaluated according to the following criteria. 〇: 4H or more: Excellent level △ : 3H : Minimum hardness that can be used X : 2H or less: Unsuitable for practical use [Measurement of adhesion to glass] Substrate obtained by the same method for measuring the above transmittance The adhesion (cross-cut method) test was carried out in accordance with JIS K5600-5-6, and the adhesion of the coating film was evaluated, and the number of peeling in the 25 pieces of the checkerboard was measured. 〇: The number of strips in the board is more than 2 and less than 10: worse than the above, the level of practicality X: the number of strips of the board is more than 10: not suitable for practical level [insulation evaluation The substrate was prepared by the same method for the measurement of the transmittance of the above item, and the surface resistance value was measured using a digital ultra-high resistance/small galvanometer R8340AC first chemical company product, 324024 217 201247603 probe URS, plus a voltage of 5 volts. . It is evaluated according to the following criteria. 〇: lxlO12 to 3χ1016 Ω/〇X: less than 1χ1012 Ω/〇 [sensitivity when forming a pattern] The photosensitive compositions of Examples 1 to 24 and Reference Examples 1 to 8 were coated on a glass of 10 cm×l Ocni by a spin coating method. After the substrate, in the purification supply phase, 70 C was heated for 15 minutes to remove the solvent, and a coating film of about 2 m was obtained. Subsequently, after cooling the substrate to room temperature, ultraviolet light exposure treatment was performed using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp with a stripe pattern of 100 μm wide (200 μm pitch). Then, use 23. (: After the sodium carbonate aqueous solution was sprayed on the substrate for development, it was washed with ion-exchanged water, air-dried, and heated in a purification oven at 15 (TC for 30 minutes. The spray development was applied to each photosensitive composition separately). The film is formed in the shortest time during which the pattern can be formed under all application development, and is used as a suitable development time. The film thickness of the coating film is measured by Dektak φ 3030 (product of Nippon Vacuum Technology Co., Ltd.). After the measurement of the film thickness of the portion, the minimum exposure amount of the film thickness after coating was 9% or more. The smaller the minimum exposure amount, the excellent photosensitive composition with high sensitivity. The evaluation criteria are as follows. : Less than 50mJ/cm2: Excellent level △ · 50mJ/cffl or more and less than l〇〇mj/cm2: worse than the above item, but practical level X: 100mJ/cm2 or more: unsuitable level XX Unable to form a pattern: unsuitable level 324024 218 201247603 [Preservation stability evaluation] For the photosensitive compositions of Examples 1 to 24 and Reference Examples 1 to 8, the viscosity at the initial stage and after 1 month at room temperature was measured. ,meter The evaluation is based on the viscosity increase rate of the initial viscosity. The evaluation criteria are as follows: 〇: The viscosity increase rate is less than 5% and excellent: excellent level △: viscosity increase rate is 5% or more and less than 10%: higher than the above item To be worse, but practical level X: viscosity increase rate is more than 10%: unsuitable level of practicality

324024 219 201247603324024 219 201247603

co&lt; 實施例12 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例11 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例10 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例9 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例8 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例7 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例6 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例5 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 贲施例4 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例3 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例2 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例1 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 || 透過率 耐藥物性 鉛筆硬度 密著性 絕緣性 形成圖案時之感應度 | 保存安定性 | 實施例24 〇 &lt; &lt;1 〇 〇 &lt;3 〇 實施例23 〇 &lt;1 &lt;\ 〇 〇 &lt; 〇 實施例22 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 &lt; 〇 實施例21 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 &lt; 〇 實施例20 〇 〇 〇 &lt;1 〇 〇 〇 實施例19 〇 〇 〇 &lt;1 〇 〇 〇 實施例18 〇 &lt; 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例17 〇 &lt;3 &lt;1 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例16 〇 &lt; &lt; 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例15 〇 &lt;3 &lt; 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例14 〇 &lt;1 &lt;3 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例13 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 透過率 耐藥物性 鉛筆硬度 密著性 絕緣性 形成圊索時之感應度 保存安定性 參考例8 〇 X X 〇 〇 X 〇 參考例7 X &lt; 〇 &lt;1 X 〇 〇 參考例6 〇 〇 〇 &lt;3 〇 〇 X 參考例5 〇 X X 〇 〇 〇 &lt; 參考例4 〇 X X 〇 X 〇 〇 參考例3 X 〇 〇 X 〇 &lt;1 〇 參考例2 〇 &lt; X 〇 〇 X 〇 參考例1 〇 &lt; X 〇 〇 X 〇 透過丰 对第物性 鉛筆硬度 密著性 絕緣性 形成®案時之感應度 保存安定性 324024 220 201247603 如同表3及表4所表示，實施例1至、 物皆表現優異之透過率、耐藥物性、錯筆硬^感光性組成 絕緣性、形成圖案時之感應度、保存安定性^特=、著性、 實施例1至20之感光性組成物，由於含有=。 體（D)，所以形成圖案時之感應度更加優異。光t合性單 參考例1至8之感光性組成物，在上述物性 些項表現不良結果，無法獲得所有物性皆能馬 、悤有某 者。 b/足實用水準Co&lt; Example 12 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇 Example 11 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇 Example 10 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇 Example 9 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇 Example 8 〇〇〇〇〇 〇〇Example 7 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇Example 6 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇Example 5 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇贲Example 4 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇Example 3 〇〇〇〇 〇〇〇Example 2 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇Example 1 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇|| Transmittance resistance to drug resistance pencil hardness Adhesion insulation pattern formation sensitivity | Storage stability | Example 24 〇 &lt;&lt;1〇〇&lt;3 〇Example 23 〇&lt;1 &lt;\ 〇〇&lt; 〇Example 22 〇〇〇〇〇&lt; 〇Example 21 〇〇〇〇〇&lt; 〇 Example 20 〇〇〇 &lt;1 〇〇〇Example 19 〇〇〇&lt;1 〇〇〇Example 18 〇&lt; 〇〇〇〇Example 17 〇&lt;3 &lt;1 &lt;1 〇〇〇〇Example 16 〇 &lt;&lt; 〇〇〇〇 Example 15 &lt;3 &lt;3&gt; 〇〇〇〇Example 14 〇&lt;1 &lt;3&gt; 〇〇〇〇 Example 13 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇 Transmittance resistance drug-resistant pencil hardness Adhesive insulation When forming a chord Sensitivity preservation stability Reference Example 8 〇XX 〇〇X 〇Reference Example 7 X &lt;〇&lt;1 X 〇〇Reference Example 6 〇〇〇&lt;3 〇〇X Reference Example 5 〇XX 〇〇〇&lt; Reference Example 4 〇XX 〇X 〇〇Reference Example 3 X 〇〇X 〇&lt;1 〇Reference Example 2 〇&lt; X 〇〇X 〇Reference Example 1 〇&lt; X 〇〇X 〇Transfer to the hardness of the physical pencil Sensitivity preservation stability in the case of the insulative formation of the product 324024 220 201247603 As shown in Tables 3 and 4, the examples 1 to the above all exhibit excellent transmittance, drug resistance, and erroneous pen-photosensitive composition. Insulation, sensitivity at the time of pattern formation, storage stability, and properties, and the photosensitive compositions of Examples 1 to 20 contain =. The body (D) is more excellent in the pattern when the pattern is formed. Light-T-Synthesis Single The photosensitive compositions of Reference Examples 1 to 8 exhibited poor results in the above-mentioned physical properties, and it was impossible to obtain all physical properties. b/foot practical level

參考例1不含有先聚合性官能基、參考例2 合引發劑（C) ’所以無法形成圖案。又， 不發生光=先聚 以造成耐熱性、耐樂物性不良之結果。 更化，所 參考例3由於其々-羥基烷基醯胺不溶解、 劑，所以透過率下降，由於交聯構造不均勻而密*於1機溶 參考例4由於不含冷—羥基烷基醯胺之羥基，戶避劣。 反應無法進行，耐藥物性及錯筆硬度變劣。 斤以硬化Reference Example 1 did not contain a prepolymerizable functional group, and the reference example 2 initiator (C)' did not form a pattern. Further, no light = first occurs to cause heat resistance and poor physical properties. Further, in Reference Example 3, since the ruthenium-hydroxyalkyl decylamine is insoluble, the transmittance is lowered, and the crosslinked structure is not uniform, and is densely mixed with 1 machine. Reference Example 4 does not contain a cold-hydroxyalkyl group. The hydroxyl group of indoleamine, the household to avoid. The reaction could not proceed, and the drug resistance and the pen hardness were deteriorated. Hardening

參考例5並非/3〜羥基烷基醯胺（A)而添加環氧梏匕 因為缺少觸媒’所以熱硬化無法充分進行，結果耐藥 =性 及鉛筆硬度也低劣。 參考例6由於再添加觸媒，熱硬化反應雖然進行，但 是保存安定性降低。 參考例7因為添加有封端異氰酸酯，所以熱硬化時生 成之脫封端劑’而透過率或絕緣性下降。 參考例8由於不具有含有羧基之聚合物（B)，所以無法 形成圖案，且熱硬化反應也無法進行，造成财藥物性或船 324024 221 201247603 筆硬度劣變之結果。 &lt;濾色器用感光性組成物&gt; [調製紅色顏料分散物] 將下述組成之混合物加以均勻攪拌混合之後，使用直 徑lmm之錯珠，藉由Eiger Mi 11 (日本艾加公司製品之「迷 你模式M-250MKII」）加以分散處理5小時之後，再以5/zm 之渡器過遽而得紅色顏料分散物P-R。 二酮基吡咯並吡咯系顏料（C.I.紅色素254)6.82份 (日本汽巴公司製品，「IRGAPH0R紅B-CF」） 蒽醌系顏料（C. I.紅色素177)1. 08份，（日本汽巴公司 製品「CR0M0PHTAL 紅 A2B」） 鎳偶氮配位化合物系顏料（C. I.黃色色素150)0.88份 (朗克什公司製品「E4GN」） 樹脂型顏料分散劑（日本路布利索爾公司製品 「Solsperse 20000」）1.74 份 二酮基°比洛並°比p各系顏料衍生物2. 05份In Reference Example 5, epoxy ruthenium was not added to /3 to hydroxyalkyl decylamine (A). Since the catalyst was absent, thermal hardening could not be sufficiently performed, and as a result, resistance = sex and pencil hardness were also inferior. In Reference Example 6, the thermal hardening reaction was carried out by adding a catalyst, but the storage stability was lowered. In Reference Example 7, since the blocked isocyanate was added, the deblocking agent was formed at the time of thermal curing, and the transmittance or the insulating property was lowered. In Reference Example 8, since the polymer (B) having a carboxyl group was not contained, a pattern could not be formed, and the heat hardening reaction could not be carried out, resulting in a result of deterioration in the hardness of the pen or the hardness of the ship 324024 221 201247603. &lt;Photosensitive composition for color filter&gt; [Preparation of red pigment dispersion] After uniformly mixing and mixing a mixture of the following composition, a wrong bead having a diameter of 1 mm was used, and Eiger Mi 11 (product of Japan Aijia Co., Ltd.) was used. After the dispersion treatment was carried out for 5 hours in the mini mode M-250MKII"), the red pigment dispersion PR was obtained by passing through a 5/zm passer. Diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (CI red pigment 254) 6.82 parts (product of Japan Ciba, "IRGAPH0R red B-CF") lanthanide pigment (CI red pigment 177) 1. 08 parts, (Japan Ciba Company product "CR0M0PHTAL red A2B") Nickel azo complex compound pigment (CI yellow pigment 150) 0.88 parts (Lonkesh product "E4GN") Resin type pigment dispersant (Japan Lubrisol products "Solsperse 20000" </ br> </ br> </ br>

聚合物溶液P-1 5. 83份 環己酮 81. 60份 [調製綠色顏料分散物] 324024 222 201247603 使用下述組成之混合物，按照上述紅色顏料分散物同 樣方法製得綠色顏料分散物Ρ-G。 鹵化銅酞青系顏料（C. I.綠色色素36)8. 93份（東洋油 墨製造公司製品「LI0N0L綠6YK」） 單偶氮系顏料（C.I.黃色色素150)2.74份（朗克什公 司製品「E4GN」） 樹脂型顏料分散物（日本路布利索爾公司製品 「Solsperse 20000」 聚合物溶液P-1 環己酮 [調製藍色顏料分散物] 2. 80 份 5. 53 份 80. 00 份 使用下述組成之混合物，按照上述紅色顏料分散物同 樣方法調製得藍色顏料分散物P-B。 ε型銅酞青顏料（C. I.藍色色素15 : 6)12.88份（BASF 公司製品’「Heliogen 藍-L-6700F」） 樹脂型顏料分散劑（日本路布利索爾公司製品 「Solsperse 20000」 5· 62 份 聚合物溶液P-1 1.50份 環己酮 80. 00份 [調製黑色顏料分散物] 使用下述組成之混合物，按照上述紅色顏料分散物相 同方法製成黑色顏料分散物P-K。 碳黑（三菱化學公司製品「MA77」）11. 67份 樹脂型顏料分散劑（日本路布利索爾公司製品 324024 223 201247603 「Solsperse 20000」 2. 80 份 聚合物溶液P-1 5. 53份 環己酮 80. 00份 [實施例25至91及參考例9至16] [濾色器用感光性組成物之調製] 按照表5、表6所表示組成物及調配量，將各材料混 合攪拌，經濾器過濾，而得各顏色之感光性著色組成 物。Polymer solution P-1 5. 83 parts of cyclohexanone 81. 60 parts [Modified green pigment dispersion] 324024 222 201247603 A green pigment dispersion Ρ was obtained in the same manner as the above red pigment dispersion using a mixture of the following composition- G. Copper halide green pigment (CI green pigment 36) 8.93 parts (product of "Toyo Ink Manufacturing Co., Ltd. "LI0N0L Green 6YK") 2.74 parts of monoazo pigment (CI yellow pigment 150) (Lankesh product "E4GN" ) Resin-type pigment dispersion (Solsperse 20000, Japan) Polymer solution P-1 cyclohexanone [Preparation of blue pigment dispersion] 2. 80 parts 5. 53 parts 80. 00 parts using the following A mixture of the components was prepared in the same manner as the above red pigment dispersion to obtain a blue pigment dispersion PB. ε-type copper indigo pigment (CI blue pigment 15 : 6) 12.88 parts (BASF product ''Heliogen Blue-L-6700F Resin-type pigment dispersant (Solsperse 20000), Lubrizol, Japan 5. 62 parts of polymer solution P-1 1.50 parts of cyclohexanone 80. 00 parts [Modified black pigment dispersion] The following composition was used. The black pigment dispersion PK was prepared in the same manner as the red pigment dispersion described above. Carbon black (Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd. "MA77") 11.67 parts of resin type pigment dispersant (product of Japan Lubrisol Company 3240) 24 223 201247603 "Solsperse 20000" 2. 80 parts of polymer solution P-1 5. 53 parts of cyclohexanone 80. 00 parts [Examples 25 to 91 and Reference Examples 9 to 16] [Photosensitive composition for color filter Modification] The materials and the blending amounts shown in Tables 5 and 6 were mixed and stirred, and filtered through a filter to obtain photosensitive coloring compositions of respective colors.

324024 224 201247603324024 224 201247603

-- 8 表 rL 324024 ΙΛ CO 5 镩 V Ού CU C^l ri« t— 〇 m C^l ΙΛ Ο 4Γ5 〇 η ο ο 茗 私 Ού α. CM 节 in A 'β· cL ¢0 04 m c=&gt; in 0 eo ο en co 军 V Ού Om CNJ Tt 〇 in oa m 0 in ή ο ο (NJ Cf3 茗 Ού CU 穿 o &lt;〇 CL. α» OJ ΙΛ Ο m 0 co ο CO Ού CU CM 卜 'ή' 0. 00 C^J in 0 in 男· ο Ού Ο. C*J 却 to CO CO CU ej CJ CM LT) 0 in 0 co ο ο 駟 Ού 0L CM TT CO ΙΛ «〇 CO ά. in 00 CM in 0 m ή ο ο 丧 K Ού α. CJ 令 = csl cL 呀 CSJ in 0 ιΛ ύ ο ο 私 Ού, α. CM 呀 1〇 CO α. o C&lt;4 m 0 in 0 ¢0 ο ο to CJ 苍 Οά (L C-J 3 tra co a. 卜 cq m 0 (〇 0 03 evi co ο ο LO (M 5 *&lt; ΟΔ ά. OJ 1 5 卜 CJJ CL. oo CQ m 0 in 0 co ο 每 Φ % 墦 s 雄 1 05. S ! 嫌 蚌 /-N S«/ 茶 Φ w» •4。 (βα 餌 $ η 珐 菘 &lt;0 CO ^r Ού cL CM co 女 rr en tL «ο CM cn ο - IT) ο IT) 0Λ CU 穿 CO *&lt;Γ co cu = cq in ο ο CO ο ο V ΟΑ 〇L CO m ο CO tL m CM m ο in o CO ο CO Ού CU C»3 · 03 CM ·&lt; ο CO a. 卜 CJ d σ&gt; to C*5 ο ο CJ «a· as (L CvJ 呀 &lt; in DO CU ιΛ CM w&gt; in ο .镩 ft: cu IT) σ» 呀 〇g -&lt; 卜 CM cL LA c*j eg LT3 o d ^j* eo CM ο ο 〇 CA CL. CM V co &lt; CO CM CL· in ai ca in &lt;=&gt; Γ- ο 〇 d er&gt; CM eo CO ο σ» CO 本 V 0Λ 〇. eg ^r CO CO CO CU co CJ tn o IT» ύ ο 〇0 CO Ού CL. •^r ΤΓ CO ·&lt; in 寸 oL S CO tn o if&gt; ύ ο ¥ ΟΛ {L· CV1 呀 CM o cL IT) OJ iA o m o eo ο ο CO ΟΔ CU CM o t— 分 cL 00 C4 in d in e&gt; co ο Φ Ά /•-V V-/ 钼 磔 1 Qi N-/ 吞 &lt;〇 N^/ 蚌 ϊί &lt;〇 /*&gt; i ·&lt;〇 珐 t? 迪 桀 35 钼 萑 班 ¢- ·&lt;〇 225 201247603-- 8 Table rL 324024 ΙΛ CO 5 镩V Ού CU C^l ri« t— 〇m C^l ΙΛ Ο 4Γ5 〇η ο ο 茗 Ού α. CM Section in A 'β· cL ¢0 04 mc= &gt; in 0 eo ο en co Army V Ού Om CNJ Tt 〇in oa m 0 in ή ο ο (NJ Cf3 茗Ού CU wear o &lt;〇CL. α» OJ ΙΛ Ο m 0 co ο CO Ού CU CM 'ή' 0. 00 C^J in 0 in Male · ο Ού Ο. C*J but to CO CO CU ej CJ CM LT) 0 in 0 co ο ο 驷Ού 0L CM TT CO ΙΛ «〇CO ά. in 00 CM in 0 m ή ο ο 丧 K Ού α. CJ 令 = csl cL 呀 CSJ in 0 ιΛ ύ ο ο 私, α. CM 呀1〇CO α. o C&lt;4 m 0 in 0 ¢0 ο ο To CJ Οά (L CJ 3 tra co a. 卜cq m 0 (〇0 03 evi co ο ο LO (M 5 *&lt; ΟΔ ά. OJ 1 5 卜 CJJ CL. oo CQ m 0 in 0 co ο Φ % 墦s 雄 1 05. S ! 蚌 / / NS « / tea Φ w» • 4. (βα bait $ η 珐菘 &lt;0 CO ^r Ού cL CM co female rr en tL «ο CM cn ο - IT) ο IT) 0Λ CU wear CO *&lt;Γ co cu = cq in ο ο CO ο ο V ΟΑ 〇L CO m ο CO tL m CM m ο i No CO ο CO Ού CU C»3 · 03 CM ·&lt; ο CO a. 卜 CJ d σ&gt; to C*5 ο ο CJ «a· as (L CvJ 呀&lt; in DO CU ιΛ CM w&gt; in ο .镩ft: cu IT) σ» 〇 〇 g - &lt; CM cL LA c*j eg LT3 od ^j* eo CM ο ο 〇CA CL. CM V co &lt; CO CM CL· in ai ca in &lt ;=&gt; Γ- ο 〇d er&gt; CM eo CO ο σ» CO 本V 0Λ 〇. eg ^r CO CO CO CU co CJ tn o IT» ύ ο 〇0 CO Ού CL. •^r ΤΓ CO · &lt;in inch oL S CO tn o if&gt; ύ ο ¥ ΟΛ {L· CV1 呀 CM o cL IT) OJ iA omo eo ο ο CO ΟΔ CU CM ot — cent c l 00 C4 in d in e> co ο Φ Ά /•-V V-/ Molybdenum 磔1 Qi N-/ 吞&lt;〇N^/ 蚌ϊί &lt;〇/*&gt; i ·&lt;〇珐t? 迪桀35 Molybdenum 萑 ¢ - ·&lt;〇 225 201247603

324024 QA a. 0·Λ -fl* 〇〇 CO Cu la o’ m CJ CO ο ο CO m Ού cu CM t— 交 (L 一 CO m 〇 m 与 ο ο m m 在 Ού cL CSJ r (X ir&gt; &lt;〇 iA 〇 m «ο -¾1 ο ο TT in 本 ΟΛ CL. CJ CO ΙΛ &lt;£» Cu m oo CM in Ό m c&gt; CO ο ο en 谋 OeS a. C*J 兮 交 卜 CU oo CM m o ΙΛ ο eo ο ο CS] in Ού a. CNj ^r CO CO 〇 TJ« &lt;L in CM in o in ύ ο ο oa cL 却 eg CQ TJ* CL. 呀 CJ m o in o CO ο ο 〇 m 〇ύ cu CM 〇 CO σ» a. CO CvJ m o in o CO ο σ» 私 Ού □L CM oo CM -&lt; T 二 OJ tA o LO 宫 ο ο eo Qg a. CO 呀 t— - 1 τί&gt; C*J in o in o CO ο ο $ 诺 Ού cL CM CO cL ο IT) o m cd CJ ο Φ n r~\ s 1 &lt;0. 2 &lt;0 许 &lt;〇 /~\ π φ η 迪 {〇0 ♦ 珥 在 &lt;0 oo CO 〇 Cl. « 。 oo &quot;T CL. a&gt; Cvl ΙΟ ο m CJ eo ο ο Ο CU ir&gt; CO 令 CU in cd CM ΙΑ &lt;=&gt; m c&gt; in σ» eg ο to (Ο 璀 V Cu ΙΛ 卜 5. CO 寸 CL σ&gt; eg ιΑ Ο LO r-* OJ ο ΙΛ CO 军 tp Cu in CO Oi TJ· a. CO c^» m ο in r-^ CM ο ο tD Cu m 3 o &quot;T cu in CM m ο in CQ ο CO co 5 隹 V C3 a. in 兮 t— CO CO ά. σ» CM ΙΑ ο m ο CM CO o a. in 却 CO CO CO 呀 ά. σ&gt; CJ ΙΑ Ο tn ο to u cL in in CO in CL, S CVJ m ο m ο ο S 遂 w CL. in &lt;〇 in &lt;〇 cu in 00 CM ΙΛ Ο m $ ο Oi in 5 运 〇&amp; cL CM 呀 CO CL· in ΙΑ Ο in evi CM ο 〇0 in ¥ QA Cu CVJ τί* -&lt; CO cL CN] CM ιη ο m c«i eg ο ο η 钼 t 〇α CQ V-/ 吞 杯 A? \ s«&gt; 眸 δ Φ Φ 越 fya 球 9 隹 在 &lt;0 226 201247603324024 QA a. 0·Λ -fl* 〇〇CO Cu la o' m CJ CO ο ο CO m Ού cu CM t—cross (L a CO m 〇m and ο ο mm at Ού cL CSJ r (X ir&gt;&lt;〇iA 〇m «ο -3⁄41 ο ο TT in 本ΟΛ CL. CJ CO ΙΛ &lt;£» Cu m oo CM in Ό m c&gt; CO ο ο en OeS a. C*J 兮交卜 CU oo CM mo ΙΛ ο eo ο ο CS] in Ού a. CNj ^r CO CO 〇TJ« &lt;L in CM in o in ύ ο ο oa cL but eg CQ TJ* CL. 呀CJ mo in o CO ο ο 〇 m 〇ύ cu CM 〇CO σ» a. CO CvJ mo in o CO ο σ» 私L □L CM oo CM -&lt; T 二 OJ tA o LO 宫ο ο eo Qg a. CO 呀 t— - 1 τί&gt C*J in o in o CO ο ο $ Connaught cL CM CO cL ο IT) om cd CJ ο Φ nr~\ s 1 &lt;0. 2 &lt;0 Xu &lt;〇/~\ π φ η Di {〇0 ♦ &在&lt;0 oo CO 〇Cl. « . oo &quot;T CL. a&gt; Cvl ΙΟ ο m CJ eo ο ο Ο CU ir&gt; CO Let CU in cd CM ΙΑ &lt;=&gt; m c&gt ; in σ» eg ο to (Ο 璀V Cu ΙΛ 卜 5. CO 寸 CL σ&gt; eg ιΑ Ο LO r-* OJ ο Ι Λ CO 军 tp Cu in CO Oi TJ· a. CO c^» m ο in r-^ CM ο ο tD Cu m 3 o &quot;T cu in CM m ο in CQ ο CO co 5 隹V C3 a. in兮t—CO CO ά. σ» CM ΙΑ ο m ο CM CO o a. in CO CO CO ά C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C S 遂w CL. in &lt;〇in &lt;〇cu in 00 CM ΙΛ Ο m $ ο Oi in 5 〇 〇 & cL CM 呀 CO CL· in ΙΑ Ο in evi CM ο 〇0 in ¥ QA Cu CVJ τί * -&lt; CO cL CN] CM ιη ο mc«i eg ο ο η molybdenum t 〇α CQ V-/ swallow cup A? \ s«&gt; 眸δ Φ Φ more fya ball 9 隹 at &lt;0 226 201247603

324024 實施例79 £0 〇. CM ««3· CO &lt;〇 C*3 CU CM CM in C3 m 〇 ο ο 實施例78 CQ t- ΙΛ m CO OU 〇 C4 in &lt;=&gt; m ο ο 實施例r? C0 CM m «&lt; in C3 flu OJ m c&gt; ΙΓ&gt; ο 货施例76 GQ dm Csl 呀 s ·&lt; CO 丄 二 CM in o m ο ο ο 實施例75 βο CL. oo CO cL o CM in o 40.5 ο ο 實施例74 P-B N 卜 P-3 00 C^l in c&gt; 40.5 ο 實施例73 P-C S σ&gt; σι CM cL to in o in τι ο 實施例72 a. in A24 4.5 CU in in IA CO in o 5 Ξ 實施例71 P-G CM T*· m m eo CU m in CM u? o m 4Λ eo ο ο 實施例70 A. OO CO A27 CO flu 卜 OO o in o t- eo eo ο ο 實施例69 o a. in a. LT) in in CO in o ο 顏料分散物 泠-羥基烷基醯胺（A) 含有羧基之聚合物（B) 光聚合性單逋（D) 先聚合引發劑（c) 多官能硫醇 環氧樹脂 胺觸媒 有機溶劑 合計 實施例91 μ s CO eg -c O) C3 a. 03 m o ΙΟ ο ο 實施例90 Uet α. in CO CM -&lt; «〇 丄 CO m o 41.5 ο ο 實施例89 UA cu CO O) 女 00 cu m C*J o 35.3 ο ο 實施例88 itA &lt;L CO 寸 O) m tr^ CVJ CL. CM CS in CO ο 賁施例87 cL CO CM &lt;〇 &lt; CO CO a. CO o 39.9 ο ο 實施例86 P-B eo CJ CO in CJ cu in CM tn o in in in ο 實施例85 ea cL eo CM 呀 in -¾1 cL in CM m o 55.5 ο ο 實施例84 P-B n CM oo C|J CL. m CM m C3 iO 写· ο 實施例83 P-B C3 C&gt;J c- o &lt;L m eo tn o 49.5 ο 實施例82 P-B CO CO 寸 ·&lt; CO CL 卜 IT) in to in ο 實施例81 P-B n CM CO 12.5 04 a. o CO o m 1 0.01 ,50.49 ο ο 實施例80 CQ 〇. CO CM eo in CM* CVI CL. m C&gt;J m o ο 顏料分散物 jff-羥基烷基醢胺(A) 含有羧基之聚合物（B) 光聚合性單體（D) 光聚合引發谢(c) 多官能硫醇 環氧樹脂 胺觸媒 有機溶劑 合計 227 201247603324024 Example 79 £0 〇. CM ««3· CO &lt;〇C*3 CU CM CM in C3 m 〇ο ο Example 78 CQ t- ΙΛ m CO OU 〇C4 in &lt;=&gt; m ο ο Example r? C0 CM m «&lt; in C3 flu OJ m c&gt;ΙΓ&gt; ο Goods Example 76 GQ dm Csl 呀 s · &lt; CO 丄 CM in om ο ο ο Example 75 βο CL. oo CO cL o CM in o 40.5 ο ο Example 74 PB N 卜 P-3 00 C^l in c&gt; 40.5 ο Example 73 PC S σ&gt; σι CM cL to in o in τι ο Example 72 a. in A24 4.5 CU In in IA CO in o 5 实施 Example 71 PG CM T*· mm eo CU m in CM u? om 4Λ eo ο ο Example 70 A. OO CO A27 CO flu OO o in o t- eo eo ο ο Example 69 o a. in a. LT) in in CO in o ο pigment dispersion 泠-hydroxyalkyl decylamine (A) polymer containing carboxyl group (B) photopolymerizable monoterpene (D) polymerization initiator (c) Polyfunctional thiol epoxy resin amine catalyst organic solvent total Example 91 μ s CO eg -c O) C3 a. 03 mo ΙΟ ο ο Example 90 Uet α. in CO CM -&lt; CO mo 41.5 ο Example 89 UA cu CO O) Female 00 cu m C*J o 35.3 ο ο Example 88 itA &lt;L CO 寸 O) m tr^ CVJ CL. CM CS in CO ο Instance 87 cL CO CM &lt;〇&lt; CO CO a. CO o 39.9 ο ο Example 86 PB eo CJ CO in CJ cu in CM tn o in in ο Example 85 ea cL eo CM 呀 in -3⁄41 cL in CM mo 55.5 ο ο 84 PB n CM oo C|J CL. m CM m C3 iO Write · ο Example 83 PB C3 C&gt;J c- o &lt;L m eo tn o 49.5 ο Example 82 PB CO CO inch·&lt; CO CL卜IT) in to in ο Example 81 PB n CM CO 12.5 04 a. o CO om 1 0.01 , 50.49 ο ο Example 80 CQ 〇. CO CM eo in CM* CVI CL. m C&gt;J mo ο Pigment dispersion Jff-hydroxyalkyl decylamine (A) carboxyl group-containing polymer (B) photopolymerizable monomer (D) photopolymerization initiation Xie (c) polyfunctional thiol epoxy resin amine catalyst organic solvent total 227 201247603

^ 9&lt; CO Οέ 1 α. CN1 寸 1—4 ΙΛ ς〇 oo 1 CL· m 〇〇 CvJ in o m Q CO Ο Ο ΙΛ ♦ 1 Qu CV3 寸 Cvl 1 a. OJ CO w 妹 CO (N1 CN) ΙΛ 〇 Oi ο 却 ο ο 寸 Cd. 1 CU CN1 寸 &lt;M 1 Qu o m CS3 妹 OJ CQ a O o CM m o in oo CO ο ο 〇〇 % Q^ 1 CU CO Cvl CN3 1 CL· oo OJ CO 却 CO OO ΙΛ 〇 oo CO ΙΛ C3 Ο C&lt;J Od 1 Ou CO CO 1 a. in 00 1 CL· Ο CO ID o m o CO Ο ο ^4 5 ^Γ Q£ 1 CU CvJ 畔 cvi 1 a. s CO in o ΙΛ 廿’ CO ο ο 〇 5 Ού a. CO 却 寸 05 oa Cu Lf&gt; OO CNJ ΙΛ OO 03 ο ο 05 Hr OeS 1 CL· CV3 寸 〇〇 ΙΛ OS 1 m m Oi ΙΛ &lt;Z&gt; xn CvJ CSJ ο ο 蓉 Φ * 堪 /·—\ -&lt; S—✓ 辑 4 /—N CQ s-/ 者 实 /^N A S^/ *〇j 联 &lt;Q /-\ o V-/ 冢 诤 ϊϊη 寂 效 逛 * •φ 324024 228 201247603 就表5、表6中之簡寫說明如下： 光聚合性單體（D) : ARONIX M-402(東亞合成公司製品），二 季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯及二異戊四酸五丙烯酸酯之混合物 光聚合引發劑（C) : IRGACURE 907C日本汽巴公司製品），2-曱基-1-[4-(甲硫基）苯基]-2-N-嗎啉基丙烷-1-酮 多官能硫醇：TEMB(昭和電工公司製品），三羥甲基乙烷三 (3-氫硫基丁酸酯） φ 環氧樹脂：XD_1000 :(日本化藥公司製品），含二環戊烯基 構造之線型酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂 胺觸媒：二甲基苯甲基胺 有機溶劑：環己酮 其他之l:「PRIMIDXL-552」（愛莫士公司製品），N，N，N，，N，_ 四（羥乙基）己二醯胺 其他之2 :「XD-1000」（日本化藥公司製品），含有二環戊 烯基構造之線型酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂 鲁其他之3 :乩3175 : Sumidur BL3175C住化拜耳脲烷公司製 品），三聚異氰酸酯型MEK肟封端之封端異氰酸酯 表5、表6中之A1至A62及P-i至P_8之調配量乃做 為溶液所表示值。 就所得濾色器用感光性組成物，依照下述方法評估其 透月f生、耐藥物性、硬度、密著性、絕緣性、形成圖案之 適ί·生經時保存安定性，而表示其結果於表7、表8中。 [評估透明性（霧度之測定）] 將實施例25至91及參考例9至16之濾色器用感光性 324024 229 201247603 組成物，使用旋轉塗布器，以150°C加熱20分鐘後完成之 膜厚成為2. 0 // m狀塗布於lOOmmxlOOmm，0· 7mm厚度之玻 璃基板（康寧公司製品之玻璃Eagle 2000)上而製成塗布基 板。繼之，減壓乾燥後，使用超高壓水銀燈，以照度 20mW/cm2，曝光量50mJ/cm2而進行紫外光曝光處理。塗布 基板在150 C加熱20分鐘，放置冷卻後以霧度計 NDH-2000(東京電色公司製品）測定其霧度值，其評估標準 ^ 如下： 〇：霧度值未達0. 5%未滿：優異水準 △:霧度值為0· 5%以上而未達1. 5% :較之上項差些， 但可供實用之水準 X :霧度值為1.5%以上··不適合實用之水準 [耐藥物性之評估] 按照製作霧度測定用基板相同方法製成基板並測定其 色度。然後，浸潰基板於N-曱基吡烷酮溶液中，室溫經30 ® 分鐘之後，以離子交換水洗淨，風乾之。之後，測定基板 之色度’並計算其色差值。又，該色度係使用C光源 之顯微分光光度計（奥林巴斯光學公司製品之「〇SP-SPl〇〇」） 而測定之’評估標準如下： 〇：1. 5 :優異水準 △ : 1·5&lt; ΔΕ$3 :較之上項差些，但為可實用之水準 X : 3&lt; :不適合實用之水準 [對於玻璃之密著性之測定] 按照製作霧度測定用基板相同方法製成基板，再依據 324024 230 201247603 JIS K5600-5-6之附著性（橫割法）試驗，評估塗膜之密著 性，計數棋盤目25個中之剝離個數。 〇：棋盤目之剝離個數未滿2個：優異水準 △:棋盤目之剝離個數 2個以上而10個以下：較之 上項差些，但為可實用之水準 X :棋盤目之剝離個數 10個以上：不適於實用之水 準 [形成圖案時之感應度] 使用實施例25至91及參考例9至16之濾色器用感光 性組成物，按照按觸板層間絕緣膜用塗布劑相同方法評估 該感應度。 [圖案剝落之評估] 就上述感應度評估所製成之基板，在100/zm之光罩部 分之圖案，使用光學顯微鏡觀察而行評估。評估之標準如 下： 〇：無剝落或缺陷而優異：優異水準 △:雖無剝落但發生部分缺陷：較之上項差些，可供 實用水準 X :發生多處剥落或缺陷：不適合實用之水準 [保存安定性評估] 就實施例25至91及參考例9至16之濾色器用感光性 組成物，按照前述觸控板層間絕緣膜用塗布劑相同方法進 行保存安定性試驗而加以評估。 324024 231 201247603[表 10]^ 9&lt; CO Οέ 1 α. CN1 inch 1-4 ΙΛ oo 1 CL· m 〇〇CvJ in om Q CO Ο Ο ♦ ♦ 1 Qu CV3 inch Cvl 1 a. OJ CO w sister CO (N1 CN) ΙΛ 〇Oi ο ο ο ο cd Cd. 1 CU CN1 inch &lt;M 1 Qu om CS3 girl OJ CQ a O o CM mo in oo CO ο ο 〇〇% Q^ 1 CU CO Cvl CN3 1 CL· oo OJ CO CO OO ΙΛ 〇oo CO ΙΛ C3 Ο C&lt;J Od 1 Ou CO CO 1 a. in 00 1 CL· Ο CO ID omo CO Ο ο ^4 5 ^Γ Q£ 1 CU CvJ side cvi 1 a. s CO in o ΙΛ CO' CO ο ο 〇5 Ού a. CO 寸 05 oa Cu Lf&gt; OO CNJ ΙΛ OO 03 ο ο 05 Hr OeS 1 CL· CV3 inch 〇〇ΙΛ OS 1 mm Oi ΙΛ &lt;Z&gt; xn CvJ CSJ ο ο 蓉 Φ * 堪 /·—\ -&lt; S-✓ Series 4 /—N CQ s-/ 者实/^NAS^/ *〇j 联&lt;Q /-\ o V-/ 冢诤ϊϊη 寂* 324 024024 228 201247603 The short form in Table 5 and Table 6 is as follows: Photopolymerizable monomer (D): ARONIX M-402 (product of East Asia Synthetic Company), dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate and diisoamethylene Photopolymerization of a mixture of acid pentaacrylate Agent (C): IRGACURE 907C, Ciba, Japan), 2-mercapto-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-N-morpholinylpropan-1-one polyfunctional thiol: TEMB (product of Showa Denko Co., Ltd.), trimethylolethane tris(3-hydrogenthiobutyrate) φ Epoxy resin: XD_1000: (product of Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), linear novolac with dicyclopentenyl structure Varnish type epoxy resin amine catalyst: dimethylbenzylamine organic solvent: cyclohexanone other l: "PRIMIDXL-552" (product of Amos), N, N, N,, N, _ four (Hydroxyethyl) hexamethylenediamine Other 2 : "XD-1000" (product of Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), novolak type epoxy resin containing dicyclopentenyl structure. Other 3 : 乩 3175 : Sumidur BL3175C product of Bayer Urea Co., Ltd.), trimer isocyanate type MEK肟 blocked blocked isocyanate Table 5, Table 6 A1 to A62 and Pi to P_8 are formulated as the value indicated by the solution. The photosensitive composition for a color filter obtained was evaluated for its vapor permeability, chemical resistance, hardness, adhesion, insulation, pattern formation, and preservation stability according to the following method. The results are shown in Tables 7 and 8. [Evaluation of transparency (measurement of haze)] The color filters of Examples 25 to 91 and Reference Examples 9 to 16 were subjected to a photosensitive 324024 229 201247603 composition, and heated at 150 ° C for 20 minutes using a spin coater. The film thickness was 2. 0 //m applied to a glass substrate of 100 mm×100 mm thick and 0.7 mm thick (glass Eagle 2000 manufactured by Corning Co., Ltd.) to prepare a coated substrate. Subsequently, after drying under reduced pressure, an ultraviolet light exposure treatment was carried out using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp at an illuminance of 20 mW/cm 2 and an exposure amount of 50 mJ/cm 2 . The coating substrate was heated at 150 C for 20 minutes, and the haze value was measured by a haze meter NDH-2000 (Tokyo Electric Co., Ltd.), and the evaluation standard was as follows: 〇: haze value was less than 0.5%. Full: Excellent level △: Haze value is 0·5% or more and less than 1.5%: It is worse than the above item, but it can be used for practical level X: Haze value is 1.5% or more··Not suitable for practical use Level [Evaluation of drug resistance] A substrate was prepared in the same manner as in the production of a substrate for measuring haze, and the color was measured. Then, the substrate was immersed in an N-decylpyrrolidone solution, and after 30 minutes at room temperature, it was washed with ion-exchanged water and air-dried. Thereafter, the chromaticity ' of the substrate was measured and the color difference value was calculated. Further, the chromaticity was measured by a microscopic spectrophotometer of a C light source ("SP-SP1" manufactured by Olympus Optical Co., Ltd.) and the evaluation criteria were as follows: 〇: 1.5: excellent level △ : 1·5&lt; ΔΕ$3 : It is worse than the above item, but it is a practical level X: 3&lt; : Not suitable for practical use [Measurement of adhesion to glass] According to the same method for producing a substrate for haze measurement The substrate was formed, and the adhesion of the coating film was evaluated according to the adhesion (cross-cut method) test of 324024 230 201247603 JIS K5600-5-6, and the number of peelings in the 25 pieces of the checkerboard was counted. 〇: The number of strips in the board is less than 2: Excellent level △: The number of strips in the board is more than 2 and less than 10: worse than the above, but it is a practical level X: the stripping of the board 10 or more: unsuitable for practical use [sensitivity when forming a pattern] using the photosensitive composition for color filters of Examples 25 to 91 and Reference Examples 9 to 16, according to the coating agent for the interlayer insulating film according to the touch panel The same method is used to evaluate the sensitivity. [Evaluation of Pattern Peeling] For the substrate prepared by the above-mentioned sensitivity evaluation, the pattern of the mask portion of 100/zm was evaluated by observation with an optical microscope. The evaluation criteria are as follows: 〇: Excellent without peeling or defects: Excellent level △: Although there is no peeling, some defects occur: it is worse than the above item, and it can be used for practical level X: Multiple peeling or defects occur: not suitable for practical use [Storage Stability Evaluation] The photosensitive compositions for the color filters of Examples 25 to 91 and Reference Examples 9 to 16 were evaluated by a storage stability test in the same manner as the above-mentioned touch panel interlayer insulating film coating agent. 324024 231 201247603 [Table 10]

324024 實施例35 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例34 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例33 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例32 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例31 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例30 〇 &lt; 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例29 0 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例28 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例27 〇 &lt;1 &lt; 〇 〇 &lt;1 〇 實施例26 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例25 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 透明性 耐藥物性 耐熱性 密著性 形成圓案時之感應度 | 囷案之剝落 保存安定性 實施例46 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 &lt; 實施例45 〇 &lt; 〇 〇 〇 &lt;3 〇 1實施例44 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 |實施例43 〇 〇 〇 〇 &lt;1 &lt;1 〇 實施例42 〇 〇 &lt; 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例41 〇 〇 &lt;] 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例40 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例39 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 &lt; 〇 實施例38 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例37 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 貧施例36 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 透明性 耐藥物性 埘熱性 密著性 形成圏案時之感應度 圓案之剝落 保存安定性 食施例57 〇 &lt; &lt; 〇 &lt;] 〇 〇 實施例56 〇 〇 〇 &lt;3 〇 〇 〇 赏施例55 〇 〇 〇 &lt;3 〇 &lt;3 〇 實施例54 〇 &lt;1 &lt;1 〇 〇 &lt; 〇 實施例53 〇 &lt;1 &lt; 〇 〇 &lt; 〇 實施例52 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例51 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例50 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例49 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例48 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例47 〇 〇 〇 〇 &lt;] &lt;1 〇 透明性 耐藥物性 耐熱性 密著性 形成®案時之感應度 囫案之剝落 保存安定性 232 201247603324024 Example 35 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇Example 34 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇Example 33 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇Example 32 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇Example 31 〇〇〇〇〇〇 〇Example 30 〇&lt; 〇〇〇〇Example 29 0 〇〇〇〇〇〇Example 28 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇Example 27 〇&lt;1 &lt;1&lt;1 〇Example 26 〇 〇〇〇〇〇〇Example 25 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇Transparency, drug resistance, heat resistance, adhesion, formation sensitivity, case, peeling, preservation stability, example 46 &lt;Example 45 〇&lt;〇〇〇&lt;3 〇1 Example 44 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇|Example 43 〇〇〇〇&lt;1 &lt;1 〇Example 42 〇〇&lt; 〇〇 〇〇Example 41 〇〇&lt;] 〇〇〇〇 Example 40 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇 Example 39 〇〇〇〇〇 &lt; 〇 Example 38 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇 Example 37 〇〇 Poor apprehension 36 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇Transparency, drug resistance, heat-sensitive adhesion, sensation in the case of sputum, peeling off, preservation, stability, food application, 57 〇 &lt;&lt; 〇 &lt;] 〇〇 Example 56 〇 〇〇&lt;3 Appreciation Example 55 〇〇〇&lt;3 〇&lt;3 〇Example 54 〇&lt;1 &lt;1 〇〇&lt; 〇Example 53 〇&lt;1 &lt; 〇〇&lt 〇Example 52 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇Example 51 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇Example 50 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇Example 49 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇Example 48 〇〇〇〇〇 〇〇Example 47 〇〇〇〇&lt;] &lt;1 〇Transparency, drug resistance, heat resistance, adhesion formation, case, sensitivity, peeling, preservation, stability, 232 201247603

324024 實施例68 Ο &lt;] &lt;1 〇 〇 &lt;] 〇 實施例67 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例66 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例65 〇 Ο 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例64 0 Ο 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例63 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例62 Ο 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例61 0 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例60 Ο 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例59 Ο &lt;1 &lt;] 〇 0 &lt; 〇 實施例58 Ο &lt; 〇 〇 &lt;1 &lt;] 〇 透明性 耐藥物性 耐熱性 密著性 形成圓案時之感應 圖案之剝落 保存安定性 實施例79 〇 &lt;1 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例78 〇 &lt;1 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例77 〇 &lt;1 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例76 〇 0 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例75 〇 &lt; 〇 〇 〇 0 〇 實施例74 〇 &lt;3 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例73 〇 &lt;1 0 〇 &lt; &lt;1 〇 實施例72 〇 〇 〇 &lt; 〇 〇 實施例71 〇 &lt;1 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例70 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 &lt;] 〇 實施例69 〇 〇 〇 &lt;1 〇 〇 〇 透明性 耐藥物性 耐熱性 密著性 形成圊案時之感應 圊案之剝落 保存安定性 實施例91 Ο &lt;3 &lt;1 〇 &lt; 〇 〇 實施例90 Ο 〇 &lt;3 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例89 Ο 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例88 Ο 〇 〇 〇 &lt; &lt; 〇 實施例87 0 &lt;1 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例86 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 &lt; 〇 實施例85 Ο 〇 〇 〇 〇 &lt; 〇 實施例84 Ο 〇 〇 〇 〇 &lt; 〇 實施例83 Ο 〇 〇 〇 〇 &lt;1 〇 實施例82 Ο 〇 &lt;1 &lt;1 〇 〇 〇 實施例81 Ο 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 &lt;3 實施例80 Ο 0 〇 0 〇 &lt;] 〇 透明性 | 耐藥物性 耐熱性 密著性 形成®案時之感應 圊案之剝落 保存安定性 233 201247603 [表 11 ] 〇 〇 〇 ςι?妒妹324024 Embodiment 68 Ο &lt;] &lt;1 〇〇 &lt;] 〇 Embodiment 67 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇 Embodiment 66 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇 Embodiment 65 〇Ο 〇〇〇〇〇 Embodiment 64 0 Ο 〇〇〇〇〇 Example 63 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇 Example 62 Ο 〇〇〇〇〇〇 Example 61 0 〇〇〇〇〇〇 Example 60 Ο 〇〇〇〇〇〇 Example 59 Ο &lt;1 &lt;] 〇0 &lt; 〇Example 58 Ο &lt;〇〇&lt;1&lt;1 〇Transparency, drug resistance, heat resistance, adhesion formation, peeling, preservation, stability, implementation Example 79 〇&lt;1 〇〇〇〇〇Example 78 〇&lt;1 〇〇〇〇〇Example 77 〇&lt;1 〇〇〇〇〇Example 76 〇0 〇〇〇〇〇Example 75 〇&lt 〇〇〇0 〇Example 74 〇&lt;3 〇〇〇〇〇Example 73 〇&lt;1 0 〇&lt;&lt;1 〇Example 72 〇〇〇&lt; 〇〇Example 71 〇&lt;1 〇〇〇〇〇Example 70 〇〇〇〇〇&lt;] 〇Example 69 〇 〇&lt;1 〇〇〇Transparency, drug resistance, heat resistance, adhesion, formation, peeling, preservation, stability, example 91 Ο &lt;3 &lt;1 〇&lt; 〇〇Example 90 Ο 〇 &lt;3 〇〇〇〇Example 89 Ο 〇〇〇〇〇〇 Example 88 Ο 〇〇〇 &lt;&lt; 〇 Example 87 0 &lt;1 〇〇〇〇〇Example 86 〇〇〇〇〇&lt; 〇Example 85 Ο 〇〇〇〇 &lt; 〇 Example 84 Ο 〇〇〇〇 &lt; 〇 Example 83 Ο 〇〇〇〇 &lt;1 〇 Example 82 Ο 〇 &lt;1 &lt;1 〇〇〇 Example 81 Ο 〇〇〇〇〇 &lt;3 Example 80 Ο 0 〇0 〇&lt;] 〇Transparency | Resistance to drug-induced heat-resistance adhesion formation in the case of peeling and preservation stability 233 201247603 [Table 11] 〇〇〇ςι? sister

V 〇V 〇

V 〇V 〇

V 〇 2:5%-# 〇 〇 〇V 〇 2:5%-# 〇 〇 〇

V 〇 〇 25%^ 〇 〇 〇 〇V 〇 〇 25%^ 〇 〇 〇 〇

V 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 115% 砵 〇 〇V 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 115% 砵 〇 〇

VV

V 〇 01 :命·# 〇V 〇 01 :命·# 〇

V 〇 〇 〇V 〇 〇 〇

V 〇 〇 【1&gt;犁碁；一 ±1έΒ«ί 00&lt; 甸璿喵W1T帐困嗜« 324024 234 201247603 如同表7、表8所表示，實施例25至91之濾色器用 感光性組成物皆顯表示優異之透明性、耐藥物性、耐熱性、 密著性’形成圖案時之感應度、圖案之剝落、保存安定性 等特性。 實施例25至56、60至72、74至90之感光性組成物 乃係含有光聚合性單體（D)，所以形成圖案時之感應度更加 優異。又’實施例26、40、46、67、81中，因為添加有環 氧樹脂，所以能抑制圖案之剝落，可知在不妨害保存安定 # 性範圍内可使用環氧樹脂。 參考例9至16之感光性組成物，在上述物性中總有不 良結果，因此，無法獲得全部能滿足可實用水準者。 參考例9為不含光聚合性官能基，參考例1 〇為不含光 聚合弓丨發劑（c)，所以無法形成圖案。又，不起光硬化，所 以耐熱性、耐藥物性亦造成不良之結果。 參考例11由於羥基烷基醯胺不溶解於有機溶劑， 造成交聯構造之不均勻而密著性不良。 ® 參考例12由於不含具有^ 羥基烷基醯胺構造之羥 基，所以硬化反應無法進行，造成耐藥物性或耐熱性不良 之結果。 參考例13由於不添加羥基烷基醯胺（A)而添加環 氧樹脂，因為沒有觸媒所以熱硬化無法充分進行，造成耐 藥物性或耐熱性不良之結果。 參考例14由於再加上觸媒，熱硬化反應雖然順利進 行，俜造成保存安定性下降之結果。 235 324〇24 201247603 參考例15由於添加封端異氰酸酯，所以熱硬化時所發 生之脫封端劑，造成透明度降低之結果。 參考例16由於不含有含幾基之聚合物（b )，所以無法 形成圖案’而且熱硬化反應無法充分進行，也造成耐藥物 性或耐熱性不良之結果。 &lt;感光性耐焊接油墨&gt; [實施例92至119、參考例17至24] 按照表9、表1 〇中所表示組成及調配量，調配yj -經 — 基烷基醯胺（A)及含有羧基之聚合物（B)，再調配以Epikote 1031S(三菱化學公司製品，多官能環氧丙基趟型環氧樹 脂）5份，BL3175C住化拜耳脲烷公司製品，三聚異氰酸醋 型封端異氰酸醋）20份，IRGACURE-907(汽巴特殊化藥公司 製品，2-曱基-1-[4-(甲硫基）苯基]-2-N-嗎琳基-1-丙 烷）2.5份，0£丁\-3(日本化藥公司製品，2,4-二乙硫基咕 嘲酮）0. 25份，ARONIX M-310(東亞合成公司製品，三羥曱 φ 基丙烷P0改質三丙烯酸酯）8份，綠色糊料（綠色顏料/基 質樹脂（苯酚樹脂）/溶劑（卡必醇乙酸酯=28/12/60)2份， SPB-100(大塚化學公司製品，磷腈（Phosphazene)系難燃 劑）8份，Stabiace MC-5S(琢化學工業公司製品’二聚氰 胺三聚異氰酸酯）8份，使用三輥混鍊而混合均勻後’以1 β濾器過濾，分別製成實施例92炱119、參考例Π至24 之感光性組成物。 表9、表1〇中之Α1至Α62及Ρ-1至ρ_7之調配量乃 以》谷液所表示值。 324024 236 201247603 [表 12] 實施例100 〇〇 S ΙΛ cL ο 實施例99 卜 〇 to ά. ο CM 實施例98 〇 CO Cu Ο ο 實施例97 tj* 〇. § 實施例96 S sr CL. ο 實施例95 S cL ο 賞施例94 eo S •^3* cL 實施例93 S TS* ο 實施例92 3 S ·Ό&gt; (L ο 泠-羥基烷基通胺（A) 含有羧基之聚合物（B) j 實施例109 m &lt;〇 CU § 實施例108 ◦ co 0. ο 實施例107 σ» eg S CD a. § 實施例106 00 CO &lt; CO cL ο 實施例105 m CO CO 1 Oh ο 實施例104 TJ« CO m cL ο 實施例103 A27 S in d ο I ^j· S l/i CU ο Ξ I 5 S in cu ο s 钼 逋 &lt;P 1 X5.V 〇〇 [1] ploughs; one ±1 έΒ «ί 00&lt; 璿喵 璿喵 W1T 困 « « 324024 234 201247603 As shown in Table 7, Table 8, the photosensitive compositions of the color filters of Examples 25 to 91 are It exhibits excellent transparency, chemical resistance, heat resistance, and adhesion properties, such as sensitivity in pattern formation, peeling off of the pattern, and preservation stability. Since the photosensitive compositions of Examples 25 to 56, 60 to 72, and 74 to 90 contain the photopolymerizable monomer (D), the degree of sensitivity is more excellent when the pattern is formed. Further, in the examples 26, 40, 46, 67, and 81, since the epoxy resin was added, the peeling of the pattern was suppressed, and it was found that an epoxy resin can be used without impairing the preservation stability. The photosensitive compositions of Reference Examples 9 to 16 always had poor results in the above physical properties, and therefore, it was not possible to obtain all those who could satisfy the practical level. Reference Example 9 is a photopolymerizable functional group-free, and Reference Example 1 is a photopolymerizable hair styling agent (c), so that a pattern cannot be formed. Moreover, it does not light harden, and heat resistance and drug resistance also cause undesirable results. In Reference Example 11, since the hydroxyalkylguanamine was not dissolved in the organic solvent, the crosslinked structure was uneven and the adhesion was poor. ® Reference Example 12 Since the hydroxyl group having a structure of a hydroxyalkylguanamine was not contained, the hardening reaction could not proceed, resulting in poor chemical resistance or heat resistance. In Reference Example 13, since an epoxy resin was added without adding a hydroxyalkylguanamine (A), since there was no catalyst, thermal hardening could not be sufficiently performed, resulting in poor resistance to chemicals or heat resistance. In Reference Example 14, the thermal hardening reaction was carried out smoothly by the addition of the catalyst, and the storage stability was lowered. 235 324〇24 201247603 Reference Example 15 Since the blocked isocyanate was added, the deblocking agent which occurred during thermal hardening caused a decrease in transparency. In Reference Example 16, since the polymer (b) containing a few groups was not contained, the pattern " could not be formed" and the heat curing reaction could not proceed sufficiently, which also resulted in poor chemical resistance or heat resistance. &lt;Photosensitive solder resist ink&gt; [Examples 92 to 119, Reference Examples 17 to 24] The yj-trans-alkyl decylamine (A) was formulated according to the composition and the amount of the formulation shown in Table 9, Table 1 〇. And the carboxyl group-containing polymer (B), and then blended with Epikote 1031S (Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd., polyfunctional epoxy propyl oxime type epoxy resin) 5 parts, BL3175C Sustained Bayer Urea product, trimeric isocyanic acid Vinegar-type blocked isocyanic acid vinegar) 20 parts, IRGACURE-907 (Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd., 2-mercapto-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-N-morphinyl -1-propane) 2.5 parts, 0£丁\-3 (product of Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., 2,4-diethylthiopyridinone) 0. 25 parts, ARONIX M-310 (product of East Asia Synthetic Company, trishydroxyl曱φ-propane P0 modified triacrylate) 8 parts, green paste (green pigment / matrix resin (phenol resin) / solvent (carbitol acetate = 28/12/60) 2 parts, SPB-100 ( 8 parts of Daxie Chemical Co., Ltd., Phosphazene is a flame retardant), 8 parts of Stabiace MC-5S (product of 'Chemium Industry' melamine trimeric isocyanate), mixed with three-roller mixed chain' 1 β The mixture was filtered to prepare the photosensitive compositions of Examples 92 to 119 and Reference Examples to 24, respectively. The amounts of Α1 to Α62 and Ρ-1 to ρ_7 in Table 9 and Table 1 are expressed by "谷液". 324024 236 201247603 [Table 12] Example 100 〇〇S ΙΛ cL ο Example 99 〇 〇 CM Example 98 〇CO Cu Ο ο Example 97 tj* 〇. § Example 96 S sr CL ο. Example 95 S cL ο Appreciation Example 94 eo S •^3* cL Example 93 S TS* ο Example 92 3 S ·Ό&gt; (L ο 泠-hydroxyalkylamine (A) Containing a carboxyl group Polymer (B) j Example 109 m &lt; 〇 CU § Example 108 ◦ co 0. ο Example 107 σ» eg S CD a. § Example 106 00 CO &lt; CO cL ο Example 105 m CO CO 1 Oh ο Example 104 TJ « CO m cL ο Example 103 A27 S in d ο I ^j· S l/i CU ο Ξ I 5 S in cu ο s Molybdenum 逋 &lt;P 1 X5.

實施例119 (M CO in I— a. in 實施例118 u? c- Cu 實施例117 〇 ΙΛ r- a. in 實施例116 〇&gt; m ·&lt; m Ρ» cL in 實施例115 in in in t— cL ΙΓ3 ^· 實施例114 co ΙΛ LO ί α. in 實施例113 CM ·&lt; m t- cu m 實施例112 o t- ά. s 實施例111 σ» CO a. § 實施例110 &lt;〇 CO a. § 泠-羥基烷基醸胺（A) 含有羧基之聚合物（B) II CD ήτ 妹 CO 〇 CO CO CJ 5 s CJ OsJ 军 e*5 1 O. ο co 革 4r 砵 CJJ cu ο CO CL. s 參考例19 XL-552 s CO a. s 參考例18 XL-552 s Cs) a. 參考例17 XL-552 cL 彡-羥基烷基aa胺（A) 含有羧基之聚合物（B) 324024 237 201247603 表9至10中之簡寫說明如下： XL-552 ’ PRIMID XL-552(愛莫士化學公司製品），n，N，n，，N， -四（羥乙基）己二醯胺 (評估方法及其結果） 所得感光性組成物做為感光性耐焊接油墨而按照下述 方法評估其顯影性、解像性、焊接耐熱性、可撓性、難燃 性等性狀。 [製作試料A] 片面經剝離性處理之38 ym厚度之隔板PET膜之剝離 面上’將實施例91至118，參考例π至24中所得感光性 耐焊接性油墨，以乾燥後之膜厚成為2〇//m狀，分別均勻 塗布而乾燥後，冷卻至室溫。繼之，將該膜上之感光性樹 脂組成物面和25/ζιη厚度之PET膜貼附在一起而製成兩面 為PET膜所夾成之感光性樹脂组成物之乾膜型感光性焊接 抗蝕體。 其次，從該乾膜剝離隔板PET膜，表面上露出之感光 性樹脂組成物面貼附以錢銅層壓板（以姑刻將銅表面加以 粗糙化處理）之銅箔面，經真空層積處理（6〇〇c，〇.2MPa= 2kg/cm2)而黏合之。繼之’從pet膜上將具有防蝕圖形[φ 70/zm孔，21級段次，實線/間距= 100/60(^^/^^)]之負 膜加以貼合，使用紫外光曝光裝置（0RC製作所製品， EXM-1201F，短弧光燈）照射以紫外光（4〇〇mj/cm2)。然後， 剝離PET膜，使1%之碳酸鈉水溶液，以2kg/cm2之喷壓而 顯影處理60秒鐘。之後’以15〇。(：之熱風乾燥機進行加熱 324024 238 201247603 硬化處理1小時，而製成試料A。 [顯影性] 式料A，黏合以具有21級段次之負膜部分之塗膜， Ί办液所膨潤之段數做為膨潤段數，塗膜被顯影液洗淨 一·^數做為剝離段數。剥離段數越低，顯影速度越快，也 &quot;、疋’4影&amp;越優異。因此，使肖該剝離段數依照下述標準 評估顯影性。 〇…剝離段數$5 △…剝離段數=6至1〇 x…剝離段數g 11 [解像性] 就試料A，以放大鏡觀察φ 7 Q &quot; m部部分 表面曝露部分(開孔部分)之直徑加以測定，二 越被中 解像性。該孔之直徑越接近7〇_，圖荦 越被忠實_成，也就是解像性越為優異。 園荼 〇…直徑6〇wm以上 △…直徑40_以上至59_以下 X…直徑39em以下 [焊接耐熱性] 將低活性松香油系助溶劑（日本阿爾發金屬八 品，商品名為.6⑸塗布於試料A上 屬么司 槽(JIS C6481)中浸潰丨。秒鐘。上述 之焊接 而實施例2循環後按照下述標_為1備環計 〇.·侧觀無異常，無膨::::膜之㈣。 324024 239 201247603 △…塗膜部分發生膨脹或剝離 X…塗膜整體發生膨脹或剝離 [製作試料B] 將實施例92至U9、參考例17至24中所得感光㈣ 焊性油墨，以乾燥膜厚成為狀均勻塗布在鄭^ 度之隔板PET膜上之後’冷卻至室溫。繼之，使用製作試 料A時所用相同紫外光曝光裝置’以積算光量4〇〇mJ/cm2 之熱風乾燥機施予熱硬化1小時》所得硬化膜冷卻至室 溫，從隔板膜剝離硬化塗獏，做為試料Β。 [可撓性] 將試料Β彎曲180度’相同部分向相反方彎曲18〇度。 按照下述標準評估此時之塗膜之狀態。 〇…膜面看不到裂紋 △…膜面稍可看到裂紋 X…膜面裂開，膜面明顯可看到裂紋 φ [製作試料C] 就實施例92至119、參考例17至24所得感光性耐焊 接油墨，在試料Α之製作工程中不使用具有防#圖形之負 膜進行紫外光照射（全面曝光）之外，皆按照製作試料A相 同方法進行製成試料C。 [難燃性] 就試料C，依據ULSubject94V法進行難燃性之評估’ 並按照下述標準評估其結果。 O..VTM-0 324024 240 201247603 χ .&quot;VTM-2以下（包含完全燃燒等） [評估結果] 評估結果表示於表11及表12。Example 119 (M CO in I- a. in Example 118 u? c- Cu Example 117 〇ΙΛ r- a. in Example 116 〇&gt; m ·&lt; m Ρ» cL in Example 115 in in In t-cL ΙΓ3 ^· Example 114 co ΙΛ LO ί α. in Example 113 CM ·&lt; m t- cu m Example 112 o t- ά. s Example 111 σ» CO a. § Example 110 &lt;〇CO a. § 泠-Hydroxyalkylguanamine (A) Polymer containing carboxyl group (B) II CD ήτ sister CO 〇CO CO CJ 5 s CJ OsJ army e*5 1 O. ο co leather 4r 砵CJJ cu ο CO CL. s Reference Example 19 XL-552 s CO a. s Reference Example 18 XL-552 s Cs) a. Reference Example 17 XL-552 cL 彡-Hydroxyalkyl-aa-Amine (A) Polymerization containing a carboxyl group (B) 324024 237 201247603 The short form in Tables 9 to 10 is as follows: XL-552 'PRIMID XL-552 (product of Hermos Chemical Company), n, N, n, N, - tetra (hydroxyethyl) Hexamethyleneamine (Evaluation Method and Results) The photosensitive composition obtained was evaluated as a photosensitive solder resist ink by the following method for developability, resolution, solder heat resistance, and Resistance, flame resistance and other traits. [Production Sample A] A release surface of a 38 ym-thick separator PET film having a one-sided peeling treatment. The photosensitive solder resist inks obtained in Examples 91 to 118 and Reference Examples π to 24 were dried. The thickness was 2 〇//m, and the coating was uniformly applied and dried, and then cooled to room temperature. Then, the photosensitive resin composition surface on the film and the PET film having a thickness of 25/inch are attached together to form a dry film type photosensitive solder resist having a photosensitive resin composition sandwiched between the PET film on both sides. Corrosion. Next, the separator PET film was peeled off from the dry film, and the surface of the photosensitive resin composition exposed on the surface was adhered to a copper foil surface of a copper-copper laminate (to roughen the surface of the copper), and vacuum laminated. Treatment (6〇〇c, 〇.2MPa = 2kg/cm2) and bonding. Following the 'film from the pet film with anti-corrosion pattern [φ 70/zm hole, 21 steps, solid line / pitch = 100/60 (^^/^^)], use UV light exposure The device (product of the 0RC factory, EXM-1201F, short arc lamp) was irradiated with ultraviolet light (4 〇〇 mj/cm 2 ). Then, the PET film was peeled off, and a 1% aqueous sodium carbonate solution was developed by a spray pressure of 2 kg/cm 2 for 60 seconds. After that, take 15 〇. (: The hot air dryer was heated 324024 238 201247603 and hardened for 1 hour to prepare sample A. [Developability] Formula A, bonded with a coating film having a 21-stage negative film portion, swelled by the liquid solution The number of segments is taken as the number of swelling segments, and the coating film is washed by the developer as the number of peeling segments. The lower the number of peeling segments, the faster the developing speed, and the more excellent the &quot;, 疋'4 shadow &amp; Therefore, the number of peeling sections is evaluated in accordance with the following criteria: 〇... number of peeling sections $5 △... number of peeling sections = 6 to 1 〇 x... number of peeling sections g 11 [resolution] On sample A, a magnifying glass Observe the diameter of the surface exposed portion (opening portion) of the φ 7 Q &quot; m part, and the second is the intermediate resolution. The closer the diameter of the hole is to 7〇_, the more faithful the figure is, the The resolution is more excellent. Gardening... diameter 6〇wm or more △... diameter 40_ or more to 59_ below X... diameter 39em or less [welding heat resistance] Low-activity rosin oil-based solvent (Japan Alpha Metal Eight) Product, the product name is .6 (5) and is applied to the sample A (JIS C6481) in the sample A. After welding in the second embodiment, the following standard _ is 1 for the ring. 侧. No abnormality, no swelling:::: film (4). 324024 239 201247603 △...The film portion expands or peels X... Expansion or peeling of the entire coating film [Preparation of Sample B] The photosensitive (four) soldering inks obtained in Examples 92 to U9 and Reference Examples 17 to 24 were uniformly coated on the separator PET film in a dry film thickness. After that, it was cooled to room temperature. Then, the cured film obtained by applying the same ultraviolet light exposure apparatus used in the preparation of sample A to a hot air dryer having a total amount of light of 4 〇〇 mJ/cm 2 for 1 hour was cooled to room temperature. The separator film was peeled and hardened and applied as a sample. [Flexibility] The sample was bent 180 degrees and the same portion was bent 18 degrees to the opposite side. The state of the film at this time was evaluated according to the following criteria. No crack was observed on the film surface. △ The crack was observed on the film surface. The film surface was cracked, and the crack was observed on the film surface. [Preparation of sample C] The photosensitivity obtained in Examples 92 to 119 and Reference Examples 17 to 24 Solder-resistant ink, not used in the production process of the sample 具有The negative film was subjected to ultraviolet light irradiation (overall exposure), and the sample C was prepared in the same manner as in the preparation of sample A. [Flammability] For sample C, evaluation of flame retardancy was performed according to the ULSubject 94V method and according to the following criteria Evaluate the results. O..VTM-0 324024 240 201247603 χ .&quot;VTM-2 or less (including complete combustion, etc.) [Evaluation results] The evaluation results are shown in Table 11 and Table 12.

241 324024 201247603 [表 13] ΙΪ 實施例100 &lt;] 〇 〇 &lt; 〇 實施例99 〇 〇 〇 &lt;3 〇 實施例98 〇 〇 &lt; 〇 實施例97 〇 〇 &lt;] 〇 〇 實施例96 〇 〇 &lt;1 〇 〇 實施例95 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例94 〇 〇 &lt; 〇 〇 實施例93 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例92 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 顯影性 解像性 焊接耐熱性 可撓性 難燃性 實施例109 〇 〇 &lt;] 〇 〇 實施例108 〇 &lt;3 〇 〇 〇 實施例107 〇 〇 &lt;1 &lt;3 〇 實施例106 〇 0 〇 〇 〇 實施例105 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例104 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例103 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例102 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例101 &lt;3 〇 &lt; 〇 顯影性 解像性 焊接对熱性 可撓性 難燃性 OOIU# 谅駟 ill f#鸯駟 91U杏镩駟 ςπ f#鸯駟 HI?i«^ ειι?辑駟 2115镩駟 III冢诔駟 0U?鸯ik 611 f4谋駟 〇241 324024 201247603 [Table 13] 实施 Example 100 &lt;] 〇〇 &lt; 〇 Example 99 〇〇〇 &lt;3 〇 Example 98 〇〇 &lt; 实施 Example 97 〇〇 &lt;] 〇〇 Example 96 〇〇&lt;1 〇〇Example 95 〇〇〇〇〇Example 94 〇〇&lt; 〇〇Example 93 〇〇〇〇〇Example 92 〇〇〇〇〇developability disintegration soldering heat resistance Slightly flame retardant Example 109 〇〇 &lt;] 〇〇 Example 108 〇 &lt;3 〇〇〇 Example 107 〇〇 &lt;1 &lt;1 &lt;3 〇Example 106 〇0 〇〇〇Example 105 〇〇〇 〇〇Example 104 〇〇〇〇〇Example 103 〇〇〇〇〇Example 102 〇〇〇〇〇Example 101 &lt;3 〇&lt; 〇 developability resolving soldering for thermal flexibility flame retardancy OOIU# 驷 驷 ill f#鸯驷91U杏镩驷ςπ f#鸯驷HI?i«^ ειι?驷驷2115镩驷III冢诔驷0U?鸯ik 611 f4

V Ιο V 〇 ν 〇 Ιο V 〇 ν ν 〇 〇 ν ν ν 〇 〇V Ιο V 〇 ν 〇 Ιο V 〇 ν ν 〇 〇 ν ν ν 〇 〇

V 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 Ιο V 〇 ΙοΙο 〇 VΙο 〇 VΙο 〇 Ιο οι Ιο V 〇V 〇 Ι Ι V V V Ι V V Ι Ι Ι Ι Ι Ι Ι Ι Ι Ι Ι V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V

Ιο V V V V 〇 ίι黎* 324024 242 201247603Ιο V V V V 〇 ίι黎* 324024 242 201247603

I-1 4 表 I_I 1參考例24 X &lt;1 〇 〇 參考例23 1 X &lt; 〇 &lt; 〇 參考例22 〇 &lt; X 〇 &lt;1 參考例21 〇 X X 〇 &lt;3 參考例20 &lt; &lt; X 〇 &lt;1 參考例19 &lt; X 0 X 〇 參考例18 〇 X 0 X 〇 參考例Π &lt;] X &lt;] X 〇 顯影性 解像性 焊接耐熱性 可撓性 難燃性 324024 243 201247603 從表11中之結果顯表示實施例92至119中之感光性 、组成物皆具備優異之顯影性、解像性、焊接耐熱性、可挽 性'難燃性’做為可撓性印刷電路板等所使用可撓性之絕 緣保邊膜甚為適佳。 另一方面’從表12中之結果顯表示參考例中無法獲得 可滿足實用水平者。例如參考例17至19由於其沒-羥基烷 基醯胺（A)係不溶於有機溶劑 ，所以光透過性降低，解像性 低劣。參考例20至22由於不含羥基烷基醯胺（A)，所 以硬化塗膜之耐熱性造成不良之結果。又，參考例23、24 由於不含具有羧基之聚合物（B)，無法使顯影性和解像性得 以兩立之結果。 《實施形態V》 (平均一次粒徑測定方法） 〇按照下述方法計測顏料之平均一次粒徑。加入丙二醇 單曱醚乙酸酯於顏料粉末中，再添加少量之分散劑之 鲁Disperbyk-·比克化學公司製品），以超音波處理i分 鐘，而調整好測定用試料。使用透過型（TEM)電子顯微鏡製 作3張（3視野份）能確認1〇()個以上之顏料之一 之照片，分別從左上方依序測定100個一次粒子大小。具 體而言，計測每個顏料之-次粒子之短軸徑和長轴徑並以 nm單位表示後，求得其平均值做為該顏料粒子之一次粒 徑，將合計300個之分布卩5nm單位劃分而作齡布圖， 並以5ηιη劃分之中央值（例如6nra以上而1〇nm以下時，該 中央值為8nm)做為該粒子之粒徑之近似值，再以各個粒徑 324024 244 201247603 和粒數為基礎而計算出平均粒徑/個數。 &lt;冷-羥基烧基醯胺（A)之合成&gt; 合成例1 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入210份之二乙醇胺， 10份之氫氧化鉀，導入氮氣同時加熱至l〇〇°c。從滴加裝 置以4小時滴加174份之己二酸二甲基酯。滴加完後，反 應容器内減壓至205imHg同時加熱，除去所生成之甲醇。 * 取出容器中所得漿狀之生成物而行真空乾燥。取得320份 之該生成物再度放入反應容器中，加熱至15(TC而攪拌溶 解。導入乾燥空氣同時於其中從滴加裝置以1小時滴加144 份之2-乙基己酸。滴加後在15〇。〇攪拌1小時之後，加入 100份之甲苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，藉與甲笨共彿 而去除所生成之水。迴流之曱苯使之返回反應容器中。充 分去除水之後，蒸餾除去所有曱苯。然後，降溫至60¾， ^ 從滴加裝置以1小時滴加由141份之異氰酸2-丙稀酿氧基 乙基醋（昭和電工公司製品，Karenz A01)、0.3份之對甲 氧基驗所成混合物。滴加後在60°C撥拌1小時，之後，加 入2351份之環己酮。製得固形物為2〇%之均一而黃褐色透 明，含有光聚合性官能基之/3-羥基烷基醯胺溶液A1。 合成例2 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加装置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入N，N，N，，N，_四（羥 乙基）己二醯胺（愛莫士化學公司製品，Prinmid xl—552) 324024 245 201247603 320份，加熱至職，授拌溶解之。導入乾燥空氣同時於 其中從滴加裝置以1小時滴加144份之2_乙基乙酸、NO 份之六氫㈣2-丙烯酿氧基乙基_ (共榮社化學 品，來特丙稀義Η0ΑΗΗ)、0.4份之對甲氧絲 合物。滴加後在15代勝1小時，_加人⑽I-1 4 Table I_I 1 Reference Example 24 X &lt; 1 〇〇 Reference Example 23 1 X &lt; 〇 &lt; 〇 Reference Example 22 〇 &lt; X 〇 &lt; 1 Reference Example 21 〇 XX 〇 &lt; 3 Reference Example 20 &lt;&lt; X 〇 &lt;1 Reference Example 19 &lt; X 0 X 〇 Reference Example 18 〇X 0 X 〇Reference Example Π &lt;] X &lt;] X 〇 developability resolving soldering heat resistance and flexibility Flammability 324024 243 201247603 The results in Table 11 show that the photosensitivity and composition of Examples 92 to 119 are excellent in developability, resolution, solder heat resistance, and pullability 'flammability'. Flexible insulating edge-preserving films for flexible printed circuit boards and the like are very suitable. On the other hand, the results from Table 12 indicate that the practical level cannot be obtained in the reference example. For example, in Reference Examples 17 to 19, since the non-hydroxyalkyl decylamine (A) is insoluble in an organic solvent, the light transmittance is lowered and the resolution is inferior. In Reference Examples 20 to 22, since the hydroxyalkylguanamine (A) was not contained, the heat resistance of the cured coating film was unfavorable. Further, in Reference Examples 23 and 24, since the polymer (B) having a carboxyl group was not contained, the developability and the resolution were not obtained. <<Embodiment V>> (Average primary particle diameter measuring method) 平均 The average primary particle diameter of the pigment was measured by the following method. The propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate was added to the pigment powder, and a small amount of a dispersing agent was added to the product of the Disperbyk-Bick Chemical Co., Ltd., and the measurement sample was adjusted by ultrasonic treatment for 1 minute. A photograph of one of the pigments of one or more (1) or more was produced by using a transmission-type (TEM) electron microscope, and three primary particle sizes were sequentially measured from the upper left side. Specifically, after measuring the short-axis diameter and the major-axis diameter of each of the pigment-sub-particles and expressing them in nm units, the average value is determined as the primary particle diameter of the pigment particles, and the total distribution of 300 is 卩5 nm. The unit is divided into the age map, and the central value divided by 5ηιη (for example, 6nra or more and 1〇nm or less, the central value is 8nm) is taken as the approximate value of the particle size of the particle, and then each particle size is 324024 244 201247603. The average particle diameter/number is calculated based on the number of grains. &lt;Synthesis of cold-hydroxyalkyl decylamine (A)&gt; Synthesis Example 1 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 210 parts of diethanolamine, 10 parts of potassium hydroxide, introduced into the nitrogen while heating to 10 ° C. From the dropping device, 174 parts of dimethyl adipate was added dropwise over 4 hours. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the inside of the reaction vessel was depressurized to 205 mM Hg while heating to remove the methanol formed. * The resulting slurry-like product in the container was taken out and vacuum dried. 320 parts of this product was again placed in a reaction vessel, heated to 15 (TC and stirred to dissolve. The dry air was introduced while 144 parts of 2-ethylhexanoic acid was added dropwise from the dropping device for 1 hour. After stirring for 1 hour, after stirring for 1 hour, 100 parts of toluene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with benzene, and the generated water was removed by the use of the benzene. The benzene was returned to the reaction vessel. After fully removing the water, distill off all of the toluene. Then, cool down to 603⁄4, ^ add 141 parts of 2-acrylic acid ethyl acetoacetate from the dropping device for 1 hour (Showa Denko Co., Ltd.) The product, Karenz A01), 0.3 parts of the methoxy group was mixed, and after mixing, the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C for 1 hour, and then 2351 parts of cyclohexanone was added to obtain a solid content of 2% by weight. The yellow-brown transparent, 3-hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A1 containing a photopolymerizable functional group. Synthetic Example 2 is equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube. In the reaction vessel, N, N, N, N, _ tetrakis (hydroxyethyl) hexamethylenediamine ( Moss Chemical Co., Ltd., Prinmid xl-552) 324024 245 201247603 320 parts, heated to work, mixed and dissolved. Introduced dry air while adding 144 parts of 2-ethylacetic acid from the dropping device for 1 hour. NO parts of hexahydro (tetra) 2-propene oxyethyl _ (Kongrongshe chemicals, to propylene Η 0ΑΗΗ), 0.4 parts of methoxy ketone. After the addition, in 15 generations, 1 hour, _ Add people (10)

苯’於迪安斯達克管充滿甲笨，藉與f苯㈣而去生 j之水。迴流之曱苯使之返回反絲器中。充分去除水後， 洛德除去所有曱苯。然後，降溫至6(Γ(：，加人U 環己酮。製得固形物為2G%之均—而黃褐色透明，含:光 聚合性g此基之石-起基烧基酿胺溶液Μ。 合成例3Benzene's Dean Stark tube is full of stupidity, and borrows benzene (4) to get j water. The benzene is refluxed and returned to the yarn reel. After the water is fully removed, Lord removes all of the toluene. Then, cool down to 6 (Γ (:, add U cyclohexanone. The solid content is 2G% - and the yellow-brown is transparent, containing: photopolymerizable g-based stone - starting base amine solution合成 Synthesis Example 3

備有擾拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器同時，放入則份之二乙醇 胺、H)份之氫氧化卸，導入氮氣同時加熱至刚。c，盆中， 從滴加裝置以4小時滴加174份之己二酸二甲基酷:、滴加 完後’反應容H内減壓為2G5mroHg同時加熱，除去所生成 之甲醇。取出容H中所生成漿狀之生成物而行真空乾燥。 取得320份之該生成物再度放入反應容器中，㈣至15〇 C而授拌溶解之。導人乾燥空氣同時於其中從滴加裝置以 1小時滴加由119份之3, 5, 5'甲基己酸（協和發酵化學公司 製品’KY刪齡N)、173份之2一丙稀醯氧基乙基丁二酸 (共榮ίΐ化學公司製品’ _)、〇.3份之對甲氧基賴成 之混合物。滴加後在15代搜拌1小時，之後，加入100 份之甲苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿甲苯，藉與甲笨共沸而去 324024 246 201247603 除所生成之水。迴流之甲苯使之返回反應容器中。充分去 除水之後，蒸餾除去所有甲苯。然後，降溫至6〇〇c，加入 2339份之環己酮。製得固形物為2〇%之均一而黃褐色透 明’含有聚合性官能基之点-羥基烷基醯胺溶液A3。 合成例4A reaction vessel equipped with a scrambler, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube is simultaneously placed in a portion of the diethanolamine, H) portion of the hydrogen hydroxide, and the nitrogen gas is introduced while heating. To just. c. In the pot, 174 parts of dimethyl dicarboxylate was added dropwise from the dropping device for 4 hours: after the dropwise addition, the pressure in the reaction volume H was 2 G5mroHg while heating, and the produced methanol was removed. The slurry-like product formed in the volume H was taken out and vacuum-dried. 320 parts of the product was taken again into a reaction vessel, and (4) to 15 ° C was mixed and dissolved. The dry air is introduced into the mixture at the same time, and 119 parts of 3, 5, 5' methylhexanoic acid (Kihe Fermentation Chemical Co., Ltd. 'KY Ageing N), 173 parts of 2-propylene is added dropwise from the dropping device for 1 hour. A mixture of methoxyethyl succinic acid (a product of 'Kyoei Chemical Co., Ltd.' _), 3. 3 parts of p-methoxy lysine. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was mixed for 15 hours in the 15th generation. Thereafter, 100 parts of toluene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with toluene, and azeotroped with the abalone to 324024 246 201247603 to remove the generated water. The refluxed toluene is returned to the reaction vessel. After removing enough water, all toluene was distilled off. Then, the temperature was lowered to 6 ° C, and 2339 parts of cyclohexanone was added. The solid matter was obtained to have a uniformity of 2% by weight and a yellow-brown transparent dot-hydroxyalkylamine solution A3 containing a polymerizable functional group. Synthesis Example 4

備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入21〇份之二乙醇胺、 10份之氫氧化鉀’導入氮氣同時加熱至I0(rc，其中，從 滴加裝置以4小時滴加174份之己二酸二甲基酯。滴加完 後反應谷器内減壓為2〇5mmHg同時加熱，除去所生成之 甲醇。取出容器中所生成漿狀之生成物而行真空乾燥。取 知320份之該生成物再度放入反應容器中，加熱至i5〇1&gt;c 而授拌溶解之。導入乾燥空氣同時於其中從滴加裝置以1 小時滴加由198份之油酸、〇. 3份之對曱氧基酚而成之混 合物。滴加後’在150Ϊ攪拌1小時。然後，加入1〇〇份 之甲笨’於迪安斯達克管充滿甲苯，藉與甲苯共沸而去除 所生成之水。迴流之曱苯使之返回反應容器中。充分去除 水之後’蒸餾去除所有曱苯。然後，降溫至6(TC，加入2022 份之環己酮。製得固形物為20%之均一而黃色透明，含有 ^ &amp;性官能基之/5-經基烧基醢胺溶液A4。 合成例5 a A,、 、溫度計、滴加裝4、迪安斯達克管、迴 二二ϋ、導氣管之反應容器中’放入21〇份之二乙醇胺、 伤之氫氧化卸，導人氮氣同時加熱至⑽。c，直中，從 324024 247 201247603 滴加裝置以4小時滴加174份之己二酸二曱基酯。滴加完 後，反應容器内減壓為205mmHg同時加熱，除去所生成之 曱醇。取出容器中所生成漿狀之生成物而行真空乾燥。取 得320份之該生成物再度放入反應容器中，加熱至150°C 而攪拌溶解之。導入乾燥空氣同時於其中，從滴加裝置以 1小時滴加133份之RIKACID DDSA(新日本理化公司製 品）。滴加後，再從滴加裝置以1小時滴加由78份之異氰 酸2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基酯（昭和電工公司製品，Karenz ® MO I)、0. 3份之對曱氧基盼而成之混合物。滴加後，在15 0 °C攪拌1小時。然後，降溫至60°C，加入2125份之環己 酮。製得固形物為20%之均一而黃褐色透明，含有聚合性 官能基之經基烧基酿胺溶液A5。 合成例6 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入210份之二乙醇胺、 φ 10份之氫氧化鉀，導入氮氣同時加熱至100°C，其中，從 滴加裝置以4小時滴加17 4份之己二酸二曱基S旨。滴加完 後，反應容器内減壓為205mmHg同時加熱，除去所生成之 曱醇。取出容器中所生成漿狀之生成物而行真空乾燥。取 得320份之該生成物再度放入反應容器中，加熱至150°C 而攪拌溶解之。其中，從滴加裝置以1小時滴加361份之 正辛酸，滴加後，在150°C攪拌1小時，之後，加入100 份曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿甲苯，藉與曱苯共沸而去除 所生成之水。迴流之曱苯使之返回反應容器中。充分去除 324024 248 201247603 水之後，蒸館去除 、 49份之馬來酸矸、、，甲苯。636份之該液狀生成物，和 氧基酚之混合物，在填份之二甲基苯甲基胺、〇.4份之對甲 擾拌1小時後，降Jt入乾燥空氣中，#度加熱至10(rc， 有光聚合性官能至6(rc ’加入2740份之環己酮，含 合成例7 土之''羥基烷基醯胺溶液A6 〇 備有攪拌器、、、w 流冷卻器、導氣管加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 10份之氫氧化抑，道應容11中，放人210份之二乙醇胺、 滴加裝置以4小時、，入氣氣同時加熱至10(rc ’其中，從 後，反應容器内減壓己二酸二甲基酷。滴加完 甲醇。取出容||巾 g同時加熱，除去所生成之 得320份之該成裝狀之生成物而行真空乾燥。取 而搜拌溶解二再度放人反應容11巾，加熱至150Ϊ 2-乙基己酸。、、商：：’從滴加裝置以1小時滴加144份之 酬份之Ϊ笨後，*15〇°C搜掉1小時。之後，加入 而去除所生成之^迪安斯達克管充滿甲苯，藉與曱苯共彿 分去除水之後，^㈣之甲苯使之返回反絲11中。充 加入''除去所有甲笨。然後，降溫至6〇t， 伤之環己_。製得固形物為雇之均一而黃褐色 ’不含有光聚纽m基之綠基賴溶液A7。 &amp;成例8 、備有授拌^、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入21〇份之二乙醇胺、 10份之氫氧化鉀，導入氮氣同時加熱至1〇〇。〇，其中，從 324024 249 201247603 滴加裝置以4小時滴加174份之己二酸二曱基酯。滴加完 後，反應容器内減壓為205mmHg同時加熱，除去所生成之 曱醇。取出容器中所生成漿狀之生成物而行真空乾燥。取 得320份之該生成物和83份之異酞酸之混合物再度放入反 應容器中，加熱至150°C而攪拌溶解之。滴下後在150°C攪 拌1小時之後，加入100份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿 曱苯，藉與曱苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之曱苯使之 返回反應容器中。充分去除水之後，蒸餾除去所有曱苯。 ® 然後，降溫至60°C，加入1542份之環己酮。製得固形物 為20%之均一而黃褐色透明，不含有聚合性官能基之yS-羥 基烷基醯胺溶液A8。 合成例9 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入266份之二異丙醇 胺、10份之氫氧化鉀，202份之癸二酸，在120°C加熱4 φ 小時。加入100份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，藉 與曱苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之甲苯使之返回反應 容器中。充分去除水之後，取出容器中所生成漿狀之生成 物而行真空乾燥。取得433份之該生成物再度放入反應容 器中，加熱至150°C而攪拌溶解之。其中，從滴加裝置以1 小時滴加72份之2-乙基己酸。滴加後，在150°C攪拌1小 時。之後，加入100份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯， 藉與曱苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之曱苯使之返回反 應容器中。充分去除水之後，蒸餾除去所有曱苯。然後， 324024 250 201247603 降溫至60°C，加入1983份之環己酮。製得固形物為20% 之均一而黃褐色透明，不含有聚合性官能基之/3-羥基烷基 醯胺溶液A9。 合成例10 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入178份之1-胺基-2-丁醇、10份之氫氧化鉀，加熱至60°C之後，以1小時分為 小部份加入100份之丁二酸酐。升溫至120°C加熱4小時 • 之後，加入100份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿甲苯，藉 與甲苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之甲苯使之返回反應 容器中。充分去除水之後，取出容器中所生成漿狀之生成 物而行真空乾燥。取得260份之該生成物再度放入反應容 器中，加熱至150°C而攪拌溶解之。其中，從滴加裝置以1 小時滴加60份之異氰酸苯基酯。滴加後，在150°C攪拌1 小時。之後，降溫至60°C，加入1280份之環己酮。製得 φ 固形物為20%之均一而黃褐色透明，不含有光聚合性官能 基之/5-羥基烷基醯胺溶液A10。 &lt;含有叛基之聚合物溶液（B)之合成&gt; 合成例10 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迴流冷卻器、導氣 管之反應容器中，放入100份之環己酮，導入氮氣同時加 熱至80°C，在相同溫度下，以1小時滴加由20份之甲基 丙烯酸、10份之甲基丙烯酸曱酯、55份之曱基丙烯酸正丁 基酯、15份之曱基丙烯酸苯曱基酯、4份之2, 2’ -偶氮雙 324024 251 201247603 異丁腈所叙混絲，轉行聚合㈣ 反應3小時，之後，添加溶解有w 再義 己酮50份，再繼續於刖它反 氡雙丁腈之％ 溶液。冷卻至室溫後，用iS '、寺，而得丙烯酸樹脂 不含有光:人二Γ，稀釋，而得固形物腦之 有先聚5性吕此基而含有絲之聚合物 量平均分子量為40000。 ’夜Bl°其重 合成例11 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴Λ姑 、、 管之反應容器中，放人_份之環己酮迴C:!同= 熱至80°c，在相同溫度以丨小 氮轧同時加 酸、20份之甲基丙烤酸2 χ 份之曱基丙炼 甲醋、25份之苯乙稀、4份:乙 混合物而進行聚合反戌。、、肖4 + &amp;異丁腈所成之 1口汉熄滴加完後，再於ρ 之後’添加溶解有丨份之2, 2，，氮雙丁腈=二夺 然後在相同溫度繼續麟3小時， 、己鲷50伤 卻反應容器之溫度為7(rc，再導人^、&amp;物。繼之，冷 中，供應24份之異氰酸2—甲基丙稀酸於反應容器 份之環己酮、（^丨份之二月桂酸二 虱基乙基酯、36 基酚，之後，相同溫度繼續攪掉Μ小 、* 1份之對甲氧 使用環己酮稀釋而得固形物為2〇%之含冷部至室溫後， 及羧基之聚合物溶液Β2。其重|半3有光聚合性官能基 合成例12 句分子量為42000。 備有擾拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、 管之反應容器中，放入10〇份二、逦後冷卻器、導氣 己_)，道 等入氮氣同時加 324024 252 201247603 熱至m：，在相同溫度以i小時滴加由4()份之曱基丙稀 酸、25份之甲基丙烯酸甲酉旨、12·5份之笨乙烯、17 5份 之丙烯酸2-甲減乙基6旨、4份之2,2’〜減雙異丁猜所 成之混合物而進行聚合反應。滴加找，再於8代反應3 小時之後’添加溶解有1份之偶氮雙財腈之環己酮5〇 份’然後在相同溫度繼續擾拌3小時而得共聚物。繼之， 導入乾燥空氣於反應各器内’供料以25份之曱基丙烯酸環 氧丙基酯、37份之環己酮、1份之二曱基苯曱基胺、i 份之對曱氧基⑲，然後’相同溫度繼續攪拌1M、時。冷卻 至室溫後，使用環己酮稀釋而得固形物為2〇%之含有光聚 合性官能基及竣基之聚合物溶液B3。其重量平均分子量為 41000。 合成例13 備有搜拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迴流冷卻器、導氣 管之反應容器中，放八剛份之環己_，導入氣氣同時加 #熱至8(TC ’相同溫度下以i小時滴加由⑽份之甲基丙稀 酸環氧丙基酯、17份之曱基丙烯酸曱酯、7 5份之曱基丙 烯酸正丁基酯、7. 5份之曱基丙烯酸笨曱基酯、4份之2 2，_ 偶氮雙異T腈所成之混合㈣進行聚合反應^加完後， 再於80°C反應3小時之後，添加溶解有丨份之偶氮雙異丁 腈之環己酮50份，之後，在相同溫度繼續攪拌3小時而得 共聚物。繼之，導入乾燥空氣於反應容器内，供料以55份 之丙烯酸、83份之環己酮、1份之二甲基苯甲基胺、〇1 份之對甲氧基酚，然後，在相同溫度繼續攪拌1〇小時。再 324024 253 201247603 供料以117份之四氫酞酸酐，然後，在相同溫度繼續攪拌 10小時’冷卻至室溫後，使用環己酮稀釋，而得固形物為 20%之含有光聚合性官能基和羧基之聚合物溶液B4。其重 量平均分子量為44000。 〈不含有叛基之聚合物溶液（b5)之合成〉 參考合成例1 備有擾拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迴流冷卻器、導氣 φ 管之反應容器中，導入氮氣同時加熱至80°C，相同溫度以 1小時滴加由55. 5份之甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙基酯、10份之 甲基丙烯酸甲酯、19. 5份之曱基丙烯酸正丁基酯、15份之 甲基丙烯酸笨曱基酯、.4份之2, 2, _偶氮雙異丁腈所成之混 合物而進行聚合反應。滴加完後，再於8(rc反應3小時後， 添加溶解有1份之偶氮雙異丁腈之環己酮50份，再於8〇 C繼續反應1小時，而得丙烯酸樹脂溶液。冷卻至室溫後， 使用環己酮稀釋而得固形物為2〇%之含有羥基之聚合物溶 # 液b5 °其重量平均分子量為38000。 (當做濾色器用感光性組成物而評估） &lt;顏料分散物之製造方法&gt; [調整例1] 不鏽鋼製之1加侖容量之捏和機中，放入2〇〇份之c ^ 綠色色素58、1400份之氣化鈉、360份之二乙-舷'0* 〇P ^ g— 醇，在 80 練6小時。繼之，將該混合物投入8L之溫水中，加熱 至8〇°C授拌2小時使之成為狀物，經—再過遽，水洗而 去除氯化鈉和二乙二醇之後，在85°c乾燥一晝夜而得 324024 254 201247603 份之顏料1。使用透過型電子顯微鏡（TEM)所求得之一次粒 徑為50nm。 (顏料分散物（C-1)之調整） 將下列所表示組成之混合物均勻地攪拌混合之後，使 用直徑為0. 5mm之氧化錯珠，在Eiger Mi 11(日本艾加公 司製品，「迷你模型M-250MKII」）中分散處理5小時之後， 以5#m之濾器過濾而得顏料分散物（c-l)。 顏料1 : 11. 0份 聚合物溶液（B1) : 40份 丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯（PGMAC) : 48. 0份 樹脂型分散劑（EFKA4300) : 1·〇份 [調整例2] 不鏽鋼製之1加侖容量之捏和機中，放入下式（ν_1) 所表不羥基鋁酞青顏料1〇〇份、氣化鈉12〇〇份和二乙二醇 120份，在7(rc混練6小時。此混練物投入3〇〇〇份之溫水 •巾，加熱至7(TC攪拌卜!、時成為衆狀物，一再過遽，水洗 而除去氯化納和二乙二醇之後，在8〇。〇乾燥一晝夜而得顏 料2。其平均一次粒徑為30. 4nm。 〆In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 21 parts of diethanolamine and 10 parts of potassium hydroxide are introduced. I0 (rc), wherein 174 parts of dimethyl adipate was added dropwise from the dropping device over 4 hours. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the pressure in the reaction vessel was reduced to 2 〇 5 mmHg while heating to remove the formed methanol. The slurry-like product formed in the container was vacuum dried. It was found that 320 parts of the product was placed in the reaction vessel again, heated to i5〇1&gt;c, and mixed and dissolved. The dry air was introduced while dropping from it. The addition device was added dropwise a mixture of 198 parts of oleic acid and 〇. 3 parts of p-methoxyphenol for 1 hour. After the addition, the mixture was stirred at 150 ° for 1 hour. Then, 1 part of the mixture was added. The Dean Stark tube is filled with toluene, and the formed water is removed by azeotropy with toluene. The benzene is refluxed and returned to the reaction vessel. After the water is sufficiently removed, all the benzene is distilled off. Then, the temperature is lowered to 6 ( TC, adding 2022 parts of cyclohexanone. The solid content is 20%. A yellow transparent, /5-carbyl decylamine solution A4 containing ^ &amp; functional group. Synthesis Example 5 a A,,, thermometer, drop 4, Dean Stark tube, back 22 In the reaction vessel of the crucible and airway tube, put 21 parts of diethanolamine, remove the hydrogen hydroxide from the wound, and heat the nitrogen gas to (10). c, straight, from 324024 247 201247603, add the device to add 174 in 4 hours. After the dropwise addition, the pressure in the reaction vessel was 205 mmHg while heating, and the resulting sterol was removed, and the slurry-formed product obtained in the container was taken out and vacuum dried. The product was again placed in a reaction vessel, and stirred and dissolved by heating to 150 ° C. While introducing dry air, 133 parts of RIKACID DDSA (Nippon Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd. product) was added dropwise from the dropping device for 1 hour. After the dropwise addition, 78 parts of 2-methylpropenyloxyethyl isocyanate (product of Showa Denko Co., Karenz ® MO I), 0.3 parts was added dropwise from the dropping device for 1 hour. a mixture of oxime and oxygen. After the addition, it is stirred at 150 ° C for 1 hour. 2125 parts of cyclohexanone was added to 60 ° C. The solid content was 20% uniform and yellow-brown transparent, and the polymerizable functional group-based base-burning amine solution A5 was prepared. Synthesis Example 6 was equipped with a stirrer, In a reaction vessel of a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 210 parts of diethanolamine, φ 10 parts of potassium hydroxide were placed, and nitrogen gas was introduced while heating to 100 ° C, wherein From the dropping device, 17 4 parts of dimercaptosuccinic acid S was added dropwise over 4 hours. After the dropwise addition, the pressure in the reaction vessel was 205 mmHg while heating, and the resulting sterol was removed. The slurry-like product formed in the container was taken out and vacuum dried. 320 parts of this product was again placed in a reaction vessel, heated to 150 ° C and stirred to dissolve. Among them, 361 parts of n-octanoic acid was added dropwise from the dropping device for 1 hour, and after dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 150 ° C for 1 hour. Thereafter, 100 parts of toluene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with toluene. The benzene is azeotroped to remove the water formed. The benzene is refluxed and returned to the reaction vessel. After fully removing 324024 248 201247603 water, steaming hall removes, 49 parts of maleic acid, and toluene. 636 parts of the liquid product, and a mixture of oxyphenols, after being mixed with dimethyl benzylamine and 4. 4 parts of the pair for 1 hour, the Jt was dropped into the dry air, #度Heated to 10 (rc, photopolymerizable functional to 6 (rc 'add 2740 parts of cyclohexanone, containing the synthesis of 7 soil ''hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A6 〇 equipped with a stirrer,, w flow cooling , gas pipe adding device, Dean Stark tube, back to 10 parts of hydrogen hydroxide, the road should be in 11, put 210 parts of diethanolamine, dropping device for 4 hours, and then enter the gas and heat to 10 (rc 'in which, after that, the pressure in the reaction vessel was reduced to dimethyl adipic acid. The methanol was added dropwise. The volume was taken out; the towel g was simultaneously heated to remove 320 parts of the resulting package. The product was vacuum dried. The mixture was dissolved and dissolved, and the reaction volume was 11 times, and heated to 150 Ϊ 2-ethylhexanoic acid., quotient:: 'From the dropping device, 144 parts were added dropwise in 1 hour. After stupid, it was searched for 1 hour at *15〇°C. After that, it was added to remove the generated Dean Stark tube filled with toluene, and after removing water with benzene. ^ (4) toluene is returned to the reverse wire 11. Filled with '' remove all the stupid. Then, cool down to 6 〇t, the wound ring _. The solid form is uniform and yellowish brown' does not contain light聚纽基基的绿基赖溶液 A7. &amp; Example 8, provided with mixing, thermometer, dropping device, Dean Stark tube, reflux cooler, air tube, in the reaction container, put 21 Distillate diethanolamine, 10 parts of potassium hydroxide, and introduce nitrogen gas while heating to 1 Torr. 〇, wherein, from 324024 249 201247603, the dropping device was added dropwise 174 parts of didecyl adipate in 4 hours. After the completion of the addition, the pressure in the reaction vessel was 205 mmHg while heating, and the resulting sterol was removed. The resulting product was taken out and dried in a vacuum to obtain 320 parts of the product and 83 parts of isodecanoic acid. The mixture was placed in a reaction vessel again, heated to 150 ° C and stirred to dissolve. After stirring for 1 hour at 150 ° C, 100 parts of benzene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with benzene. The toluene is azeotroped to remove the water formed. The reflux of the benzene is returned to the reaction vessel. After the water was sufficiently removed, all the benzene was distilled off. Then, the temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and 1542 parts of cyclohexanone was added to obtain a solid content of 20% uniform, yellowish brown transparent, and no polymerizable functional group. yS-hydroxyalkyl decylamine solution A8. Synthesis Example 9 A reactor equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, and placed 266 parts of isopropylidene. Alcoholamine, 10 parts of potassium hydroxide, 202 parts of azelaic acid, heated at 120 ° C for 4 φ hours. Add 100 parts of benzene, filled with benzene in Dean Stark tube, azeotrope with benzene The generated water is removed. The refluxed toluene is returned to the reaction vessel. After the water was sufficiently removed, the slurry-formed product formed in the container was taken out and vacuum dried. 433 parts of this product was again placed in a reaction vessel, heated to 150 ° C and stirred to dissolve. Here, 72 parts of 2-ethylhexanoic acid was added dropwise from the dropping device over 1 hour. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 150 ° C for 1 hour. Thereafter, 100 parts of benzene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with benzene, and the water formed was removed by azeotropy with benzene. The benzene is refluxed and returned to the reaction vessel. After the water was sufficiently removed, all of the toluene was distilled off. Then, 324024 250 201247603 was cooled to 60 ° C and 1983 parts of cyclohexanone was added. The solid matter obtained was a 20% uniform yellow-brown transparent/3-hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A9 which did not contain a polymerizable functional group. Synthesis Example 10 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux condenser, and an air tube, 178 parts of 1-amino-2-butanol and 10 parts were placed. Potassium hydroxide was added to 100 parts of succinic anhydride in small portions over 1 hour after heating to 60 °C. The temperature was raised to 120 ° C for 4 hours. • Thereafter, 100 parts of benzene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with toluene, and the resulting water was removed by azeotropy with toluene. The refluxed toluene is returned to the reaction vessel. After the water was sufficiently removed, the slurry-formed product formed in the container was taken out and vacuum dried. 260 parts of this product was again placed in a reaction vessel, heated to 150 ° C and stirred to dissolve. Among them, 60 parts of phenyl isocyanate was added dropwise from the dropping device over 1 hour. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 150 ° C for 1 hour. Thereafter, the temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and 1280 parts of cyclohexanone was added. The φ solid matter was prepared to be 20% uniform and yellow-brown transparent, and the 5-hydroxyalkylamine solution A10 containing no photopolymerizable functional group. &lt;Synthesis of Rebel-Based Polymer Solution (B)&gt; Synthesis Example 10 100 parts of cyclohexanone was placed in a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a reflux condenser, and an air guiding tube. Nitrogen gas was introduced while heating to 80 ° C, and 20 parts of methacrylic acid, 10 parts of decyl methacrylate, 55 parts of n-butyl methacrylate, and 15 parts were added dropwise at the same temperature for 1 hour. Benzoyl methacrylate, 4 parts of 2, 2'-azobis 324024 251 201247603 Isobutyronitrile mixed yarn, transfer polymerization (4) reaction for 3 hours, after which 50 parts of w re-hexanone was dissolved, and then Continue to 刖 氡 氡 氡 氡 氡 % % % solution. After cooling to room temperature, use iS ', temple, and the acrylic resin does not contain light: human diterpenoid, diluted, and the solid body has a pre-polymerized 5-based base and the amount of polymer containing silk has an average molecular weight of 40,000. . 'Night Bl ° its heavy synthesis example 11 is equipped with a stirrer, thermometer, drip, and tube in the reaction vessel, put _ part of cyclohexanone back C:! same = heat to 80 ° C, at the same temperature Polymerization ruthenium was carried out by adding a small nitrogen to the mixture while adding acid, 20 parts of methyl propyl acetonate, 2 parts of thioglycolic acid vinegar, 25 parts of styrene, and 4 parts: mixture of B. , after the addition of Xiao 4 + &amp; isobutyronitrile, after adding ρ after the addition of 丨 2, 2, nitrogen bisbutyronitrile = two and then continue at the same temperature Lin 3 hours, 50 伤 却 却 却 却 却 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应a portion of cyclohexanone, (dihydroxyethyl dilaurate dilaurate, 36 phenol), and then, at the same temperature, continue to agitate the oxime, *1 part of the methoxy group diluted with cyclohexanone The solid content is 2%% after the cold part to room temperature, and the carboxyl group polymer solution Β2. Its heavy | half 3 photopolymerizable functional group synthesis example 12 sentence molecular weight is 42000. With a scrambler, thermometer, In the reaction vessel of the dropping device and the tube, put 10 parts of the second, the helium cooler, and the air-conducting gas _), and add the 324024 252 201247603 heat to m: at the same temperature, and add it at the same temperature for 1 hour. From 4 () parts of mercapto acrylic acid, 25 parts of methacrylic acid methyl hydrazine, 12 · 5 parts of stupid ethylene, 17 5 parts of acrylic acid 2-methyl acetoxy 6, 4 parts 2, 2 '~ The polymerization was carried out by subtracting the mixture formed by the double-difference. The mixture was taken up, and after 3 hours of reaction in the 8th generation, 'addition of 1 part of cyclohexanone dissolved in 1 part of azobis nicotinamide' was then added at the same temperature. The copolymer was further stirred for 3 hours to obtain a copolymer. Then, dry air was introduced into the reaction vessel to supply 25 parts of glycidyl methacrylate, 37 parts of cyclohexanone, and 1 part of ruthenium. Phenylhydrazinylamine, i part of p-methoxyl group 19, and then stirred at the same temperature for 1 M. After cooling to room temperature, it was diluted with cyclohexanone to obtain a photopolymerizable functional group of 2% by weight. And a thiol-based polymer solution B3 having a weight average molecular weight of 41,000. Synthesis Example 13 A reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, and a octagonal ring _ Introduce air gas and add #热 to 8 (TC ' at the same temperature, add (10) parts of glycidyl methacrylate, 17 parts of decyl acrylate, 7 5 parts at i hour. N-butyl acrylate, 7.5 parts of cumyl decyl acrylate, 4 parts of 2 2, azo azoisoprene Mixing (4) Polymerization reaction After completion of the addition, after further reacting at 80 ° C for 3 hours, 50 parts of cyclohexanone in which azobisisobutyronitrile was dissolved was added, and then stirring was continued for 3 hours at the same temperature. Copolymer was obtained. Then, dry air was introduced into the reaction vessel, and 55 parts of acrylic acid, 83 parts of cyclohexanone, 1 part of dimethylbenzylamine, and 1 part of p-methoxyphenol were supplied. Then, stirring was continued for 1 hour at the same temperature. Then 324024 253 201247603 was supplied with 117 parts of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, and then stirring was continued at the same temperature for 10 hours. After cooling to room temperature, it was diluted with cyclohexanone. The solid content was 20% of a polymer solution B4 containing a photopolymerizable functional group and a carboxyl group. Its weight average molecular weight is 44,000. <Synthesis of a polymer solution (b5) not containing a base> Reference Synthesis Example 1 A reaction vessel equipped with a scrambler, a thermometer, a dropping device, a reflux cooler, and a gas-conducting tube was introduced into the reaction vessel while introducing nitrogen gas to 80. °份份份份份份下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下下分The mixture was formed by a mixture of cumyl methacrylate and 4 parts of 2, 2, azobisisobutyronitrile. After completion of the dropwise addition, 50 parts of cyclohexanone in which 1 part of azobisisobutyronitrile was dissolved was added thereto after 8 hours of rc reaction, and the reaction was further continued at 8 ° C for 1 hour to obtain an acrylic resin solution. After cooling to room temperature, it was diluted with cyclohexanone to obtain a polymer having a solid content of 2% by weight. The liquid had a weight average molecular weight of 38,000. (As a color filter, it was evaluated as a photosensitive composition) &lt; [Manufacturing Method of Pigment Dispersion] [Adjustment Example 1] In a 1 gallon capacity kneader made of stainless steel, 2 parts of c ^ green color 58 , 1400 parts of sodium carbonate, and 360 parts are placed. B-side '0* 〇P ^ g-alcohol, practiced at 80 for 6 hours. Then, the mixture was put into 8 L of warm water, heated to 8 ° C and mixed for 2 hours to make it into a shape, by - again After drying, washing with sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, drying at 85 ° C for a day and night to obtain 324024 254 201247603 parts of pigment 1. The primary particle size obtained by transmission electron microscopy (TEM) is 50 nm. (Adjustment of Pigment Dispersion (C-1)) After uniformly mixing and mixing the mixture of the following composition, use straight The oxidized wrong beads having a diameter of 0.5 mm were dispersed for 5 hours in an Eiger Mi 11 (product of the Japanese Aigar Company, "Mini Model M-250MKII"), and then filtered through a filter of 5#m to obtain a pigment dispersion (cl). Pigment 1 : 11. 0 parts of polymer solution (B1) : 40 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMAC): 40.0 parts of resin type dispersant (EFKA4300) : 1 · 〇 [Adjustment 2] In a 1 gallon capacity kneader made of stainless steel, put 1 cc of non-hydroxyaluminum phthalocyanine pigment, 12 parts of sodium vaporized gas and 120 parts of diethylene glycol in the following formula (ν_1), at 7 (in 7) Rc kneading for 6 hours. This kneaded material is put into 3 parts of warm water and towel, heated to 7 (TC stirring b!, when it becomes a mass, repeatedly licking, washing to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol 4纳米。 平均 在 颜料 颜料 颜料 颜料 颜料 颜料 颜料 颜料 颜料 颜料 颜料 颜料 颜料 颜料 颜料 颜料 颜料 颜料 颜料 颜料 颜料 颜料 颜料 颜料

324024 255 201247603 (顏料分散物（C-2)之調整） 將下列所示組成之混合物均勻地攪拌混合之後，使用 直徑為0. 5mm之氧化锆珠，在Eiger Mil 1(日本艾加公司 製品，「迷你模型M-250 MKII」）中分散處理5小時後，以 5Mm之濾器過濾而得顏料分散物（C-2)。 顏料2 : 11. 0份 聚合物溶液（B1) : 40份 丙二醇單曱醚乙酸酯（PGMAC) ·· 48. 0份 樹脂型分散劑（EFKA4300) : 1.0份 [調整例3] 容有1000份之甲醇之反應容器中，加入100份之上式 (V-1)所示鋁酞青顏料和49. 5份之磷酸二苯酯，加熱至40 °C，而反應8小時。冷卻至室溫後，過濾生成物，以曱醇 洗淨之後，乾燥而得下式（V-2)所示114份之顏料。324024 255 201247603 (Adjustment of pigment dispersion (C-2)) After uniformly mixing and mixing the mixture of the following composition, a zirconia bead having a diameter of 0.5 mm was used in Eiger Mil 1 (product of Japan Aijia Co., Ltd., In the "mini model M-250 MKII"), the dispersion treatment was carried out for 5 hours, and then filtered through a 5 Mm filter to obtain a pigment dispersion (C-2). Pigment 2: 11. 0 parts of polymer solution (B1): 40 parts of propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate (PGMAC) · 48. 0 parts of resin type dispersant (EFKA4300): 1.0 part [Adjustment Example 3] Having 1000 To the methanol reaction vessel, 100 parts of the aluminum indigo pigment of the above formula (V-1) and 49.5 parts of diphenyl phosphate were added, and the mixture was heated to 40 ° C for 8 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the product was filtered, washed with decyl alcohol, and dried to obtain 114 parts of a pigment represented by the following formula (V-2).

然後，按照顏料2相同之鹽助研磨處理法而得顏料3。 其平均一次粒徑為31,. 2nm。 (顏料分散物（C-3)之調整） 324024 256 201247603 將下列所示組成之混合物均勻地攪拌混合後，使用直 徑為0. 5mm之氧化錯珠，在Eiger Mill(日本艾加公司製 品，「迷你模型M-250 MKII」）中分散處理5小時之後，以 5 // m之遽器過遽而得顏料分散物（C-3)。 顏料3 : 11. 0份 聚合物溶液（B1) : 40份 丙二醇單曱醚乙酸酯（PGMAC) : 48. 0份 樹脂型分散劑（EFKA4300) : 1. 0份 [調整例4] 容有1000份甲醇之反應容器中，加入100份之式（V-1) 所示銘酜青顏料和43.2份之二苯膦酸，加熱至40°C而反 應8小時。冷卻至室溫後，過濾生成物，用曱醇洗淨後， 乾燥而得下式（V-3)所示112份之顏料。Then, the pigment 3 was obtained by the same salt-assisted grinding treatment as the pigment 2. The average primary particle diameter is 31,. 2 nm. (Adjustment of the pigment dispersion (C-3)) 324024 256 201247603 After the mixture of the following composition was uniformly stirred and mixed, an oxidized wrong bead having a diameter of 0.5 mm was used in Eiger Mill (product of Japan Aijia, " After 5 hours of dispersion treatment in the mini model M-250 MKII"), the pigment dispersion (C-3) was obtained by passing the crucible at 5 // m. Pigment 3: 11. 0 parts of polymer solution (B1): 40 parts of propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate (PGMAC): 48. 0 parts of resin type dispersant (EFKA4300): 1. 0 parts [Adjustment 4] In a reaction container of 1000 parts of methanol, 100 parts of the indigo pigment shown by the formula (V-1) and 43.2 parts of diphenylphosphonic acid were added, and the mixture was heated to 40 ° C for 8 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the product was filtered, washed with decyl alcohol, and dried to obtain 112 parts of a pigment represented by the following formula (V-3).

繼之，按照顏料2相同鹽助研磨處理法而得顏料4。 其平均一次粒徑為29. 5nm。 &lt;顏料分散物（C - 4 )之調整〉 下列所示組成之混合物加以均勻地攪拌混合之後，使 324024 257 201247603 用直徑為0. 5mm之氧化錯珠，在Eiger Mill(日本艾加公 司製品，「迷你模型M-2 50MKII」）中分散處理5小時後， 以5/zm之濾器過濾而得顏料分散物（C-4)。 顏料4 : 11. 0份 聚合物溶液（B1) : 40份 丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯（PGMAC) : 48.0份 樹脂型分散劑（EFKA4300) : 1. 0份 [調配例5] ® 將200份之C. I.綠色色素36、1400份之氣化鈉及360 份之二乙二醇放入不鏽鋼製1加侖容量之捏和機（井上製 作所公司製品）中，在80°C混練6小時。繼之，投入該混 合物於8L之溫水中，加熱至80°C攪拌2小時，使之成為 漿狀，然後一再過濾、水洗而去除氯化鈉及二乙二醇，之 後，在85°C乾燥一晝夜而得190份之顏料5。 &lt;顏料分散物（C-5)之調整&gt; φ 下列所示組成之混合物加以均勻地攪拌混合之後，使 用直徑為0. 5mm之氧化錯珠，在Eiger Mi 11(日本艾加公 司製品，「迷你模型M--250 MKII」）中分散處理3小時後， 以5ym之濾器過濾而得綠色顏料分散物（C-5)。 顏料5 : 11. 0份 聚合物溶液（b5) : 40份 丙二醇單曱醚乙酸酯（PGMAC) : 48. 0份 樹脂型分散劑（EFKA4300) : 1.0份 [濾色器用感光性組成物之調整] 324024 258 201247603 [實施例1至16及參考例1至4] 據表1中所示配方比率，將各種材料混合、擾拌，再 經l#m之濾器過濾而得各種著色組成物。Subsequently, Pigment 4 was obtained in accordance with the same salt-assisted grinding treatment of Pigment 2. 5纳米。 The average primary particle size of 29. 5nm. &lt;Adjustment of the pigment dispersion (C-4)> After the mixture of the following composition was uniformly stirred and mixed, 324024 257 201247603 was used with an oxidized wrong bead having a diameter of 0.5 mm at Eiger Mill (product of Japan Aijia Co., Ltd.) In the "mini model M-2 50MKII"), the dispersion was treated for 5 hours, and then filtered through a 5/zm filter to obtain a pigment dispersion (C-4). Pigment 4: 11. 0 parts of polymer solution (B1): 40 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMAC): 48.0 parts of resin type dispersant (EFKA4300): 1. 0 parts [mixing example 5] ® 200 parts The CI green pigment 36, 1400 parts of sodium carbonate and 360 parts of ethylene glycol were placed in a stainless steel one-gallon kneader (product of Inoue Co., Ltd.), and kneaded at 80 ° C for 6 hours. Then, the mixture was poured into 8 L of warm water, heated to 80 ° C and stirred for 2 hours to make it into a slurry, and then repeatedly filtered, washed with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then dried at 85 ° C. 190 parts of pigment 5 for a day and night. &lt;Adjustment of the pigment dispersion (C-5)&gt; φ The mixture of the following composition was uniformly stirred and mixed, and then an oxidized wrong bead having a diameter of 0.5 mm was used in Eiger Mi 11 (product of Japan Aijia Co., Ltd., In the "mini model M--250 MKII"), the dispersion treatment was carried out for 3 hours, and then filtered through a 5 μm filter to obtain a green pigment dispersion (C-5). Pigment 5: 11. 0 parts of polymer solution (b5): 40 parts of propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate (PGMAC): 40.0 parts of resin type dispersant (EFKA4300): 1.0 part [Photosensitive composition for color filters) Adjustment] 324024 258 201247603 [Examples 1 to 16 and Reference Examples 1 to 4] According to the formulation ratios shown in Table 1, various materials were mixed, scrambled, and filtered through a filter of l#m to obtain various colored compositions.

324024 259 201247603324024 259 201247603

_—_ 5 表 •_I I&lt; 324024 實施例10 2 〇 αϊ eo ο cn CQ ο σ&gt; ιΛ m O ο eo 〇 〇 實施例9 Ξ 〇 9 σϊ 却 CO ο σ) l〇 m C9 31.0 〇 賁施例8 3 〇 CO ο σ&gt; C\J CQ ο C33 ΙΛ in o ο 100 實施例7 2 〇 〇&gt; in ο σΐ C^J ea Ο α&gt; m m o* ο CO 〇 〇 實施例6 S 〇 σ&gt; 5 ο σ&gt; S ο &lt;53 in iO o' ο CO 〇 實施例5 S 〇 σί CO ο 03 CO CQ Ο OS m in o ο CO 100 實施例4 2 〇 σ&gt; Ο σ» CM 00 ο σΐ in in c&gt; 31.0 100 實施例3 1 S 〇 σ» «· ο ιη Ξ ο CO in o ο CO 100 實施例2 Σ ο σ&gt; 呀 ο 03 s ο σ» in o ο CO 〇 〇 實施例1 S ο σί 5 Ο CO QQ ο ιη&quot; LA in 〇 ο CO 〇 〇 種類 重量份 種類 重量份 種類 重量份 1種類 重量份 重量份^ 重量份 重量份 重量份 顏料分散物 | 沒-羥基烷基aa胺（a) 含有羧基之聚合物（B) 不含有羧基之聚合物（b) -1 j 先聚兮住单ffi(u) | 光聚合引發劑（E) 有機溶剤 合計 參考例4 in ο cn 5 ο ςη αα ο σ&gt; IA m o 31.0 ο ο 參考例3 2 ο σ&gt; •rr Ξ 18.0 tn ir&gt; d ο ύ ο ο 參考例2 S ο σ&gt; 18. 0 in &lt;z&gt; ο ο ο 參考例1 2 ο σ» 兮 ο 03 in Q 03 IT) in o 31.0 ο 實施例16 m ό ο Ο) 3 Ο πί Ξ ο Ο) in in 〇 31.0 ο ο 6 ο ο CO 實施例15 呀 1 C_) ο 〇} &gt;&lt; ο 03 Ξ ο cn IT) m o 31.0 ο ο 實施例14 CO ο 03 Ο Ο) ο 09 IT) m o ο η ο 實施例13 C-2 ο σ&gt; - 9.0 0Q Ο σ&gt; in in o 31.0 ο ο 實施例12 s ο cn 兮 Α10 9.0 eo 0Q ο σ&gt; tn m c&gt; ο ο 實施例11 3 ο σ» ο C3 CO ea ο σ&gt; in in o 31.0 ο 種類 重量份 種類 重量份 種類 重量份 種類 重量份 重量份 重量份 重量份 重量份 顏料分散物 泠-羥基烷基醢胺（A) 含有羧基之聚合物（B) 不含有羧基之聚合物（b) 光聚合性單《(D) 先聚合引發劑（E) 有機溶劑 合計 260 201247603 就表1中之簡寫說明如下： 光聚合性單體（D):二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯（東亞合成 公司製品，「ARONIX M-402」） 光聚合引發劑（E) : N1919 :光自由基聚合引發劑（阿德 加公司製品，商品名：「OPTMER」N1919) 有機溶劑：丙二醇單曱醚乙酸酯 就所得著色組成物按照下述方法評估之。 &lt;耐光性之評估&gt; β [色差之評估] 將實施例1至16及參考例1至4中所得著色組成物， 使用旋轉塗布機以C光源而成為y(SB2)=0. 60之膜厚，塗 布於lOOmmxlOOmm，1.1mm厚度之玻璃基板上，繼之，減壓 乾燥，再於230°C加熱20分鐘，放置冷卻後，藉由濺塗法 在塗膜上製成透明導電膜。所得塗膜之色差使用顯微分光 光度計（奥林巴斯光學公司製品，「OSP-SP100」），測定其 _ [L*(l)、a*(l)、b*(l)]。 [耐光性評估] 使用470w/m2之氙燈照射紫外光之後，測定其色度[L *(2)、a*(2)、b*(2)]，依據數式（1)求得色差△Ehb 數式（1) Δ E * ab=[ [L * (2)-L * (1)] ]2+[a * (2)-a * (1) ]2+[b *(2) - b*(l)]2]1/2 色差值愈小，表示光照射後之變色較小，成 為耐光性良好之著色組成物。 324024 261 201247603___ 5 Table •_I I&lt; 324024 Embodiment 10 2 〇αϊ eo ο cn CQ ο σ&gt; ιΛ m O ο eo 〇〇 Example 9 Ξ 9 σϊ but CO ο σ) l〇m C9 31.0 〇贲Example 8 3 〇CO ο σ&gt; C\J CQ ο C33 ΙΛ in o ο 100 Example 7 2 〇〇&gt; in ο σΐ C^J ea Ο α&gt; mmo* ο CO 〇〇 Example 6 S 〇σ&gt; 5 ο σ &gt; S ο &lt;53 in iO o' ο CO 〇 Example 5 S 〇σί CO ο 03 CO CQ Ο OS m in o ο CO 100 Example 4 2 〇σ> Ο σ» CM 00 ο σΐ in In c&gt; 31.0 100 Example 3 1 S 〇σ» «· ο ιη Ξ ο CO in o ο CO 100 Example 2 Σ ο σ&gt; 呀ο 03 s ο σ» in o ο CO 〇〇Example 1 S ο Ίί 5 Ο CO QQ ο ιη&quot; LA in 〇ο CO 〇〇 type parts by weight type parts by weight type parts by weight 1 part by weight parts by weight ^ parts by weight parts by weight of pigment dispersion | non-hydroxyalkyl aaamine (a ) a polymer containing a carboxyl group (B) a polymer not containing a carboxyl group (b) -1 j agglomerated with a single ffi(u) | photopolymerization initiator (E) organically soluble Total reference example 4 in ο cn 5 ο ςη αα ο σ&gt; IA mo 31.0 ο ο Reference example 3 2 ο σ&gt; • rr Ξ 18.0 tn ir&gt; d ο ύ ο ο Reference example 2 S ο σ&gt; 18. 0 in &lt ;z&gt; ο ο ο Reference Example 1 2 ο σ» 兮ο 03 in Q 03 IT) in o 31.0 ο Example 16 m ό ο Ο) 3 Ο πί Ξ ο Ο) in in 〇31.0 ο ο 6 ο ο CO Embodiment 15 呀1 C_) ο 〇} &gt;&lt; ο 03 Ξ ο cn IT) mo 31.0 ο ο Example 14 CO ο 03 Ο Ο) ο 09 IT) mo ο η ο Embodiment 13 C-2 ο σ&gt - 9.0 0Q Ο σ &gt; in in o 31.0 ο ο Example 12 s ο cn 兮Α 10 9.0 eo 0Q ο σ &gt; tn m c&gt; ο ο Example 11 3 ο σ» ο C3 CO ea ο σ&gt; in in o 31.0 ο Kinds, parts by weight, parts by weight, part, part by weight, part, part by weight, parts by weight, parts by weight, part by weight, pigment dispersion, 泠-hydroxyalkyl decylamine (A) polymer containing carboxyl group (B) polymer containing no carboxyl group ( b) Photopolymerizable single "(D) First polymerization initiator (E) Organic solvent total 260 201247603 The short description in Table 1 is as follows : Photopolymerizable monomer (D): dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (product of East Asia Synthesis Co., Ltd., "ARONIX M-402") Photopolymerization initiator (E) : N1919 : Photoradical polymerization initiator (Adejia products) , trade name: "OPTMER" N1919) Organic solvent: propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate The coloring composition obtained was evaluated by the following method. &lt;Evaluation of Light Resistance&gt; [Evaluation of Color Difference] The coloring compositions obtained in Examples 1 to 16 and Reference Examples 1 to 4 were y (SB2) = 0.60 using a spin coater as a C light source. The film thickness was applied to a glass substrate having a thickness of 100 mm x 100 mm and a thickness of 1.1 mm, followed by drying under reduced pressure, followed by heating at 230 ° C for 20 minutes, and after standing to cool, a transparent conductive film was formed on the coating film by a sputtering method. The color difference of the obtained coating film was measured by a microscopic spectrophotometer (Olympus Optical Co., Ltd., "OSP-SP100"), and _ [L*(l), a*(l), b*(l)] was measured. [Evaluation of Light Resistance] After illuminating the ultraviolet light with a xenon lamp of 470 W/m2, the chromaticity [L*(2), a*(2), b*(2)] was measured, and the color difference was obtained according to the formula (1). Ehb Equation (1) Δ E * ab=[ [L * (2)-L * (1)] ]2+[a * (2)-a * (1) ]2+[b *(2) - b*(l)]2] The smaller the 1/2 color difference, the smaller the discoloration after light irradiation, and the coloring composition with good light resistance. 324024 261 201247603

就各試料按照下述標準評估之。 〇：ΔΕ* ab未達3. 0 △ : ΔΕ*8ΐ3為3. 0以上且未達5. 0 X : △ Ε本ab為5. 0以上 評估結果示於表2中。 324024 262 201247603Each sample was evaluated according to the following criteria.评估: ΔΕ* ab is not up to 3. 0 △ : ΔΕ*8ΐ3 is 3. 0 or more and less than 5. 0 X : △ Ε ab is 5. 0 or more The evaluation results are shown in Table 2. 324024 262 201247603

[表 16][Table 16]

324024 263 201247603 如同表2所示像實施例1至Μ中之據色器用著色 物由於至少由石-經基炫基醯胺（A)及含有絲之聚合物⑻ 及式（17)所示顏料所成，所以其耐光性良好。相對之，像 參考例1至3之著色組成物，由於缺少&quot;經基烧基酿胺⑴ 及含有叛基之聚合物（B)中之任意一方而形成，所以耐光性 較劣。又’實施例1至16之著色組成物之感應度也皆良好。 如同上述藉著色組成物中至少由羥基烷基醯胺（A) I 及含有羧基之聚合物（B)以及式（17)所示顏料而構成之濾 色器用著色組成物之調配，可得在無氧狀況下之照光而不 起變色之高品質之濾色器。 據此，著色組成物中至少由冷-羥基烷基醯胺（A)及含 有羧基之聚合物（B)以及式（17)所示顏料而構成之濾色器 用著色組成物表現優異之耐光性和感應度，顯然可以提供 而品質之渡色器。 《實施形態VI》 • &lt;沒―羥基烷基醯胺（A)之合成&gt; 合成例1 具有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入21〇份之二乙醇胺， 10份之氫氧化鉀，導入氮氣同時加熱至l〇0°c，其中，從 滴加裝置以4小時滴加174份之己二酸二曱基酯。滴加完 後’反應容器内減壓為205mmHg同時加熱，去除所生成之 甲醇。取出容器中所生成之漿狀之生成物而行真空乾燥。 取得320份之該生成物再度放入反應容器中，加熱至15〇 324024 264 201247603 °c而授拌溶解之。導入乾燥空氣，一於其中從滴加裝置 以1小時滴加144份之2_乙基己酸。满加後，在150°C擾 拌1小時之後，加入100份之甲苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿 甲笨，藉與甲笨共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之甲苯使之 返回反應容器中，充分去除水之後，瘵餾除去所有曱苯。 然後，降溫至6(rc，從滴加裝置以丨小時滴加由141份之 異氰酸2-丙烯醯氧基乙基酯（昭和電工公司製品，Karenz _仙1)、0.3份之對甲氧基酚而成之混合物。滴加後，在60 C攪拌1小時之後，加入2351份之環己酮，而得固形物 20%之均一而黃褐色透明，含有光聚合性官能基之羥基 燒基醯胺溶液Α~ι。 合成例2 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 机冷邠器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入210份之二乙醇胺、 W份之氫氧化鉀，導入氮氣同時加熱至1〇〇ΐ。其中，從 滴加裝置以4小時滴加174份之己二酸二甲基酯。滴加完 後，反應容器内減壓為2〇5mmHg同時加熱，除去所生成之 罗醇。取出容器中所生成之漿狀之生成物而行真空乾燥。 取# 320份之該生成物再度放入反應容器令，加熱至1卯 C而攪拌溶解之。導入乾燥空氣，同時於其中從滴加裝置 以1小時滴加119份之3, 5, 5-f基己酸（協和發酵化^八 司製品，KYOWANOIC-N)、Π3份之2-丙烯醯氧基乙基;二 酸（共榮社化學公司製品，H0_MS)，〇. 3份之對尹氧基酚^ 成之混合物。滴加後’在150t攪拌1小時。之後，加入 324024 265 201247603 100份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，藉與曱苯共沸 而去除所生成之水：迴流之曱苯使之返回反應容器中。充 分去除水之後，蒸餾去除所有之曱苯。然後，降溫至60°C， 加入2339份之環己酮，而得固形物為20%之均一而黃褐色 透明，含有光聚合性官能基之;5-羥基烷基醯胺溶液A-2。 合成例3 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入210份之二乙醇胺、 ® 10份之氳氧化鉀，導入氮氣同時加熱至100°C。其中，從 滴加裝置以4小時滴加174份之己二酸二甲基酯。滴加完 後，反應容器内減壓為205mmHg同時加熱，去除所生成之 曱醇。取出容器中所生成之漿狀之生成物而行真空乾燥。 取得320份之該生成物再度放入反應容器中，加熱至150 °C而攪拌溶解之。導入乾燥空氣中，其中，從滴加裝置以 1小時滴加133份之RICACID DDSA(新日本理化公司製 ^ 品）。滴加後，再從滴加裝置以1小時滴加由78份之異氰 酸2-曱基丙烯醯氧基乙基酯（昭和電工公司製品，Karenz MO 1 )、0. 3份之對曱氧基紛而成之混合物。滴加後，在150 °C攪拌1小時。然後，降溫至60°C，加入2125份之環己 酮。製得固形物為20%之均一而黃褐色透明，含有光聚合 性官能基之yS-羥基烷基醯胺A-4。 合成例5 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入210份之二乙醇胺、 324024 266 201247603 10份之氫氧化鉀，導入氮氣同時加熱至100°C。其中，從 滴加裝置以4小時滴加174份之己二酸二甲基醋。滴加完 後，反應容器内減壓為205mmHg同時加熱，除去所生成之 曱醇。取出容器中所生成之漿狀之生成物而行真空乾燥。 取得320份之該生成物，再度放入反應容器中，加熱至150 °C而攪拌溶解之。其中，從滴加裝置以1小時滴加361份 之正辛酸。滴加後，在150°C攪拌1小時之後，加入100 份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯，藉與曱苯共沸而去 ® 除所生成之水。迴流之曱苯使之返回反應容器中。充分去 除水之後，蒸餾去除所有曱苯。將636份之該液狀生成物 和49份之馬來酸酐、4份之二曱基苯甲基胺、0. 4份之對 曱氧基酚之混合物，在導入乾燥空氣中，再度加熱至100 °C，攪拌1小時之後，降溫至60°C，加入2740份之環己 酮，製得固形物為20%之均一而黃褐色透明，含有光聚合 性官能基之;5-羥基烷基醯胺溶液A-5。 φ 合成例6 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入210份之二乙醇胺、 10份之氫氧化鉀，導入氮氣同時加熱至100°C。其中，從 滴加裝置以4小時滴加174份之己二酸二甲基酯。滴加完 後，反應容器内減壓為205mmHg同時加熱，去除所生成之 甲醇。取出容器中所生成漿狀之生成物而行真空乾燥。取 得320份之該生成物，再度放入反應容器中，加熱至150 °C而攪拌溶解之。其中，從滴加裝置以1小時滴加144份 324024 267 201247603 之2-乙基己醆。滴加後，在150〇C攪拌1小時之後，加入 100份之甲笨， 刀八 於边安斯達克官充滿甲苯，藉與甲苯共彿 =去除所生成之水。迴流之甲苯使之返反應容器中。充 刀矛' 欠之後，蒸傲去除所有曱苯。然後，降溫至6〇。匸， 加入1786份&gt; ia 己酮，而得固形物為20%之均一而黃褐色 透月不3有光聚合性官能基之經基燒基醢胺溶液A-6。 合成例7 #㈣拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入210份之二乙醇胺、 10份之氫氧化鉀，導入氮氣同時加熱至l〇〇°C。其中，從 滴加裝置以4小時滴加174份之己二酸二甲基酯。滴加完 後，反應容器内減壓為2〇5mmHg同時加熱，除去所生成之 曱醇。取出容器中所生成之漿狀之生成物而行真空乾燥。 將320份之該生成物和83份之異酿酸之混合物再度放入反 應容器中，加熱至150°C而攪拌溶解之。滴加後，在15〇 • °C攪拌1小時之後，加入100份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管 充滿曱苯，藉與曱苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之甲苯 使之返回反應容器中。充分去除水之後，蒸顧去除所有之 甲苯。然後’降溫至60°C，加入1542份之環己酮。製成 固形物為20%之均一而黃褐色透明，不含有光聚合性官能 基之羥基烷基醯胺溶液A-7。 合成例8 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中’放入266份之二異丙醇 324024 268 201247603 胺、10份之氫氧化鉀、202份之癸二酸，在120°C加熱4 小時。加入100份之甲苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿f苯，藉 與曱苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之曱苯使之返回反應 容器中。充分去除水之後，取出容器中所生成之漿狀之生 成物而行真空乾燥。取得433份之該生成物，再度放入反 應容器中，加熱至l.50°C而攪拌溶解之。其中，從滴加裝 置以1小時滴加72份之2-乙基己酸。滴加後在150°C攪拌 1小時之後，加入100份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿甲 苯，藉與曱苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之曱苯使之返 回反應容器中。充分去除水之後，蒸餾去除所有曱苯。然 後，降溫至60°C，加入1983份之環己酮。製得固形物為 20%之均一而黃褐色透明，不含有光聚合性官能基之召-羥 基烧基醯胺溶液A-8。 合成例9324024 263 201247603 As shown in Table 2, the coloring matter for colorants as in Examples 1 to 由于 is at least composed of a stone-based sulfonamide (A) and a polymer containing the silk (8) and a pigment represented by the formula (17). It is made, so its light resistance is good. On the other hand, the coloring compositions of Reference Examples 1 to 3 are formed by the lack of any of the base-based amine (1) and the base-containing polymer (B), so that the light resistance is inferior. Further, the sensitivity of the color compositions of Examples 1 to 16 was also good. As described above, the coloring composition can be obtained by blending a coloring composition for a color filter composed of at least a hydroxyalkylguanamine (A) I and a carboxyl group-containing polymer (B) and a pigment represented by the formula (17). A high-quality color filter that illuminates under anaerobic conditions without discoloration. According to this, the coloring composition exhibits excellent light fastness by at least a coloring composition for a color filter composed of a cold-hydroxyalkylguanamine (A), a carboxyl group-containing polymer (B), and a pigment represented by the formula (17). And the degree of sensitivity, it is obvious that a color filter can be provided. <<Embodiment VI>> • &lt;Synthesis of non-hydroxyalkylamine (A)&gt; Synthesis Example 1 Reaction with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube In a container, 21 parts of diethanolamine and 10 parts of potassium hydroxide were placed, and nitrogen gas was introduced while heating to 10 ° C, wherein 174 parts of diamyl adipate was added dropwise from the dropping device over 4 hours. ester. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the pressure in the reaction vessel was 205 mmHg while heating, and the produced methanol was removed. The slurry-like product formed in the container was taken out and vacuum dried. 320 parts of the product was again placed in a reaction vessel, heated to 15 〇 324024 264 201247603 °c and mixed to dissolve. Dry air was introduced, and 144 parts of 2-ethylhexanoic acid was added dropwise thereto from the dropping device over 1 hour. After the full addition, after stirring at 150 ° C for 1 hour, 100 parts of toluene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with a stupid, and the generated water was removed by azeotropy with the cockroach. The refluxed toluene is returned to the reaction vessel, and after the water is sufficiently removed, all of the toluene is removed by distillation. Then, the temperature was lowered to 6 (rc, and 141 parts of 2-propenyloxyethyl isocyanate (product of Showa Denko Co., Karenz _仙1), 0.3 parts of the pair was added dropwise from the dropping device. a mixture of oxyphenols. After the dropwise addition, after stirring at 60 C for 1 hour, 2351 parts of cyclohexanone was added to obtain a homogenous 20% solid yellow-brown transparent hydroxy group containing a photopolymerizable functional group. Base amide solution Α~ι. Synthesis Example 2 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a return air cooler, and an air tube, 210 parts of diethanolamine was placed. W parts of potassium hydroxide, while introducing nitrogen gas and heating to 1 Torr, wherein 174 parts of dimethyl adipate was added dropwise from the dropping device for 4 hours. After the dropwise addition, the pressure in the reaction vessel was reduced. 2 〇 5 mmHg was simultaneously heated to remove the produced rotam. The slurry-like product formed in the container was taken out and vacuum dried. Take #320 parts of the product and put it into the reaction vessel again, and heat it to 1 卯C. Stir and dissolve. Introduce dry air, and add 119 parts of it from the dropping device for 1 hour. , 5, 5-f-hexanoic acid (Xiehe Fermentation Technology, KYOWANOIC-N), 3 parts of 2-propenyloxyethyl group; diacid (product of Kyoeisha Chemical Co., H0_MS), 〇. a mixture of 3 parts of methoxyphenol phenol. After the addition, the mixture was stirred at 150t for 1 hour. After that, 324024 265 201247603 100 parts of benzene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with benzene, and benzene was added. Azeotropically removes the formed water: refluxing the benzene to the reaction vessel. After thoroughly removing the water, distilling off all the benzene. Then, cooling to 60 ° C, adding 2339 parts of cyclohexanone, The solid matter is 20% uniform and yellowish brown transparent, containing a photopolymerizable functional group; 5-hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A-2. Synthesis Example 3 equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, Dean Star In a reaction vessel of a tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube, 210 parts of diethanolamine, 10 parts of cesium oxyhydroxide were placed, and nitrogen gas was introduced while heating to 100 ° C. Among them, the dropping device was added dropwise for 4 hours. 174 parts of dimethyl adipate. After the addition is completed, the pressure in the reaction vessel is 205 mmHg while heating, removing The resulting sterol was taken out and vacuum-dried by taking out the slurry-like product formed in the container. 320 parts of the product was placed in a reaction vessel, heated to 150 ° C, stirred and dissolved, and introduced into dry air. Among them, 133 parts of RICACID DDSA (manufactured by Nippon Chemical and Chemical Co., Ltd.) was added dropwise from the dropping device for one hour. After the dropwise addition, 78 parts of isocyanic acid was added dropwise from the dropping device for 1 hour. A mixture of mercaptopropenyloxyethyl ester (product of Showa Denko Co., Ltd., Karenz MO 1 ), 0.3 parts of p-oxooxy group, and after stirring, was stirred at 150 ° C for 1 hour. Then, the temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and 2125 parts of cyclohexanone was added. The solid matter was obtained as a uniform 20% yellowish-brown transparent yS-hydroxyalkylguanamine A-4 containing a photopolymerizable functional group. Synthesis Example 5 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 210 parts of diethanolamine, 324024 266 201247603, 10 parts of potassium hydroxide were placed. Nitrogen gas was introduced while heating to 100 °C. Among them, 174 parts of adipic acid dimethyl vinegar was added dropwise from the dropping device over 4 hours. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the pressure in the reaction vessel was 205 mmHg while heating, and the produced sterol was removed. The slurry-like product formed in the container was taken out and vacuum dried. 320 parts of this product was taken, placed in a reaction container again, heated to 150 ° C, and stirred to dissolve. Among them, 361 parts of n-octanoic acid was added dropwise from the dropping device over 1 hour. After the dropwise addition, after stirring at 150 ° C for 1 hour, 100 parts of benzene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with benzene, and azeotrope with benzene was removed to remove the generated water. The benzene is refluxed and returned to the reaction vessel. After removing enough water, distill off all of the toluene. a mixture of 636 parts of the liquid product and 49 parts of maleic anhydride, 4 parts of decylbenzylamine, 0.4 parts of p-nonyloxyphenol, introduced into dry air, and heated again to After stirring at 100 ° C for 1 hour, the temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and 2740 parts of cyclohexanone was added to obtain a solid content of 20% uniform and yellowish brown transparent, containing photopolymerizable functional groups; 5-hydroxyalkyl group Indoleamine solution A-5. φ Synthesis Example 6 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 210 parts of diethanolamine, 10 parts of potassium hydroxide, and nitrogen were introduced. Heat to 100 ° C at the same time. Here, 174 parts of dimethyl adipate was added dropwise from the dropping device over 4 hours. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the pressure in the reaction vessel was 205 mmHg while heating, and the produced methanol was removed. The slurry-like product formed in the container was taken out and vacuum dried. 320 parts of this product was taken, placed in a reaction vessel again, heated to 150 ° C, and stirred to dissolve. Among them, 144 parts of 324024 267 201247603 2-ethylhexanide was added dropwise from the dropping device over 1 hour. After the dropwise addition, after stirring at 150 ° C for 1 hour, 100 parts of the stupid was added, and the knife was filled with toluene, and the water formed was removed by the addition of toluene. The refluxed toluene is returned to the reaction vessel. After the knives are owed, the steam is proud to remove all the benzene. Then, cool down to 6 〇. Further, 1786 parts of &gt; ia hexanone was added, and the solid matter was 20% homogenized and the yellowish brown permeable base of the phthalocyanine solution A-6. Synthesis Example 7 In a reaction vessel of a #4 (four) stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 210 parts of diethanolamine and 10 parts of potassium hydroxide were placed, and nitrogen gas was introduced simultaneously. Heat to l ° ° C. Here, 174 parts of dimethyl adipate was added dropwise from the dropping device over 4 hours. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the pressure in the reaction vessel was reduced to 2 〇 5 mmHg while heating to remove the produced sterol. The slurry-like product formed in the container was taken out and vacuum dried. A mixture of 320 parts of the product and 83 parts of the isocyanic acid was again placed in a reaction vessel, heated to 150 ° C and stirred to dissolve. After the dropwise addition, after stirring at 15 ° C for 1 hour, 100 parts of benzene was added, and the Dean Stark was filled with benzene, and the generated water was removed by azeotroping with benzene. The refluxed toluene is returned to the reaction vessel. After thoroughly removing the water, steam to remove all of the toluene. Then, the temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and 1542 parts of cyclohexanone was added. A hydroxyalkylguanamine solution A-7 having a solid content of 20% uniform and yellowish brown transparent and containing no photopolymerizable functional group was prepared. Synthesis Example 8 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, '266 parts of diisopropanol 324024 268 201247603 amine, 10 parts of hydrogen were placed. Potassium oxide and 202 parts of azelaic acid were heated at 120 ° C for 4 hours. 100 parts of toluene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with fbenzene, and the generated water was removed by azeotroping with toluene. The benzene is refluxed and returned to the reaction vessel. After the water was sufficiently removed, the slurry-like product formed in the container was taken out and vacuum dried. 433 parts of this product was obtained, placed in a reaction vessel again, heated to 1.50 ° C, and stirred to dissolve. Here, 72 parts of 2-ethylhexanoic acid was added dropwise from the dropping device over 1 hour. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 150 ° C for 1 hour, 100 parts of toluene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with toluene, and the resulting water was removed by azeotroping with toluene. The benzene is refluxed and returned to the reaction vessel. After the water is sufficiently removed, all of the toluene is distilled off. Then, the temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and 1983 parts of cyclohexanone was added. The solid matter obtained was 20% uniform and yellow-brown transparent, and contained no photopolymerizable functional group-hydroxyl-decylamine solution A-8. Synthesis Example 9

備有烷拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迪安斯達克管、迴 流冷卻器、導氣管之反應容器中，放入178份之1-胺基-2-丁醇、10份之氫氧化钾、加熱至60°C之後，以1小時分為 小部份加入100份之丁二酸酐。升溫至120°C，加熱4小 時之後，加入100份之曱苯，於迪安斯達克管充滿曱苯， 藉與甲苯共沸而去除所生成之水。迴流之曱苯使之返回反 應容器中。充分去除水之後，取出容器中所生成漿狀之生 成物而行真空乾燥。取得260份之該生成物，再度放入反 應容器中，加熱至150°C而攪拌溶解之。其中，從滴加裝 置以1小時滴加60份之異氰酸苯基酯。滴加後，在150°C 324024 269 201247603 攪拌1小時之後，降溫至60°C，加入1280份之環己酮。 製得固形物為20%之均一而黃褐色透明，不含有光聚合性 官能基之/5-羥基烷基醯胺溶液A-9。 合成例10 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迴流冷卻器、導氣 管之反應容器中，放入100份之環己酮，容器中注入氮氣 同時加熱至80°C，在相同溫度，以1小時滴加由20份之 曱基丙烯酸、10份之曱基丙烯酸甲酯、55份之甲基丙烯酸 ® 正丁基酯、15份之甲基丙烯酸苯曱基酯、4份之2, 2’ -偶 氮雙異丁腈所成之混合物而進行聚合反應。滴加後，再於 80°C反應3小時。之後，添加溶解有1份之偶氮雙異丁腈 之環己酮溶液50份，再於80°C繼續反應1小時，而製得 丙烯酸樹脂溶液。冷卻至室溫後，使用環己酮稀釋而得含 有20%固形物之不含有光聚合性官能基而含有羧基之聚合 物溶液B-1。其重量平均分子量為40000。 ^ 合成例11 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迴流冷卻器、導氣 管之反應容器中，放入100份之環己酮，容器中注入氮氣 同時加熱至80°C，在相同溫度，以1小時滴加由25份之 甲基丙烯酸、20份之甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙基酯.、30份之甲 基丙烯酸甲酯、25份之苯乙烯、4份之2, 2’-偶氮雙異丁 腈所成之混合物而進行聚合反應。滴加完後，再於80°C反 應3小時之後，添加溶解有1份之偶氮雙異丁腈之環己酮 溶液50份，然後，在相同溫度繼續攪拌3小時，而製共聚 324024 270 201247603 物。繼之，冷卻反應容器之溫度為70°C，再導入乾燥空氣 於反應容器中，供料以24份之異氰酸2-甲基丙烯醯氧基 乙基酯、36份之環己酮、0. 1份之二月桂酸二丁基錫、0. 1 份之對曱氧基酚，之後，在相同溫度繼續攪拌10小時。冷 卻至室溫後，使用環己酮稀釋，而得固形物含量為20%之 含有光聚合性官能基及羧基之聚合物溶液B-2。其重量平 均分子量為42000。 合成例12 ® 備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迴流冷卻器 '導氣 管之反應容器中，放入100份之環己酮，容器中注入氮氣 同時加熱至80°C，在相同溫度以1小時滴加由68份之甲 基丙烯酸環氧丙基酯、17份之曱基丙烯酸曱酯、7. 5份之 曱基丙烯酸正丁基酯、7. 5份之曱基丙烯酸苯曱基酯、4份 之2, 2’-偶氮雙異丁腈所成之混合物而進行聚合反應。滴 加完後，再於80°C反應3小時之後，添加溶解有1份之偶 φ 氮雙異丁腈之環己酮溶液50份，然後，相同溫度繼續攪拌 3小時而得共聚物。繼之，導入乾燥空氣於反應容器中， 供料以55份之丙烯酸、83份之環己酮、1份之二曱基苯曱 基胺、0.1份之對曱氧基酚，之後，相同溫度繼續攪拌10 小時。再供料以177份之四氳酞酸酐，然後，相同溫度繼 續攪拌10小時。冷卻至室溫，使用環己酮稀釋而得固形物 含量20%之含有光聚合性官能基及羧基之聚合物溶液 B-4。其重量平均分子量為44000。 參考合成例1 324024 271 201247603In a reaction vessel equipped with an alkane mixer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a Dean Stark tube, a reflux cooler, and an air tube, 178 parts of 1-amino-2-butanol and 10 parts of hydroxide were placed. After potassium was heated to 60 ° C, 100 parts of succinic anhydride was added in small portions over 1 hour. After heating to 120 ° C and heating for 4 hours, 100 parts of toluene was added, and the Dean Stark tube was filled with toluene, and the resulting water was removed by azeotroping with toluene. The benzene is refluxed and returned to the reaction vessel. After the water was sufficiently removed, the slurry-formed product formed in the container was taken out and vacuum dried. 260 parts of this product was taken, placed in a reaction vessel again, heated to 150 ° C, and stirred to dissolve. Here, 60 parts of phenyl isocyanate was added dropwise from the dropping device over 1 hour. After the dropwise addition, after stirring at 150 ° C 324024 269 201247603 for 1 hour, the temperature was lowered to 60 ° C, and 1280 parts of cyclohexanone was added. The solid matter obtained was a homogeneous solution of 20% and a yellow-brown transparent, and a 5-hydroxyalkylamine solution A-9 which did not contain a photopolymerizable functional group. Synthesis Example 10 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a reflux condenser, and an air guiding tube, 100 parts of cyclohexanone was placed, and the container was filled with nitrogen while heating to 80 ° C at the same temperature to 20 parts of mercaptoacrylic acid, 10 parts of methyl methacrylate, 55 parts of methacrylic acid® n-butyl ester, 15 parts of phenyl decyl methacrylate, 2 parts 2, 2 were added dropwise over 1 hour. Polymerization was carried out by mixing a mixture of azo-isobutyronitrile. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was further reacted at 80 ° C for 3 hours. Thereafter, 50 parts of a cyclohexanone solution in which 1 part of azobisisobutyronitrile was dissolved was added, and the reaction was further continued at 80 ° C for 1 hour to obtain an acrylic resin solution. After cooling to room temperature, it was diluted with cyclohexanone to obtain a polymer solution B-1 containing 20% of a solid matter and containing no photopolymerizable functional group and containing a carboxyl group. Its weight average molecular weight is 40,000. ^ Synthesis Example 11 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a reflux condenser, and an air guiding tube, 100 parts of cyclohexanone was placed, and the container was filled with nitrogen while heating to 80 ° C at the same temperature. 25 parts of methacrylic acid, 20 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 30 parts of methyl methacrylate, 25 parts of styrene, 4 parts of 2, 2'- were added dropwise over 1 hour. The mixture is formed by a mixture of azobisisobutyronitrile. After the completion of the dropwise addition, after further reacting at 80 ° C for 3 hours, 50 parts of a cyclohexanone solution in which 1 part of azobisisobutyronitrile was dissolved was added, and then stirring was continued for 3 hours at the same temperature to prepare copolymerization 324024 270. 201247603 Things. Then, the temperature of the reaction vessel was cooled to 70 ° C, and then dry air was introduced into the reaction vessel to supply 24 parts of 2-methylpropenyloxyethyl isocyanate and 36 parts of cyclohexanone. 0. 1 part of dibutyltin dilaurate, 0.1 part of p-nonoxylphenol, after which stirring was continued for 10 hours at the same temperature. After cooling to room temperature, it was diluted with cyclohexanone to obtain a polymer solution B-2 containing a photopolymerizable functional group and a carboxyl group in a solid content of 20%. Its weight average molecular weight is 42,000. Synthesis Example 12 In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, and a reflux cooler 'air pipe, 100 parts of cyclohexanone was placed, and the container was filled with nitrogen while heating to 80 ° C at the same temperature. 5份的苯苯苯苯基基基。 Adding 68 parts of glycidyl methacrylate, 17 parts of decyl decyl acrylate, 7.5 parts of n-butyl decyl acrylate, 7.5 parts of benzyl fluorenyl acrylate The polymerization was carried out by a mixture of an ester and 4 parts of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further carried out at 80 ° C for 3 hours, and then 50 parts of a cyclohexanone solution in which 1 part of φ nitrobisisobutyronitrile was dissolved was added, and stirring was continued for 3 hours at the same temperature to obtain a copolymer. Then, dry air is introduced into the reaction vessel, and 55 parts of acrylic acid, 83 parts of cyclohexanone, 1 part of decyl phenyl hydrazinoamine, 0.1 part of p-nonoxyl phenol, and then the same temperature are supplied. Continue to stir for 10 hours. Further, 177 parts of tetradecanoic anhydride was supplied, followed by stirring at the same temperature for 10 hours. After cooling to room temperature, it was diluted with cyclohexanone to obtain a polymer solution B-4 containing a photopolymerizable functional group and a carboxyl group in a solid content of 20%. Its weight average molecular weight is 44,000. Reference Synthesis Example 1 324024 271 201247603

備有攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、迴流冷卻器、導氣 管之反應容器中，放入100份之環己綱，容器中注入氮氣 同時加熱至80°C ’在相同溫度以1小時滴加由55.5份之 2-曱基丙烯酸羥乙基酯、1〇份之甲基丙烯酸曱酯、19. 5份 之甲基丙烯酸正丁基酯、15份之曱基丙烯酸苯甲基酯、4 份之2, 2-偶氮雙異丁腈所成之混合物而進行聚合反應。滴 加完後，再於80 C反應3小時之後，添加溶解有1份之偶 氮雙異丁腈之環己酮溶液50份，再於8〇〇c繼續反應i小 時’而得丙騎樹脂溶液。冷卻至室溫後，使用環己綱稀 釋而得固形物含量為20%之含有經基之光聚物溶液B_5。其 重量平均分子量為38000。 《微細化顏料（F)之製造方法》 [藍色微細化顏料（F-i)] 不鏽鋼製之1加侖容量之捏 品）中，放人1GG份之醜A… 乍所公司 6(東洋油墨製造公司製。，、「.科之C.1·藍色色素1 粉碎之食鹽以及100^二；^61藍^)、_份之 此混合物投入3000份之、、θ醇在70 C/昆練12小時 高速混合機大約授拌、中，加熱至大約耽，使 水洗而除去食鹽及溶劑之後，燥-?重複過渡 98份之藍色微細化顏„ 24小時’而 為28. 3nm。 。所得顏料之平岣一次粒 [紅色微細化顏料（ΡΊΜ $_製&lt; 1加命容量 324024 之捏和機（井上製作所公司製 272 201247603 品）中，放入120份之二酮吡咯駢吡咯系紅色顏料之I. c. 紅色色素254(日本汽巴公司製品，「IRGAZIN RED 2030」）、 1000份之經粉碎之食鹽’以及120份之二乙二醇，在6〇 C混練1Q小時。此混合物投入於2 0 0 0份之溫水中，加熱 至大約8〇t，使用高速混合機大約攪拌1小時成為漿狀 物’一再重複過濾、水洗而除去食鹽及溶劑之後，在8〇°c 乾燥24小時，而得115份之紅色微細化顏料（F-2)。所得 顏料之平均一次粒徑為24. 8nm。 •[黃色微細化顏料(F一3)] 不鏽鋼製之1加命容量之捏和機（井上製作所公司製 品）中，玫入100份鎳配位化合物系黃色顏料之C. I.黃色 色素150(朗克士公司製品「e-4GN」、700份之氯化鈉及180 份之二乙二醇，在80°C混練6小時。此混合物投入於2000 份之溫水中’加熱至大約8〇。(：，使用高速混合機攪拌大約 1小時成為漿狀物’一再重複過濾、水洗而去除食鹽及溶 φ 劑之後’在8(TC乾燥24小時，而得95份之黃色微細化顏 料（F-3)。所得顏料之平均一次粒徑為39 2nm。 [綠色微細化顏料（F-4)] 不錄鋼製之1加侖容量之捏和機（井上製作所公司製 品）中’放入120份醜青系綠色顏料之c.丨.綠色色素36(東 洋油墨製造公司製品「Lionei綠6YK」）、1600份之氯化 鈉及270份之二乙二醇，在混練a小時。此混合物 投入於5000份之溫水中，加熱至大約7(rc ,使用高速混 合機擾拌大約1小時成為漿狀物，一再重複過濾、水洗而 324024 273 201247603 除去食鹽及溶劑之後’在80°C乾燥24小時，而得到ιΐ7 份之綠色微細化顏料（F-4)。所得顏料之平均一次粒徑為 32. 6nm。 [紫色微細化顏料（F-5)] 不鑛鋼製1加侖容量之捏和機中（井上製作所公司製 品），放入二曙哄系紫色顏料之c. ϊ•紫色色素23(claHantIn a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a reflux cooler, and an air guiding tube, 100 parts of cycloheximide is placed, and the container is filled with nitrogen while heating to 80 ° C. 'Drip at the same temperature for 1 hour. 55.5 parts of hydroxyethyl 2-mercaptoacrylate, 1 part of decyl methacrylate, 19.5 parts of n-butyl methacrylate, 15 parts of benzyl methacrylate, 4 parts The mixture of 2, 2-azobisisobutyronitrile is used for the polymerization. After the completion of the dropwise addition, after further reacting at 80 C for 3 hours, 50 parts of a cyclohexanone solution in which 1 part of azobisisobutyronitrile was dissolved was added, and the reaction was continued at 8 ° C for 1 hour to obtain a C-resin resin. Solution. After cooling to room temperature, a rhodium-containing photopolymer solution B_5 having a solid content of 20% was obtained by diluting with cycloheximide. Its weight average molecular weight is 38,000. "Manufacturing method of micronized pigment (F)" [Blue micronized pigment (Fi)] 1 gallon capacity of stainless steel, which puts 1GG of ugly A... 乍所公司6 (Toyo Ink Manufacturing Co., Ltd. ,, ". C.1. Blue pigment 1 smashed salt and 100^2; ^61 blue^), _ parts of this mixture into 3000 parts, θ alcohol in 70 C / Kunxuan 12 The hourly high speed mixer is about to be mixed, medium, and heated to about 耽, and after washing to remove the salt and the solvent, the dry-breaking transition of 98 parts of the blue fine refining _ 24 hours is 28.3 nm. . In the case of the above-mentioned pigment, the granules of the granules of the granules of the granules of the granules of the granules of the granules of the granules of the granules of the granules of the granules Red pigment I. c. Red pigment 254 (Japanese Ciba company product, "IRGAZIN RED 2030"), 1000 parts of crushed salt 'and 120 parts of diethylene glycol, mixed at 6 ° C for 1Q hours. The mixture was poured into 200 parts of warm water, heated to about 8 〇t, and stirred for about 1 hour using a high-speed mixer to become a slurry. After repeated filtration and washing with water to remove salt and solvent, it was dried at 8 ° C. After 24 hours, 115 parts of red fine pigment (F-2) were obtained. The average primary particle diameter of the obtained pigment was 24.8 nm. [[Yellow micronized pigment (F-3)] In the kneading machine (product of Inoue Co., Ltd.), 100 parts of nickel complex pigment yellow pigment C yellow pigment 150 (Lankes product "e-4GN", 700 parts of sodium chloride and 180 parts of two) The diol was kneaded at 80 ° C for 6 hours. 2000 parts of warm water 'heated to about 8 〇. (:, use a high-speed mixer to stir for about 1 hour to become a slurry) repeated filtration, washing with water to remove salt and dissolve φ agent after '8 (TC drying for 24 hours, 95 parts of the yellow fine pigment (F-3) were obtained. The average primary particle diameter of the obtained pigment was 39 2 nm. [Green fine pigment (F-4)] A 1 gallon capacity kneader without recording steel ( Inoue Manufacturing Co., Ltd.) 'Into 120 pieces of ugly green pigment c. 绿色. Green pigment 36 (Toyo Ink Manufacturing Co., Ltd. product "Lionei Green 6YK"), 1600 parts of sodium chloride and 270 parts of ethylene Alcohol, after mixing for a hour. The mixture was put into 5000 parts of warm water, heated to about 7 (rc, using a high-speed mixer to disturb for about 1 hour to become a slurry, repeated filtration, washing with water and 324024 273 201247603 to remove salt and 6微米。 [The purple fine pigment (F-5)] is not dried after the solvent is dried at 80 ° C for 24 hours to obtain 7 parts of the green fine pigment (F-4). A 1 gallon capacity kneader made of ore steel (Inoue Works) Company product), put in the diterpene purple pigment c. ϊ•purple pigment 23 (claHant

公司製品，「Fast紫RL」120份，經粉碎之食鹽16〇〇份及 100份之二乙二醇’在90°C混練18小時。此混合物投入於 5_份之溫水中’加熱至大約耽，使用高速混合機㈣ 大約1小時而成為«.狀物，-再重複過渡、水洗而除去食 鹽及溶劑之後’在8ΐ〕ΐ乾燥24小時，而得118份之紫色 微細化顏料（F-5)。所得顏料之平均—次粒徑為26.杨。 &lt;成鹽樹脂（C1)之製造方法&gt; [成鹽樹脂（C1-1)之製造方法] 備有溫度計、攪拌器、蒸餾管、冷卻器之四頸可分離 燒瓶中，放入67.3份之甲基乙基酮，在氮氣流下升溫至 75C。另途，將34.0份之曱基丙烯酸甲酯、28〇份之曱 基丙烯酸正丁基自旨、28. G份之2-甲基丙騎乙基己基醋、 1〇.〇份之甲基㈣酸二甲基胺基乙基自旨、6.5份之2, 2，-偶氮广(2’4 一甲基戊腈)以及25•&quot;分之曱基乙基酮混合 均勻後’放人滴加漏斗中，絲在四頸可分離燒瓶上，以 2小時滴加到燒瓶中。滴加完後2小時，從固形物確知聚 合反應收率在9_』·，重量平子量㈣為漏，冷 卻至㈣。其中，追加3.2份之甲基氣、22.〇份之乙醇: 324024 274 201247603 在50 C反應2小時之後，以1小時升溫至8〇〇c，再反應2 小時。據此，可得樹脂成分為47重量％之成鹽樹脂^ 所得樹脂之胺鹽值為34mgK0H/g。 [成鹽樹脂（C1-2)之製造方法] 備有溫度計、攪拌器、蒸餾管、冷卻器之四頸可分離 燒瓶中，放入62.4份之異丙醇，在氮氣流下升溫至？5它。 另途，將32. 1份之甲基丙烯酸乙基酯、25.丨份之〒基丙 Φ烯酸正丙基酯、25.丨份之曱基丙烯酸月桂基酯、17.7份之 曱基丙烯醢胺基丙基三曱基氯化銨、5 7份之2,2、偶氮雙 (2, 4-二甲基戊腈）以及15·6份之曱基乙基酮混合均勻之 後，放入滴加漏斗中，安裝於四頸可分離燒瓶上，以2小 時滴加之。滴加完後2小時，從固形物確認聚合反應收率 為98%以上，重量平均分子量⑶幻為742〇，冷卻至5〇。^^ 然後，加入72份之異丙醇，而得樹脂成分為4〇重量％之成 鹽樹脂（C卜2)。所得樹脂之胺鹽值為45mg/K〇H/g。 馨[成鹽樹脂（C1-3)之製造方法] 備有溫度计、擾拌器、蒸館管、冷卻器之四頸可分離 燒叙中’放入67.3份之f基乙基酮，在氮氣流下升溫至 75C。另途，將27.5份之曱基丙婦酸異丙基醋、25〇份 之甲基丙烯酸苯甲基酯、27. 5份之曱基丙烯酸2_乙基己基 酯、20.0份之N，N-二f基胺基甲基苯乙烯、6 7份之2,2，__ 偶氮雙（2,4-二曱基朗）及251份之甲基乙基_混合均 勻後，放入滴加漏斗辛，安裝於四頸可分離燒瓶上，以2 小時滴加之。滴加完後2小時，從固形物確認聚合反應收 324024 275 201247603 率為98%以上，重量平均分子量（mw)為6770,冷卻至50°C。 其中，追加15.7份之苯曱基氯、22.0份之乙醇，在5(TC 反應2小時之後’以1小時升溫至8〇〇c，再反應2小時， 據此獲得樹脂成分為50重量％之成鹽樹脂（q-3)。所得樹 脂之胺鹽值為60mg/KOH/g。 [成鹽樹脂（C1-4)之製造方法] 備有溫度計、攪拌器、蒸餾管、冷卻器之四頸可分離 燒瓶中，放入62. 4份之異丙醇，在氮氣流下升溫至75。〇。 另途’將25.0份之甲基丙烯酸甲酯、25.0份之曱基丙烯 酸硬脂基酯、20.0份之甲基丙烯酸環己基酯、15 0份之 BLEMMER PE90(日油公司製品’二乙二醇單曱基丙烯酸 醋）、20. 0份之N-乙烯吡咯烷酮、4. 7份之2, 2,-偶氮雙 (2, 4-二甲基戊腈）及15. 6份之異丙醇混合均勻後，放入滴 加漏斗中’安裝於四頸可分離燒瓶上，以2小時滴加之。 滴加完後2小時，從固形物確認聚合反應收率為98%以上， • 重量平均分子量（Mw)為7550，冷卻至5(TC。其中，追加 9.0份之甲基氯、22.0份之異丙醇，在50〇c反應2小時之 後，以1小時升溫至8〇°c，再反應2小時，然後，追加50 份之異丙醇’而得樹脂成分為44重量％之成鹽樹脂 (C1-4)。所得樹脂之胺鹽值為92mg/K〇H/g。 [成鹽樹脂（C1-5)之製造方法] 備有溫度計、攪袢器、蒸餾管、冷卻器之四頸可分離 燒瓶中，放入82,0份之曱基乙基酮，在氮氣流下升溫至 75°C。另途，將23.5份之曱基丙烯酸乙基酯、26.0份之 324024 276 201247603 甲基丙烯酸第三丁基酯、25. 0份之曱基丙烯酸月桂基酯、 10. 0份之KAYAMER-PM-21(日本化藥公司製品，加成有i莫 耳之ε -己内酯之甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙基酯之磷酸酯、6. 〇份 之2, 2’ -偶氮雙（2, 4-二曱基戊腈）及25. 6份之甲基乙基酮 混合均勻後，放入滴加漏斗中，安裝於四頸可分離燒瓶上， 以2小時滴加之。滴加完後2小時’從固形物確認聚合反 應收率為98%以上，重量平均分子量為7〇1〇，冷卻至 φ 50°C。其中，據此而得樹脂成分為48重量％之成鹽樹脂 (C1-5)。所得樹脂之胺鹽值為49mg/K0H/g。 &lt;成鹽化合物之製造方法&gt; [成鹽化合物（Z-1)] 按照下列次序製得由C.I.酸性紅289及成鹽樹脂 (C卜1)所成之成鹽化合物（AK)。 添加51份側鏈之成鹽樹脂（c1_d於2〇〇〇份之水中， 充分攪拌混合之後加熱至60°c。另外，將1〇份之c. I.酸 •性紅289溶解於90份之水中調製成為水溶液，再分為小部 份滴加在前述樹脂溶液中。滴加後，在6(rc攪拌12〇分鐘， 充分進行反應。反應之終點藉由滴下反應液於濾紙上，以 不滲時為終點，判斷為已得成鹽化合物。攪拌同時冷卻至 室溫後，騎吸引輯、水洗後，留存在濾紙上的成鹽化 «物，使用乾燥機除去水分，而得32份之c.丨·酸性紅 和成鹽樹脂（ci-i)所成之成鹽化合物（ζ_υ。該成鹽化合物 (z-i)中，來源於αι,酸性紅289之有效色素成分之含 為29重量％。 324024 277 201247603 [成鹽化合物（Z-2)] 按照下列次序製成由C.I·酸性紅289和成鹽樹脂 (C1-2)所成之成鹽化合物（Z-2)。 將88份之成鹽樹脂（C1-2)添加在2000份之1〇%甲醇 水溶液中，充分攪拌混合後，加熱至6(rc。另外，調製1〇 份之C· I.酸性紅289溶解於90份水之水溶液，分為小部 份滴加於上述樹脂溶液中，滴加後，在6(TC授拌120分鐘， 充分進行反應。反應終點藉由滴下反應液於濾紙上，以不 渗時為終點’判斷已製得成鹽化合物。擾拌同時冷卻至室 溫，進行吸引過濾、水洗後，殘存於濾紙上之成鹽化合物 使用乾燥機除去水分，而得C.I.酸性紅289和成鹽樹脂 (C1-2)所成之成鹽化合物（Z-2)。此時成鹽化合物（a1_2) 中，來源於C. I. 性紅289之有效色素成分之含量為22 重量％。 [成鹽化合物（Z-3)] 按照下列次序製成由C.I.酸性紅289和成鹽樹脂 (C1-3)所成之鹵素化合物（Z-3)。 將46.7份之成鹽樹脂（C1-3)添加在2000份之ι〇〇% N，N-二曱基甲醢胺水/谷液中，充分搜拌混合後，加熱至 °C。另外，調製10份之C. I.酸性紅289溶解於90份水之 水溶液，然後，分為小部份滴加於先前之成鹽樹脂（C1_3) 溶液中。滴加後，在7〇°C攪拌12〇分鐘，充分進行反應。 反應終點乃將反應滴F在濾紙上，以不滲時為終點，判斷 已製得成鹽化合物^挽拌同時冷卻至室溫，進行吸引過遽、 324024 278 201247603 水洗後，殘存於濾紙上之成鹽化合物使用乾燥機除去水 分，而得29份之由C· I.酸性紅289和齒素樹脂（ci-3)所 成之成鹽化合物（Z-3)。此時成鹽化合物（A1-3)中，來源於 C. I.酸性紅289之有效色素成分之含量為3〇重量％。 [成鹽化合物（Z-4)] 按照下列次序製成由C.I.酸性紅289和成鹽樹脂 (C1-4)所成之齒素化合物（Z-4)。 將20. 0份之成鹽樹脂（C1-4)溶解於woo份之水所成 ® 之水溶液’充分攪拌混合後，加熱至70¾。另外，調製10 份之C. I.酸性紅28[丨溶解於90份水之水溶液，然後，分 為小部份滴加於先前之樹脂溶液中。滴加後，在授拌 120分鐘’充分進行反應。反應終點乃將反應滴下在濾紙 上，以不滲時為終點，判斷已製得成鹽化合物。攪拌同時 冷卻至室溫，進行吸引過濾、水洗後，殘存於濾紙上之成 鹽化合物使用乾燥機除去水分，而得19份之由C. I.酸性 φ 紅2別和成鹽樹脂（C1-4)所成之成鹽化合物（Ζ-4)。此時成 鹽化合物（Ζ-4)中，來源於c. I.酸性紅289之有效色素成 分之含量為53重量％。 [成鹽化合物（Ζ-5)] 按照下列次序製成由C· I.酸性紅289和側鏈由成鹽樹 脂（C1-5)所成之成鹽化合物（ζ-5)。 添加63.2份之成鹽樹脂（C1_5)於2〇〇〇份之2〇%乙酸 中，充分擾拌混合後：加熱至6〇°c。在侧鍵之三級胺基進 行銨鹽反應。另外，調製丨0%之c.丨·酸性紅289溶解於9〇% 324024The company's product, 120 parts of "Fast Purple RL", was smashed with 16 parts of salt and 100 parts of diethylene glycol' at 90 ° C for 18 hours. This mixture is put into 5 parts of warm water 'heated to about 耽, using a high-speed mixer (4) for about 1 hour to become «., - repeat the transition, washing with water to remove salt and solvent, then 'at 8 ΐ ΐ dry 24 In hours, 118 parts of purple fine pigment (F-5) were obtained. The average-secondary particle size of the obtained pigment was 26. Yang. &lt;Production Method of Salt-Forming Resin (C1)&gt; [Method for Producing Salt-Forming Resin (C1-1)] A four-neck separable flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, a distillation tube, and a cooler was placed in 67.3 parts. The methyl ethyl ketone was heated to 75 C under a nitrogen stream. On the other hand, 34.0 parts of methyl methacrylate, 28 parts by weight of n-butyl decyl acrylate, 28. g parts of 2-methyl propyl Ethyl hexyl vinegar, 1 〇. (d) acid dimethylaminoethyl by the purpose, 6.5 parts of 2, 2, - azo wide (2'4 monomethylvaleronitrile) and 25 · &quot; decyl ethyl ketone mixed evenly The mixture was dropped into a funnel and the wire was placed on a four-neck separable flask and added dropwise to the flask over 2 hours. Two hours after the completion of the dropwise addition, it was confirmed from the solid matter that the polymerization yield was 9 Å · · ·, the weight of the amount (four) was leaked, and the temperature was (4). Among them, 3.2 parts of methyl group and 22. part by weight of ethanol were added: 324024 274 201247603 After reacting at 50 C for 2 hours, the temperature was raised to 8 ° C for 1 hour, and further reacted for 2 hours. According to this, a salt-forming resin having a resin component of 47% by weight was obtained, and the obtained salt of the resin had a value of 34 mg K0H/g. [Manufacturing method of salt-forming resin (C1-2)] A four-neck separable flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, a distillation tube, and a cooler was placed, and 62.4 parts of isopropyl alcohol was placed, and the temperature was raised under a nitrogen stream. 5 it. On the other hand, 32. 1 part of ethyl methacrylate, 25. part by weight of decyl propylene decenoate, 25. part by weight of lauryl methacrylate, 17.7 parts of decyl propylene After the amidinopropyltrimethylammonium chloride, 5 7 parts 2, 2, azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) and 15.6 parts of decyl ethyl ketone are uniformly mixed, It was placed in a dropping funnel, mounted on a four-neck separable flask, and added dropwise over 2 hours. Two hours after the completion of the dropwise addition, it was confirmed from the solid matter that the polymerization yield was 98% or more, the weight average molecular weight (3) was 742 Å, and the temperature was cooled to 5 Torr. Then, 72 parts of isopropyl alcohol was added to obtain a salt-forming resin (C 2 ) having a resin component of 4% by weight. The obtained resin had an amine salt value of 45 mg/K 〇H/g. Xin [manufacturing method of salt-forming resin (C1-3)] Four-neck separable roasting with thermometer, scrambler, steaming tube, and cooler is placed in 67.3 parts of f-ethyl ketone in nitrogen The temperature was raised to 75 C. On the other hand, 27.5 parts of isopropyl propyl acetoacetate, 25 parts of benzyl methacrylate, 27.5 parts of 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, 20.0 parts of N, N - bis-f-aminomethyl styrene, 6 7 parts of 2, 2, __ azobis (2,4-dimercapto lang) and 251 parts of methyl ethyl _ are uniformly mixed and then added dropwise The funnel was simmered and mounted on a four-neck separable flask and added dropwise over 2 hours. Two hours after the completion of the dropwise addition, it was confirmed from the solid matter that the polymerization reaction rate was 324024 275 201247603, the rate was 98% or more, the weight average molecular weight (mw) was 6,770, and the temperature was cooled to 50 °C. In addition, 15.7 parts of phenylhydrazine chloride and 22.0 parts of ethanol were added, and after 5 (TC reaction for 2 hours, 'the temperature was raised to 8 ° C in 1 hour, and the reaction was further carried out for 2 hours, whereby the resin component was obtained in an amount of 50% by weight. Salt-forming resin (q-3). The obtained resin has an amine salt value of 60 mg/KOH/g. [Manufacturing method of salt-forming resin (C1-4)] Four necks equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, a distillation tube, and a cooler In a separable flask, 66.4 parts of isopropanol was placed and the temperature was raised to 75 Torr under a nitrogen stream. Another way '25.0 parts of methyl methacrylate, 25.0 parts of stearyl methacrylate, 20.0 5份的乙己含酯, 150 parts of BLEMMER PE90 (Nippon Oil Company's product 'diethylene glycol monodecyl acrylate vinegar), 20.0 parts of N-vinylpyrrolidone, 4.7 parts 2, 2 , - azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) and 15.6 parts of isopropyl alcohol were uniformly mixed, placed in a dropping funnel, mounted on a four-neck separable flask, and added dropwise over 2 hours. 2 hours after the completion of the dropwise addition, the yield of the polymerization reaction was confirmed to be 98% or more from the solid matter, • The weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 7550, and it was cooled to 5 (TC. Among them, 9.0 was added. Methyl chloride and 22.0 parts of isopropanol were reacted at 50 ° C for 2 hours, then heated to 8 ° C for 1 hour, and then reacted for 2 hours. Then, 50 parts of isopropanol was added to obtain a resin. The component is a 44% by weight salt-forming resin (C1-4). The obtained resin has an amine salt value of 92 mg/K〇H/g. [Method for Producing Salt-Forming Resin (C1-5)] A thermometer and a stirrer are provided. In a four-neck separable flask of a distillation tube and a cooler, 82,0 parts of mercaptoethyl ketone was placed, and the temperature was raised to 75 ° C under a nitrogen stream. On the other hand, 23.5 parts of ethyl decyl acrylate was used. 26.0 parts of 324024 276 201247603 butyl methacrylate, 25.0 parts of lauryl methacrylate, 10.0 parts of KAYAMER-PM-21 (product of Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. Ε-caprolactone of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate phosphate, 6. 2 parts of 2, 2'-azobis(2,4-dimercapto valeronitrile) and 25.6 parts The methyl ethyl ketone was uniformly mixed, placed in a dropping funnel, and placed in a four-neck separable flask, and added dropwise over 2 hours. Two hours after the completion of the dropwise addition, it was confirmed that the polymerization yield was 98% or more from the solid matter. ,weight The average molecular weight was 7〇1〇, and it was cooled to φ 50° C. Thus, a salt-forming resin (C1-5) having a resin component of 48% by weight was obtained, and the obtained resin had an amine salt value of 49 mg/K0H/g. &lt;Method for Producing Salt-Forming Compound&gt; [Salt-forming Compound (Z-1)] A salt-forming compound (AK) composed of CI Acid Red 289 and a salt-forming resin (CBu 1) was obtained in the following order. Add 51 parts of side chain salt-forming resin (c1_d in 2 parts of water, stir well and heat to 60 ° C. In addition, dissolve 1 part of c. I. acid• sex red 289 in 90 parts The water is prepared into an aqueous solution, and is further divided into a small portion and added dropwise to the resin solution. After the dropwise addition, the reaction is sufficiently carried out at 6 (rc for 12 Torr). The end of the reaction is carried out by dropping the reaction solution on the filter paper. When the non-permeability time is the end point, it is judged that the salt compound has been obtained. After stirring and cooling to room temperature, the salt-forming material left on the filter paper after the suction and washing, and the moisture is removed by using a dryer, and 32 parts are obtained. a salt-forming compound (ζ_υ.) in the salt-forming compound (zi), the effective pigment component derived from αι, acid red 289 is 29% by weight. % 324024 277 201247603 [Salt-forming compound (Z-2)] A salt-forming compound (Z-2) made of CI·Acid Red 289 and a salt-forming resin (C1-2) was prepared in the following order: 88 parts The salt-forming resin (C1-2) is added to 2000 parts of a 1% aqueous methanol solution, stirred well, and then heated to 6 (rc. In addition, a 1 part portion of C·I. Acid Red 289 is dissolved in 90 parts of water in water, and a small portion is added dropwise to the above resin solution, and after dropwise addition, the mixture is stirred at 6 (TC for 120 minutes). The reaction is carried out sufficiently. The end point of the reaction is obtained by dropping the reaction solution onto the filter paper and determining that the salt compound has been obtained at the end of the non-permeability time. The mixture is simultaneously cooled to room temperature, subjected to suction filtration, washed with water, and remains on the filter paper. The salt-forming compound is removed by a dryer to obtain a salt-forming compound (Z-2) formed by CI Acid Red 289 and a salt-forming resin (C1-2). At this time, the salt-forming compound (a1_2) is derived from CI. The content of the effective pigment component of the sex red 289 was 22% by weight. [Salt-forming compound (Z-3)] A halogen compound (Z) formed from CI Acid Red 289 and a salt-forming resin (C1-3) was prepared in the following order. -3) Add 46.7 parts of salt-forming resin (C1-3) to 2000 parts of ι〇〇% N,N-dimercaptocaramine water/gluten solution, mix thoroughly, and heat to ° C. In addition, 10 parts of CI Acid Red 289 are prepared and dissolved in 90 parts of water, and then divided into small portions and added to the previous composition. In the solution of the resin (C1_3), after the dropwise addition, the mixture is stirred at 7 ° C for 12 minutes, and the reaction is sufficiently carried out. At the end of the reaction, the reaction droplet F is placed on the filter paper, and the salt-free compound is judged by the non-permeability time. ^When mixing and cooling to room temperature, after suctioning, 324024 278 201247603 water washing, the salt-forming compound remaining on the filter paper uses a dryer to remove water, and 29 parts of C·I. Acid Red 289 and fangs are obtained. a salt-forming compound (Z-3) formed by a resin (ci-3). In the salt-forming compound (A1-3), the content of the effective dye component derived from C. I. Acid Red 289 was 3% by weight. [Salt-forming compound (Z-4)] A dentate compound (Z-4) composed of C.I. Acid Red 289 and a salt-forming resin (C1-4) was prepared in the following order. The aqueous solution of 20.0 parts of the salt-forming resin (C1-4) dissolved in woo of water was thoroughly stirred and mixed, and then heated to 702⁄4. Further, 10 parts of C. I. Acid Red 28 [丨 was dissolved in an aqueous solution of 90 parts of water, and then a small portion was added dropwise to the previous resin solution. After the dropwise addition, the reaction was sufficiently carried out while stirring for 120 minutes. At the end of the reaction, the reaction was dropped on a filter paper, and the non-permeability time was used as an end point to judge that a salt-forming compound was obtained. After stirring, the mixture was cooled to room temperature, and after suction filtration and water washing, the salt-forming compound remaining on the filter paper was removed by a dryer to obtain 19 parts of CI acid φ red 2 and salt-forming resin (C1-4). A salt-forming compound (Ζ-4). In the salt-forming compound (Ζ-4), the content of the effective pigment component derived from c. I. Acid Red 289 was 53% by weight. [Salt-forming compound (Ζ-5)] A salt-forming compound (ζ-5) composed of C·I. Acid Red 289 and a side chain from a salt-forming resin (C1-5) was prepared in the following order. 63.2 parts of the salt-forming resin (C1_5) was added to 2 parts by weight of 2% acetic acid, and after fully mixing, the mixture was heated to 6 ° C. The ammonium salt reaction is carried out at the tertiary amine group of the side bond. In addition, the modulation 丨0% of c. 丨·acid red 289 dissolved in 9〇% 324024

S 279 201247603 之水而成之水溶液，分為小部份滴加於先前進行銨鹽化之 樹脂溶液中。滴加後，在60。(：攪拌120分鐘，充分進行反 應。反應終點藉由滴下在濾紙上，以不滲時為終點，判斷 已製得成鹽化合物。攪拌同時冷卻至室溫，吸弓丨過濾、水 洗後，殘存於濾紙上之成鹽化合物使用乾燥機除去水分， 而得38份之由c.丨·酸性紅289和成鹽樹脂（C1_5)所成之 成鹽化合物（Z-5)。此時成鹽化合物（Z_5)中，來源於c· 酸性紅289之有效色素成分之含量為23重量％。 ® [成鹽化合物（Z-6)] 按照下列次序製成由C.I.酸性紅112和成鹽樹脂 (C1-1)所成之成鹽化合物（z_6)。 添加88份之成鹽樹脂（C1-1)於2000份之10%曱醇水 浴液中，充分攪拌混合後，加熱至6〇。〇。另外，調製溶解 有10份之C. I·酸性藍112之9〇份之水而而成水溶液，分 為小部份滴加於先前樹脂溶液中。滴加後，在6〇〇c攪拌12〇 • 分鐘，充分進行反應。反應終點藉由滴下在濾紙上，以不 滲時為終點，判斷已製得成鹽化合物。授拌同時冷卻至室 溫’進行吸引過濾、水洗後’殘存於濾紙上之成鹽化合物 使用乾燥機除去水分，而得43份之由C. I.酸性紅112和 成鹽樹脂（ci-i)所成之成鹽化合物（z_6)。此時成鹽化合物 (Z_6)中’來源於c.I.酸性紅112之有效色素成分之含量 為22重量％。 [成鹽化合物（Z-7)] 按照下列次序製成由c.丨.酸性藍93和成蹀樹脂（C1 -1) 324024 280 201247603 所成之成鹽·化合物。 添加46. 7份之成鹽樹脂（Cl-ι)於2000份之10% N N__ 二曱基曱醯胺水溶液巾，充分㈣混合後，加熱至耽。 另外’調製溶解有10份之C· I·酸性藍93之90份之水而 成水溶液，分為小部份滴加於先前樹脂溶液中。滴加後， 在赃授拌120分鐘，充分進行反應。反應終點藉由滴下 在遽紙上’以不滲時為終點，判斷已製得鹵素化合物 拌同時冷卻至室溫，進行吸引過濾、水洗後，殘存於渡= 上之成鹽化合物使用乾燥機除去水分，而得29份之由C ^ 酸性紅93和成鹽樹脂（CH)所成之成鹽化合物（z，7)。·此 時成鹽化合物（Z-7)中，來源於C I.酸性藍93之有效 成分之含量為30重量％。 ' [成鹽化合物（Z-8)] 按照：列次序製成由C I.酸性紅⑽和 (C1-1)所成之成鹽化合物（z__8)。 添加63.2份之成鹽樹脂⑻⑴於_份之 中，充分授拌混合後，加熱至6〇ΐ。進行側鍵之三^ 之銨鹽反應。料，崎溶解有1Q份之e ^ 土 之90份之水而成水溶液，分為 Γ ' 249 -έ - 13 77滴加於先前經銨鹽化 之MW液中冑加攸，在6(rc攪拌 反應。反應終關㈣下錢紙上充刀進仃 斷已製得成鹽化合物.，拌同時冷卻至室:: ：判 水洗後，殘存於雜上之成_彳 ㈣’吸引過遽、 分，而得38份之由乾燥機除去水 249和成鹽樹脂（(n-1)所 324024 281 201247603 成之_ /μ / 知、1匕合物（Z-8)。此時成鹽化合物（Z-8)中，來源於 C· I. 生紅249之有效色素成分之含量為a重量％。 [成鹽化合物(Z-9)] ·、、、下列次序製成由C. I·酸性黃5和成鹽樹脂（ci-i) 所成鹽化合物(2_9)。 ,4' σ 51份之成鹽樹脂（C1-1)於2000份之水中，充分S 279 201247603 The aqueous solution of water is divided into small portions and added to the resin solution previously subjected to ammonium salting. After the addition, at 60. (: stirring for 120 minutes, the reaction is carried out sufficiently. The end point of the reaction is judged to have been prepared into a salt compound by dropping on the filter paper, and the end point is not oozing. The mixture is cooled to room temperature while stirring, filtered, washed, and left. The salt-forming compound on the filter paper is dehydrated using a dryer to obtain 38 parts of a salt-forming compound (Z-5) made of c. 丨 acid red 289 and a salt-forming resin (C1_5). In (Z_5), the content of the effective pigment component derived from c·acid red 289 was 23% by weight. ® [Salt-forming compound (Z-6)] was prepared from CI Acid Red 112 and salt-forming resin (C1) in the following order -1) A salt-forming compound (z_6) was formed. 88 parts of a salt-forming resin (C1-1) was added to 2000 parts of a 10% decyl alcohol water bath, stirred well, and then heated to 6 Torr. Prepare an aqueous solution by dissolving 10 parts of C. I· Acid Blue 112 in 9 parts of water, and add a small portion to the previous resin solution. After the addition, stir at 12 °c for 12〇. • Minute, fully react. The end of the reaction is judged by dropping on the filter paper and ending at the non-permeability time. The salt-forming compound was stirred and cooled to room temperature. After the suction filtration and washing, the salt-forming compound remaining on the filter paper was dried using a dryer to obtain 43 parts of CI Acid Red 112 and a salt-forming resin (ci- i) a salt-forming compound (z_6). In this case, the content of the effective pigment component derived from cI acid red 112 in the salt-forming compound (Z_6) is 22% by weight. [Salt-forming compound (Z-7)] In the following order, a salt-forming compound was prepared from c. 丨. Acid Blue 93 and cerium resin (C1 -1) 324024 280 201247603. 47.6 parts of a salt-forming resin (Cl-ι) was added in 2000 parts. 10% N N__ Dimercaptoamine aqueous solution, fully (four) mixed, heated to 耽. In addition, 'dissolve 10 parts of C · I · Acid Blue 93 of 90 parts of water into an aqueous solution, divided into small parts The mixture was added dropwise to the previous resin solution, and after the dropwise addition, the mixture was thoroughly stirred for 120 minutes, and the reaction was sufficiently carried out. The end point of the reaction was judged to have been prepared by cooling the mixture with the halogen compound by dropping it on the crepe paper. After being subjected to suction filtration and water washing at room temperature, salinization remains on the ferry = The product was dehydrated using a dryer to obtain 29 parts of a salt-forming compound (z, 7) from C ^ acid red 93 and a salt-forming resin (CH). In this case, a salt-forming compound (Z-7), The content of the active ingredient derived from C I. Acid Blue 93 is 30% by weight. '[Salt-forming compound (Z-8)] is formed by C I. Acid Red (10) and (C1-1) according to the column order. The salt-forming compound (z__8) was added. 63.2 parts of the salt-forming resin (8) (1) was added to the mixture, and the mixture was sufficiently mixed and heated to 6 Torr. The ammonium salt of the side bond is reacted. It is dissolved in 1Q parts of e ^ soil to make an aqueous solution of 90 parts of water, divided into Γ ' 249 -έ - 13 77 drops added to the previously ammonium-salted MW solution, added at 6 (rc Stir the reaction. The reaction is finally closed. (4) The salt paper compound is prepared by filling the knife into the paper. The mixture is cooled to the room at the same time:: After the water is washed, it remains on the miscellaneous _ 彳 (four) 'Attracted 遽, points And 38 parts were removed from the water by the dryer 249 and the salt-forming resin ((n-1) 324024 281 201247603 into _ / μ / know, 1 conjugate (Z-8). At this time salt-forming compound ( In Z-8), the content of the effective pigment component derived from C·I. Raw Red 249 is a% by weight. [Salt-forming compound (Z-9)] ·,,, the following order is made from C. I·acid Yellow 5 and salt-forming resin (ci-i) salt compound (2_9). 4' σ 51 parts of salt-forming resin (C1-1) in 2000 parts of water, fully

攪ί混合後，加熱至60艽。另外，製成溶解有10份之酸 性黃6之9n t决、、 U份之水而成水溶液’分為小部份滴加於先前樹 月曰:液中。滴加後，在60°C攪拌120分鐘，充分進行反應。 反應終點懿k __ ' p齒、啤由滴下在濾紙上’以不滲時為終點，判斷已製 =素化合物。攪拌同時冷卻至室溫，進行吸引過滹、 洗後，殘&amp; i θ 子於滤紙上之成鹽化合物使用乾燥機除去水分， 而得3 2j* 切之由C. I·酸性黃5和成鹽樹脂（C1-1)所成之成 座化&amp;物（Ζ〜9)。此時成鹽化合物（z-9)中，來源於c. I.酸 性黃5之有效色素成分之含量為33重量％。 [成鹽化合物（Ζ-10)] 按照下列次序製成由C. I·直接藍86和Disperbyk-2〇〇〇(日本比克化學公司製品，改質丙烯酸系嵌段共聚物， 錢鹽值為62mgKOH/g)所成之成鹽化合物（Z-10)。 添加50· 9份之Disperbyk-2000於2000份之水中，充 分攪拌混合後，加熱至60°C。另外，調製溶解有1〇份之 c. I.直接藍86於90份之水而成之水溶液，分為小部份滴 加於先前之樹脂溶液令。滴加後，在6(TC攪拌12〇分鐘， 充分進行反應。反應終點藉由滴下在濾紙上，以不滲時為 282 324024 201247603 終點’判斷已製得成鹽化合物。攪拌同時冷卻至室溫，進 行吸引過濾、水洗後，殘存於濾紙上之成鹽化合物使用乾 燥機除去水分’而得31份之由C. I.直接藍86和 Disperbyk-2000所成之成鹽化合物（Z-10)。此時成鹽化合 物（Z-10)中’來源於C. I。直接藍86之有效色素成分之含 量為33重量％。 [成鹽化合物（Z-11)] 按照下列次序製成由C. I.酸性紅289和二硬脂基二甲 w 基氯化銨（QUARTAMIN D86P)所成之成鹽化合物（Z-11)。 添加11· 5份之QUARTAMIN D86P於2000份之10%氫氧 化鈉水溶液中，充分攪拌混合後，加熱至6〇。(：。另外，調 製溶解有10份之C. I.酸性紅289之90份之水而成之水溶 液’分為小部份滴加於先前之溶液中。滴加後，在6〇°C授 拌120分鐘’充分進行反應。反應終點藉由滴下在濾紙上， 以不渗時為終點，判新已製得成鹽化合物。擾拌同時冷卻 φ 至室溫，進行吸引過濾、水洗後，殘存於濾紙上之成鹽化 合物使用乾餘機除去水分’而得17份之由c· I酸性紅289 和QUARTAMIN D86P所成之成鹽化合物（m)。此時成鹽化 合物（Z-11)中’來源於C. I·酸性紅289之有效色素成分之 含量為42重量％。 &lt;顏料分散物之製造方法&gt; [藍色顏料分散料（G-B)] 將下列所示組成之混合物均勻地攪拌混合之後，使用 直徑1mm之氧化锆珠，在Eiger Mil 1(日本艾加公司製品， 324024 283 201247603 「迷你模型M-250MKII」）中分散處理5小時之後，以5//m 之濾器過遽而得藍色顏料分散物（G-B)。 •藍色微細化顏料（F-1) : 18.0份 •銅酞青衍生物：2. 0份 /C2H5After mixing, heat to 60 艽. Further, an aqueous solution prepared by dissolving 10 parts of acid yellow 6 9n t, and U parts of water was divided into a small portion and added to the previous tree. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C for 120 minutes to sufficiently carry out the reaction. At the end of the reaction, 懿k __ 'p teeth, beer was dropped on the filter paper, and the end point was not permeable, and it was judged that the compound was prepared. After stirring, the mixture is cooled to room temperature, and the salt-forming compound on the filter paper after the suction and washing is removed, and the moisture is removed by using a dryer to obtain 3 Cj* cut by C. I·acid yellow 5 and As a salt forming resin (C1-1), it is a compounding agent (Ζ~9). In the salt-forming compound (z-9), the content of the effective dye component derived from c. I. acid yellow 5 was 33% by weight. [Salt-forming compound (Ζ-10)] was prepared in the following order by C. I·Direct Blue 86 and Disperbyk-2〇〇〇 (product of Japan BAK Chemical Co., modified acrylic block copolymer, money salt value) The salt-forming compound (Z-10) was 62 mgKOH/g. 50. 9 parts of Disperbyk-2000 was added to 2000 parts of water, stirred and mixed, and heated to 60 °C. In addition, an aqueous solution obtained by dissolving 1 part of c. I. direct blue 86 in 90 parts of water was prepared and divided into a small portion and added to the previous resin solution. After the dropwise addition, the reaction was sufficiently carried out at 6 (TC stirring for 12 Torr. The end of the reaction was judged to have been obtained as a salt compound by dropping on the filter paper at a non-permeability time of 282 324024 201247603. The mixture was cooled to room temperature while stirring. After the suction filtration and washing with water, the salt-forming compound remaining on the filter paper was dried using a dryer to obtain 31 parts of a salt-forming compound (Z-10) made of CI Direct Blue 86 and Disperbyk-2000. In the salt-forming compound (Z-10), 'from C. I. The content of the effective pigment component of Direct Blue 86 was 33% by weight. [Salt-forming compound (Z-11)] was prepared from CI Acid Red 289 in the following order. And a salt forming compound (Z-11) formed by distearyl dimethyl chloropredyl ammonium chloride (QUARTAMIN D86P). Add 1·5 parts of QUARTAMIN D86P in 2000 parts of 10% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, stir well After mixing, the mixture was heated to 6 Torr. (In addition, an aqueous solution prepared by dissolving 10 parts of water of 10 parts of CI Acid Red 289 dissolved in water was added in a small portion to the previous solution. After the addition, The mixture was stirred at 6 ° C for 120 minutes to fully carry out the reaction. Drip on the filter paper, and at the end of the non-permeability time, judge the new salt compound. After stirring, φ is cooled to room temperature, and after suction filtration and water washing, the salt-forming compound remaining on the filter paper is removed by using a dry machine. 17 parts of the salt-forming compound (m) formed by c·I acid red 289 and QUARTAMIN D86P. At this time, the salt-forming compound (Z-11) is effective from C. I·acid red 289. The content of the pigment component is 42% by weight. <Method for Producing Pigment Dispersion> [Blue Pigment Dispersion (GB)] After uniformly mixing and mixing the mixture of the following composition, a zirconia bead having a diameter of 1 mm is used. After dispersing for 5 hours in Eiger Mil 1 (product of Japan Aijia Co., Ltd., 324024 283 201247603 "Mini Model M-250MKII"), a blue pigment dispersion (GB) was obtained by a 5/m filter. Blue micronized pigment (F-1): 18.0 parts • Copper indigo derivative: 2. 0 parts / C2H5

Cu — Pc-S02NH(CH2)3j〈 \c2h5Cu — Pc-S02NH(CH2)3j〈 \c2h5

•樹脂型顏料分散劑：8. 0份 (曰本比克化學公司製品，BYK-111) •聚合物溶液（B-1) : 60. 0份 •環己酮：12. 0份 [紅色顏料分散物（G-R)] 使用下列組成之混合物，按照藍色顏料分散物（G-B) 相同方法製成紅色顏料分散物（G-R)。 •紅色微細狀顏料（F-2) : 10. 0份 •蒽酿i系顏料（C. I.紅色色素177) : 2. 0份 (日本汽巴公司製品，「CROMOPHTAL紅A2B」） •黃色微細化顏料（F-3) : 4. 0份 •二酮基吡咯并吡咯系顏料衍生物：4.0份• Resin-type pigment dispersant: 8.0 parts (product of 曰benke Chemical Co., BYK-111) • Polymer solution (B-1): 60. 0 parts • cyclohexanone: 12. 0 parts [red pigment Dispersion (GR)] A red pigment dispersion (GR) was prepared in the same manner as the blue pigment dispersion (GB) using a mixture of the following compositions. • Red fine pigment (F-2): 10. 0 parts • Brewing i-based pigment (CI red pigment 177): 2. 0 parts (product of Ciba, Ltd., "CROMOPHTAL red A2B") • Yellow fine pigment (F-3) : 4. 0 parts • Diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment derivative: 4.0 parts

c2h5 /C2h5 /

S02NH(CH2)3N \η5 324024 284 201247603 •樹脂型顏料分散劑：8. 0份 (日本陸布利索爾公司製品，「Solsperse 20000」） •聚合物溶液（E卜1) : 60.0份 •環己酮：12. G份 [綠色顏料分散物（G-G)] 使用下列組成之混合物，按照藍色顏料分散物（G-B) 相同方法製成綠色顏料分散物（G-G)。 •綠色微細化顏料吓-4):13.5份 ••黃色微細化顏料（F-3) : 6. 5份 •樹脂型顏料分散劑：8. 0份 (曰本汽巴公司製品，「EFKA4300」） •聚合物溶液（B-1) : 60. 0份 •環己酮：12. 0份 [紫色顏料分散物（G-V)] 使用下列組成之混合物，按照藍色顏料分散物（G-B) φ 相同方法製成紫色顏料分散物（G-V)。 •紫色微細化顏料（F-5) : 20.0份 •樹脂型顏料分散劑：8. 0份 (曰本比克化學公司製品，BYK-111) •聚合物溶液（B-1) : 60.0份 •環己酮：12. 0份 &lt;製造成鹽化合物溶液之方法&gt; [成鹽化合物溶液（ZS-1)] 將下列混合物使用分散機攪拌混合均勻之後，以0.5 324024 285 201247603S02NH(CH2)3N \η5 324024 284 201247603 • Resin pigment dispersant: 8.0 parts (product of Japan Lubrisol, “Solsperse 20000”) • Polymer solution (E Bu 1): 60.0 parts • Ring Ketone: 12. G parts [Green Pigment Dispersion (GG)] A green pigment dispersion (GG) was prepared in the same manner as the blue pigment dispersion (GB) using a mixture of the following compositions. • Green micronized pigment scare-4): 13.5 parts •• Yellow micronized pigment (F-3): 6.5 parts • Resin type pigment dispersant: 8.0 parts (product of Sakamoto Ciba, “EFKA4300” • Polymer solution (B-1): 60. 0 parts • Cyclohexanone: 12.0 parts [Purple pigment dispersion (GV)] A mixture of the following components is used in accordance with the blue pigment dispersion (GB) φ The method produces a purple pigment dispersion (GV). • Purple micronized pigment (F-5): 20.0 parts • Resin type pigment dispersant: 8.0 parts (product of 曰benke Chemical Co., BYK-111) • Polymer solution (B-1): 60.0 parts • Cyclohexanone: 12.0 parts &lt;Method for producing a salt compound solution&gt; [Salt-forming compound solution (ZS-1)] The following mixture was stirred and mixed using a disperser, and then 0.5 324024 285 201247603

Mra之濾器過濾而得成鹽化合物溶液（zs-1)。 •成鹽化合物（Z-1) : 1〇.〇份 •丙二醇單曱醚乙酸酯（PGMEA) : 90.0份 [成鹽化合物溶液（ZS-2至11) 以下’變更為表1中所示鹵素化合物之外皆按照成 鹽化合物溶液（ZS-1)相同方法，調製得成鹽化合物溶液 (ZS-2 至 11)。The filter of Mra was filtered to obtain a salt compound solution (zs-1). • Salt-forming compound (Z-1): 1 〇. • 丙 propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate (PGMEA): 90.0 parts [salt-forming compound solution (ZS-2 to 11) The following is changed to the one shown in Table 1. The salt compound solution (ZS-2 to 11) was prepared in the same manner as the salt compound solution (ZS-1) except for the halogen compound.

又，此時之色素成分之含量也一併示於表丨中。 此處，色素含量（a)乃示成鹽化合物（z)中之有效色素 成分含量（重量％)’另外，色素含量（b)乃示鹵素化合物溶 液中之有效色素成分含量（重量％)。 [表 17] 表1 鹵素化合物溶液 鹵素化合物 色素成分含量（a) 色素成分含量（b) (重量％) (重量90 _ ZS-1 Z-1 29 % 1.5 % ZS-2 Z-2 22 % 1.1 % 一 ZS-3 Z-3 30 % 1.5 % ___ZS-4 Z-4 53 % 2.7 % — ZS-5 Z-5 23 % 1.2 % ZS - 6 Z-6 22 % 1. 1 56 ZS-7 ----- Z-7 30 % 1.5 % __ ZS-8 Z-_8 23 % 1.2 % ZS-9 &quot;III _ Z-9 33 % 1.7 % — ZS-10 Z-10 33 % 1.7 % ZS-11 Z-11 42 % 2.1 % 286 324024 201247603Moreover, the content of the pigment component at this time is also shown in the table. Here, the pigment content (a) is the content (% by weight) of the effective dye component in the salt compound (z). The dye content (b) is the content (% by weight) of the effective dye component in the halogen compound solution. [Table 17] Table 1 Halogen compound solution Halogen compound Pigment component content (a) Pigment component content (b) (% by weight) (Weight 90 _ ZS-1 Z-1 29 % 1.5 % ZS-2 Z-2 22 % 1.1 % 一ZS-3 Z-3 30 % 1.5 % ___ZS-4 Z-4 53 % 2.7 % — ZS-5 Z-5 23 % 1.2 % ZS - 6 Z-6 22 % 1. 1 56 ZS-7 -- --- Z-7 30 % 1.5 % __ ZS-8 Z-_8 23 % 1.2 % ZS-9 &quot;III _ Z-9 33 % 1.7 % — ZS-10 Z-10 33 % 1.7 % ZS-11 Z -11 42 % 2.1 % 286 324024 201247603

&lt;感光性著色組成物之調製&gt; 就感光性著色組成物（下文中簡稱為抗蝕材料）之調製 方法說明如下。 構成材料中之簡寫記載於表2中。 324024 287 201247603 [表 18] 表2 符號 廠商 組成 D 光聚合性單體 D-1 ARONIX M-402 東亞合成 二季戊四醇六丙稀酸酯和 二李戊四醇五丙烯酸酯之 混合物 D-2 T0-1382 東亞合成 二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯和 二季戊四醇五丙烯酸酯之 混合物以及二季戊四醇五 丙烯酸酯之丁二酸衍生物 之混合物 E 光聚合引發劑 E-1 IRGACURE 379 曰本汽巴 2-(二甲胺基）-2-[(4-甲基 苯基）甲基]-1-[4-(4-嗎啉 基）苯基]-1*丁嗣 E-2 IRGACURE 907 曰本汽巴 2-甲基-1-[4-(曱硫基）苯 基]-2-Ν-嗎琳基丙烧明 E-3 IRGACURE OXE-02 曰本汽巴 乙烷-1-酮，1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基）-9Η-咔 唑-3-基],1-(0-乙醯基肟） Η 敏化劑 H-1 Kayacure DETX-S 曰本化藥 2, 4-二乙硫基咭噸 H-2 MBF 保土谷化學 4, 4’-雙（二乙胺基）二苯甲 酮 I 多官能硫醇 1-1 ΤΡΜΒ 昭和電工 三羥甲基丙烷三（3-氫硫基 丁酸酯） j 環氧樹脂 J-1 XD-1000 曰本化藥 含二環戊烯架構之線型酚 醛清漆型環氧樹脂 K 保存安定劑 K-1 TPP 北興化學 三苯膦 L 紫外光吸收劑 L-1 TINUVIN900 曰本汽巴 2-(2H_笨並三嗤_2_基）*~ 4,6-雙(1-曱基-1-苯乙基） 酚 Μ 聚合抑制劑 M-1 ΜΗ 精工化學 曱基笨氫醌 N 塗平劑 N-1 ΒΥΚ-333 比克化學 二甲基矽氧烷&lt;Preparation of photosensitive coloring composition&gt; A method of preparing a photosensitive coloring composition (hereinafter simply referred to as a resist material) will be described below. Abbreviations in the constituent materials are shown in Table 2. 324024 287 201247603 [Table 18] Table 2 Symbol Manufacturer Composition D Photopolymerizable monomer D-1 ARONIX M-402 East Asian synthetic dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate and dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate mixture D-2 T0- 1382 Mixture of East Asian synthetic dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate and dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate and a mixture of dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate succinic acid derivative E Photopolymerization initiator E-1 IRGACURE 379 Sakamoto Ciba 2-(dimethylamine ))-2-[(4-methylphenyl)methyl]-1-[4-(4-morpholinyl)phenyl]-1*-butylene E-2 IRGACURE 907 曰本汽巴2-甲-1-[4-(indolyl)phenyl]-2-indolyl-propylene-propylated E-3 IRGACURE OXE-02 曰本汽巴乙乙-1-酮, 1-[9-乙-6-(2-methylbenzhydryl)-9-indazol-3-yl], 1-(0-acetamidino) sensitizer H-1 Kayacure DETX-S 曰本化药2, 4-diethylthioxanthene H-2 MBF Baotu Valley Chemical 4, 4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone I Polyfunctional thiol 1-1 昭 Showa Electric Trimethylolpropane III (3-Hydroxythiobutyrate) j Epoxy resin J-1 XD-1000 Cyclopentene-based linear novolac type epoxy resin K Preservative stabilizer K-1 TPP Beixing Chemical Triphenylphosphine L Ultraviolet light absorber L-1 TINUVIN900 Sakamoto Ciba 2-(2H_笨和三嗤_2_ Base)*~ 4,6-bis(1-mercapto-1-phenethyl) phenolphthalein polymerization inhibitor M-1 ΜΗ Seiko chemical sulfhydryl hydrazine N coating agent N-1 ΒΥΚ-333 Dimethyl oxoxane

288 324024 201247603 [實施例1] (感光性著組成物（抗蝕材料R-1)) 將下列混合物攪拌混合均勻之後，使用5. 0 // m之濾器 過遽，混合而得感光性著（抗餘材料1)。 •鹵素化合物溶液（ZS-1) : 30.0份 •冷_經基烧基酿胺（A-1) : 6. 0份 •聚合物溶液（B-2) : 22. 8份 •光聚合性單體（D-1) : 4, 5份 * •光聚合引發劑（E-1) : 1.6份 •敏化劑（H-1) : 0·2份 •丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯（PGMEA) : 34. 9份 •塗平劑（Ν-1) : 0. 005份 [實施例2至29、參考例1至5] (感光性著色組成物（抗蝕材料R2至34)) 按照表3及表4所示配方比率變更各種調配組成物之 φ 外，皆按照抗蝕材料R-1相同方法製得感光性著色組成物 (抗蝕材料R-2至34)。 324024 289 201247603 [表19 in ).005 R-15 ZS-l 25.0 CQ 20.0 03 ο «Ο ΟΊ CQ 22.8 I in ω CO χ oo o 1 1 1 1 1 I &quot;GMAc 19.3 100. c ft* Ϊ. 005 R-14 ZS-l 〇 1Λ CM CO o 20.0 CO -&lt; ο cd CN3 CQ 22.8 Λ in 一 Cd CO I oo o 1 1 1 1 1 T 1 19.3 100.( CO R-13 ZS-l 25.0 c〇 20.0 C— ο CO CM CQ 00 CM* CM Λ in 一 ω CO » oo c» 1 1 1 1 1 1 D.005 PGMAc 19.3 100.0 CJ 〇 R-12 ZS-l in Cs) ea ά 20.0 CO ο co OJ CQ 22.8 2 in 一 ΰ CO χ oo o 1 1 1 1 1 Z PGMAc 19.3 o R-11 ZS-l ο tr&gt; ea ώ 20.0 in ο CO eg CQ 22.8 A m ω co 二 oo o 1 1 1 1 1 SZ }. 005 &quot;GMAc 19.3 o o 〇 ).005 R-10 T ο in CJ CQ o 20.0 Ύ &lt; ο cd CM CQ 22.8 υ-ι in 々· ω CO χ oo o 1 1 1 1 1 V 1 19.3 100. c 實施例9 | σ» ZS-l 25.0 ea u 20.0 eo C ο co CM 〇Q 22.8 I in ΰ CO ΐ oo c&gt; 1 1 1 1 1 丄 0.005 1_ PGMAc 19.3 100.0 賁施例8 op ΩΔ ZS-l O in CVJ 〇a 20.0 CjJ ·&lt; Ο cd OJ CO 22.8 Λ m *^· ώ CO 1 eo o 1 1 1 1 1 z 0. 005 PGMAc 19.3 o o 實施例7 t- ZS-l 25.0 CQ 〇 20.0 τ ο cd CO CQ 22.8 Λ m ΐ CO oo o 1 1 1 1 1 T 0.005 PGMAc 19.3 100.0 實施例6 to 0£ ZS-l 40.0 1 C^3 ·&lt; ο CO CJ OQ e〇 CM* OJ Λ in — ΰ ¢0 1 1 l 1 1 1 SZ 0. 005 PGMAc 100.0 實施例5 m ολ ZS-l O 1 CSJ ·&lt; ο &lt;〇 CM CQ CO eg Cs] a in 一 ω co 1 1 1 1 1 1 X 0.005 PGMAc 25.1 100.0 實施例4 下 os ZS-l o 1 z 18.0 CM CQ 22.8 a m — cU CO 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.005 PGKAc 13.1 100.0 實施例3 CQ ΟΛ ZS-l 40.0 1 -&lt; in CJ CJ CO 〇〇 cj CM C\ m ΰ CO 1 1 1 1 1 1 T 0. 005 PGMAc 28.6 100.0 〇i τ CJ O ο e«i 00 o o 鸯 Be： ύ o 1 cd 〇Q CO CO I ΰ 二 1 1 1 1 1 1 〇 s in CM o o ο oo o CM 100.0 ΰ ύ o 1 «ο 〇Q 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 〇 〇 傘 傘 每 M Φ4 Μ *w m Φ4 Φ4 輞 制 輞 你1 m -N -羥基烷基雄胺 -s -V 女 炒 o s_/ CQ « 在 /·*&gt; Μ 在 a OA /-Ν —» /—V z % &lt;0 SB 雔 茶 Z Φ Φ &lt;〇 革 35 取 苹 ¥ /&quot;•v CO /•&quot;Ν 你 S •Φ *4 琨 «&lt; 采5 «? 雄 «6 珲 4b 290 324024 201247603288 324024 201247603 [Example 1] (Photosensitive composition (resist material R-1)) After the following mixture was stirred and mixed uniformly, the filter was passed through a 5.0 × m filter and mixed to obtain photosensitivity ( Residual material 1). • Halogen compound solution (ZS-1): 30.0 parts • Cold _ base-based amine (A-1): 6. 0 parts • Polymer solution (B-2): 22. 8 parts • Photopolymerizable single (D-1) : 4, 5 parts * • Photopolymerization initiator (E-1) : 1.6 parts • Sensitizer (H-1) : 0·2 parts • Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) : 34. 9 parts • coating agent (Ν-1): 0. 005 parts [Examples 2 to 29, Reference Examples 1 to 5] (Photosensitive coloring composition (resist material R2 to 34)) According to Table 3 The photosensitive coloring composition (resist material R-2 to 34) was obtained in the same manner as the resist material R-1 except that the formulation ratio shown in Table 4 was changed to φ of each of the compounding compositions. 324024 289 201247603 [Table 19 in ).005 R-15 ZS-l 25.0 CQ 20.0 03 ο «Ο ΟΊ CQ 22.8 I in ω CO χ oo o 1 1 1 1 1 I &quot;GMAc 19.3 100. c ft* Ϊ. 005 R-14 ZS-l 〇1Λ CM CO o 20.0 CO -&lt; ο cd CN3 CQ 22.8 Λ in a Cd CO I oo o 1 1 1 1 1 T 1 19.3 100. ( CO R-13 ZS-l 25.0 c 〇20.0 C— ο CO CM CQ 00 CM* CM Λ in one ω CO » oo c» 1 1 1 1 1 1 D.005 PGMAc 19.3 100.0 CJ 〇R-12 ZS-l in Cs) ea ά 20.0 CO ο co OJ CQ 22.8 2 in one ΰ CO χ oo o 1 1 1 1 1 Z PGMAc 19.3 o R-11 ZS-l ο tr&gt; ea ώ 20.0 in ο CO eg CQ 22.8 A m ω co two oo o 1 1 1 1 1 SZ }. 005 &quot;GMAc 19.3 oo 〇).005 R-10 T ο in CJ CQ o 20.0 Ύ &lt; ο cd CM CQ 22.8 υ-ι in 々· ω CO χ oo o 1 1 1 1 1 V 1 19.3 100. c Example 9 | σ» ZS-l 25.0 ea u 20.0 eo C ο co CM 〇Q 22.8 I in ΰ CO ΐ oo c&gt; 1 1 1 1 1 丄0.005 1_ PGMAc 19.3 100.0 贲8 op ΩΔ ZS-l O in CVJ 〇a 20.0 CjJ ·&lt; Ο cd OJ CO 22.8 Λ m *^· ώ CO 1 eo o 1 1 1 1 1 z 0. 005 PGMAc 19.3 oo Example 7 t- ZS- l 25.0 CQ 〇20.0 τ ο cd CO CQ 22.8 Λ m ΐ CO oo o 1 1 1 1 1 T 0.005 PGMAc 19.3 100.0 Example 6 to 0£ ZS-l 40.0 1 C^3 ·&lt; ο CO CJ OQ e〇 CM* OJ Λ in — ΰ ¢0 1 1 l 1 1 1 SZ 0. 005 PGMAc 100.0 Example 5 m ολ ZS-l O 1 CSJ ·&lt; ο &lt;〇CM CQ CO eg Cs] a in a ω co 1 1 1 1 1 1 X 0.005 PGMAc 25.1 100.0 Example 4 Lower os ZS-l o 1 z 18.0 CM CQ 22.8 am — cU CO 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.005 PGKAc 13.1 100.0 Example 3 CQ ΟΛ ZS-l 40.0 1 -&lt; in CJ CJ CO 〇〇cj CM C\ m ΰ CO 1 1 1 1 1 1 T 0. 005 PGMAc 28.6 100.0 〇i τ CJ O ο e«i 00 oo 鸯Be: ύ o 1 cd 〇Q CO CO I ΰ II 1 1 1 1 1 1 〇s in CM oo ο oo o CM 100.0 ΰ ύ o 1 «ο 〇Q 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 〇〇 Umbrella every M Φ4 Μ *wm Φ4 Φ4 辋 辋 1 m -N-hydroxyalkyl androstamine-s-V female fried o s_/ CQ « at /·*&gt; Μ at a OA /-Ν —» /—V z % &lt;0 SB 雔 tea Z Φ Φ &lt;〇革35 收苹 ¥ /&quot;•v CO /•&quot;Ν You S •Φ *4 琨«&lt; mining 5 «? 雄«6 珲4b 290 324024 201247603

324024 62祕效茗 62-8 π-sz 9 in CJ CQ u O.SZ i 0.01 OJ CQ 0*S2 2 o.zt ΰ CJ CSJ 00 o 1 1 1 1 1 2 SOOO 3则 o O o o 1 S3祕取at 8Z-M oi-sz ο 专 1 -&lt; 0ΌΙ οο Λ O in 04 2 0_ZI 2 C«) csi eo o 1 1 1 1 1 S00 .0 ^VHOd 0.0丨 0.001 1 λζ-a 6-SZ ο ? u O.Sl cp &lt; ο ο CO DQ o in CM 1 o ω o C»3 CJ 工 CNJ o Λ ο ζ 。一 1 ϊ τ soo _〇 1 3VHDd csi 0.001 1 9Zh0^ 92-a 8-SZ 0·02 ΟΔ o o o ? ο ο eo OQ 0'S2 I O.Zl ΰ o CO T o I CM 〇 Λ ο 2 ο τ ο 1 S00.0 3VKDd CO 卜· o o 1 S2W诹其 sz-a t— ο in CM &gt;* ci o cp &lt; ο ο CO OQ O IT) I o od « ω IT) 二 CJ aL OJ o T CM o ·—» ο ι 1 1 τ SOO '0 〇VHDd ΓΖΖ _1 0 001 1 ^z-a 9-SZ 0.S2 十 o o 卜’ CO &lt; ΟΌΐ CO CQ 0*S2 I o od ΡΟ U m CjJ SB CsJ c&gt; CM o —» ο 1 1 1 SOO 0 〇VH0d rzz 1 _1 o o 1 满丨 εζ-a ς-sz 〇·〇Ζ c〇 u 0S2 V ο CO CNJ OQ O od ca 1 ^ 1 o ΙΛ CM ΰ o e«i C^3 in o 工 C^J d 1 1 1 1 τ SOO *0 〇vn〇d eo CO ! (ΓΟΟΙ 1 22W琳具 32-a 卜sz ο s OQ (•9 0 S3 z ο &lt;£&gt; C^J OQ 0'8Z &lt;M Λ 0'5l C'J ω o CJ 03 o I o 1 1 1 1 V SOO *0 3VWDd C5 00 0*001 1 1 12祕货Jt iz-a ε-sz 0 02 eo (9 o*sz &lt; ο &lt;〇 CJ OQ 0.8Z C^l Λ 0.SI CjJ U o csi Cs) S3 ΙΛ o 工 esi o 1 1 1 1 τ 500Ό ! 〇VWDd | _1 n C*3 0*001 丨02祕货其 OZ-H z-sz ο s CQ 〇 0'S2 ο eo CM CQ 0*82 0*SI CjJ Cs3 o 04 CjJ as in o CM 〇 1 1 1 1 SOO ·〇 3VH0d CO CO 1 0Ό0Ι 1 6IWW丨 6卜a l-SZ ο LO CM ea 0Ό2 z ο CO OQ οοε Ci cvj ΰ 〇g oo o 1 1 1 1 1 V soo ·0 3VWDd 1 _1 o — 0*001 1 8丨W诔其 81-H l-SZ ο ΙΩ CSJ Qp O 0*Q2 X ο cd CO tt O ύ 1 0 21 CJ eo I oo c&gt; 1 1 1 1 1 ϊ SOO *0 〇VH0d o 0 001 1 2丨W诹姜 ii-a I-SZ 0.S2 ep u 0.02 T ο «ο eg OQ ο*8ε 1 ： 1 [_^_1 m 寸· ΰ CO T 00 o 1 1 1 1 1 V SOO *0 〇VH9d 1 0*001 丨 1 9丨祕琳其 9i-a I-SZ ο ΙΛ CQ u 0‘0Z T ο «ο CO CQ o*ot 5 to ΰ CO 2 oo o 1 1 1 1 1 τ soo.o 3VH9d CM* C»3 ooot (8)梯枓衽邛 欢《明?令沿毐穿 玢蕃革 呀薔革 码薔革 矽蕃摹 踢蜃革 枒蕃¢, 踢驀革 ^ϊ ϊ. 枒薔摹 玢蜃革 |伢薔畢 枒蕃革 如攻N (SZ) 1 1 (3)够務夺诂典 1 (3)¾黎钟令达 典古科令达¥ j 2 堪#丨&amp;令甚每 /-N ύύ 1 (H)Wi^W iff^-¾ j. # /-N HM 1 u)雖榭货轚 1 〇|)坩茗在#势 /«V -J 1 (Η)坩帏钟令达 1 (Ν)湛士始 丨㈣ 291 201247603 [表 20] 表4324024 62秘效茗62-8 π-sz 9 in CJ CQ u O.SZ i 0.01 OJ CQ 0*S2 2 o.zt ΰ CJ CSJ 00 o 1 1 1 1 1 2 SOOO 3 o o oo 1 S3 secret Take at 8Z-M oi-sz ο 1 -&lt; 0ΌΙ οο Λ O in 04 2 0_ZI 2 C«) csi eo o 1 1 1 1 1 S00 .0 ^VHOd 0.0丨0.001 1 λζ-a 6-SZ ο u O.Sl cp &lt; ο ο CO DQ o in CM 1 o ω o C»3 CJ 工 CNJ o Λ ο ζ . 1 ϊ τ soo _〇1 3VHDd csi 0.001 1 9Zh0^ 92-a 8-SZ 0·02 ΟΔ ooo ? ο ο eo OQ 0'S2 I O.Zl ΰ o CO T o I CM 〇Λ ο 2 ο τ ο 1 S00.0 3VKDd CO 卜 oo 1 S2W 诹 sz-a t — ο in CM &gt;* ci o cp &lt; ο ο CO OQ O IT) I o od « ω IT) II CJ aL OJ o T CM o ·—» ο ι 1 1 τ SOO '0 〇VHDd ΓΖΖ _1 0 001 1 ^za 9-SZ 0.S2 ten oo 卜 ' CO &lt; ΟΌΐ CO CQ 0*S2 I o od ΡΟ U m CjJ SB CsJ c&gt; CM o —» ο 1 1 1 SOO 0 〇VH0d rzz 1 _1 oo 1 丨εζ-a ς-sz 〇·〇Ζ c〇u 0S2 V ο CO CNJ OQ O od ca 1 ^ 1 o CM CM ΰ Oe«i C^3 in o C^J d 1 1 1 1 τ SOO *0 〇vn〇d eo CO ! (ΓΟΟΙ 1 22W 琳 32-a 卜 sz ο s OQ (•9 0 S3 z ο &lt ;£&gt; C^J OQ 0'8Z &lt;M Λ 0'5l C'J ω o CJ 03 o I o 1 1 1 1 V SOO *0 3VWDd C5 00 0*001 1 1 12 Secret Jt iz- a ε-sz 0 02 eo (9 o*sz &lt; ο &lt;〇CJ OQ 0.8ZC^l Λ 0.SI CjJ U o csi Cs) S3 ΙΛ o esi o 1 1 1 1 τ 500Ό ! 〇VWDd | _1 n C*3 0*001 丨02 Secrets OZ-H z-sz ο s CQ 〇0'S2 ο eo CM CQ 0*82 0*SI CjJ Cs3 o 04 CjJ as in o CM 〇1 1 1 1 SOO ·〇3VH0d CO CO 1 0Ό0Ι 1 6IWW丨6卜 a l-SZ ο LO CM ea 0Ό2 z ο CO OQ οοε Ci Cvj ΰ 〇g oo o 1 1 1 1 1 V soo ·0 3VWDd 1 _1 o — 0*001 1 8丨W诔81-H l-SZ ο ΙΩ CSJ Qp O 0*Q2 X ο cd CO tt O ύ 1 0 21 CJ eo I oo c&gt; 1 1 1 1 1 ϊ SOO *0 〇VH0d o 0 001 1 2丨W诹姜 ii-a I-SZ 0.S2 ep u 0.02 T ο «ο eg OQ ο*8ε 1 : 1 [_^_1 m inch · ΰ CO T 00 o 1 1 1 1 1 V SOO *0 〇VH9d 1 0*001 丨1 9丨秘琳9i-a I-SZ ο ΙΛ CQ u 0'0Z T ο «ο CO CQ o*ot 5 to ΰ CO 2 oo o 1 1 1 1 1 τ soo.o 3VH9d CM* C»3 ooot (8) 梯枓衽邛欢《明?令毐毐玢玢蔷 蔷 蔷 蔷 矽 矽 矽 矽 摹 摹 摹 摹 ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ 蓦 蓦 蓦 桠蔷摹玢蜃 桠蔷摹玢蜃 桠蔷摹玢蜃 桠蔷摹玢蜃 桠蔷摹玢蜃 桠蔷摹玢蜃 桠蔷摹玢蜃 桠蔷摹玢蜃 桠蔷摹玢蜃 桠蔷摹玢蜃 桠蔷摹玢蜃 桠蔷摹玢蜃 桠蔷摹玢蜃 桠蔷摹玢蜃 桠蔷摹玢蜃 桠蔷摹玢蜃 桠蔷摹玢蜃诂典1 (3)3⁄4黎钟令达典古科令达¥ j 2 堪#丨&amp; 令甚 every /-N ύύ 1 (H)Wi^W iff^-3⁄4 j. # /-N HM 1 u) Although 榭 轚 1 〇|) 坩茗 in #势/«V -J 1 (Η)坩Bell make up 1 (Ν) beginning Shu Shi Zhan (iv) 291 201 247 603 [Table 20] Table 4

參4·例1 參考例2 參考例3 參考例4 參考例5 抗蝕材谢（R) R-.30 R-31 R-32 R-33 R-34 鹵素化合物溶液 ZS-1 ZS-1 ZS-1 ZS-1 ZS-1 (ZS) 重量份 40. 0 40. 0 25. 0 25.0 25. 0 顏料分散物（G) - — G-B G-B G-B 重量份 - — 20. 0 20. 0 20. 0 /3 -羥基烷基醯胺 - — - A-1 A-1 (A) 重量份 25. 0 6_ 0 聚合物溶液（B) B-2 B-3 B-2 B-5 重量份 28. 8 28. 8 28. 8 22. 8 光聚合性單體 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 (D) 重量份 4. 5 4. 5 4. 5 4. 5 4. 5 光聚合引發劑 E-1 E-1 E-1 E-1 E-1 (E) 重量份 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1. 6 敏化劑（H) H-1 H-1 H-1 H-1 H-1 重量份 0· 2 0· 2 0· 8 0. 2 0.8 多官能硫酵 — - - — - (I) 重量份 環氧樹脂（J) — - — — — 重量份 保存安定劑（K) — - — — - 重量份 紫外光吸數劑 — — — — - (L) 重量份 聚合抑制劑（M) — - — — — 重量份 調平劑（N) N-1 N-1 N-1 N-1 N-1 重量份 0. 005 0. 005 0. 005 0. 005 0. 005 PGMAc PGMAc PGMAc PGMAc PGMAc 溶劑 重量份 24. !) 24. 9 19. 3 23. 7 19. 3 合計 N除外 100.0 100.0 100.0 100. 0 100. 0 324024 292 201247603 就所得濾色器用抗蝕材料，按照下述方法評估其透明 性、耐藥物物、硬度、黏附性、絕緣性、形成圖案適性、 經時保存安定性等，其結果示於表5中。 [透明性之評估（霧度測定）] 使用旋轉式塗布機，將濾色器用抗蝕材料以150°C加 熱20分鐘完工後之膜厚成為2. 〇em，塗布在lOOmmx 100mm ’ 0. 7ππη厚度之玻璃基板（Corning公司製品之玻璃， Eagle 2000)上而得基板。繼之，減壓乾燥後，使用超高壓 水銀燈，以照度20mW/cm2，曝光量50mJ/cm2進行紫外光曝 光。塗布基板以150°C加熱20分鐘，於置冷卻後，使用霧 度計NDH-2000(東京電色公司製品）測定霧度值。然後以下 述標準評估之。 〇：霧度值未達0.5% :優異水準 △:霧度值0. 5%以上且未達1. 5% :和上述比較稍差， 但可供實用之水準 X :霧度值1,5%以上：不適實用水準 [耐藥物性之評估] 測定按照霧度測試用所製作相同方法而得基板之色 度。然後，在室溫浸潰基板於N-曱基吡咯烷酮溶液30分 鐘之後，以離子交換水洗淨、風乾之。之後，再測定基板 之色度，計算其色差ΔΕ。又，色度係使用C光源之顯微分 光光度計（歐林巴斯光學公司製品，「OSP-SP100」）而測定。 評估依照下述順位進行。 〇：ΑΕ$1·5 :優異水準 324024 293 201247603 Δ· 1.5&lt;AE=s3·較上 j苜低求,—τ ιθ 項低^但可提供實用之水準 X :3&lt;ΔΕ:不適合實用之水準 [耐熱性評估] 測定按照霧度载用所製仙同方法而得基板之色 度。然後’在250°C加熱基才反60分鐘，玫置冷卻後再測 定基板之色度’計算其ΔΕ值。評估依照下述順位進行。 〇：ΔΕ$1· 5 :優異水準Reference 4 Example 1 Reference Example 2 Reference Example 3 Reference Example 4 Reference Example 5 Resist material R (R) R-.30 R-31 R-32 R-33 R-34 Halogen compound solution ZS-1 ZS-1 ZS -1 ZS-1 ZS-1 (ZS) Parts by weight 40. 0 40. 0 25. 0 25.0 25. 0 Pigment dispersion (G) - GB GB GB parts by weight - 20. 0 20. 0 20. 0 /3 -Hydroxyalkylguanamine - - A-1 A-1 (A) parts by weight 25. 0 6_ 0 polymer solution (B) B-2 B-3 B-2 B-5 parts by weight 28. 8 28. 8 28. 8 22. 8 Photopolymerizable monomer D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 (D) Parts by weight 4. 5 4. 5 4. 5 4. 5 4. 5 Light Polymerization initiator E-1 E-1 E-1 E-1 E-1 (E) Parts by weight 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1. 6 Sensitizer (H) H-1 H-1 H-1 H-1 H- 1 parts by weight 0· 2 0· 2 0· 8 0. 2 0.8 Polyfunctional thiol — — — — — (I) Parts by weight of epoxy resin (J) — — — — — Weight retention stabilizer (K) — - — — - Parts by weight UV-absorbing agent — — — — (L) Parts by weight of polymerization inhibitor (M) — — — — — Parts by weight of leveling agent (N) N-1 N-1 N-1 N -1 N-1 parts by weight 0. 005 0. 005 0. 005 0. 00 5 0. 005 PGMAc PGMAc PGMAc PGMAc PGMAc Solvent parts 24..) 24. 9 19. 3 23. 7 19. 3 Total N except 100.0 100.0 100.0 100. 0 100. 0 324024 292 201247603 The material was evaluated for transparency, chemical resistance, hardness, adhesion, insulation, pattern suitability, stability over time, and the like according to the methods described below, and the results are shown in Table 5. [Evaluation of transparency (haze measurement)] Using a rotary coater, the thickness of the color filter for the color filter was 150 ° C for 20 minutes, and the film thickness was 2. 〇em, coated at 100 mm x 100 mm '0.71πη A substrate of a thickness of a glass substrate (glass of Corning's product, Eagle 2000) was obtained. Subsequently, after drying under reduced pressure, ultraviolet light exposure was carried out using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp at an illuminance of 20 mW/cm 2 and an exposure amount of 50 mJ/cm 2 . The coated substrate was heated at 150 ° C for 20 minutes, and after cooling, the haze value was measured using a haze meter NDH-2000 (product of Tokyo Denshoku Co., Ltd.). Then evaluate it according to the criteria below. 〇: haze value is less than 0.5%: excellent level △: haze value of 0. 5% or more and less than 1. 5%: slightly worse than the above, but available for practical level X: haze value 1,5 % or more: unsuitable practical level [Evaluation of drug resistance] The chromaticity of the substrate obtained by the same method as the haze test was measured. Then, the substrate was immersed in an N-decylpyrrolidone solution at room temperature for 30 minutes, washed with ion-exchanged water, and air-dried. Thereafter, the chromaticity of the substrate was measured again, and the color difference ΔΕ was calculated. Further, the chromaticity was measured using a microscopic spectrophotometer (Olympus Optical Co., Ltd., "OSP-SP100") of a C light source. The evaluation is carried out in accordance with the following order. 〇:ΑΕ$1·5: Excellent level 324024 293 201247603 Δ· 1.5&lt;AE=s3·Compared with j苜, τ ιθ is low but can provide practical level X:3&lt;ΔΕ: not suitable for practical level [Heat Resistance Evaluation] The chromaticity of the substrate obtained by the method of the same method as the haze loading was measured. Then, the temperature was raised at 250 ° C for 60 minutes, and the chromaticity of the substrate was measured after cooling, and the ΔΕ value was calculated. The evaluation is carried out in accordance with the following order. 〇: ΔΕ$1· 5 : Excellent level

Δ: 1』&lt;八£^3:較上項低劣’但可提供實用之水準 X :3&lt;ΑΕ:不適合實用之水準 [對於玻璃之黏附性之測定] 就按照霧度測試用所製作相同方法而得之基板，依據 JISK5600-5-6黏附性（橫割法）試驗，評估塗膜之黏附性， 並計測棋盤目25個中之剝離個數而評估如下。 〇：棋盤目之剝離個數未滿2個：優異水準 △:棋盤目之剝離個數2個以上而1〇個以丁 ：較之上 項低劣，但可實用之水準 X :棋盤目之剝離個數多於10個：不適合實用之水準 [形成圖案時之感應定] 使用旋轉式塗布機’將濾色器用抗蝕材料塗布於1〇cm xlOcm之玻璃基板之後，在淨化烘乾箱中7〇ΐ加溫15分鐘 而去除溶劑，獲得2# m厚之塗膜，繼之，冷卻基至室溫， 使用超高壓水銀燈’介以l〇〇//m寬（間距為200 ^^之條 狀圖案之光罩進行紫外光曝光。然後’使用23°c之碳酸納 水溶液進行該基板之噴霧顯影之後’以離子交換水洗淨、 324024 294 201247603 風乾’在淨化烘乾箱中以15(TC加熱加八九 乃就各個感光性組成物之塗膜，在、益孩=鐘。該噴霧顯影 案之最短時間下進行，並以此作二顯影殘存下可形成圖 膜用使用Dektak 3030(日本真空技彳^八5=夺間。塗膜之 就形成在⑽，光罩部分之圖开二司製品）而進行。 於塗布後膜厚成為以上 ”子估其對 ^ ? 最小曝光量。當最小曝光晋Δ: 1』&lt;eight £^3: inferior to the above item, but provides a practical level of X:3&lt;ΑΕ: unsuitable for practical use [measurement of adhesion to glass] is the same as the haze test The substrate obtained by the method was evaluated according to JIS K5600-5-6 Adhesion (cross-cutting method) test, and the adhesion of the coating film was evaluated, and the number of peeling in 25 pieces of the checkerboard was measured and evaluated as follows. 〇: The number of strips in the chessboard is less than 2: Excellent level △: The number of strips in the board is more than 2 and 1〇 is in D: It is inferior to the above, but the level of practicality X: the stripping of the board More than 10: Not suitable for practical level [Induction of patterning] Using a rotary coater to apply a color filter to a glass substrate of 1〇cm xlOcm, in a purification drying oven 7 〇ΐWhen heating for 15 minutes, the solvent is removed to obtain a 2# m thick coating film, followed by cooling the substrate to room temperature, using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp 'with a width of 100 Å//m (with a spacing of 200 ^^) The mask of the pattern is exposed to ultraviolet light. Then, after the spray development of the substrate using a 23 ° C aqueous solution of sodium carbonate, 'washed with ion-exchanged water, 324024 294 201247603 air-dried' in the purification drying box to 15 (TC) Heating and adding eight or nine is the coating film for each photosensitive composition, in the shortest time of the spray development case, and using this as a second development residual film can be formed using Dektak 3030 (Japan) Vacuum technology ^ 8 5 = Between the film. The film is formed in (10) FIG mask opening portion of the article II Division) is performed. After the coating film thickness in the above "child estimated minimum amount of exposure ^?. When the minimum exposure Jin

位1:為高感應度之優異之感光性組成物。其評估順 〇：未達50mJ/cm2 :優異水準 △ : 50mJ/cm2以上且未達1〇〇mJ/cm2 :較之上項低劣， 但可供實用之水準 X :100mJ/cm2以上：不適實用之水準 XX .無法形成圖案：不適實用之水準 [評估圖案之剝離] 就上述評估感應度所製成之基板，就100_光罩部分 •々之®案’❹光學顯微鏡觀察並加崎估之。評估之順 位如同下述。 〇.無剝離或欠缺而良好：優異水準 △.無剝離但有局部欠 供實用之水準 缺發生：較之上項低劣，但可 :不適實用之水準 X ··多處發生|彳離或欠缺 [保存安定性評估] 就遽色器用抗飿材料 黏度’計算對於初期點度 ’測定初期及室溫中1個月後之 之點度增加率而進行評估。其評 324024 295 201247603Bit 1: An excellent photosensitive composition with high sensitivity. The evaluation is smooth: less than 50mJ/cm2: excellent level △: 50mJ/cm2 or more and less than 1〇〇mJ/cm2: inferior to the above item, but available for practical level X: 100mJ/cm2 or more: uncomfortable Level XX. Unable to form a pattern: unsuitable level of practicality [evaluation of evaluation pattern] For the substrate prepared by the above evaluation of the sensitivity, the 100_mask part•々之® case'❹ optical microscope observation and Kazaki estimates . The evaluation is as follows. 〇. No peeling or lacking and good: excellent level △. No peeling but partial lack of practical level of shortage: less inferior than the above, but can be: unsuitable level of practice X ··multiple occurrences|deviation or lack [Preservation Stability Evaluation] The viscosity of the anti-caries material for the color picker was calculated by calculating the initial rate of the initial point and the increase rate of the dot after one month at room temperature. Its commentary 324024 295 201247603

估之順位如下述。 〇：黏度增加率未達5%且良好：優異水準 △:黏度增加率在5%以上且未達10%:較之上項低劣， 但可供實用之水準 X :黏度增加率在10%以上：不適實用之水準 324024 296 201247603 [表 21] 表5The estimated position is as follows. 〇: viscosity increase rate is less than 5% and good: excellent level △: viscosity increase rate is above 5% and less than 10%: inferior to the above item, but available for practical level X: viscosity increase rate is above 10% : Unsuitable level 324024 296 201247603 [Table 21] Table 5

阻劑材 透明性 藥品耐性 耐熱性 密著性 形成時之 圓案的感 應度 圊案之 剝離 保存 安定性 實施例I R-1 〇 〇 〇 〇 Δ 〇 〇 實施例2 R-2 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例3 R-3 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例4 R-4 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例5 R-5 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例6 R-6 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例7 R-7 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例8 R-8 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例9 R-9 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例10 R-10 〇 0 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例11 R-11 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例12 R-12 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例13 R-13 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例14 R-14 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例15 R-I5 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例16 R-16 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例17 R-17 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例18 R-18 Δ 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例19 R-19 △ 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例20 R-20 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 Δ 實施例21 R-21 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 Δ 實施例22 R-22 〇 〇 Δ 〇 〇 〇 Δ 實施例23 R-23 〇 〇 Δ 〇 〇 〇 △ 實施例24 R-24 △ 〇 Δ 〇 〇 〇 Δ 實施例25 R-25 Δ 〇 Δ 〇 〇 〇 △ 實施例26 R-26 Δ 〇 〇 Δ Δ Λ 〇 實施例27 R-27 Δ 〇 〇 △ Δ △ 〇 實施例28 R-28 〇 Δ 〇 Δ Δ Δ 〇 實施例29 R-29 〇 Δ 〇 Δ Δ Δ Δ 參考例1 R-30 〇 X X 〇 〇 〇 〇 參考例2 R-31 〇 X X 〇 〇 〇 〇 參考例3 R-32 〇 X X 〇 〇 〇 〇 參考例4 R-33 〇 X X X X XX 〇 參考例5 R-34 Δ X Δ 〇 〇 X 〇 324024 297 201247603 如同表5中所示實施例1至29之濾色器用感光性組成 物’無論其透明性、耐藥物性、耐熱性、黏附 λ 啦成圖 案之感應度、圖案之剝離、保存安定性皆為良好。 實施例2至29之感光性組成物由於含有光聚合性單體 (D) ’所以形成圖案時之感應度更加優異。又，實施例'^至 27、29中’併用顏料時也顯示優異特性。 參考例1至5之抗蝕材料，上述物性中總有些項目顯 不不良結果，無法獲得所有都能滿足可供實用者。 參考例1至3因未有經基烧基醯胺（Α)，其耐藥物 性及对熱性低劣，造成不適合實用之結果。參考例4、5由 未3有3緩基之聚合物（β)之配方所製成。特別是參考例* 的感應度大幅下降以致無法形成圖案。據考察當含有雜其 之聚合物（Β)不存在時，熱硬化反應 二 藥物性或耐熱性不良之結果。 所、成耐 由上述可知至少由羥基烷基醯胺及含有羧基之聚 合物以及染料所成之濾色器用著色組成物之配方，可得耐 性優異，高品質之濾色器。 [產業上之可利用性] 贫據本實施形態之樹脂組成物，可提供熱硬化性之印 刷油墨、塗料、塗布劑、黏接劑、成型材料、光硬化性材 料之用途。 又’本實施形態之感光性組成物，只要是藉光和熱之 硬化用途錢抑，可提供如㈣糊控板層㈤絕緣膜、 遽色器、黑矩陣、感光性財焊抗侧之外，他如滤色器保 324024 298 201247603 護膜、光墊板、液晶配向用突起、微透鏡、光學硬塗層、 uv油墨、感光性平板印刷版、各種塗布劑等之製造用途。 又，可供可撓性印刷電路板所使用，補強板用黏接劑 或層間黏接劑用塗布劑，電磁波屏蔽用黏接劑、感光性光 導波路、光熱雙用硬化型封裝（potting)劑等之用途。 【圖式簡單說明】 第1圖表示實施形態I有關之實施例1之羥基烷基 醯胺之IR光譜。 第2圖表示實施形態II有關之實施例2之化合物2之 W-NMR譜（重二曱亞職溶劑中）。 第3圖表示實施形態II有關之實施例2之化合物2之 IR光譜。 第4圖表示實施形態I有關之實施例2之1H-NMR譜。 第5圖表示實施形態I有關之實施例3之1H-NMR譜。 第6圖表示實施形態I有關之實施例4之1H-NMR譜。 第7圖表示實施形態I有關之實施例3之1H-NMR譜。 第8圖表示實施形態I有關之合成例27之1H-NMR譜。 【主要元件符號說明J 無0 324024 299Resist material transparent drug resistance heat resistance tightness of the case of the case of the case of the peeling preservation stability Example I R-1 〇〇〇〇 Δ 〇〇 Example 2 R-2 〇〇〇〇 〇〇〇Example 3 R-3 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇 Example 4 R-4 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇 Example 5 R-5 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇 Example 6 R-6 〇〇 〇〇〇〇〇 Example 7 R-7 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇 Example 8 R-8 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇 Example 9 R-9 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇 Example 10 R-10 〇0 〇〇〇〇〇Example 11 R-11 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇Example 12 R-12 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇Example 13 R-13 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇Example 14 R -14 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇Example 15 R-I5 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇Example 16 R-16 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇Example 17 R-17 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇Example 18 R-18 Δ 〇〇〇〇〇〇 Example 19 R-19 △ 〇〇〇〇〇〇 Example 20 R-20 〇〇 〇〇〇Δ Example 21 R-21 〇〇〇〇〇〇Δ Example 22 R-22 〇〇Δ 〇〇〇Δ Example 23 R-23 〇〇Δ 〇〇〇△ Example 24 R-24 △ 〇Δ 〇〇〇Δ Example 25 R-25 Δ 〇Δ 〇〇〇 △ Example 26 R-26 Δ 〇〇 Δ Δ Λ 〇 Example 27 R-27 Δ 〇〇 Δ Δ Δ 〇 Example 28 R- 28 〇Δ 〇Δ Δ Δ 〇 Example 29 R-29 〇Δ 〇Δ Δ Δ Δ Reference Example 1 R-30 〇XX 〇〇〇〇Reference Example 2 R-31 〇XX 〇〇〇〇Reference Example 3 R- 32 〇 XX 〇〇〇〇 Reference Example 4 R-33 〇XXXX XX 〇 Reference Example 5 R-34 Δ X Δ 〇〇X 〇324024 297 201247603 Photosensitive properties of the color filters of Examples 1 to 29 as shown in Table 5 The composition 'is excellent in transparency, chemical resistance, heat resistance, adhesion to λ, pattern peeling, and storage stability. The photosensitive composition of Examples 2 to 29 contains a photopolymerizable monomer (D)', so that the degree of sensitivity is more excellent when the pattern is formed. Further, in the examples "^ to 27, 29", when the pigment was used in combination, excellent characteristics were also exhibited. With reference to the resist materials of Examples 1 to 5, there are always some items in the above physical properties which are not satisfactory, and it is impossible to obtain all that can be satisfied by the practical use. Reference Examples 1 to 3 were not suitable for practical use because of their lack of carbaryl hydrazine, which was resistant to chemicals and heat. Reference Examples 4 and 5 were prepared from a formulation of a polymer (β) having no 3 retarding groups. In particular, the sensitivity of the reference example* was drastically lowered so that a pattern could not be formed. It has been examined that when the polymer containing hydrazine (不) is absent, the thermosetting reaction is a result of poor drug resistance or heat resistance. According to the above formula, a coloring composition for a color filter composed of at least a hydroxyalkylguanamine and a carboxyl group-containing polymer and a dye can be obtained, and a high-quality color filter can be obtained. [Industrial Applicability] The resin composition of the present embodiment is useful for providing a thermosetting printing ink, a coating material, a coating agent, an adhesive, a molding material, and a photocurable material. Further, the photosensitive composition of the present embodiment can provide, for example, (4) a paste control layer (5) an insulating film, a color filter, a black matrix, and a photosensitive filler, as long as it is used for hardening by light and heat. He, such as color filter 324024 298 201247603 protective film, optical pad, liquid crystal alignment protrusions, microlenses, optical hard coating, uv ink, photosensitive lithographic printing plate, various coating agents, etc. Moreover, it can be used for a flexible printed circuit board, a reinforcing agent for a reinforcing plate or a coating agent for an interlayer adhesive, an electromagnetic wave shielding adhesive, a photosensitive optical waveguide, and a photothermal curing potting agent. The purpose of the use. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Fig. 1 is a view showing the IR spectrum of the hydroxyalkylguanamine of Example 1 according to the first embodiment. Fig. 2 is a view showing the W-NMR spectrum of the compound 2 of Example 2 according to the embodiment II (in the secondary bismuth subsector solvent). Fig. 3 is a view showing the IR spectrum of the compound 2 of Example 2 in the embodiment II. Fig. 4 is a view showing the 1H-NMR spectrum of Example 2 in the first embodiment. Fig. 5 is a view showing the 1H-NMR spectrum of Example 3 in the first embodiment. Fig. 6 is a view showing the 1H-NMR spectrum of Example 4 in the first embodiment. Fig. 7 shows the 1H-NMR spectrum of Example 3 in the first embodiment. Fig. 8 shows the 1H-NMR spectrum of Synthesis Example 27 according to Example I. [Main component symbol description J No 0 324024 299

Claims (1)

201247603 七、申請專利範圍： 1. 一種下列式（1)所表示之化合物，201247603 VII. Patent application scope: 1. A compound represented by the following formula (1), 式⑴ 式中 價之基， X表示碳、氫、氮、氧、硫或鹵素所成之n η表示2至6之整數， _ R及R ’各自獨立地表示氫原子、下列式⑵所表 不之基、下列式⑶所表示之基、賴族烴基、脂環式 烴基、或芳香族烴基’結合在丨個以上之氮原子之i 個以上之R1及t中，备卜^ 及K T至少1個為下列式（2)所表示之 基、至少1個為下列式（3)所表示之基，In the formula (1), the valence group of the formula, X represents carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur or halogen. n η represents an integer of 2 to 6, and _ R and R ' each independently represent a hydrogen atom, and the following formula (2) a group represented by the following formula (3), a lysine hydrocarbon group, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group is bonded to more than one or more of R1 and t of more than one of the nitrogen atoms, and at least One of the groups represented by the following formula (2) and at least one of which is represented by the following formula (3), ? 一9,〇R7R4R5 式（3) 式中’R3至自獨立地表示氫原子、煙基、或經 經基取代之祕’R7表示具有可與縣反應之官能基之 化合物之殘基。 2·如申請專利範圍第丨項所述之化合物，其中，前述且有 可與經基反應之官能基之化合物乃係異氰酸醋、魏、 叛酸鹵化物、或幾酸軒。 3.如申請專利範圍帛2項所述之化合物，其中，前述具有 324024 201247603 可與羥基反應之官能基之化合物係單官能異氰酽 單官能羧酸。 欠-曰或 4.如申請專利範圍第1項所述之化合物，其中，式（3 之R7係下列式（9)或式（1〇)所表示之基， ）中 H IR -C—N—R16- O m1 式（9) 式中’R表7F單鍵；（mi +丨）價之烴基；或脲烷鍵結、 T鍵結、脲基甲醚酯鍵結、縮二脲鍵結及三聚異氰酸黯 %中至少1個和碳原子和氫原子所成之化1 + 1)價之基， A表示單鍵、脲烷鍵結或脲鍵結， R17表示2價之烴基， A表示醚鍵結或酯鍵結， 以表示1價之烴基，mi表示1至5之整數， P1表示0至100之整數， ^R^^A3^R20^4X 21Ο P2 m 2 式（1 0) ^式中，R表示單鍵；（m2+l)價之烴基；或碳原子 氣原^及氧原子所成之(m2+l)價之基， A3表示單鍵或酯鍵結， 表示2價之烴基 A4表示醚鍵結或酯鍵結， 表示1價之烴基， 324024 )21 201247603 m2表示1至5之整數， P2表示0至100之整數。?9, 〇R7R4R5 Formula (3) wherein 'R3 to a residue which independently represents a hydrogen atom, a thiol group, or a radical substituted by a radical 'R7 represents a residue of a compound having a functional group reactive with a county. 2. The compound according to claim 2, wherein the compound having the functional group reactive with the radical is isocyanuric acid, Wei, ortho acid halide, or several acid. 3. The compound according to claim 2, wherein the compound having a functional group reactive with a hydroxyl group of 324024 201247603 is a monofunctional isocyanide monofunctional carboxylic acid.欠-曰 or 4. The compound of claim 1, wherein R7 is a group represented by the following formula (9) or formula (1〇), and H IR -C-N —R16- O m1 Formula (9) where 'R is a single bond of 7F; a hydrocarbyl group of (mi + 丨) valence; or a urethane bond, a T bond, a urea methyl ether ester bond, a biuret bond And at least one of the trimeric isocyanuric acid and at least one of a carbon atom and a hydrogen atom, wherein A represents a single bond, a urethane bond or a urea bond, and R17 represents a divalent hydrocarbon group. , A represents an ether bond or an ester bond to represent a monovalent hydrocarbon group, mi represents an integer from 1 to 5, and P1 represents an integer from 0 to 100, ^R^^A3^R20^4X 21Ο P2 m 2 Formula (1) 0) where R represents a single bond; (m2+l) a valence of a hydrocarbon group; or a carbon atom gas and an oxygen atom (m2+l) valence group, and A3 represents a single bond or an ester bond, The hydrocarbon group A4 indicating a divalent value represents an ether bond or an ester bond, and represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group, 324024) 21 201247603 m2 represents an integer of 1 to 5, and P2 represents an integer of 0 to 100. 如申請專利範圍第3項所述之化合物，其中，前述具有 可與羥基反應之官能基之化合物係下列式（4)、式（5) 或式（6)所表示之化合物， Ο Λ OH 式（4) 式中，R8表示碳數2至18之直鏈狀、環狀或歧鏈 狀之飽和或不飽和烴基， 〇 R--0 式（5) 式中，R9表示氫原子或曱基，W表示碳數為2至8 之直鏈狀或歧鏈狀之伸烷基、2價之脂環族烴基、或芳 香族烴基，R11表示碳數為2至8之直鏈狀或歧鏈狀之 伸烷基、2價之脂環族烴基、或芳香族烴基， R12 y~R-NCO 〇 式（6) 式中，R12表示氫原子或曱基，R13表示下列式（7) 或式（8)所表示之基， 324024 3 201247603 Vt°— 式（7) 式中，n1表示1至2之整數 V 〇、R14〆0 丫 Ο 式（8) 式中，R14表示碳數為2至8之直鏈狀或歧鏈狀之 伸烷基、2價之脂環族烴基、或芳香族烴基，R15表示碳 ® 數為6至13之直鏈狀或歧鏈狀之伸烷基、2價之脂環 族烴基、或芳香族烴基。 6. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之化合物，其中，與式（1) 中之羰基直接鍵結之X中之原子係不含於芳香環之碳 原子。 7. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之化合物，其中，式（1)中 之X係碳數6以上之η價之脂肪族烴基或脂環式烴基。 〇 Φ 8. —種樹脂組成物，其係含有申請專利範圍第1項至第7 項中任一項所述之化合物，具有羧基之樹脂及有機溶 劑。 9. 如申請專利範圍第8項所述之樹脂組成物，其係再含有 光聚合起始劑且具有感光性者。 10. 如申請專利範圍第9項所述之樹脂組成物，其係再含有 光聚合單體且具有感光性者。 11. 如申請專利範圍第8項所述之樹脂組成物，其中，式（1) 所表示之化合物係再具有光聚合性雙鍵結。 324024 4 201247603 12. —種電子零件用樹脂組成物，其含有下列式（i)所表示 之化合物及具有羥基之樹脂， •C'N 式⑴ 324024 式中，X表示碳、氫、氮、氧、硫或鹵素所成n 之基 價 η表示2至6之整數， R及R2各自獨立地表示氫原子、下列式所表示 之基、下列式（3)所表示之基、脂肪族烴基、脂環族烴 基、或芳香族烴基，結合在1個以上之氮原子之丨個以上之^及^中， 至少1個為下列式⑵所表示之基，至少丨個為下列式 (3)所表示之基， ~9^9^OH R4R5 式（2) 一 9,〇R7r4如式⑷ 势且式中R至R各自獨立地表示氫原子、烴基、以 埋基心示可與超基反應之化合物之The compound according to claim 3, wherein the compound having a functional group reactive with a hydroxyl group is a compound represented by the following formula (4), formula (5) or formula (6), Ο Λ OH (4) wherein R8 represents a linear or cyclic or heterocyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and 〇R--0 is a formula: wherein R9 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorenyl group. , W represents a linear or sinuous alkyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 8, a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and R11 represents a linear or sigmoid chain having a carbon number of 2 to 8. An alkyl group, a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, R12 y~R-NCO 〇 (6) wherein R12 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorenyl group, and R13 represents the following formula (7) or formula (8) The base expressed, 324024 3 201247603 Vt°— (7) where n1 represents an integer from 1 to 2, V 〇, R14〆0 丫Ο where (8) where R14 represents a carbon number of 2 to a linear or sinuous alkyl group, a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and R15 represents a linear or sinuous alkyl group having a carbon number of 6 to 13, 2 Avalanche a hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group. 6. The compound according to claim 1, wherein the atom in X directly bonded to the carbonyl group in the formula (1) is not contained in the carbon atom of the aromatic ring. 7. The compound according to claim 1, wherein X in the formula (1) is an arsenic aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 6 or more carbon atoms. Φ Φ 8. A resin composition comprising a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 7, a resin having a carboxyl group, and an organic solvent. 9. The resin composition according to item 8 of the patent application, which further comprises a photopolymerization initiator and is photosensitive. 10. The resin composition according to claim 9, which further contains a photopolymerizable monomer and is photosensitive. 11. The resin composition according to claim 8, wherein the compound represented by the formula (1) further has a photopolymerizable double bond. 324024 4 201247603 12. A resin composition for electronic parts comprising a compound represented by the following formula (i) and a resin having a hydroxyl group, • C'N Formula (1) 324024 wherein X represents carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, oxygen The base η of n, which is a sulfur or a halogen, represents an integer of 2 to 6, and R and R2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a group represented by the following formula, a group represented by the following formula (3), an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and a fat. The cycloalkyl group or the aromatic hydrocarbon group is bonded to one or more of the one or more nitrogen atoms, and at least one of them is a group represented by the following formula (2), and at least one of them is represented by the following formula (3) Base, ~9^9^OH R4R5 Formula (2)-9, 〇R7r4 is as in the formula (4) potential and wherein R to R each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, and a compound which can react with a super group by a buried core It
TW101107286A 2011-03-04 2012-03-05 Β-hydroxylalkyl amide and resin composition TWI545106B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2011047649 2011-03-04
JP2011047648 2011-03-04
JP2011047650 2011-03-04
JP2011288275 2011-12-28
JP2012021478 2012-02-03
JP2012021479 2012-02-03

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201247603A true TW201247603A (en) 2012-12-01
TWI545106B TWI545106B (en) 2016-08-11

Family

ID=46798143

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW101107286A TWI545106B (en) 2011-03-04 2012-03-05 Β-hydroxylalkyl amide and resin composition

Country Status (4)

Country Link
KR (1) KR101930048B1 (en)
CN (1) CN103402975B (en)
TW (1) TWI545106B (en)
WO (1) WO2012121179A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI603150B (en) * 2015-09-24 2017-10-21 聯致科技股份有限公司 Photopolymerizable material and photosensitive resin composition
TWI626868B (en) * 2013-04-24 2018-06-11 Taiyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Laminated resin structure, dry film and flexible printed circuit board
TWI687490B (en) * 2017-10-20 2020-03-11 南韓商Ｌｇ化學股份有限公司 Ink composition

Families Citing this family (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9393252B2 (en) 2013-03-12 2016-07-19 Ecolab Usa Inc. Aromatic carboxylic acids in combination with aromatic hydroxyamides for inactivating non-enveloped viruses
US9808435B2 (en) 2013-03-12 2017-11-07 Ecolab Usa Inc. Antiviral compositions and methods for inactivating non-enveloped viruses using alkyl 2-hydroxycarboxylic acids
TWI506374B (en) * 2013-09-10 2015-11-01 Chi Mei Corp Photosensitive polysiloxane composition, protecting film and element having the protecting film
TWI575317B (en) * 2013-10-04 2017-03-21 Daxin Mat Corp A photosensitive resin composition and a gap formed
TWI637029B (en) * 2013-11-15 2018-10-01 日商日產化學工業股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent and liquid crystal display element using same
CN105467752A (en) * 2014-06-23 2016-04-06 太阳油墨（苏州）有限公司 Photocurable and thermosetting resin composition and dry film for manufacturing printed circuit board, cured product, and printed circuit board
WO2016009894A1 (en) * 2014-07-18 2016-01-21 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive composition, method for producing curable film, curable film, touch panel, touch panel display device, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display device
WO2016063834A1 (en) * 2014-10-20 2016-04-28 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element using same
WO2016158863A1 (en) * 2015-04-01 2016-10-06 東レ株式会社 Photosensitive colored resin composition
JP2017115039A (en) * 2015-12-24 2017-06-29 株式会社フロロテクノロジー Protective coating agent for printed wiring board
CN109153653B (en) * 2016-05-13 2022-06-28 Dic株式会社 Novel compound, photocurable composition, cured product thereof, printing ink, and printed matter using the printing ink
JP6861497B2 (en) * 2016-10-27 2021-04-21 住友化学株式会社 Liquid crystal polyester resin composition
JP6927285B2 (en) * 2017-03-23 2021-08-25 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Optical film, its manufacturing method, polarizing plate and display device equipped with it
KR101981216B1 (en) * 2017-09-25 2019-05-22 포항공과대학교 산학협력단 Glucose based nanofiber application to coating material for electrical insulation related process
KR102238704B1 (en) * 2018-12-21 2021-04-08 주식회사 엘지화학 Cross-linking agent compound, photosensitive composition comprising the same, and photosensitive material using the same
KR102202344B1 (en) * 2019-01-04 2021-01-13 동우 화인켐 주식회사 Black photosensitive resin composition, black matrix, column sapcer and column spacer combined with black matrix for image display device produced using the same
JP7400168B2 (en) * 2020-02-04 2023-12-19 サカタインクス株式会社 Continuous inkjet ink composition
TWI795064B (en) * 2020-11-09 2023-03-01 南韓商Ｌｇ化學股份有限公司 Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive material including the same, black matrix including the same and electronic device including the same

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2000073055A (en) * 1998-08-31 2000-03-07 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Reactive oxygen inhibition inhibitor and use thereof
JP4210744B2 (en) * 2003-02-14 2009-01-21 独立行政法人産業技術総合研究所 Sphingolipid derivatives
JP2006285108A (en) * 2005-04-04 2006-10-19 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Photosensitive composition, photosensitive film, permanent pattern and method for forming the pattern

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI626868B (en) * 2013-04-24 2018-06-11 Taiyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Laminated resin structure, dry film and flexible printed circuit board
TWI603150B (en) * 2015-09-24 2017-10-21 聯致科技股份有限公司 Photopolymerizable material and photosensitive resin composition
TWI687490B (en) * 2017-10-20 2020-03-11 南韓商Ｌｇ化學股份有限公司 Ink composition
US11214699B2 (en) 2017-10-20 2022-01-04 Lg Chem, Ltd. Ink composition

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR101930048B1 (en) 2018-12-17
CN103402975B (en) 2016-08-17
TWI545106B (en) 2016-08-11
CN103402975A (en) 2013-11-20
WO2012121179A1 (en) 2012-09-13
KR20140024285A (en) 2014-02-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW201247603A (en) β -hydroxylalkyl amide and resin composition
JP5900317B2 (en) Photosensitive composition
TWI820050B (en) Photosensitive coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
JP5224130B2 (en) Liquid repellent resin composition
TW200848924A (en) Photobase generator and photocurable resin composition
TW201235419A (en) Coloring composition for color filter and color filter
JP6031807B2 (en) Coloring composition, color filter and display element
JP6127412B2 (en) Coloring composition and color filter using the same
TW201107356A (en) Photocurable resin and photocurable resin composition
CN109791357A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured product and image display device
CN110320752A (en) Photosensitive polymer combination, dual liquid type photosensitive polymer combination, dry film and printed circuit board
TW201842065A (en) Thermosetting resin composition, cured film, substrate provided with cured film, electronic component, and ink jet ink
TW201241554A (en) Photocurable resin composition, dry film and cured article thereof, and printed wiring board using the same
TWI727001B (en) Curable composition, cured product and printed circuit board for inkjet
JP2014005466A (en) Alkali-soluble resin, photosensitive resin composition containing the same, and color filter using the same
JP2013223859A (en) Curable dispersant, method of manufacturing the same, and pigment composition using the same
WO2006075754A1 (en) Compositions curable with actinic energy ray
JP6465724B2 (en) Polyamide resin and polyimide resin
TW201216004A (en) Photosensitive composition, photosensitive film, photosensitive layered product, method of forming permanent pattern, and printed wiring board
KR20140014622A (en) A colored photosensitive resin composition
KR20130051320A (en) A colored photosensitive resin composition, color filter and liquid crystal display device having the same
TW201037006A (en) Thermosetting resin composition for forming protective film, protective film and method for forming protective film
US12264249B2 (en) Curable composition for inkjet, cured product and flexible printed circuit board
JP2014063158A (en) Coloring composition and color filter using the same
KR20140000774A (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition and color filter